Oui Vanilla French Style Yogurt Copycat
-
4¼ Cups Whole Milk
-
¾ Teaspoon Vanilla Extract
-
⅓ Cup Granulated Sugar
-
2 Teaspoons Plain or Vanilla Oui Yogurt
The Quest for Homemade Evaporated Milk
-
1 gallon of whole milk
-
Related: Homemade Blueberry Muffin Mix in a Jar: Easy and Delicious Breakfast Delights
-
Begin by pouring the gallon of whole milk into a large, heavy-bottomed pot.
-
Heat the milk over medium heat, stirring occasionally to prevent scorching.
-
Continue heating the milk until it reaches a gentle simmer. Be careful not to let it come to a full boil.
-
Reduce the heat to low and allow the milk to simmer gently for several hours. Stir occasionally to prevent a skin from forming on the surface.
-
As the milk simmers, it will gradually reduce in volume and thicken. This process can take anywhere from 2 to 4 hours, depending on the desired consistency.
-
Once the milk has thickened to your liking and has reduced in volume by approximately 60-70%, it is ready to be canned.
-
Prepare your canning jars by washing them thoroughly with hot, soapy water. Rinse well.
-
Carefully ladle the hot evaporated milk into the sterilized jars, leaving about 1/2 inch of headspace at the top.
-
Wipe the jar rims with a clean, damp cloth to remove any milk residue. Place the sterilized lids and rings on the jars, tightening them firmly.
-
Bring a water bath canner or a large pot of water to a rolling boil. Gently lower the sealed jars into the boiling water, ensuring they are fully immersed.
-
Process the jars in the water bath for 10 minutes.
-
After processing, carefully remove the jars from the water bath and place them on a towel-lined surface to cool.
-
As the jars cool, you may hear the satisfying "pop" sound indicating that they have sealed. This is a sign of success!
-
Allow the jars to cool completely before storing them in a cool, dark place. It is recommended to label the jars with the date of canning for reference.
-
After a couple of weeks, open one of the jars to assess the flavor and consistency. Adjust the cooking time in future batches if necessary.
Easy Chicken Stir Fry Recipe with Bok Choy
-
1.5 pounds boneless skinless chicken breast - cut into 1-inch pieces
-
1 tablespoon cornstarch
-
1 tablespoon soy sauce
-
3 tablespoon vegetable oil - divided
-
2 shallots - chopped
-
4 cloves garlic - minced
-
1 teaspoon fresh ginger - grated
-
4 green onions - chopped
-
8 ounces bok choy - roughly chopped
-
3 tablespoon oyster sauce
-
2 tablespoon rice vinegar
-
½ teaspoon sesame oil
-
2 tablespoon water
-
2 tablespoon honey
-
½ teaspoon white pepper
-
Prepare the chicken - Slice the chicken against the grain into pieces approximately 1/4-inch thick. Transfer to a medium-sized mixing bowl and combine with the cornstarch and soy sauce. Use your hands to coat the entire surface of the chicken with a thin layer of cornstarch.
-
Mix the sauce - Add all ingredients for the sauce (oyster sauce, rice vinegar, sesame oil, water, honey, white pepper) to a small mixing bowl. Whisk well to combine. Set aside.
-
Cook the chicken - heat a large, heavy-bottomed skillet over medium-high heat. Add 1 tablespoon of oil. Once the oil is hot, add the chicken pieces in a single layer and cook for approximately 30 seconds, or until the bottom is golden. Carefully flip each piece of chicken over and cook the other side for an additional 20-30 seconds. Immediately remove to a clean plate (the chicken will still be raw in the middle- that’s ok).
-
Sauté the aromatics - return the skillet to medium heat. Add the remaining tablespoon of oil. Once hot, add the shallots and sauté for 1 minute, stirring frequently. Add the minced garlic, ginger, and half of the green onions to the pan. Mix well to combine and sauté for 30 seconds, or until fragrant.
-
Return the chicken - Return the chicken back to the skillet mixing well to combine.
-
Add the sauce and bok choy - Give the sauce a final stir and pour directly into the skillet. Stir in the bok choy. Mix well to combine and continue to cook until the sauce has thickened, chicken is cooked through, and bok choy is softened.
Beef 'N' Rice Enchiladas
Tags:
Mexican
-
1 package (6.8 ounces) Spanish rice and pasta mix
-
2 tablespoons butter
-
2 cups water
-
1 can (14-1/2 ounces) diced tomatoes
-
1 pound ground beef
-
2 cans (10 ounces each) enchilada sauce, divided
-
10 flour tortillas (8 inches), warmed
-
1-2/3 cups shredded cheddar cheese, divided
-
Optional: Chopped fresh cilantro and sour cream
-
Preheat oven to 350°. Prepare rice mix according to package directions using butter, water and diced tomatoes. Meanwhile, in a large skillet, cook beef over medium heat until no longer pink; crumble meat; drain. Stir in Spanish rice and 1-1/4 cups enchilada sauce.
-
Spoon about 2/3 cup beef mixture down the center of each tortilla. Top each with 1 tablespoon cheese; roll up.
-
Place in an ungreased 13x9-in. baking dish. Top with the remaining enchilada sauce and cheese. Bake, uncovered until the cheese is melted, 20-25 minutes. If desired, serve with cilantro and sour cream.
Tasty Burritos
Tags:
Mexican
-
1 pound ground beef
-
1 envelope taco seasoning
-
1 can (16 ounces) refried beans
-
6 flour tortillas (12 inches), warmed
-
1 cup shredded Colby-Monterey Jack cheese
-
4 teaspoons canola oil
-
Sour cream and salsa
-
In a large cast-iron or other heavy skillet, cook beef over medium heat until no longer pink; drain. Stir in taco seasoning; remove from skillet and set aside. Wipe skillet clean.
-
In a small saucepan, cook refried beans over medium-low heat until heated through, 2-3 minutes.
-
Spoon about 1/3 cup of beans off-center on each tortilla; top with 1/4 cup beef mixture. Sprinkle with cheese. Fold sides and ends of tortillas over filling and roll up.
-
In same skillet over medium-high heat, brown burritos in oil on all sides. Serve with sour cream and salsa.
Garlic Beef Enchiladas
Tags:
Mexican
-
1 pound ground beef
-
1 medium onion, chopped
-
2 tablespoons all-purpose flour
-
1 tablespoon chili powder
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder
-
1/2 teaspoon ground cumin
-
1/4 teaspoon rubbed sage
-
1 can (14-1/2 ounces) stewed tomatoes, cut up
-
1/3 cup butter
-
4 to 6 garlic cloves, minced
-
1/2 cup all-purpose flour
-
1 can (14-1/2 ounces) beef broth
-
1 can (15 ounces) tomato sauce
-
1 to 2 tablespoons chili powder
-
1 to 2 teaspoons ground cumin
-
1 to 2 teaspoons rubbed sage
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
10 flour tortillas (6 inches), warmed
-
2 cups shredded Colby-Monterey Jack cheese, divided
-
Optional toppings: Halved grape tomatoes, minced fresh cilantro, sliced jalapeno peppers, chopped or sliced red onion, and cubed avocado
-
Preheat oven to 350°. In a large skillet, cook beef and onion over medium heat until beef is no longer pink, 6-8 minutes, breaking meat into crumbles; drain. Stir in flour and seasonings. Add tomatoes; bring to a boil. Reduce heat; simmer, covered, 15 minutes.
-
In a saucepan, heat butter over medium-high heat. Add garlic; cook and stir 1 minute or until tender. Stir in flour until blended; gradually whisk in broth. Bring to a boil; cook and stir until thickened, about 2 minutes. Stir in tomato sauce and seasonings; heat through.
-
Pour 1-1/2 cups sauce into an ungreased 13x9-in. baking dish. Place about 1/4 cup beef mixture off-center on each tortilla; top with 1-2 tablespoons cheese. Roll up and place over sauce, seam side down. Top with remaining sauce.
-
Bake, covered, until heated through, 30-35 minutes. Sprinkle with remaining cheese. Bake, uncovered, until cheese is melted, 10-15 minutes longer. Serve with toppings as desired.
Air Fryer Scalloped Potatoes
-
3 medium Russet potatoes
-
4 ounces Queso block cheese
-
4 ounces Cream cheese
-
3 Tablespoons Butter unsalted
-
Rinse and pat dry the potatoes, then carefully peel and remove the potato skin.
-
Use a mandolin to cut 1/8″ thick potato slices.
-
Add the cream cheese, butter, and queso to a small sauce pan. Heat over low to medium heat while stirring to combine.
-
Place the baking dish into the bottom of the air fryer basket.
-
Layer the baking dish with a scoop of the cheese mixture, then top with potato slices. Continue with the layers, and finish off the top with the remaining cheese.
-
Air fry the scalloped potatoes in the air fryer at 320 degrees Fahrenheit for 15-18 minutes, or until the tops of the potatoes and cheese is a light golden brown.
-
Allow the dish to cool for a few minutes before serving. Dash a little salt and pepper and fresh parsley for garnish if needed.
-
I love to use Russet potatoes for this dish, but Yukon potatoes are also another great ingredient to use.
-
Store any leftover scalloped potatoes in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Reheat scalloped potatoes in a small baking dish in the air fryer at 320 degrees Fahrenheit for 3-5 minutes, or until heated through.
Easy Mongolian Beef (Pf Chang Style!)
-
2 teaspoons + 2 tablespoons oil vegetable oil
-
½ teaspoon ginger minced
-
4 cloves garlic finely minced
-
½ cup low sodium soy sauce
-
¼ cup water
-
½ cup packed brown sugar
-
1 pound flank steak (or your favorite cut of beef thinly sliced)
-
⅓ cup cornstarch
-
2 green onions sliced
-
Slice the flank steak into thin ¼" pieces. Toss with cornstarch, shaking off any excess and set aside.
-
In a 10-inch skillet, heat 2 teaspoons of oil over medium-low heat. Stir in minced ginger and garlic and cook until fragrant, about one minute.
-
Add soy sauce, water, and brown sugar to the skillet, then bring to a boil. Let it boil for 3-5 minutes until slightly thickened. Transfer to a small bowl and set aside.
-
Heat 1 tablespoon of oil in a separate pan or wok over medium-high heat. Cook the beef in small batches for about 2 minutes. It does not need to be cooked through.
-
Once all of the beef is browned, add the beef and sauce back to the skillet and heat over medium until hot and bubbly.
-
Remove from heat and stir in green onions. Serve over rice.
-
Use low-sodium soy sauce for the best results.
-
For a little bit of heat, add ¼ teaspoon of red pepper flakes.
-
Cook the beef in small batches to ensure even browning. Overcrowding the pan can cause it to steam.
-
Slice the beef against the grain for tenderness.
-
Adjust the sweetness or saltiness of the sauce by varying the amount of brown sugar and soy sauce to taste.
-
Serve with steamed broccoli or red bell pepper strips if desired.
Spicy Chicken Enchiladas
Tags:
Mexican
-
1 package (6 ounces) ready-to-use Southwestern chicken strips
-
1-1/2 cups shredded cheddar cheese, divided
-
1 can (10 ounces) enchilada sauce, divided
-
1 cup refried beans
-
4 flour tortillas (7 inches), warmed
-
1 can (2-1/2 ounces) sliced ripe olives, drained
-
Optional toppings: chopped tomato and shredded lettuce
-
In a large bowl, combine chicken, 1 cup cheese and 1/2 cup enchilada sauce. Spread 1/4 cup refried beans down the center of each tortilla. Top with chicken mixture; roll up.
-
Place in 2 ungreased small baking dishes. Top with the remaining enchilada sauce and cheese; sprinkle with olives.
-
Cover and bake at 400° for 15-20 minutes or until heated through. If desired, top with tomato and lettuce.
Copycat Ikea Swedish Meatballs
-
1 Pound ground beef
-
1/2 Pound ground pork
-
1 onion
-
3 Cloves garlic
-
3/4c Cup breadcrumbs , plain gluten free
-
1 egg
-
3/4 Cup whole milk
-
1 Tsp. salt
-
1/2 Teaspoon ground black pepper
-
3 Tablespoon butter
-
1/3 Cup flour, all purpose or gluten free
-
3/4 Cup vegetable broth
-
3/4 Cup beef broth
-
1 Cup heavy cream
-
2 Teaspoon soy sauce, gluten free
-
2 Teaspoon Dijon mustard
-
Preheat oven to 350 degrees F.
-
In a large mixing bowl, combine ground beef, pork, chopped onion, crushed garlic, breadcrumbs, egg, salt, garlic powder, and pepper. Once combined, add whole milk and use your hands to mix together thoroughly.
-
Use a 2” ice cream scooper with a trigger to scoop perfect size meatballs. Or, use a spoon and form meat into 2” balls.
-
Heat a frying pan over medium high heat. Add meatballs and brown all sides. This should take about 5 minutes total.
-
Place a wire rack over a cookie sheet to allow oil to drip from the meatballs as they cook. Arrange meatballs on the wire rack. Place onto the center rack of the oven and cook for 30 minutes.
-
While the meatballs are cooking, prepare cream sauce. Heat a frying pan over medium high heat. Melt the butter, then stir in the flour. Cook for 1 minute. Pour in the vegetable stock, beef stock, heavy cream, soy sauce, and Dijon mustard. Whisk well. Bring mixture to a boil then lower heat to a simmer. Cook for 5 minutes, stirring often.
-
Remove meatballs from the oven and add to a casserole dish. Pour cream sauce over the top and garnish with fresh parsley. Serve with egg noodles.
Instant Pot Pasta Da Vinci
-
1 Pound rigatoni pasta
-
2 Cups chicken stock
-
1/2 Cup Madeira wine
-
1 Pinch salt
-
1 Pinch pepper
-
1 Pound chicken , cubed
-
1 Tablespoon olive oil
-
1/2 Teaspoon Italian seasoning
-
1/2 Teaspoon pepper
-
1/4 Teaspoon red pepper flakes
-
4 Tablespoons butter , unsalted
-
4 Cloves garlic, minced
-
1/2 shallot, minced
-
1 red onion, diced
-
1 Cup mushrooms, baby Bella, sliced
-
4 Tablespoon butter, unsalted
-
2 Tablespoon all purpose flour
-
1 Cup Madeira wine
-
1/3 Cup heavy cream
-
1 Tablespoon olive oil
-
2 Cloves garlic, minced
-
1/2 Cup chicken broth
-
1 Teaspoon pepper
-
1/3 Cup parmesan , grated
-
1 Teaspoon Italian seasoning
-
Set Instant Pot to sauté mode.
-
Add cubed chicken, olive oil, and a pinch of salt and pepper to a bowl and toss to coat. Add to the instant pot and sauté for 6 minutes.
-
Next, add veggies ingredients to the instant pot and sauté for 4 minutes, or until onions are translucent.
-
Turn off the instant pot and remove the contents and set aside in a large mixing bowl.
-
Pour chicken broth into the instant pot and deglaze the bottom of the pan. Then, pour in the Madeira wine and noodles. Seal and set to manual high pressure. Cook for 3 minutes, then wait 5 minutes and quick release remaining steam. Add noodles to the bowl with the chicken.
-
Add olive oil to the instant pot and set to sauté. Next, add the minced garlic and stir for 30 seconds. Add 4 Tablespoons butter and melt, then whisk in the flour.
-
Pour in the remaining sauce ingredients and whisk. Cook until thickened, about 5 minutes. Turn off the instant pot.
-
Add the noodles, chicken, and veggies back to the instant pot and stir until coated.
-
Garnish with curly parsley.
Homemade Brownies
-
½ cup butter melted
-
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
-
1 ⅓ cups sugar
-
⅔ cup unsweetened cocoa powder
-
2 large eggs room temperature
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
1 teaspoon espresso powder or instant coffee
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
½ cup flour
-
1 cup semi-sweet chocolate chips plus more for topping
-
Preheat oven to 350°F. Line a 9x9 pan with foil and coat with cooking spray.
-
Combine melted butter, oil, sugar, and cocoa powder in a large bowl. Stir until smooth.
-
Mix in the eggs, vanilla, espresso powder, and salt.
-
Slowly stir in the flour (batter should be thick) and gently fold in the chocolate chips.
-
Spread the batter into the prepared pan & top with more chocolate chips if desired.
-
Bake for 21-25 minutes or until they become glossy around the edges and a toothpick comes out clean when inserted 1-inch from the edge.
-
Let cool before cutting.
-
For quick and easy clean-up, line the baking dish with parchment paper or foil. This also allows for you to easily remove and cut brownies by lifting them out.
-
Ensure eggs are room temperature, you can put them in a glass of warm water if you’ve forgotten to take them out early.
-
Do not overcook, brownies should be cooked until a toothpick 1-inch from the edge of the pan comes out with just a few crumbs attached. They can and should be a little bit gooey in the middle.
-
Make sure the brownies are completely cooled before cutting.
-
Line the pan with foil first, this makes the brownies easy to lift out before cutting.
-
Use a plastic knife if you have one, the brownies won’t stick to a plastic knife. A regular knife can be sprayed with oil or cooking spray before cutting the brownies.
The Quest for Homemade Evaporated Milk
-
1 gallon of whole milk
-
Related: Homemade Blueberry Muffin Mix in a Jar: Easy and Delicious Breakfast Delights
Sourdough Flour Tortillas (With Discard or Not)
-
210 g (1.5 heaping cups) unbleached all-purpose flour
-
7 g (1 1/4 teaspoons) kosher salt
-
56 g (1/4 cup) softened butter
-
100 g water (1/3 cup + 1 tablespoon)
-
100 g (1/2 cup) sourdough starter
-
Whisk flour and salt together in a medium bowl. Using the back of a fork, cut the butter into the flour, mixing and smushing it until it is well incorporated into the flour. You can use your hands if necessary to further incorporate the butter into the flour.
-
Stir in the water and sourdough starter and mix with a spatula until a shaggy dough forms. Use your hands to gently knead the dough in the bowl, if necessary, to get the mixture to form a rough ball.
-
Turn the dough out onto a floured surface and knead for another 1 to 2 minutes or until it is smooth and not sticking to the work surface.
-
Cut the dough into 12 pieces for taco- or enchilada-sized tortillas or 6 pieces for burrito-sized tortillas. Shape each piece into a ball. ( Video guidance here.)
-
Cover with a very light kitchen towel or plastic wrap. Be careful that your room isn’t too hot. Let the dough rest 30 minutes and up to two hours (at room temperature or 24 hours in the fridge. If you need to store the in the fridge, transfer balls to an airtight container.)
-
Roll out each ball to about 6 to 8 inches (taco size) or 10 to 12 inches (burrito size) in diameter, or till you can see the counter start to come through — in other words, roll them as thinly as possible.
-
Heat a 12 inch non-stick or cast-iron pan (do not add any oil) on medium-high. Lay the tortilla in the pan and cook until it puffs and little brown spots on the underside appear. Turn with tongs or your fingers and cook again till lightly brown. Each tortilla takes about 60 seconds total to cook. If you like a bit of char, keep the tortilla in the skillet until it is charred on both sides. Note: Your first 3 to 4 tortillas may be on the pale side. This is just likely because your skillet isn’t up to temperature. Once you make a few, you’ll find your rhythm and adjust the heat as necessary depending on if you want more or less char.
-
Once the tortillas cool, store them in an airtight bag or container at room temperature for up to 5 days or freeze for up to 3 months.
Garlic Noodles
From Flo Lum YouTube channel
-
8 oz. spaghettini or spaghetti
-
6 cloves garlic, minced
-
2 tsp. brown sugar
-
1 Tbs. oyster sauce
-
1 Tbs. fish sauce
-
1 Tbs. soy sauce
-
2 tsp. sesame oil
-
2 oz. Parmesan or Pecorino Romano cheese, grated
-
olive oil
-
butter
-
sliced green onions for serving
-
Cook pasta per package directions and drain.
-
Mix brown sugar, oyster sauce, fish sauce, soy sauce and sesame oil until the sugar has fully dissolved.
-
Over low heat, in a wok or sauté pan, add 1 to 2 tablespoons of olive oil and 2 to 4 tablespoons of butter and heat until combined.
-
Add the minced garlic and carefully sauté, being careful not to burn the garlic.
-
Add the mixed sauces and brown sugar and heat through.
-
Turn off the heat and add the drained pasta, mixing well.
-
Serve with sliced green onions if desired.
Classic Sourdough Pancakes or Waffles
-
Overnight sponge
-
2 cups (240g) King Arthur Unbleached All-Purpose Flour
-
1 cup (227g) sourdough starter, unfed/discard
-
2 tablespoons (28g) granulated sugar
-
2 cups (454g) buttermilk
-
Batter
-
all of the overnight sponge
-
2 large eggs
-
1/4 cup (50g) vegetable oil or 4 tablespoons (57g) butter, melted
-
3/4 teaspoon table salt
-
1 teaspoon baking soda
-
To make the overnight sponge: Stir down your refrigerated starter, and remove 1 cup (227g). Note: This is a good opportunity to feed the remainder, if necessary.
-
In a large bowl, stir together the 1 cup (227g) unfed starter, flour, sugar, and buttermilk.
-
Cover and let rest at cool room temperature (about 65°F to 70°F) for about 12 hours, or overnight.
-
To make the batter: In a small bowl or mixing cup, beat together the eggs, and oil or butter. Add to the overnight sponge, stirring just to combine.
-
Add the salt and baking soda, stirring to combine. The batter will expand and may bubble a bit.
-
To make pancakes: Pour the batter by the 1/4-cupful onto a preheated, lightly greased griddle. Cook until bubbles form and pop on the top side of the pancakes, then turn over and cook until browned underneath.
-
To make waffles: Pour the batter onto your preheated, greased waffle iron, and bake according to the manufacturer's instructions. Repeat with the remaining batter.
-
Serve pancakes or waffles immediately, with your favorite toppings; or hold in a warm oven until ready to serve.
-
Storage instructions: Store any leftovers in the refrigerator for a day or two; freeze for longer storage.
-
Step by step by delicious step, our blog offers all the details for turning your discard starter into the best waffles you'll ever enjoy: Sourdough waffles, the ideal use for your discard starter.
-
For whole-grain waffles, substitute our white whole wheat flour or Premium whole wheat flour for some or all of the all-purpose flour.
-
Don’t have any starter? Here’s a recipe for homemade sourdough starter. If you're making it from scratch, you'll need to feed it for 5 to 7 days before it’s ready for baking. Want a head start? Purchase our classic fresh sourdough starter — it’ll be ready for baking soon after it arrives at your door. Looking for tips, techniques, and all kinds of great information about sourdough baking? Find what you need in our sourdough baking guide.
-
Can these pancakes and waffles be made gluten-free? Absolutely. Make sure to use a gluten-free starter; and substitute our Gluten-Free Measure for Measure Flour for the all-purpose flour called for in the recipe.
Sourdough Pizza Crust
-
1 cup (227g) sourdough starter, unfed/discard
-
1/2 cup plus 2 tablespoons to 3/4 cup (141g to 170g) water, lukewarm
-
2 1/2 cups (300g) King Arthur Unbleached All-Purpose Flour
-
1 teaspoon table salt
-
1/2 teaspoon instant yeast or active dry yeast
-
4 teaspoons King Arthur Pizza Dough Flavor, optional but delicious
-
Stir any liquid on top of your refrigerated starter back into it before measuring 1 cup (227g) into a large mixing bowl. Note: This is a good opportunity to feed the remainder of your starter, if necessary.
-
To make the dough: Weigh your flour; or measure it by gently spooning it into a cup, then sweeping off any excess. In your large mixing bowl or bowl of your stand mixer, combine the lesser amount of water, the flour, salt, yeast, and Pizza Dough Flavor with the sourdough starter.
-
Mix to combine, adding the remaining water 1 tablespoon at a time if the dough looks dry. Knead for about 7 minutes using a stand mixer with its dough hook, until the dough cleans the sides of the bowl.
-
Place the dough in a lightly greased container, cover, and let rise until almost doubled in bulk. Depending on the vitality of your starter, this will take between 2 and 4 hours. For a faster rise, place the dough in a warm spot (or double the yeast).
-
For two thin-crust pizzas: Divide the dough in half and shape each into a flattened disk. Drizzle two 12" round pizza pans with olive oil, and brush to coat the pan evenly.
-
Place the dough in the pans, cover, and let rest for 15 minutes. After this rest, gently press each piece of dough toward the edge of its pan. If it starts to shrink back, cover and let rest for 15 minutes before continuing.
-
For a thicker, large pizza: Oil a 14" round pizza pan or 18" x 13" half-sheet pan. Place the dough in the pan and press it out to the edges, again giving it a 15-minute rest before continuing if it starts to snap back.
-
Cover the pan(s) and let the dough rise until it's as thick as you like.
-
Toward the end of the rise, preheat your oven to 450°F.
-
Sauce and top each pizza as you like, but don't add cheese yet (this ensures a crispy crust). Bake thin-crust pizzas for 5 minutes before removing from the oven and adding cheese. For thick-crust pizza, bake for 10 minutes before removing from the oven and adding cheese. Return to the oven and bake for 5 to 7 minutes more, until the cheese is melted.
-
Remove the pizza from the oven and enjoy hot.
-
Storage information: Store leftover pizza, well wrapped, in the refrigerator for up to five days.
-
Don’t have any starter? Here’s a recipe for homemade sourdough starter. If you're making it from scratch, you'll need to feed it for 5 to 7 days before it’s ready for baking. Want a head start? Purchase our classic fresh sourdough starter — it’ll be ready for baking soon after it arrives at your door. Looking for tips, techniques, and all kinds of great information about sourdough baking? Find what you need in our sourdough baking guide.
-
Be aware of some sourdough dynamics here. The less-used your starter, the more liquid on top, the more sour it's likely to be; using a starter that hasn't been fed for weeks will yield a pizza crust that rises slowly, and tastes quite tangy. This type of crust is handy when you want to make dough in the morning, and have pizza ready for dinner. On the other hand, a starter that's fed regularly will yield a less-sour crust, one that will rise more quickly. This is a great "weekend" crust, as you can shape it at 8 a.m., and have pizza for lunch. Find more helpful tips in our blog post, Sourdough Pizza Crust.
-
Another way to bake: Instead of par-baking the crust, consider leaving off the cheese for the first two-thirds of the bake time. This allows liquid from the sauce and toppings to evaporate, concentrating their flavor. Melted cheese can act like a lid, trapping moisture and making dough soggy instead of crisp. After the edges of the pizza begin to brown, remove from the oven, add cheese, and return to the oven to finish baking.
Buttery Sourdough Biscuits
-
1 cup (120g) King Arthur Unbleached All-Purpose Flour
-
2 teaspoons baking powder
-
3/4 teaspoon table salt
-
8 tablespoons (113g) unsalted butter, cold
-
1 cup (227g) sourdough starter, unfed/discard*
* ee "tips," below.
-
Preheat the oven to 425°F, with a rack in the upper third. Grease a baking sheet, or line it with parchment.
-
Combine the flour, baking powder, and salt. Work the butter into the flour until the mixture is unevenly crumbly.
-
Add the starter, mixing gently until the dough is cohesive.
-
Turn the dough out onto a lightly floured surface (a piece of parchment works well), and gently pat it into a 6" round about 1"-thick.
-
Use a sharp 2 3/8" biscuit cutter to cut four rounds, cutting them as close to one another as possible. Gently push and pat the scraps into a 2 1/2" x 5" rectangle. Cut two more biscuits. Push and pat the remaining scraps into a 1"-thick biscuit; it'll be slightly smaller than the others.
-
Place the sourdough biscuits onto the prepared baking sheet, leaving about 2" between them; they'll spread as they bake.
-
Bake the sourdough biscuits in the upper third of your oven for 20 to 23 minutes, until they're golden brown.
-
Remove the sourdough biscuits from the oven, and serve warm. Or cool completely, wrap in plastic, and store at room temperature for several days. Freeze, well-wrapped, for longer storage.
-
Don’t have any starter? Here’s a recipe for homemade sourdough starter. If you're making it from scratch, you'll need to feed it for 5 to 7 days before it’s ready for baking. Want a head start? Purchase our classic fresh sourdough starter — it’ll be ready for baking soon after it arrives at your door. Looking for tips, techniques, and all kinds of great information about sourdough baking? Find what you need in our sourdough baking guide.
-
To add a subtle, nutty, whole grain flavor to these biscuits, substitute 20g (about 3 tablespoons) medium rye flour or buckwheat flour for an equal amount of the all-purpose flour in the recipe. No other changes are necessary.
-
Feel free to make smaller biscuits, if desired; they'll need slightly less time in the oven than the larger biscuits.
-
Sourdough starters can vary in how liquid they are. If your biscuit dough seems very dry, dribble in a bit of milk or buttermilk until it comes together.
-
Join King Arthur baker Martin Philip and his family as they bake Sourdough Biscuits together, start to finish. Watch Martin Bakes at Home — Sourdough Biscuits now.
Sourdough English Muffins
-
2 tablespoons (25g) granulated sugar
-
2 cups (454g) water, warm (110°F-115°F)
-
1 tablespoon active dry yeast or instant yeast
-
1 cup (227g) sourdough starter, ripe (fed) or discard; ripe will give you a more vigorous rise
-
7 cups (840g) King Arthur Unbleached All-Purpose Flour
-
1/2 cup (56g) King Arthur Baker's Special Dry Milk or nonfat dry milk
-
4 tablespoons (57g) butter, at room temperature
-
1 tablespoon (18g) table salt
-
1/4 teaspoon citric acid (sour salt), optional; for enhanced sour flavor
-
King Arthur Semolina Flour or yellow cornmeal, for coating
-
Weigh your flour; or measure it by gently spooning it into a cup, then sweeping off any excess. Combine all of the dough ingredients, except the cornmeal/semolina, in a large bowl.
-
Mix and knead — by hand, electric mixer, or bread machine — to form a smooth dough. The dough should be soft and elastic, but not particularly sticky; add additional flour if necessary.
-
Place the dough in a lightly greased bowl, cover, and set it aside to rise for about 1 1/2 hours, or until it's noticeably puffy. For most pronounced sour flavor, cover the bowl, and immediately place it in the refrigerator (without rising first). Let the dough chill for 24 hours; this will develop its flavor.
-
Gently deflate the dough, turn it out onto a lightly floured work surface, cover it, and let it sit for a few minutes, to relax the gluten. Divide the dough in half. Working with one piece at a time, roll 1/2" thick, and cut in 3" rounds. Re-roll and cut any remaining scraps. Repeat with the remaining half of dough.
-
Alternatively, divide the dough into 24 pieces (total). Shape each piece into a round ball, then flatten each ball into a 3" round. For a somewhat more even rise as the muffins cook, flatten each ball slightly larger than 3", and trim edges with a 3" cutter (or trim all around the edge with a pair of scissors). Muffins with cut (rather than flattened) sides will rise more evenly.
-
Place the rounds, evenly spaced, onto cornmeal- or semolina-sprinkled baking sheets (12 per sheet). Sprinkle them with additional cornmeal or semolina, cover with plastic wrap, and let them rise until light and puffy, about 45 to 60 minutes. If the dough has been refrigerated overnight, the rise time will be about 2 hours.
-
Carefully transfer the rounds (as many as a time that will fit without crowding) right-side up to a large electric griddle preheated to 350°F, or to an ungreased frying pan that has been preheated over medium-low heat.
-
Cook the muffins for about 5 minutes on their first side; then lay a cake pan, cookie sheet, or similar flat (though not overly heavy) object atop them to help keep them flat. Continue cooking for about 7 minutes or so; then remove the pan, turn the muffins over, and finish cooking without the pan on top for a total of about 10 to 12 minutes or when the center of a muffin registers 190°F on a digital thermometer. If you're having trouble getting muffins to cook all the way through on the stovetop, cook until golden brown on both sides, then transfer to a preheated 350°F oven and bake until the muffins' interior shows no sign of wet dough, about 10 minutes or so.
-
Remove the muffins from the griddle, and cool on a rack. Store tightly wrapped at room temperature for 4 or 5 days; freeze for longer storage.
-
Don’t have any starter? Here’s a recipe for homemade sourdough starter. If you're making it from scratch, you'll need to feed it for 5 to 7 days before it’s ready for baking. Want a head start? Purchase our classic fresh sourdough starter — it’ll be ready for baking soon after it arrives at your door. Looking for tips, techniques, and all kinds of great information about sourdough baking? Find what you need in our sourdough baking guide.
-
To shorten cooking time, use a lidded electric fry pan heated to 325°F. Cook the muffins for about 10 minutes without the lid (or until they're nicely browned), turn them over, and add the lid. Don't set the lid on tight; leave a small opening for any steam to escape. Cook the muffins for an additional 8 to 10 minutes, until their bottom sides are browned.
-
This recipe is easily halved, if you don't want to make 2 dozen muffins. Halve all of the ingredients; for a slightly faster rise, use 2 teaspoons yeast, rather than 1 1/2 teaspoons.
Ultimate Sourdough Banana Bread
-
Butter, for coating the pan
-
375 g overripe bananas (appx. 1 1/2 cups lightly smashed)
-
225 g ( 1 1/4 cups lightly packed) light or dark brown sugar
-
1½ tsp pure vanilla extract
-
2 large eggs
-
100 g (appx. 1/2 cup) bubbly, active sourdough starter
-
250g ( 2 cups) all-purpose flour
-
1½ tsp baking soda
-
1/4 tsp fine sea salt
-
125ml (½ cup) neutral flavored oil
-
60ml (1/4 cup) milk
-
Powdered sugar, butter, and mascarpone cheese for serving, optional
-
Preheat the oven to 360 F.
-
Lightly coat three 7x3x2 mini loaf pans or one 9×5-inch loaf pan with butter.
-
Add the bananas, sugar, and vanilla to a bowl. Cream with a hand held mixer or stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, about 30 seconds to 1 minute (some small lumps of banana are okay).
-
Add the eggs, one at a time until fully incorporated. Add the sourdough starter.
-
Sift the flour, baking soda, and salt together in a separate bowl. Working in batches, add this to the banana mixture.
-
Add the milk and oil and mix until just combined. Do not over do it; the banana bread will be tough.
-
Pour the batter into the prepared pan(s). If using the mini loaf pans, place them onto a baking sheet and transfer to the oven.
-
Bake for 45 minutes (for the mini loaf pans) or 60- 65 minutes (for the standard 9×5-inch pan), until rich golden brown and a toothpick comes out clean. Cover with foil if the loaf browns too quickly.
-
Cool in the pan for 20 minutes, and then transfer to a wire rack to cool completely.
-
Serve with powdered sugar for a nice touch!
Best Sourdough Zucchini Bread
-
Butter, for coating the pan
-
2 cups ( 220 g) grated zucchini, from appx. 1 medium zucchini
-
125 g banana weighed with the skin on (about 1 small banana)
-
225 g ( 1 1/4 cups lightly packed) light or dark brown sugar
-
1½ tsp pure vanilla extract
-
2 large eggs
-
100 g (appx. 1/2 cup) sourdough discard OR bubbly, active sourdough starter
-
250g ( 2 cups) all-purpose flour
-
1 tsp cinnamon
-
1/8 tsp nutmeg
-
1½ tsp baking soda
-
1/4 tsp fine sea salt
-
125 ml (½ cup) neutral flavored oil like sunflower (mild olive oil works, too)
-
60 ml (1/4 cup) milk or unsweetened almond milk
-
How to Prepare your Sourdough Starter: if using leftover sourdough discard, make sure it’s in good condition (no brown liquid, no vinegary smell, not straight from the fridge). I use recently fed or just collapsed starter. Alternatively, if using active starter, you’ll need to feed it prior to making the recipe and wait for it to become bubbly and double in size.
-
Preheat the oven to 360 F. Lightly coat (2 or 3) 7 x 3 x 2 mini loaf pans or (1) 9 x 5-inch loaf pan with butter. Note: Using 2 mini loaf pans instead of 3 will you get you slightly taller loaves.
-
Using a box grater, grate the zucchini on an angle on the side with largest holes. No need to drain out the excess water. Set aside.
-
Add the banana, sugar, and vanilla to a large mixing bowl. Cream with a hand held mixer or stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, about 30 seconds to 1 minute (some small lumps of banana are okay).
-
Add the eggs, one at a time until fully incorporated. Add the sourdough starter.
-
Sift the flour, cinnamon, nutmeg, baking soda, and salt together in a separate bowl. Working in batches, add this to the banana mixture.
-
Add the oil and milk and mix until just combined. Do not over do it; the banana bread will be tough. The texture should be thick and pourable, but not runny. Add more flour if needed. Fold in the grated zucchini.
-
Pour the batter into the prepared pan(s). For 2 mini loaf pans, fill about 3/4’s full. For 3 mini loaf pans, fill about 2/3’s full (these loaves will not be as high). Place onto a baking sheet and transfer to the oven.
-
Bake for 40-45 minutes for the 2 mini loaf pans (about 30-35 minutes if using 3 mini pans) or 60-65 minutes or more for the standard 9 x 5-inch pan. Cover with foil if the loaf browns too quickly.
-
Cool in the pan for 20 minutes, and then transfer to a wire rack to cool completely.
-
To Store: wrap the loaves (plastic or reusable wrap) and keep at room temperature. Because of the moisture in the zucchini, the texture will get softer and softer each day.
-
To Freeze: Once completely cool, wrap the loaves, label and date; they will keep for up to 3 months. Defrost at room temperature.
-
To Double: simply double the ingredients as listed. I recommend using a stand mixer.
Sourdough Focaccia
-
100g sourdough starter (see 'goes well with' below)
-
500g strong white bread flour
-
15g sea salt flakes
-
4 tbsp olive oil
-
Make sure your starter is active – it should be nice and bubbly. If it isn’t, feed it and wait until a teaspoon of the starter floats in warm water. When you’re happy your starter is active, measure 100g into a large bowl and pour over 400ml tepid water. Stir with a rubber spatula to combine, but don’t worry if there are unmixed bits of starter. Tip in the flour and mix everything together to make a rough dough. Make sure all the flour is mixed in and that there are no dry bits up the side of the bowl. Cover and leave to rest for at least 30 mins or up to 1 hr.
-
Prepare a jug of water for dipping your hands into. Scatter 10g salt over the dough, dip a hand into the water and scrunch it through the dough to mix in the salt. The dough should come back together and the salt should be completely mixed in. Cover again and leave for 20-30 mins, then wet your hands, grab the dough from one side and stretch it over itself. Repeat with the other side of the dough – it should be very elastic. Curl the dough around onto itself so it’s smooth and taught, then cover and leave for another 20-30 mins. Repeat this process two more times (three in total), then leave the dough to prove for 2-3 hrs until risen by about 40 per cent – it should be bubbly and soft.
-
Drizzle a deep, roughly 20 x 30cm baking tray with half the olive oil and scrape the dough onto the tray. Incorporate the oil into the dough by stretching and folding it on the tray until it comes together. Don’t worry if it's a bit stringy to start, just keep stretching and bringing it back on itself and it will come back together. When the dough has come together into an oily mass, leave to prove at room temperature for 3-4 hrs, or for up to 18 hrs in the fridge.
-
Heat the oven to 220C/200C fan/gas 7. Use your fingers to stretch the dough so it fits into the tray evenly, then dimple the surface with your fingertips. Drizzle with 1 tbsp olive oil and dimple a few more times to create little oil puddles on the surface. Scatter over the remaining salt, give the dough a final poke and bake for 25-30 mins until puffed up and deep golden. Remove the tray from the oven, drizzle with the remaining oil then leave to cool for at least 40 mins before cutting into squares.
A Beginner's Guide
-
150g/ 5.35 oz bubbly, active sourdough starter
-
250g/ 8.80 oz warm water, preferably filtered (see notes below)
-
25g/ .90 oz olive oil
-
500g/ 17.65 oz bread flour (not all purpose flour)
-
10g/ .4 oz fine sea salt
-
fine ground cornmeal or parchment paper
-
For best results, please weigh your ingredients using a digital scale. Because measuring cups vary in size and shape, they are not accurate for bread baking. You want the flour to water ratio to be correct!
-
For a more soft and pliable dough, you can increase the water up to 300 g- 325 g total. Please use a cloth lined bowl (instead of the Dutch oven) for the second rise.
-
In a large bowl, add the sourdough starter, water and olive oil. Mix with a fork to combine. Add the flour and salt. Continue mixing with your fork until the dough becomes stiff. Then squish everything together with your hands to incorporate all of the four. The dough will be dry and shaggy. Cover the bowl with plastic wrap, reusable wrap or a clean, very damp kitchen towel. Let rest (autolyse) for 30 minutes or up to 1 hour, if preferred.
-
After the dough has rested: return to the bowl and work the dough into a rough ball, about 15 seconds.
-
Note: I’ve given a range in water quantity for the dough (see ingredient list above). If using 250 g of water, the texture at this stage will be quite dry and stiff. If using an increased amount of water, approximately 300-325 g, the dough will be more wet. Both textures are normal, depending on which route you take.
-
Now the dough needs to rise. Cover the bowl with light oiled wrap (alternatively, transfer the dough to a high-sided dough tub with lid and measuring marks). Let rest in a warm spot to rise, ideally 70-75 F. The dough is ready when it no longer looks dense and has almost doubled in size.
-
Note: The bulk rise time can take anywhere from 3-12 hours depending on the temperature of your ingredients, the potency of your sourdough starter, and your current room temperature. This will be different for everyone. For example, in the summer rise times can take anywhere between 2-4 hours @ 80º F/ 26º C whereas in the winter, the dough will take about 10-12 hours @ 68º F/ 20º C. Watch the dough and not the clock.
-
During bulk rise, you have the option to perform a series of ‘stretch & folds’ to strengthen the dough. Start 30-45 minutes into the bulk rise. Gather a portion of the dough, stretch it upwards and then fold it over itself. Rotate the bowl ¼ turn and repeat this process until you have come full circle to complete 1 set. Do this once or twice spaced about 1 hour apart. Although this step is not mandatory, it will increase the total volume and height of your bread. Click here for a step-by-step video tutorial.
-
Note: Doughs made with 250 g of water vs. 300-325 g of water will feel completely different. The former will be more stiff; the latter will have more elasticity. One texture is neither right or wrong; just different and worth noting for comparison. When in doubt, always give the dough extra rest time in between sets if it won’t stretch with ease.
-
Divide your work surface in half; lightly flour one side (for cutting) and leave the other half clean (for shaping).
-
Remove the dough from the bowl, and place onto the floured section so that it does not stick. You do not need to ‘punch down’ the dough; it will gently deflate as you fold and shape it.
-
Cut the dough in half to make 2 loaves, or leave it whole for a single loaf.
-
To shape: use a bench knife to move your dough to the non-floured section (if there is any flour present, it will be difficult to shape- brush away any excess). Starting at the top, fold the dough over toward the center. Give it a slight turn, and then fold over the next section of dough. Repeat until you have come full circle.
-
Then flip the dough over and place it seam side down. Using your hands, gently cup the sides of the dough and rotate it, using quarter turns in a circular motion. You can also pull it towards you to even out the shape. Repeat this process until you are happy with its appearance.
-
Note: When shaping, the idea is for the dough to catch enough surface tension on a non-floured area in order to create a tight ball. If there is flour present, it will slide around… and drive you nuts.
-
Now the dough needs to rise again, but for a shorter period of time.
-
Coat the bottom of your Dutch oven with cornmeal. Alternatively, use parchment paper to prevent sticking (this is what I do, now). Place the dough inside of the pot for a “free form” second rise, about 30 minutes to 1 hour. Cover with the lid of the pot. The dough ready when it is slightly puffy but not double in size.
-
Preheat your oven to 450º F/ 232º C towards the tail end of the second rise.
-
Note: The “free form” second rise in the pot works best with a dough made with 250 g of water. It won’t spread. If your dough contains more water, skip the free from rise. You’ll need to do the second rise in a cloth-lined, floured proofing basket instead. The basket will hold its shape to prevent spreading.
-
Right before your bread goes into the oven, make a shallow slash about 2-3 inches long (or more) in the center of the dough. Use a bread lame, razor blade, sharp pairing or a small serrated steak knife. The cut should be about 1/4-inch deep.
-
Place the bread into the oven on the center rack (lid on) and reduce the temperature to 400° F/ 204° C. Bake for 20 minutes. Remove the lid, and continue to bake (uncovered) for an additional 40 minutes or until deep, golden brown. Keep in mind that all ovens are different; you might have to make minimal adjustments to these temperatures.
-
You can also take the internal temperature of your bread to double check that it is done. For sourdough, it should read about 205-210º F/ 96-98º C.
-
Remove the bread from the oven, and cool on a wire rack for at least an hour before slicing. Don’t cut too soon or else the inside will have a gummy texture!
Pineapple Chicken and Rice
-
1 and a half pounds boneless chicken breasts
-
1 teaspoon dried thyme
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/8 teaspoon pepper
-
1 tablespoon vegetable oil
-
1 can (20 oz.) sliced pineapple (juice reserved)
-
1 tablespoon cornstarch
-
1/4 cup Dijon mustard
-
1/4 cup honey
-
2 garlic cloves, minced
-
4 servings of cooked rice
-
Begin by seasoning the chicken breasts with dried thyme, salt, and pepper, ensuring each piece is well coated.
-
Heat vegetable oil in a skillet over medium heat, then brown the chicken until golden and cooked through. Set aside.
-
Drain the sliced pineapple, reserving the juice for the sauce.
-
In a small bowl, mix cornstarch with 2 oz. of the reserved pineapple juice and set aside.
-
In another bowl, combine the remaining pineapple juice, Dijon mustard, honey, and minced garlic to create the flavorful sauce.
-
Add the Dijon mixture to the skillet, reduce the heat to low, and cover. Allow it to simmer for 15 minutes to let the flavors meld.
-
Once the sauce has simmered, remove the chicken from the skillet and set it aside.
-
Stir the cornstarch mixture again, then add it to the skillet. Bring the sauce to a boil, stirring constantly until it thickens, approximately 2 minutes.
-
Reduce the heat and return the chicken to the skillet, ensuring it’s coated in the luscious sauce.
-
Arrange the pineapple slices around and on top of the chicken in the skillet. Cover and cook for an additional 2-3 minutes to heat the pineapple through.
-
Serve the succulent chicken and pineapple over a bed of cooked rice, allowing the flavors to mingle for a perfect bite every time.
Bread Substitute with 3 Ingredients Prepared in Seconds
-
450 grams of flour (16 oz)
-
2 tablespoons of vegetable oil (30 ml)
-
240 ml of hot water (1 cup)
-
Salt (to taste)
-
Step-by-Step Instructions
-
Preparing the Dough
Cornmeal Brown Butter Cinnamon Rolls
-
23 grams active dry yeast 5 1/2 teaspoons
-
330 grams warm water (between 80-95°F) 1 cup and 6 tablespoons
-
750 grams all-purpose flour 5 cups and 6 tablespoons
-
10 grams Diamond Crystal kosher salt 2 teaspoons
-
110 grams granulated sugar 1/2 cup
-
1 medium egg
-
113 grams softened unsalted butter 1/2 cup
-
180 grams heavy cream 3/4 cup, for using right before baking
-
90 grams yellow cornmeal 1/2 cup
-
226 grams salted butter 1 cup
-
110 grams dark brown sugar 1/2 cup, lightly packed
-
1/2 teaspoon Diamond Crystal kosher salt
-
90 grams yellow cornmeal 1/2 cup
-
113 grams salted butter 1/2 cup
-
50 grams turbinado sugar 1/4 cup
-
1/2 teaspoon Diamond Crystal kosher salt
-
50 grams powdered sugar 1/2 cup, packed
-
1 tablespoon bourbon of choice
-
1 tablespoon water
-
Begin all the components of the recipe 24 hours before you want to bake.
-
In the bowl of a stand mixer, add the yeast and water and whisk together. Add the flour, salt, sugar and egg and use the hook attachment on the lowest setting of the stand mixer to mix together.
-
Adding one cube at a time, add the softened butter to the dough. Let each piece mix in before adding the next. The dough will be shaggy first, then sticky, then tough. When it is mostly together, turn the mixer to medium and let it mix until the dough is smooth and completely pulling away from the sides, 4-5 minutes. This dough is dense, so feel free to press it down into the mixer if it starts to creep up the sides of the bowl.
-
Transfer the dough to a large bowl, cover, and let it proof in the fridge for 18-24 hours.
-
Prepare the cornmeal brown butter filling. Set a pan over medium heat and add the cornmeal. Toast for 1-2 minutes or until fragrant, then add the butter. Let the butter foam, stirring occasionally, until the cornmeal and the butter have both turned into a light shade of brown and smell nutty, 4-5 minutes. Transfer this to a bowl to cool.
-
When the cornmeal brown butter has cooled to room temperature, whisk in the brown sugar and salt. It's important not to do this too soon, if the butter is warm it will melt the sugar and make the mixture unspreadable. Only add the sugar when the butter is cool but still pliable. Cover and let this sit at room temperature overnight.
-
To make the cornmeal brown butter crumble topping, repeat the toasting of the cornmeal and browning of the butter with the second batch of ingredients. However this time, just transfer the cornmeal brown butter to a bowl. You'll add the sugar the next day. Cover this and let it sit at room temperature overnight. This is so that the cornmeal will absorb the butter and turn into a crumble-like texture.
-
The next day, remove the dough from the fridge. Lightly punch it down and transfer it to a work surface. No need to flour the surface, the dough will be tacky, like play-dough.
-
Use a rolling pin to roll the dough into a large square, 24 inches by 24 inches. Whisk the brown sugar filling until it is room temperature and spreadable. Spread it evenly onto the dough.
-
Working from the furthest edge from you, roll the dough toward you, making a very tight coil.
-
Measure and mark down the roll every 2 inches. Cut the roll into 12 2-inch tall cinnamon rolls.
-
Line a sheet with parchment paper.
-
Pull the dough edge of each cinnamon roll out but 2 inches, then pull it over to cover the bottom of the cinnamon roll. This helps make it so that no filling escapes. Evenly space the cinnamon rolls on the baking sheet, and firmly press each one down so that they are half as tall (see blog photos for reference).
-
Cover the rolls with plastic wrap and let rise for 2 hours at room temperature.
-
Position a rack in the center of the oven and preheat to 400°F.
-
When the rolls are ready to bake, drizzle the tops evenly with heavy cream. Aim to get as much on the rolls as possible, anything that falls to the pan won't be as nice.
-
Bake the cinnamon rolls for 22-25 minutes or until golden.
-
While the cinnamon rolls are baking, take the cornmeal crumble topping from yesterday. It will look completely solid, but use your hands to crumble it out of the bowl. It should adopt a crumble topping texture. Add the turbinado sugar and salt and lightly mix everything together with your hands. Set aside.
-
In a small bowl or measuring cup, whisk together the bourbon glaze.
-
When the cinnamon rolls are out of the oven, brush them all with the bourbon glaze, then scatter the cornmeal brown butter crumble topping on top. Serve warm!
(2) How to Make Blackberry Pie
-
What you will be needing
-
2 pie crust or store bought
-
9 inch pie pan
-
6 cups blackberries rinsed and patted dry fresh berries are always best
-
If using frozen berries measure berries frozen before defrosting and drained well
-
1 cup sugar
-
1/4 teaspoon cinnamon
-
2 teaspoons lemon juice
-
5 tablespoons cornstarch or flour if using frozen berries.. 1/4 cup if using fresh berries
-
1 tablespoon butter
-
Allow pie to cook until golden brown..it is important to cook the pie long enough for the filling to thicken approximately 60 to 70 minutes filling must be bubbling
-
Icing mix together
-
1/4 cup powdered sugar
-
2 teaspoons milk
-
1/4 teaspoon vanilla
How to Can Milk
-
If your milk was in the fridge, take it out and place it on the counter. We want the milk to warm up a bit.
-
Meanwhile, wash your jars (I use 3-quart jars) with warm water and soap. Place them on a baking sheet.
-
Heat your oven to 320F. Place the jars in the oven for 15 minutes to sanitize them.
-
Also, place your bands and rings in a small pot, cover them with water, set on the stovetop and bring to a boil. Let the water boil for 5 minutes to sanitize the bands and lids.
-
Take the jars out and turn the oven off. From this point on, do not touch the rim of the jars with your fingers (use the jar lifters if you need to move the jars).
-
Place the jars on a cutting board or a kitchen towel and let them cool for a few minutes.
-
Meanwhile, set your pressure canner on the stovetop and add 3 quarts of water to your canner (or follow manufacture directions). This is about 2.5” of water (I use a Presto dial gauge canner).
-
Use the canning funnel and a ladle to fill the jars with milk. Make sure to leave about 1/2” headspace.
-
Clean the rim of the jars with a clean paper towel, center the lids, and close the jars with the bands, fingertight.
-
Place all of your jars on the rack in the pressure canner.
-
Close the canner and turn the heat to high (do not place the weight on the vent yet).
-
watch the vent. When steam starts to come out, set your timer to 10 minutes. Let the canner steam for 10 minutes.
-
After 10 minutes, place your weight on the vent and watch the dial. When the canner reached 11psi, turn the heat off and let the canner cool completely (please see notes for pressure adjustments).
-
Once the dial shows 0 pressure (it might take the canner a couple of hours to completely cool), open the canner.
-
Let the jars rest in the open canner for a few minutes before removing them.
-
Set your jars on a kitchen towel and let them cool completely (I usually leave them overnight).
-
Check that your jars have sealed. Remove the bands, wipe the jars, and store in the pantry.
-
If you live in an altitude higher than 1000ft, you will need to change the pressure. Please check the table in the post for more altitude adjustment information.
-
You might notice that the cream separates from the milk in the jar. This is normal.
-
You might also notice that your milk get a yellowish color to it. This is also normal.
-
I use quart jars but you can follow the same process with any size of jars.
-
I try to use my canned milk within a. year.
Chocolate Covered Peanut Butter Frozen Yogurt Bites (Vegan)
-
Peanut butter filling
-
1 cup unsweetened coconut milk yogurt
-
¼ cup + 2 tablespoons peanut butter
-
3 tablespoons maple syrup
-
½ teaspoon vanilla extract
-
Pinch salt
-
Chocolate coating
-
¾ cups chocolate chips
-
1 ½ tablespoons coconut oil
-
Peanut Butter Filling
-
Mix peanut butter filling ingredients. Pour 2 tablespoons in each ice cube slot of an ice cube tray. Freeze until solid.
-
Chocolate Coating
-
Heat a couple of inches of water in a saucepan or double boiler over medium heat. Place chocolate chips and coconut oil in a heat-safe dish over the saucepan. Stir to combine. Remove from the heat when there are no more lumps of chocolate. Don't cook it too long or let it touch any water or it will seize up and get hard.
-
With a fork, dip a peanut butter yogurt bite into chocolate. Place on a parchment lined tray. Repeat with each yogurt bite. Freeze.
-
You can also heat the chocolate in the microwave at 30-second intervals.
-
These frozen yogurt bites will last for several months in the freezer.
24 Mexican Casserole Recipes You Have to Try
Taco Salad Casserole
-
1 pound ground beef
-
1/4 cup chopped onion
-
1/4 cup chopped green pepper
-
1 envelope taco seasoning
-
1/2 cup water
-
1 cup crushed tortilla chips
-
1 can (16 ounces) refried beans
-
1 cup shredded cheddar cheese
-
Toppings: Chopped lettuce and tomatoes, sliced ripe olives, sour cream and picante sauce
-
In a large skillet, cook beef, onion and green pepper over medium heat until meat is no longer pink; drain. Stir in taco seasoning and water. Cook and stir until thickened, about 3 minutes; set aside.
-
Place chips in a greased 8-in. square baking dish. In a small bowl, stir refried beans; spread over chips. Top with beef mixture and cheese.
-
Bake, uncovered, at 375° until heated through, 15-20 minutes. Top with lettuce, tomatoes and olives. Serve with sour cream and picante sauce.
-
Using lean ground beef instead of beef that’s 80% lean saves 45 calories per 4-ounce serving of beef. Lean ground beef is also 29% lower in saturated fat.
-
Sharp cheddar cheese has been aged longer than regular cheddar. As cheese ages, its flavor becomes more pronounced. Using aged cheese in a recipe can add complexity and rich flavor, even to humble favorites like mac ’n’ cheese.
Sourdough Waffles
-
250g (2 cups) all-purpose flour
-
14g (2 teaspoons) sugar (optional)
-
5g (1 teaspoon) fine sea salt
-
3g (1/2 teaspoon) baking soda
-
460g (2 cups) low-fat buttermilk
-
86g (6 tablespoons) unsalted butter, melted and cooled
-
100g (1/2 cup, stirred down) ripe sourdough starter
-
108g (about 2 medium) eggs
-
Maple syrup, for serving
-
Chopped fresh strawberries and/or fresh blueberries, for serving (optional)
-
Preheat your waffle iron or waffle maker. If using a cast iron or aluminum waffle maker, be sure to lightly grease it with oil to ensure the waffles do not stick.
-
In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, sugar, salt, and baking soda.
-
In a medium bowl, whisk together the buttermilk, melted butter, and sourdough starter, and eggs. Pour the buttermilk mixture into the bowl with the flour mixture. Whisk until only a few small lumps remain. The batter should pour from a spoon but not be runny or soupy. If the batter is too thick, thin it with a little water, one tablespoon at a time.
-
Cook the batter in your hot waffle iron until done to your liking. Serve hot with maple syrup and chopped fresh strawberries or blueberries.
-
Make sure to use a ripe sourdough starter for the best flavor and texture.
-
If you don’t have buttermilk, you can make a substitute by mixing 1 cup of milk with 1 tablespoon of white vinegar or lemon juice. Let it sit for 5-10 minutes before using.
-
You can adjust the amount of sugar to your taste. If you prefer a less sweet waffle, you can omit the sugar altogether.
-
Experiment with different toppings and fillings, such as fresh fruit, whipped cream, or chocolate chips.
-
Enjoy your delicious sourdough waffles!
Easy and Crispy Sourdough Waffles Recipe (Two Ways!)
-
1 1/2 cups + 2 Tablespoons all-purpose flour (230g)
-
4 Tablespoons sugar (50g)
-
4 teaspoons baking powder (12g)
-
1/2 teaspoon salt (4g)
-
1 1/3 cups warm milk (310g)
-
2 eggs, room temperature
-
1/3 cup sourdough discard or 1/2 cup active sourdough starter (100g)
-
1/2 cup unsalted butter, melted (113g)
-
2 teaspoons vanilla extract (8g)
-
QUICK VERSION
-
Preheat waffle iron.
-
In a large bowl, whisk together 1 1/2 c + 2 T flour (230g), 4 tsp baking powder (12g), 4 T sugar (50g), and 1/2 tsp salt (4g) until combined. Set aside.
-
In a liquid measuring cup, heat 1 1/3c milk (310g) in the microwave until warm, not hot. To a medium bowl, add 1/2 c melted butter (113g), warm milk, 2 eggs, room temperature, 1/3 c sourdough discard (100g), and 2 tsp vanilla extract (8g). Whisk until smooth.
-
Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients and whisk until blended. Careful not to over mix, a few lumps in the batter is okay! Allow the batter to rest for at least 10-15 minutes.
-
Spoon batter and pour into the hot waffle iron and cook until golden brown and crisp. (Refer to your waffle maker's instruction for how much sourdough waffle batter will fit. Mine fit just under a 1/2 cup)
OVERNIGHT VERSION (LONG FERMENT)
-
In a large bowl, whisk together 1 1/2 c + 2 T flour (230g), 4 tsp baking powder (12g), 4 T sugar (50g) and 1/2 tsp salt (4g) until combined. Set aside.
-
In a separate bowl, whisk together 1 1/3 c milk (310g) and 1/2 c bubbly sourdough starter (100g). Once smooth, pour the wet ingredients onto the flour mixture and mix until just incorporated. Cover and place the bowl into the fridge to ferment overnight.
-
The next morning, pull the sourdough waffle batter out of the fridge. There should visibly be lots of bubbles on top and the batter should have a pleasant tangy aroma.
-
In a small bowl, whisk 2 eggs and 2 tsp vanilla extract (8g). Pour the egg mixture and 1/2 c melted butter (113g) into the batter and mix until incorporated.
-
Spoon batter and pour into the hot waffle iron and cook until golden brown and crisp. (Refer to your waffle maker's instruction for how much sourdough waffle batter will fit. Mine fit just under a 1/2 cup.)
-
TIPS FOR THE BEST SOURDOUGH WAFFLES
-
ROOM TEMPERATURE INGREDIENTS
-
If you are making the quick version of this recipe, I highly suggest taking the time to use room temperature eggs and warm milk. Why? Because this will give you the most buttery and delicious tasting homemade waffles.
-
If the batter is warm when the melted butter is added, the butter will evenly disperse in the batter. However if the batter is cool, the butter will harden into little bits, thus not spreading evenly.
-
I like to quicken this process by placing the eggs in a bowl of hot water for 5 minutes and using the microwave to heat up the milk.
-
ALLOW THE BATTER TO REST
-
When whipping up the quick version, leave the batter to rest after mixing for at least 10-15 minutes. This allows the gluten to relax creating a more tender Sourdough Waffle.
-
USE A HOT WAFFLE IRON
-
In order to get that crispy exterior, it's crucial to use a piping hot waffle iron. Be sure to thoroughly preheat your waffle maker, especially if you are using a cast iron waffle maker.
-
I also suggest allowing the waffle maker to reheat between each waffle made for consistently crispy Sourdough Waffles.
-
HOW TO KEEP SOURDOUGH WAFFLES WARM
-
If you’re not going to enjoy the waffles straight off the waffle iron, place them in a single layer on a wire cooling rack. This is best because when you stack hot waffles on top of one another, the steam will cause the waffle to lose their crispy exterior and become soft.
-
You could also turn your oven to the “warm” setting or about 220 degrees F. and place the fresh waffles in an even layer on a baking sheet in the oven until ready to enjoy.
-
HOW TO SERVE SOURDOUGH WAFFLES
-
Sourdough Waffles are perfectly delicious with a slab of butter and a drizzle of pure maple syrup. I mean, is there really anything better than the classic salty, sweet combo nuzzled in every knock and cranny on a waffle?
-
SWEET TOPPINGS
-
But if you're looking for some extra sweetness, why not top these crispy waffles with fresh fruit, like fresh berries or sliced bananas? A dollop of homemade whipped cream couldn't hurt either.
-
These Sourdough Waffles are also a delicious dessert option! Top one with a scoop of your favorite vanilla ice cream and a drizzle of hot fudge for an easy, yet delicious, treat!
-
SAVORY TOPPINGS
-
Sourdough Waffles are also enjoyable with savory toppings such as steak and eggs, sourdough sausage gravy or fried chicken.
-
INCLUSIONS
-
This recipe is also perfect for all of your favorite inclusions!
-
After pouring the batter on the waffle maker, sprinkle chocolate chips or blueberries on top. You could even stir in some fresh lemon juice into the batter for blueberry lemon waffles. Yum!
-
HOW TO STORE SOURDOUGH WAFFLES
-
Store leftover Sourdough Waffles in an airtight container for up to 3 days. Pop them in a toaster oven to reheat and gain back its crispness.
-
These homemade waffles also freeze beautifully! Allow them to cool before popping them in a gallon-sized ziplock bag and then into the freezer for up to 3 months.
15 Minute Asian Garlic Noodles
-
SCALE 1x 2x 3x
-
8 oz spaghetti (can sub any noodles you like)
-
2 tbsp butter or vegetable oil
-
6 garlic cloves, finely chopped
-
2 scallions, chopped
-
sesame seeds & chili flakes to garnish (optional)
-
1– 2 tbsp soy sauce
-
3 tsp sesame oil
-
2 tbsp oyster sauce (or vegetarian oyster sauce)
-
1 tbsp honey (can sub agave or maple syrup)
-
2 tsp sriracha
-
Cook the spaghetti according to package directions.
-
Heat the olive oil in a skillet then turn the heat to medium-low and add the garlic and scallions. Cook for 2-3 minutes until fragrant.
-
Add the spaghetti and stir-fry sauce and mix together until combined.
-
Optionally top with sesame seeds and chili flakes and serve.
-
If using spaghetti, make sure to salt the pasta water to flavour the noodles.
-
Store leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for 5 days.
Asian Garlic Noodles Recipe (Buttery, Garlicky & Fast!)
-
16 oz ( 453.6 g) fresh wonton noodles or
-
16 oz ( 453.6 g) homemade pasta my recipe! or
-
8 oz ( 226.8 g) dried fettuccine / spaghetti / angel hair
-
3 1/3 tbsp ( 40 g) light brown sugar
-
3 1/3 tbsp ( 63.3 g) oyster sauce
-
3 1/3 tsp ( 20 g) light soy sauce
-
1 1/4 tsp ( 6.7 g) sesame oil
-
1 2/3 tsp salt to taste
-
5 1/3 tbsp salted butter
-
1 bunch green onions / scallions (up to 50% more is ok) thinly sliced
-
21 cloves ( 53.75 g) garlic pressed or minced
-
Boil noodles according to package instructions, until desired doneness is reached (we will not cook it more later), drain, then set aside. Prepare the below steps while the water boils though!
-
Add all sauce ingredients into a medium prep bowl and mix to combine
-
Slice scallions thinly and mince garlic or use a garlic press.
-
Melt butter in a large pan (brown it a little if desired) over medium-high heat, then add 75% of your green onions, and all of the garlic. Saute until fragrant and garlic is slightly browned.
-
Lower heat to medium, add sauce ingredients and stir to combine. Add noodles, mix to coat and warm up slightly. Taste, and add a few extra pinches of salt to taste if needed.
-
Garnish served plates with the remaining raw, sliced green onion and eat!
-
Fresh noodles weigh a lot more so if you’re using dry noodles, go with half by weight. See ingredient list for details.
-
10/25/19: Modded this recipe a bit to add more green onion and more garlic. It’s pretty hard to overdo it on these fronts. You can even add another clove or two of pressed raw garlic per serving for an extra kick!
-
12/31/20: Added weight measurements to ingredients so we don’t have to wash any measuring spoons! Increased the ratio of sauce to noodles to make the noodles more coated and seasoned, by 25%.
-
4/16/21: Yet again, I’ve increased all ingredients by 33%, but kept the noodles at 16 oz since I want the noodles to be more seasoned. If you want to play it safe, slowly add the sauce to your noodles, and leave any extra out when it hits the right amount of seasoning for you.
Thai Red Curry Noodles
-
16 ounces brown rice noodles
-
1 can full fat coconut milk
-
3-4 tablespoons Thai red curry paste
-
2-3 tablespoons tomato paste start with 2, add more if needed
-
1-2 tablespoons soy sauce or tamari
-
4 large cloves garlic
-
1 tablespoons fresh grated ginger
-
1 tablespoons olive oil
-
2 teaspoon maple syrup or honey
-
Juice from 1 lime about 1-2 tbsp
-
1 teaspoon cornstarch tapioca or arrowroot work too
-
Salt and pepper to taste
-
Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil and cook noodles according to package instructions. Undercook them just slightly, we'll continue cooking them a bit in the sauce.
-
In a small pot or skillet, add the minced garlic, grated ginger and olive oil. Saute until the garlic looks slightly golden brown.
-
Add the coconut milk and all remaining ingredients to the pot (aside from the cornstarch) with the garlic and whisk until smooth.
-
Bring to a boil, whisk in the corn starch, then reduce heat to low and let simmer for 2-3 minutes.
-
Once the noodles are done cooking, combine the sauce with the noodles and let simmer over low heat to let it thicken further and finish cooking the noodles.
-
It will seem saucy at first, but the noodles will absorb a lot of the sauce as it sits. If you don't like it too saucy, start with just 1/2 of the sauce with the noodles at first and add more as desired.
-
I usually serve it with other veggies/protein, which is why I made it with a lot of sauce, but feel free to start small if you prefer that!
-
Garnish with cilantro, scallions and red pepper flakes. Serve with your favorite protein, sauteed or steamed vegetables, or enjoy as is!
-
If you only have light coconut milk, this will work, but I do recommend full fat for the best flavor.
-
I always use low sodium tamari, but if you only have the regular stuff, just start with a lower amount so it doesn’t get too salty. About half to start should be good.
-
Some curry pastes are very spicy, be sure to start with a smaller amount and adjust as needed!
Easy Vs Traditional Way
-
¾ ounce ( 20 g) mild dried red chilies, such as guajillo or puya, cut in ½-inch chunks
-
½ ounce ( 10 g) spicy dried red chilies, such as Thai or arbol chilies, cut in ½-inch chunks (see note 1)
-
½ teaspoon ( 2.5 ml) white peppercorns
-
1 teaspoon ( 5 ml) coarse salt (see note 2)
-
1 stalk lemongrass, bottom half only, thinly sliced
-
2 tablespoons ( 15 g) finely chopped galangal
-
4 cilantro roots, or 10 to 12 cilantro stems, chopped
-
2 teaspoons ( 10 ml) chopped makrut lime zest (see note 3)
-
6 cloves (30 g) garlic, chopped
-
½ cup ( 70 g) chopped shallots
-
2 teaspoons ( 10 ml) fermented shrimp paste, if vegan sub miso
-
OPTIONAL SPICES
-
2 teaspoons ( 10 ml ) coriander seeds, toasted
-
1 teaspoon ( 5 ml ) cumin seeds, toasted
-
METHOD 1: The Easy Way
-
Grind dry spices with a coffee grinder: Add the dried chilies, peppercorns and salt into the coffee grinder. If using coriander and cumin seeds, add them as well. Grind into a fine powder. *Allow chili dust to settle fully before opening the grinder, and don't put your face over it when you do to avoid inhaling chili dust!
-
Use an immersion blender for the herbs: Place the lemongrass, galangal, cilantro roots, and makrut lime zest in a narrow container, such as a glass measuring cup. Top it off with the garlic, shallots, and shrimp paste. (It is easier to blend with the moist ingredients on top.)
-
Use the immersion blender to blend everything until fine. You will need to lift and reposition the blender several times, stopping to scrape the bottom and bringing it to the top halfway through.
-
Once the mixture is fine, add the ground chili mixture and blend to mix.
-
METHOD 2: Mortar & Pestle
-
Soak the dried chilies in water for at least 30 minutes, longer if possible, so they are softened. Drain and pat them dry as best you can. (Excess water will make it harder to pound.)
-
Grind white peppercorns and any other dry spices into a powder. Remove and set aside.
-
Pound the chilies with the salt into a fine paste. Once it starts to look mashed, add the ground dry spices to help absorb the moisture, then continue to pound into a fine paste.
-
Add the lemongrass, galangal, cilantro roots, and makrut lime zest and pound into a fine paste.
-
Add the garlic and shallots and pound into a fine paste.
-
Add the ground chili mixture and pound until well combined. Add the shrimp paste and pound to mix.
-
It took me 16 minutes of pounding for this amount of curry paste in a 3-cup mortar. Time will vary depending on your speed, strength, size of mortar, and amount of paste.
-
Use right away, store in the fridge for up to 3 days, or divide into portions and freeze for up to a few months.
-
You can add as many of the spicy chilies as you like depending on how spicy you want the paste to be. The seeds can be left in for more heat or removed for less.
-
Coarse salt will help break down chilies if you are hand-pounding. If using a grinder, use any salt.
-
If you don’t have makrut lime zest, you can add 2-3 makrut lime leaves, torn into chunks, when making the curry. If you don't have the leaves, substitute regular lime zest in the curry paste.
Quick Asian Noodles Recipe from Sam the Cooking Guy
-
3 ounces chow mein noodles (or any noodle like spaghetti can work)
-
1 tablespoon soy sauce
-
1/4 teaspoon cornstarch
-
1 tablespoon brown sugar
-
2 tablespoons Sriracha
-
2 tablespoons chopped green onions
-
1 tablespoon chopped fresh cilantro
-
Cook noodles according to package directions
-
While noodles are cooking, make the sauce - in a small bowl add soy sauce, cornstarch, sugar and Sriracha; mix well and set aside
-
Drain noodles, put back in pot and mix sauce with the noodles
-
Top with green onions and cilantro; serve on plate or eat out of the pot like me
Better Than Takeout Thai Drunken Noodles
-
8 ounces wide rice noodles
-
1/3 cup low sodium soy sauce or liquid aminos
-
3 tablespoons oyster sauce
-
1 tablespoon Thai fish sauce
-
2 teaspoons honey or maple
-
2 tablespoons sesame oil or extra virgin olive oil
-
1/2 pound boneless chicken breast, cut into strips (optional)
-
2 shallots, thinly sliced
-
3 cloves garlic, minced or grated
-
1-2 red Fresno peppers or jalapeño peppers, seeded and chopped
-
4 green onions, chopped
-
1 medium zucchini, cut into ribbons or chopped
-
1 red bell pepper, thinly sliced
-
2 carrots, cut into ribbons or chopped
-
1 cup fresh Thai basil or regular basil, roughly chopped
-
Cook the rice noodles according to package directions. Drain.
Combine the soy sauce, oyster sauce, fish sauce, honey, and 1/3 cup water in a bowl.
Heat the oil in a large skillet over medium heat. When the oil shimmers, add the chicken, if using. Season with black pepper and brown all over. Add the shallots, garlic, Fresno peppers, and green onions. Cook another 2-3 minutes, until the shallots are soft and the garlic is fragrant. Add the zucchini and bell peppers, cook another 5 minutes, until the vegetables have softened. Pour in the sauce and bring to a boil over medium-high heat and cook until the sauce coats the chicken, about 5 minutes.
Stir in the noodles, carrots, and basil. Toss to combine, cooking another 3-5 minutes until the sauce coats the noodles. Serve the noodles warm, topped with additional basil. Enjoy!
Easy Vegetable Lo Mein
-
8 ounces lo mein noodles
-
1 tablespoon vegetable oil
-
3 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 teaspoon grated fresh ginger
-
4 cups julienned vegetables (I like to use scallions, celery, bok choy or cabbage, and green pepper)
-
4 tablespoons soy sauce
-
1 tablespoon brown sugar
-
2 tablespoons rice wine (Mirin)
-
3 teaspoons toasted sesame oil
-
1 tablespoon Thai Sweet Chili sauce
-
Cook the noodles, per the package directions, to al dente. Drain and rinse with cold water.
-
While the noodles cook, prep your vegetables, cutting them into similar-sized julienned pieces.
-
In a small bowl, stir together the sauce ingredients until the sugar dissolves completely. Set the sauce aside.
-
In a skillet or wok, over high heat, saute the garlic and ginger in the vegetable oil. When fragrant but not browned, stir-fry the vegetables, stirring often, until just barely tender.
-
Stir in the rinsed noodles, tossing to combine with the vegetables. Add the sauce mixture and continue tossing and cooking for a minute or two to fully coat each noodle with the sauce.
-
Serve your noodles in bowls and top with chopped peanuts or cilantro, if desired.
Chicken Marsala
-
¼ cup all-purpose flour for coating
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
-
½ teaspoon dried oregano
-
4 medium skinless, boneless chicken breast halves - pounded 1/4 inch thick
-
4 tablespoons butter
-
4 tablespoons olive oil
-
1 cup sliced mushrooms
-
½ cup Marsala wine
-
¼ cup cooking sherry
-
Gather all ingredients.
-
In a shallow dish or bowl, mix together the flour, salt, pepper and oregano.
-
Coat chicken pieces in flour mixture.
-
In a large skillet, melt butter in olive oil over medium heat. Place chicken in the pan, and lightly brown.
-
Turn over chicken pieces, and add mushrooms. Pour in wine and sherry.
-
Cover skillet; simmer chicken 10 minutes, turning once, until no longer pink and juices run clear.
-
Serve hot and enjoy!
Chicken Marsala
-
1½ pounds boneless skinless chicken breasts, pounded ¼-inch thick (see note), or chicken tenderloins
-
3 tablespoons all-purpose flour
-
Salt
-
Freshly ground black pepper
-
1 tablespoon olive oil
-
3 tablespoons unsalted butter, divided
-
1 ( 8-oz) package pre-sliced bella or button mushrooms
-
3 tablespoons finely chopped shallots, from 1 medium shallot
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
⅔ cup chicken broth
-
⅔ cup dry Marsala wine
-
⅔ cup heavy cream
-
2 teaspoons chopped fresh thyme
-
2 tablespoons chopped fresh Italian parsley, for serving (optional)
-
Place the flour, ¾ teaspoon salt, and ¼ teaspoon pepper in a ziplock bag. Add the chicken to the bag; seal bag tightly and shake to coat chicken evenly. Set aside.
-
Heat the oil and 2 tablespoons of the butter in a large skillet over medium-high heat. (Use a stainless steel pan for the best browning. Nonstick will work too, but you won’t get that nice golden color on the chicken.) Place the flour-dusted chicken in the pan, shaking off any excess first, and cook, turning once, until the chicken is golden and just barely cooked through, about 5 to 6 minutes total. Transfer the chicken to a plate and set aside.
-
Melt the remaining tablespoon of butter in the pan. Add the mushrooms and cook, stirring frequently, until the mushrooms begin to brown, 3 to 4 minutes. Add the shallots, garlic, and ¼ teaspoon of salt; cook for 1 to 2 minutes more. Add the broth, Marsala, heavy cream, thyme, ¼ teaspoon salt, and ⅛ teaspoon of pepper; use a wooden spoon to scrape any brown bits from the pan into the liquid. Bring the liquid to a boil, then reduce the heat to medium and gently boil, uncovered, until the sauce is reduced by about half, slightly thickened, and darkened in color, 10 to 15 minutes (you’re going for a thin cream sauce; it won’t start to thicken until the very end of the cooking time). Add the chicken back to the pan, along with any juices that accumulated on the plate. Reduce the heat to low and simmer until the chicken is warmed through and the sauce thickens a bit more, 2 to 3 minutes. Sprinkle with parsley, if using, and serve.
-
Note: If your chicken breasts are large (like the ones in the photos that are about ¾ lb. each), it’s best to first cut them horizontally to form four flat fillets, then pound them to an even ¼-inch thickness. If you pound large chicken breasts without first halving them, they’ll be huge. Of course, you could also pound them thin first and then cut them in half vertically; the only drawback is that they’ll lose their natural shape (which, admittedly, is not a big deal!).
Easy Chicken Marsala
Tags:
Chicken
-
2 large chicken breasts
-
Salt & pepper to taste
-
1/4 teaspoon garlic powder
-
Flour for dredging
-
1 tablespoon olive oil
-
3 tablespoons butter divided
-
8 ounces cremini mushrooms sliced fairly thin
-
1 large clove garlic minced
-
3/4 cup marsala wine see note
-
1/2 cup heavy/whipping cream
-
Cut the chicken breasts in half lengthwise to make 4 thinner cutlets. Season the chicken with the salt, pepper, and garlic powder. Coat each piece in flour.
-
Heat the olive oil and 1 tablespoon of the butter in a skillet over medium-high heat. Once the pan is hot, add the chicken and sear it for 4-5 minutes/side or until golden. Take the chicken out of the pan and set aside (it'll finish cooking in the sauce).
-
Add the remaining butter and mushrooms to the skillet and cook them for 3-5 minutes, stirring occasionally, until browned.
-
Add the minced garlic and marsala wine to the skillet and let it bubble for 2-3 minutes.
-
Add the cream to the skillet, and then add the chicken back in. Cook for another 4-5 minutes until the chicken is cooked through and the sauce has thickened up a bit. Season with extra salt & pepper if needed. I added a little bit of chopped parsley to finish it off (optional).
-
If you have smaller chicken breasts, there’s no need to cut them in half lengthwise, but you will need to cook them a bit longer.
-
I recommend using either semi-sweet or dry marsala for this recipe. See blog post for more info.
-
Chicken is safe to eat when it’s reached an internal temperature of 165F. Use an instant read thermometer to test for doneness.
One Bowl Brownies {Best Brownie Recipe!}
-
1 cup butter, melted and slightly cooled
-
1 cup granulated white sugar
-
1 cup packed dark brown sugar
-
4 large eggs
-
1 tablespoon pure vanilla extract
-
1 cup all-purpose flour
-
1 cup Dutch-processed or unsweetened cocoa powder
-
1 teaspoon espresso powder, optional
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
1 ¼ cups chopped chocolate, divided
-
Preheat oven to 350°F. Spray a 9×13" baking pan with nonstick cooking spray. Line with parchment paper with an overhang on the sides and spray again. This will make it easy to lift the brownies out of the pan after baking. Set the pan aside.
-
In a large mixing bowl whisk together melted butter, granulated sugar, and brown sugar. Whisk until sugar is dissolved. Add the eggs and vanilla extract until smooth and combined.
-
Sift in flour and cocoa. Add the salt and espresso powder, if using, and stir until just combined. Don't over mix. Fold in 1 cup of chopped chocolate. Spread evenly into prepared pan and sprinkle the remaining ¼ cup of chopped chocolate on top of the brownies.
-
Bake for 25-30 minutes on the middle rack in the oven until the brownies are just set to touch. Don't over bake the brownies. They will set up as they cool. Remove from oven and let cool before cutting into squares. You can sprinkle them with a little flaky sea salt, if desired.
-
Store in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 4 days
Pininyahang Manok (Creamy Pineapple Chicken)
-
1 tablespoon canola oil
-
1 medium red pepper, seeded, cored and cut into chunks
-
1 onion, peeled and thinly sliced
-
3 cloves garlic, peeled and minced
-
3 pounds chicken, cut into serving parts
-
1 cup pineapple juice
-
1 cup pineapple chunks
-
1 cup table cream
-
salt and pepper to taste
-
In a pot over medium heat, heat oil. Add bell peppers and cook, stirring regularly, for about 30 seconds. Remove from heat and drain on paper towels.
-
Add onions and garlic to the pan and cook until softened.
-
Add chicken and cook, stirring occasionally, until lightly browned.
-
Add pineapple juice. Bring to a boil, skimming any scum that floats on top. Lower heat, cover and simmer until chicken is tender.
-
Add pineapples and table cream. Season with salt and pepper to taste.
-
Continue to simmer for about 3 to 5 minutes or until sauce is slightly thickened and reduced to desired consistency.
-
Add bell peppers and continue to cook for about 30 seconds or until tender-crisp. Serve hot.
-
After adding the cream, simmer on low heat, and do not bring to a boil to keep the sauce from separating.
Best Baked Taters- Crispy and Hasselback
-
4 Russet potatoes
-
Bacon grease or food oil
-
½ stick butter melted
-
2 teaspoons dried rosemary
-
2 teaspoons minced garlic
-
1 teaspoon onion powder
-
Margarita salt or coarse sea salt.
-
Preheat oven to 425 degrees F.
-
Slice the bottom of the potatoes to where they will lay flat. Cut parallel slits about ⅛-inch apart into each potato about ⅔ the way down. Be careful not to cut completely through the bottom.
-
Brush the potatoes with bacon grease or other food oil and place in a cast iron skillet or casserole dish.
-
Bake for 20 minutes. Remove from the oven and slightly spread the slices apart with a knife to make sure they aren’t sticking together.
-
In a small bowl combine the butter, rosemary, garlic and onion powder. Brush the mixture generously over the potatoes. Sprinkle with margarita or sea salt.
-
Bake an additional 10 minutes. Remove from the oven, brush again with the butter mixture and bake another 10 minutes or until they are soft on the inside and crispy on top.
-
Remove from the oven and baste one more time, season with salt and pepper and serve immediately.
15 Minute Refried Beans
Tags:
Mexican
-
1 can Refried Beans or Pinto Beans drained
-
1 tbsp butter
-
1/2 cup onion diced
-
2 tbsp sour cream
-
2 tbsp green chilies diced
-
2 tsp Kent Rollins' Taco Seasoning or your preferred taco seasoning blend
-
1 cup Cheddar Cheese shredded
-
1 stem green onion diced
-
Preheat oven to 400F degrees.
-
Melt butter in skillet. Add onion and cook until tender and translucent.
-
Add beans to the skillet. Mash until the beans and onions reach desired texture.
-
Add sour cream, green chilies, and taco seasoning. Mix until fully combined.
-
Top with Cheddar cheese and bake until cheese is melted. Garnish with Diced Green onion. Serve.
Mexican Lasagna
Tags:
Mexican
-
2 lbs. 80/20 ground chuck
-
1 yellow onion chopped
-
1 jalapeno diced
-
1 tablespoon Kent’s Original seasoning
-
3 tablespoons Kent’s taco seasoning
-
1/4 cup beef broth
-
3 cups refried beans
-
2 cups sour cream
-
2 cups Fresh Chile Co Red Chili Sauce or enchilada sauce
-
1 cup Kent’s Hatch Green chiles
-
8 to 10 flour tortillas
-
2 cups shredded cheddar cheese
-
1 cup shredded mozzarella cheese
-
Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F.
-
Add the ground beef to a 12-inch cast iron skillet over medium heat. When the meat begins to brown, stir in the onions and jalapeno, stirring occasionally. When the meat has browned and the onions are tender, drain any excess grease if needed.
-
Stir in the Original and taco seasonings and beef broth. Remove the meat from the skillet oven and set aside in a warm place.
-
Place a layer of tortillas on the bottom of the skillet (you made need to tear the tortillas to fit). Spread an even layer of half the beans followed by half a layer of sour cream and half the meat mixture. Sprinkle ½ cup of green chile followed by 1 cup of the cheddar cheese and 1 cup of mozzarella cheese. Evenly spread 1 cup of Red Chile sauce on top.
-
Continue with the second layer with: a layer of tortillas, beans, sour cream, meat, green chiles, Red sauce, tortillas and the remaining cheeses.
-
Bake for about 30 minutes, or until the cheese is browned and bubbly. Let cool slightly, cut and serve.
Old Fashioned Fried Pies
-
2 ½ all- purpose flour plus more for sprinkling
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 teaspoon cinnamon optional
-
3 teaspoons baking powder
-
6 tablespoons butter chilled
-
¾ cup crisco chilled
-
¼ cup ice water
-
¼ cup apple cider vinegar
-
1 egg beaten
-
1 tablespoon water
-
In a large bowl combine the flour, salt, cinnamon (if using) and baking powder. Slice or grate the butter and shortening in the mix.
-
With a pastry cutter or fork, cut the butter and shortening into the flour until it becomes a cracker crumb consistency but still has some butter and crisco chunks in it.
-
Stir in the ice water, a tablespoon at a time, and fold in. Stir in the vinegar.
-
Flour your hands and begin working the dough into a ball. Place the dough on a floured surface and cut it into 2 equal pieces.
-
Wrap the dough in plastic wrap and place in the icebox for at least 2 hours to chill.
-
When ready to use, roll the dough out onto a floured surface to the desired thickness.
Sticky Toffee Pudding
-
1 heaping cup of dates stones removed and finely chopped
-
¾ cup boiling water
-
5 tablespoons butter melted
-
¾ cup dark brown sugar
-
1 ¼ cup self-rising flour
-
1 teaspoon baking powder
-
1 teaspoon baking soda
-
3 tablespoons molasses or black treacle
-
3 large eggs
-
½ cup milk
-
Ice cream for serving
-
1/3 cup dark brown sugar
-
2 tablespoons molasses or black treacle
-
5 tablespoons butter melted
-
1 teaspoon vanilla
-
½ cup heavy cream
-
Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Butter and flour an 8 x 11-inch baking dish.
-
Combine the dates and boiling water in a medium bowl. Let set 20 minutes.
-
Meanwhile, in a separate bowl, stir together the butter, dark brown sugar, flour, baking powder, baking soda, molasses, eggs and milk.
-
Stir in the dates until smooth.
-
Scrape the batter into the prepared baking dish. Bake for about 40 minutes, or until an inserted toothpick comes out clean.
-
Meanwhile, prepare the Toffee Sauce. In a saucepan, whisk together all the ingredients for the sauce. Bring to a low boil for about 1 to 2 minutes, stirring frequently.
-
Pour half of the sauce over the warm pudding cake. Cut the cake and serve with ice cream and drizzle with leftover Toffee Sauce.
Apple Dumplings
-
½ stick butter
-
1 cup white sugar plus more for sprinkling
-
½ cup light brown sugar
-
3 teaspoons cinnamon plus extra for sprinkling
-
1 12 ounce bottle Mountain Dew soda
-
2 ounces Apple Crown Whiskey
-
2 ounces Fireball Cinnamon Whiskey
-
3 to 4 Granny Smith apples peeled and cored
-
2 cans crescent rolls
-
Cinnamon for sprinkling
-
Sugar for sprinkling
-
3 tablespoons cornstarch
-
3 tablespoons cold water
-
Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Butter a 9x13-inch casserole dish, or 12-inch Dutch oven.
-
In a medium saucepan, melt the butter over medium heat. Mix in the white sugar, brown sugar, 3 teaspoons of cinnamon, Mountain Dew, apple whiskey and cinnamon whiskey. Bring to a low simmer for about 5 minutes, stirring occasionally. Note: you can leave out the alcohol and substitute with additional Mountain Dew, if preferred.
-
Slice the apples. You’ll need 16 slices, so you don’t need to slice them too thinly.
-
Unroll the crescent rolls and separate. Sprinkle a little cinnamon and sugar on each roll. Place an apple slice at the larger end of the dough and roll up. Place the dumplings in the prepared baking dish.
-
Pour the liquid in the bottom of the baking dish until the liquid reaches about halfway up the dumplings. You want to reserve about 1 to 1 ½ cups of the liquid. Bake for about 40 minutes, or until browned.
-
Meanwhile, whisk together the cornstarch and water. Bring the leftover Mountain Dew sauce to a low boil. Pour the cornstarch mixture into the sauce. Cook until it thickens. Drizzle over top of the dumplings with ice cream.
2 Ingredient Biscuits
-
2 cups self-rising flour
-
1 ½ cups heavy cream
-
Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F. Butter a cast iron skillet or baking dish. We also prefer to use bacon grease for better crust and flavor.
-
Sift the flour into a medium bowl. Stir in the heavy cream, until combined.
-
Turn the dough out onto a floured surface. Flour your hands, and knead the dough a few times. The outside of the dough shouldn’t be sticky, but the inside should still have some moisture.
-
Roll the dough out to about ½-inch thick. Using a biscuit cutter, cut the biscuits out and place in the skillet or dish. Brush with a little additional whipping cream.
-
Bake for about 12 to 15 minutes, or until a light golden brown. Brush a little melted better on top (optional) and serve.
-
You can make the dough ahead of time, cut the biscuits out and freeze. Bake them frozen, but your bake time may increase.
Juicy Grilled Pork Chops! with Grilled Parmesan Asparagus
-
2 16 to 18 oz bone-in center cut pork chops
-
2 limes
-
Kent’s Original Seasoning or salt and pepper
-
1 cup honey
-
¼ cup soy sauce
-
2 teaspoons ground mustard
-
6 garlic cloves minced
-
2 teaspoons coarse ground black pepper
-
Generously rub lime juice on both sides of the pork chops. Season both sides well with the Original seasoning, salt and pepper, or your favorite all-purpose seasoning.
-
Let the chops set on the counter for at about 30 minutes, to warm up.
-
Preheat the smoker to 250 degrees F. I like to add some apple and mesquite wood chunks to the smoker.
-
Place the pork chops on the smoker and cook for about 20 to 25 minutes, or until the internal temperature is 140 to 145 degrees F.
-
Meanwhile, whisk together all the ingredients in the honey garlic sauce in a small bowl.
-
Remove from the smoker and place on a hot grill and cook for about 6 to 8 minutes each side, or until the internal temperature is about 160 degrees F. While grilling, baste each side of the chops a few times with the honey garlic sauce.
-
Remove from the grill and let rest for 5 minutes. Top with additional sauce and serve.
Easiest 1 Hour Yeast Rolls
-
1 cup water
-
2 tablespoons butter
-
1/2 cup milk
-
2 tablespoons sugar
-
1 heaping tablespoon rapid rise yeast
-
3 1/2 to 4 cups all-purpose flour
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F. Butter a baking pan.
-
Whisk together the water, butter, milk and sugar in a small saucepan. Place over medium heat and warm to 110 degrees F.
-
Lightly whisk in the yeast. Place in a warm spot to proof for 5 minutes, or until foamy.
-
Meanwhile, in a medium bowl, combine 3 1/2 cups flour and salt.
-
Slowly add the yeast mixture into the flour mixture and fold in until combined. You want the dough to be moist, but not too sticky. Add more flour if needed.
-
Turn the dough out onto a floured surface and knead for about 5 minutes.
-
Form the dough into a ball and place in a greased bowl. Cover with a warm damp towel and let rise for 15 minutes.
-
Turn the dough out and punch down. Divide into 12 equal pieces and form into balls. Place the balls in the baking pan.
-
Bake for about 20 minutes, or until the internal temperature is between 200 and 210 degrees F.
Asian Fried Rice with Uncle Roger
-
2 tbsp pork lard
-
3 large garlic cloves minced
-
1 bulb shallot minced
-
2 Bird's Eye or Thai Chili diced
-
2 links Chinese Sausage (or andouille, chorizo) sliced
-
1 egg beaten
-
1 egg yolk beaten
-
3-4 cups white rice cooked & chilled
-
1 tbsp soy sauce
-
1 tbsp white pepper
-
1 tbsp MSG
-
3 green onions chopped
-
Oil the wok or large cast iron skillet with pork lard.
-
Add the garlic, shallot, and chilies and cook for 1 minute, stirring constantly.
-
Stir in the sausage and cook for 2 minutes, stirring occasionally.
-
Add the egg, stirring constantly. Slowly stir in the rice.
-
Season to taste with the soy sauce, sesame oil, white pepper, and MSG.
-
Top with green onions and serve warm.
Philly Cheesesteak
Tags:
Sandwiches
-
2.5 – 3 lb. Skirt of Flank Steak
-
Lime juice
-
Meat tenderizer
-
Red River Ranch Mesquite
-
1 red bell pepper
-
1 green pepper
-
1 Large yellow onion
-
2 tablespoons butter melted
-
Cheese sauce
-
About 6 hoagie rolls
-
Rub lime juice all over one side of the steak. Sprinkle on the meat tenderizer and rub in, followed by the Red River Ranch Mesquite (or seasoning of your choice). Repeat on the opposite side. Cover and place in the icebox for 6 hours or overnight.
-
Remove the steak from the icebox about 30 minutes before grilling.
-
Slice the peppers in large pieces and remove the seeds and veins. Cut the onion in large slices. Place the veggies and steak on a cleaned and oiled grill. Grill until the steak is medium-rare to medium and the vegetables are tender and slightly charred.
-
Allow to cool. Chop the veggies and place in a large cast iron skillet with the butter. Chop the steak and stir in with the veggies. Allow to simmer over medium-low heat for about 10 minutes, stirring occasionally.
-
Meanwhile, put together the cheese sauce (below).
-
Butter the inside of the hoagie rolls and place butter-side down on the grill. Grill until toasted.
-
Spoon the meat and veggie mixture on top of the hoagies and top with the cheese sauce. Serve warm.
Old Fashioned Chicken and Dumplings
-
2 8 ounce boneless skinless chicken breasts
-
4 chicken thighs
-
½ stick butter softened
-
6 cups heavy cream
-
1 teaspoon black pepper
-
4 teaspoons Kent Rollins’ Original Seasoning or salt and garlic powder
-
2 to 3 carrots thinly sliced
-
½ cup celery chopped
-
3 cups all purpose flour
-
3 tablespoons sugar
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
1 tablespoon baking powder
-
¾ cup chilled butter
-
1 large egg lightly beaten
-
1 ¼ cups buttermilk
-
1 teaspoon white vinegar
-
⅓ cup corn starch
-
1 cup cold water
-
In a large stock pot, add enough water to generously cover the chicken pieces. Add the salt. Bring to a boil and cook until chicken is tender, about 15 to 20 minutes.
-
Remove from the pot and let the chicken cool and then cut or shred into bite size pieces.
-
Reserve the broth for later.
-
Return the shredded chicken to the pot along with 6 cups of the chicken stock. Add the butter, cream and black pepper to the broth and stir. Add the carrots and celery. Cook over medium heat, stirring occasionally, for about 10 minutes or until the carrots are tender.
-
Stir in the chicken. Cover and cook over for about 30 minutes, stirring occasionally.
-
Meanwhile, in a mixing bowl, add the flour, sugar, salt and baking powder. Mix well.
-
With a pastry cutter or fork, cut the butter into the flour mixture until the butter chunks break down slightly. There should be chunks of butter left in it.
-
In a small bowl combine the egg, buttermilk and vinegar. Stir into the flour mixture just until combined. The dough will be a little sticky. You should be able to see the butter pieces in the dough.
-
Turn the dough out onto a generously floured surface. Flour your hands and knead the dough 10 to 15 times. If the dough is still tacky, knead in a little more flour to form a soft dough. Then pinch off small bite size pieces of the dough and drop into the broth.
-
Let the dumplings cook for 6 to 8 minutes over medium heat, stirring occasionally. Dissolve the cornstarch into the cold water and mix well, then add to the soup and stir well until it thickens.
-
Let the dumplings cook for about 5 minutes, stirring occasionally.
Crispy Chicken Sandwich
Tags:
Sandwiches
-
2 large boneless skinless chicken breasts
-
2 cups buttermilk
-
1 cups dill pickle juice
-
4 teaspoons garlic powder
-
3 eggs
-
1 cup buttermilk
-
2 teaspoons baking powder
-
2 ½ cups flour
-
½ cup cornstarch
-
2 teaspoon baking powder
-
2 tablespoon Kent Rollins’ Original Seasoning or lemon pepper, garlic, salt, pepper
-
3 teaspoons ground mustard powder
-
½ tablespoon coarse ground black pepper
-
2 teaspoons smoked paprika
-
2 teaspoon onion powder
-
2 teaspoon garlic powder
-
1 tablespoon powdered sugar
-
Fry oil
-
¼ cup honey dijon mustard
-
¼ cup yellow mustard
-
2 tablespoons ketchup
-
2 tablespoons Duke’s mayonnaise
-
2 teaspoons Worcestershire sauce
-
1 tablespoon honey
-
1 teaspoon liquid smoke
-
Place one chicken breast in a baggie and flatten to around ½” thick with a rolling pin. Remove the chicken breast from the bag and cut it in half.
-
In a mixing bowl, add the buttermilk, pickle juice, and garlic powder. Mix well.
-
Place chicken breasts in buttermilk mixture and make sure each one is coated well. Cover and place in the fridge for at least 2 hours.
-
In a separate mixing bowl, add the 3 eggs, buttermilk, and baking powder. Mix well and set aside.
-
For the dry ingredients, mix in a large mixing bowl. Add the flour, cornstarch, baking powder, Kent Rollins’ Original Seasoning, mustard powder, black pepper, smoked paprika, onion powder, garlic powder, and powdered sugar. Mix well.
-
Fill a deep Dutch oven with fry oil with a high smoking point at least 2 ½” to 3” inches up the sides and preheat to 350 degrees F.
-
Pour ⅓ cup of the wet mixture into the dry ingredients and mix well.
-
Remove the chicken from the marinade and dredge in the flour mixture, coating well, then dip in the buttermilk, egg mixture then back in the flour mixture. Place on a wire rack to let the seasoning bond for at least 15 minutes.
-
Gently place one chicken breast at a time in deep fryer or Dutch oven and cook for about 5 minutes each side or until internal temp is 170 degrees F, Remove and place on a wire rack to cool.
-
Spread some butter on each slice of the bun and toast in a cast iron skillet until golden brown on both sides.
-
Spread the mustard mixture on both the top and bottom bun, then top with chicken and pickles and serve.
Cast Iron Cornbread
-
1 cup all purpose flour
-
1 cup yellow cornmeal
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
4 teaspoons baking powder
-
1 large egg
-
1 cup milk
-
1/3 cup white sugar
-
⅓ cup unsalted butter melted
-
6 slices of cooked bacon chopped, reserve the grease
-
1 4 ounce can diced green chilis drained
-
Indoors: Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F.
-
In a mixing bowl, add the flour, cornmeal, sugar, salt, and baking powder. Mix well.
-
Make a well in the bottom of the cornbread mixture and crack the egg. Whisk until smooth. Add the milk and stir, and then add the melted butter and mix well.
-
Add the drained green chilis and bacon. Add ½ the reserved bacon grease and mix well.
-
In a Dutch oven, spread the remaining bacon grease to thoroughly grease the cast iron surface. Pour in the cornbread mixture and smack the Dutch oven down on the counter a few times to get the batter set. Bake for 20 to 25 minutes.
Easy Meatball Stroganoff Soup
-
2 tbsp butter
-
1 onion
-
2 cups sliced white mushrooms
-
2 cloves garlic
-
30-40 meatballs
-
6 cups beef broth
-
2 tbsp Worcestershire sauce
-
1/2-1 cup sour cream
-
300g egg noodles
-
salt and pepper to taste
-
Begin by cooking the meatballs according to the package directions.
-
In a large pot sauté the onion, garlic and mushrooms until soft.
-
Add broth, Worcestershire sauce, salt and pepper to taste. Bring to a low boil.
-
To the pot add in the egg noodles and cook until tender.
-
Remove from heat and stir in the sour cream until evenly combined.
-
Stir in the meatballs and enjoy with a garnish of fresh parsley.
-
This soup tastes great the next day as it thickens up quickly, making it more of a traditional stroganoff.
Fold-Over Tortilla Bake
Tags:
Mexican
-
1 pound ground beef
-
1 cup chopped onion
-
2 cans (14-1/2 ounces each) stewed tomatoes
-
1 cup enchilada sauce
-
1 to 2 teaspoons ground cumin
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 teaspoon pepper
-
12 flour or corn tortillas (6 inches)
-
6 ounces cream cheese, softened
-
1 can (4 ounces) chopped green chiles, drained
-
1 cup shredded Monterey Jack cheese
-
Minced fresh cilantro, optional
-
In a large skillet, cook ground beef and onion until beef is no longer pink, breaking into crumbles; drain. Stir in the tomatoes, enchilada sauce and seasonings. Bring to a boil. Reduce heat and simmer, covered, for 5 minutes. Pour half the meat sauce into a 13x9-in. baking dish. Set aside.
-
Wrap stacked tortillas in foil; heat at 350° for 8-10 minutes. Spread each warm tortilla with cream cheese and top with chiles; fold in half. Arrange folded tortillas over meat sauce; pour remaining sauce over top.
-
Cover and bake at 350° for 15 minutes. Sprinkle with cheese; bake until cheese is melted, about 5 minutes longer. If desired, top with cilantro.
Easy Taco Lasagna (Instant Pot or Oven)
Tags:
Mexican
-
1 teaspoon oil
-
1 pound lean ground beef or turkey or chicken
-
1 teaspoon cumin
-
16 ounces refried beans
-
8 ounces cheddar cheese
-
2 cups salsa divided
-
5 (6 inch) flour tortillas
-
Toppings of your choice
-
Turn the pressure cooker to saute and allow to heat. Add 1 teaspoon oil and ground beef to the inner pot and cook until the meat is cooked through, breaking up as it cooks. Drain off any grease if needed. Add cumin and 1 cup of the salsa to browned meat and stir to combine.
-
Remove the meat from the inner pot, reserving it to use in taco lasagna. Add 2 cups of cold tap water to the inner pot and scrape up any browned bits left by sauteeing beef. Add a rack over the water.
-
Spray a 7-inch or 6-inch heat-safe cake pan with nonstick spray.
-
Optional Step: If you don't want soggy tortillas, brush or spray them with oil and then broil for 2-3 minutes per side until nice and toasted.
-
To layer taco lasagna, lay one of the tortillas in the greased pan and then top with half the refried beans. Sprinkle with cheese and cover with another tortilla. Add half the meat mixture, sprinkle with cheese, and cover with another tortilla. Repeat the layers, using up the remaining refried beans and taco meat. Top with one final tortilla, and then cover with salsa and generously top with the remaining shredded cheese.
-
Cover the pan loosely with foil then place the assembled lasagna on a trivet over the water. Place the lid on the pressure cooker, being sure the vent knob is pointed towards sealed, not venting. Set the cooking time to 10 minutes on HIGH pressure, by hitting manual or pressure cook and using the +/- buttons to adjust until the screen reads "10".
-
After the cooking time has elapsed, allow the pressure to release naturally for at least 10 minutes. Once pressure has been released, carefully remove the lasagna from the inner pot and then remove the foil. Let rest for another 10 minutes before slicing.
-
Slice and serve with toppings such as shredded lettuce, diced tomatoes, onions, avocado, cilantro, sour cream, etc.
-
For the Meat: Use lean ground beef, ground turkey, ground chicken, or 4 cups of black or pinto beans, or tofu taco meat.
-
Note on Pan: This recipe calls for a 6-inch by 4-inch pan. A 3-inch deep pan will work, but it will be a tight fit to layer the lasagna. Feel free to use a 7x4 inch heat-safe cake pan if that is what you have on hand.
-
Storing: Allow the Taco Pie to cool fully. Then store the leftovers in an airtight container for up to 3 days in the refrigerator. Or individually wrap slices in foil and freeze in a freezer-safe bag for up to 1 month. Defrost in the fridge before unwrapping and heating through.
-
No Instant Pot? If you don't have an Instant Pot, you can prepare this Taco Lasagna in the oven. To do this, prepare the taco meat in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Assemble the taco lasagna as directed, cover with foil, and bake at 375 degrees F for 30 minutes, then uncover and bake for an additional 10 minutes.
Air Fryer Quesadilla
-
1 x 10 inch whole grain tortilla
-
½ cup cheese shredded (more if needed)
-
¾ cup spinach
-
⅓ cup shredded chicken link to buffalo chicken salad for a good recipe!
-
1 teaspoon olive oil can be substituted with olive oil cooking spray
-
¼ cup Diced bell peppers
-
½ cup Smashed black beans
-
½ cup Sweet potatoes
-
2 tablespoon Corn
-
Preheat air fryer to 350F
-
Lightly brush olive oil onto one side of the tortilla (or spray with olive oil cooking spray). In the basket of your air fryer, place the tortilla, oil side down. Spread a layer of half of the shredded cheese, top with spinach and chicken and finish with the remaining half of the cheese (this is important as it helps the tortilla stick together)!
-
Fold the tortilla in half, creating a quesadilla and cook for about 8 minutes (flipping the quesadilla halfway through cooking to ensure both sides are evenly cooked)
-
Serve with guacamole, salsa, and sour cream (or plain greek yogurt)!
-
Check your quesadilla periodically throughout cooking to ensure the quesadilla didn’t open (this can happen sometimes due to the air fryer fan)- if this happens just press it closed again. You can also use a toothpick to secure the edges together.
Easy Air Fryer Quesadilla
-
1 cup shredded cheese
-
2 soft taco size tortillas
-
Place tortillas onto a clean surface and add cheese to half of tortilla. Fold tortilla over cheese.
-
Place Into Air Fryer. Place uncooked filled tortillas into air fryer basket as shown above in photo. Make sure there’s enough room for the tortillas. Trim edges with kitchen scissors if needed.
-
Cook Quesadillas in air fryer at 350 degrees F. for 3 minutes. Open air fryer and flip quesadillas with long tongs and cook for an additional 2-3 minutes. They should be slightly golden crisp and cheese melted. Remove from air fryer basket and serve! I like to cut my cheese quesadillas in half before serving. Serve with salsa or hot sauce if desired.
-
Try Fresh Grated Cheese. To really kick up your quesadilla, grate the cheese yourself. It’s generally more melty and has better flavor than your store bought shredded cheese. With that said, I use store bought shredded cheese all of the time for my quesadillas and we love them. If you have the time, try fresh grated cheese.
-
Use Corn or Flour Tortillas. You can use flour or corn tortillas for quesadillas in the air fryer. If using corn tortillas, brush tops and bottoms with a little oil.
-
Don’t Overfill Air Fryer Basket. You want to make sure your quesadillas are in a single layer at the bottom of the air fryer basket to assure the hot air can circulate properly for best results.
-
Don’t Overfill Tortillas. Sometimes it’s tempting to add lots of cheese to the quesadillas, but too much will result in oozing cheese all over the air fryer basket. You want that gooey cheese inside. Follow my guidelines in the recipe card for measurements.
-
Add Chicken and Beef. Try adding cooked chicken and beef inside. I love using rotisserie chicken and shredded beef inside for a heartier quesadilla.
Air Fryer Quesadillas
-
2 tortillas
-
1/3 cup shredded cheddar cheese
-
4 oz cooked chicken or other protein
-
1 teaspoon olive oil
-
Arrange tortillas in front of you on a cutting board or a plate
-
Put a little bit of cheese over half of each tortilla. Layer whatever protein and veggies you are using over the cheese. Finish with just a little bit more cheese and fold the tortilla in half.
-
Brush a little bit of oil over the outside of the tortilla and arrange in your air fryer basket.
-
Cook at 400º for 5 minutes. Flip the quesadilla and cook for an additional 4 minutes until they are golden and crispy.
-
Remove from air fryer and slice to serve.
-
If you have and Instant Pot, and the little metal trivet that came it with, it is great to put on top of the tortillas as it cooks on the first side, to help them stay closed. Depending on how full you get them, they do have a tendency to puff up and open a little. This isn't necessary, it can just help a little.
Air Fryer Quesadilla
-
2 8-inch flour tortillas
-
1 cup Colby-jack cheese, shredded
-
Sprinkle the cheese on top of each tortilla, then fold the tortilla in half. Divide the cheese between each tortilla using more or less to your liking.
-
Carefully place the folded tortillas in the air fryer basket and cook at 350° Fahrenheit for 3 minutes. Flip the quesadillas and continue to cook for an additional 3 minutes or cook longer to the desired doneness.
-
Serve immediately and enjoy with toppings on the side!
-
Block cheese that you shred by hand always creates the best melty cheese results!
Air Fryer Beef Quesadilla
-
1 lb. ground beef
-
1 package taco seasoning mix
-
½ cup water
-
8 large flour tortillas
-
2 cups shredded Mexican cheese blend
-
Non-stick cooking spray
-
In a skillet over medium-high heat, cook the ground beef until it’s no longer pink.
-
Add the taco seasoning mix and water to the skillet and stir well to combine. Cook until the sauce thickens, stirring occasionally.
-
Preheat your air fryer or ninja foodi to 375°F.
-
Take a tortilla and place it on a flat surface. Spoon about 1/4 cup of the beef mixture onto one side of the tortilla, leaving about 1/2 inch of space around the edge.
-
Sprinkle 1/4 cup of shredded cheese over the beef mixture.
-
Fold the tortilla in half to create a half-moon shape.
-
Repeat steps 4-6 with the remaining tortillas, beef mixture, and cheese.
-
Spray the air fryer basket or ninja foodi with non-stick cooking spray.
-
Place the quesadillas in the air fryer basket or ninja foodi in a single layer, making sure they’re not touching each other.
-
Cook for 5-6 minutes, or until the quesadillas are golden brown and crispy.
-
Use tongs to remove the quesadillas from the air fryer basket or ninja foodi and let them cool for a few minutes before serving.
Easy Homemade Rice Pilaf
Tags:
Sides
-
2 tablespoons olive oil, divided
-
1/2 large onion, diced white or yellow
-
3 large garlic cloves, minced
-
1/2 cup orzo
-
1 cup long grain white rice rinsed
-
3 cups stock vegetable or chicken
-
1/4 teaspoon coriander
-
1/4 teaspoon garlic powder
-
1/4 teaspoon onion powder
-
1/4 teaspoon paprika
-
1/4 teaspoon salt
-
1/2 cup fresh parsley, chopped
-
Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil on medium in a cast iron skillet, deep skillet, or pot. Add garlic and onion and sauté for 60-90 seconds.
-
If using stock that's been stored in the fridge, take it out of the fridge to warm to room temperature. Or you can heat it in a pot or put it in a pyrek measuring cup and pop it in the microwave (using cold stock will add to the time it takes to bring it to a boil).
-
Add orzo and stir well to coat orzo. Toast for 3 minutes, stirring often.
-
Add remaining 1 tablespoon of olive oil and then add rice. Stir to ensure that all of the rice is coated in the oil. Toast rice for 4-5 minutes until rice is translucent.
-
Add spices, garlic powder, onion powder, coriander, paprika, and salt to the rice and stir to combine.
-
Slowly add warm or room temperature stock to the pan. Turn up heat and bring it to a boil, then turn down heat to medium / low (a gentle simmer), cover, and let cook for 15 minutes (or follow the cooking time on your rice package). Don't remove the lid until the cooking time is up!
-
After 15 minutes, remove rice from heat and let rest, covered, for 3 minutes.
-
Remove lid, garnish with parsley and then fluff with a fork and serve immediately.
-
Rinsed Rice: Add rice to a strainer and run cold water over it and gently move it around with your hand a bit. You'll notice the water that's drained is cloudy - that's the extra starch. You could also add it to a bowl, fill with cold water, and then stir with hands to rinse, then drain water.
-
Be sure to use a seasoned cast iron, non-stick skillet, pan, or pot with a lid. You will need something that will fit 4 cups of cooked rice, at least 2 quarts.
-
Let the rice cook! While it's cooking, don't open the lid and don't ever stir! This will affect the liquid to rice ratio and stirring will make the rice mushy.
2 Ways to Make Rice Water Shampoo for Stronger, Thicker Hair
-
1 cup organic white rice
-
10-12 soap nuts
-
2 cups water
-
15 drops lavender essential oil
-
¼ cup shea butter
-
6 tablespoon emulsifying wax
-
2 tablespoon rice water or 2 teaspoons white rice flour
-
¼ cup liquid Castile soap
-
Put the soap nuts and water in a pot and bring it to a boil. Reduce the heat and let the mixture simmer for about 30 minutes.
-
Strain the liquid, keeping the soap nut shells and debris in the strainer.
-
Combine the rice with the liquid left over from simmering the soap nuts. Let the rice soak in the liquid for about 30 minutes, stirring occasionally.
-
Strain out the rice, add the essential oils to the liquid, and pour it into an airtight bottle.
-
Melt the emulsifying wax and shea butter in a double boiler.
-
Let cool for several minutes before adding the rice water and Castile soap. Stir until it starts to come together.
-
Pour the mixture into your soap mold of choice, and let it solidify in the refrigerator.
How to Go "No Poo" with Easy Herbal Hair Rinses
-
1 1/2 cups organic chamomile tea, brewed strong
-
1 cup organic rose petals or horsetail tea, brewed strong
-
1/2 tsp. baking soda
-
1/4 tsp. organic coconut oil
-
The deep golden yellow produced by the chamomile flowers makes this a wonderful choice for light-colored hair or to enhance natural highlights in darker hair.
-
1 1/2 cups organic cacao nib tea, brewed strong
-
1 cup organic rosemary leaf tea, brewed strong
-
3 drops organic peppermint essential oil
-
1/2 tsp. baking soda
-
1/4 tsp. organic coconut oil
-
Rosemary is a classic herb for hair health. It helps support scalp circulation and healthy follicles. The natural conditioning cocoa butter fats found in cacao nibs will leave your hair feeling soft, and the chocolate-colored infusion is perfect for all shades of darker hair. Peppermint oil adds an invigoratingly clean scent and is excellent for oily or sensitive scalps.
-
2 1/2 cups organic nettle leaf tea, brewed strong
-
5 drops organic lavender essential oil
-
1/2 tsp. baking soda
-
1/4 tsp. organic coconut oil
-
Nettles have been long used to grow long and silky hair. Lavender essential oil helps normalize both dry and oily scalp conditions, and its soothing nature makes it a nice choice for sensitive scalps too. This formula is perfect for all hair colors and types.
-
RINSE DIRECTIONS
-
Using a covered pot, decoct your herbs for 10-15 minutes. I generally use 1/4 cup of herbs per cup of water.
-
Strain out the herbs and combine your herbal infusion, essential oils, and baking soda in a glass jar. You want the baking soda to be completely dissolved and well mixed.
-
Allow to cool to body temperature.
-
Pour over dry hair or soak hair in the mixture for at least 5 minutes. Massage the scalp gently using a circular motion.
-
Rinse out with clean running water.
-
You can follow the herbal rinse with an apple cider vinegar rinse if you'd like.
-
OPTIONAL: If your hair feels dry and you want a little conditioning, I like to make a homemade leave-in conditioner.
Cilantro Lime Chicken
-
2 pounds chicken drums ticks, (8 chicken drumsticks)
-
1 tablespoons grated ginger, do use the juice that you get when grating
-
1/3 cup soy sauce
-
1/3 cup sesame oil
-
3 large limes, zested and juiced
-
1 lime, for serving
-
cilantro, chopped and optional
-
2 teaspoons black peppercorns
-
7 garlic cloves, (3 tablespoons chopped)
-
3 tablespoons cilantro stems
-
pinch of salt
-
1 teaspoons Thai fish sauce
-
Place the peppercorns, garlic, cilantro stems, and salt in a small blender or other food grinder. Grind until a paste is formed. Stir in the fish sauce.
-
(this can store up to 4 days in a well-sealed glass jar)
-
In a large bowl, add the peppercorn cilantro paste, soy sauce, sesame oil, grated ginger and their juices, lime zest, and lime juice.
-
Place the chicken drum pieces in the marinade and turn to coat well.
-
Let it stand covered in the refrigerator or at room temperature for about 2 to 3 hours.
-
Heat a grill or preheat the broiler. If using a grill, place the chicken pieces 4 to 5 inches from the flame and grill until the bottom side starts to brown, about 6 to 8 minutes.
-
If using a broiler, put the chicken drums in a lightly oiled broiling pan, place 4 to 6 inches from the broiler element, and cook for 8 to 10 minutes or until the chicken is starting to brown. Turn the pieces over and broil for another 8 minutes or until the juices run clear.
-
Transfer the chicken pieces to a platter and serve with some chopped cilantro, squeezed lime, and plenty of rice.
Hamburger Buns.Pdf
Air Fryer Taco Bell Enchirito
-
1 pound ground beef
-
1 small onion, diced
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
2 tablespoons taco seasoning
-
1 teaspoon Salt, to taste
-
1/2 teaspoon black pepper, to taste
-
16 ounces refried beans, 16 oz
-
6-8 large flour tortillas
-
1 cup cheddar cheese, shredded
-
1 cup enchilada sauce
-
Optional toppings: diced onions, sliced olives, sour cream
-
In a skillet over medium heat, cook the ground beef, minced onion, and garlic until fully browned and cooked through. Drain any excess grease. Stir in the taco seasoning, Kosher salt, and black pepper, and set aside.
-
Warm the refried beans in a separate saucepan or microwave-safe bowl until they spread easily.
-
Preheat your air fryer to 350 degrees F (175°C) for 3-5 minutes.
-
Lay a flour tortilla on a flat surface and spread a layer of refried beans in the middle. Add a portion of the seasoned ground beef on top of the beans. Sprinkle some shredded cheese over the ground beef. Roll up the tortilla burrito-style, ensuring the ends are tucked in.
-
Place the enchiritos seam-side down in the air fryer basket. You may need to work in batches to avoid overcrowding. Set cook time for 5-7 minutes or until the tortillas are crispy and golden brown.
-
Carefully remove the enchiritos from the air fryer. Pour enchilada sauce over the top and sprinkle with additional cheese.
-
If desired, you can return the sauced enchiritos to the air fryer for 1-2 minutes to melt the cheese on top.
-
Serve the enchiritos hot, garnished with optional toppings like diced onions, sliced olives, or a dollop of sour cream.
Air Fryer Taco Bell Meximelts
-
1 pound ground beef, lean
-
1 ounce taco seasoning
-
1/2 cup water
-
4 large flour tortillas
-
8 ounces Cheddar Jack Cheese, shredded
-
1 cup salsa
-
In a skillet over medium-high heat, brown and crumble ground beef. Drain excess grease.
-
Stir in taco seasoning and water and bring up to a simmer. Reduce heat to medium and cook for 2 minutes until thickening. Remove from heat.
-
Lay out 4 flour tortillas and spoon an equal amount of the ground beef mixture across the center of each.
-
Place an equal amount of cheese and an equal amount of fresh salsa on either side of the ground beef.
-
Roll the tortillas up and over the ingredients, tucking the sides in as you go to create burritos.
-
Transfer the burritos to an air fryer basket and lightly spray the tops with olive oil or vegetable oil spray to increase browning. You may need to cook the burritos in 2 batches of 2 when using a smaller air fryer. For larger air fryers, do not be afraid to tuck the burritos in close to each other
-
Air fry at 350°F for 8–10 minutes, just until the tops of the tortillas are crispy and golden brown.
-
Plate, and serve with your favorite toppings.
Air Fryer Copycat Taco Bell Quesadilla
-
1/4 teaspoon garlic powder
-
2 teaspoons jalapeno juice
-
2 teaspoon jalapenos, minced
-
1/3 cup mayo
-
1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper
-
1/2 teaspoon parpika
-
1/4 teaspoon salt
-
1/2 teaspoon sugar
-
1/2 teaspoon ground cumin
-
1 pound chicken, cooked, diced
-
3 slices American cheese
-
5 8 inch flour tortillas
-
2 cups Cheddar & Monterey Jack shredded cheese, divided
-
Mix the mayonnaise, jalapeño, jalapeño juice, and spices together in a mixing bowl until sauce is combined
-
Lay open one tortilla on a flat surface. Place half a cheese slice on one-half of the tortilla long ways. Cover same side with 1/2 cup of shredded cheese.
-
Place 5-6 slices of chicken on cheese.
-
Spread 1 tablespoon of sauce on opposite sides of the tortilla.
-
Fold tortilla closed and cut in half
-
Lightly spray the air fryer basket with oil and place halved quesadilla in the basket. Lightly spray quesadilla with oil and cook on 370 for 3 mins, flip and cook for 2 minutes.
-
Repeat steps 2-5 per tortilla.
Air Fryer Copycat Crunchwrap Supreme
-
4 12 inch tortillas
-
4 6 inch flour tortillas
-
1 pound ground beef
-
2 tablespoons taco seasoning
-
2 teaspoons ground cumin
-
1 teaspoon onion powder
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder
-
1/3 cup water
-
1/2 cup nacho cheese
-
4 large tostada shells
-
1 large tomato, diced
-
1/2 cup lettuce, shredded
-
1/2 cup sour cream
-
In a large skillet over medium-high heat, brown the beef, breaking it up into crumbles. Once there is no pink left, drain off any excess liquid from the meat, and return it to the skillet.
-
Season with taco seasoning, cumin, garlic powder, and onion powder, stir to combine. Make sure the seasonings coat the meat.
-
Add the water, stir to combine, low the heat to a low simmer, and let the sauce thicken until most of the water has evaporated. Take off the heat and set it aside.
-
Preheat your air fryer to 400 degrees F for 5 minutes, air fryer setting.
-
Take a 12-inch tortilla and lay it on a clean work surface. Add 1/4 cup of the meat mixture.
-
Top with 1/4 of the nacho cheese, add a tostada on top, add 1/4 of the tomatoes, lettuce, and sour cream. Place a 6-inch tortilla on top.
-
As tightly as you can, warp the bottom larger tortilla around the sides, folding it over as you go.
-
Spray the inside of the air fryer with olive oil spray.
-
Place the wrap, seam side down, into the air fryer.
-
Spray the top with cooking spray.
-
Air fry for 4 minutes, flip halfway through, and spray with more olive oil spray.
-
Repeat with the remaining crunch wraps.
-
Plate, serve, and enjoy!
Taco Bell Mexican Pizza Recipe in the Air Fryer
-
1 pound lean ground beef
-
1 package taco seasoning
-
1/4 cup water
-
8 ounces taco sauce, this is for the taco meat, you will use another 8 ounces during the pizza assembling.
-
7 large flour tortillas, substitute for smaller ones, if using a smaller or basket air fryer
-
16 ounces refried beans
-
8 ounces taco sauce
-
3 cups Taco Cheese, or Mexican cheese
-
2 large tomatoes, diced
-
1 stalk green onion, sliced
-
1 cup olives
-
1/4 cup sour cream, guacamole, etc.
-
Start by browning your meat; you can either do this in the air fryer or a skillet. Today, I chose the skillet.
-
Once the meat is fully brown, add the taco sauce, water, and taco seasoning. Mix well, then return to the burner, and simmer for about 4 minutes, until everything is warm.
-
Spray your air fryer tray with olive oil. Then place a tortilla down. (If you have a smaller air fryer or a basket air fryer, you can still make this, use the smaller tortillas)
-
Spread the refried beans on top of the tortilla.
-
Then spoon on the taco meat. Spread both the refried beans and taco meat so they cover the entire tortilla.
-
Then place another tortilla directly on the refried and taco meat, pressing to seal it.
-
Spread some taco sauce on, covering the top shell, and then sprinkle on the shredded cheese.
-
Place in the air fryer basket or oven, and set the temperature to 300 degrees F for 5 minutes.
-
Garnish with chopped tomatoes, scallions, sour cream, olives, etc.
-
Plate, serve and enjoy!
This Cheesy Chicken Enchiladas Recipe Is the Perfect Easy Meal
Deep-Dish Pizza
-
3-1/2 cups all-purpose flour
-
1/4 cup cornmeal
-
1 package (1/4 ounce) quick-rise yeast
-
1-1/2 teaspoons sugar
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1 cup water
-
1/3 cup olive oil
-
6 cups shredded part-skim mozzarella cheese, divided
-
1 can (28 ounces) diced tomatoes, well drained
-
1 can (8 ounces) tomato sauce
-
1 can (6 ounces) tomato paste
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 teaspoon each garlic powder, dried oregano, dried basil and pepper
-
1 pound bulk Italian sausage
-
48 slices pepperoni
-
1/2 pound sliced fresh mushrooms
-
1/4 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
In a large bowl, combine 1-1/2 cups flour, cornmeal, yeast, sugar and salt. In a saucepan, heat water and oil to 120°-130°. Add to dry ingredients; beat just until moistened. Add remaining flour to form a stiff dough.
-
Turn onto a floured surface; knead until smooth and elastic, 6-8 minutes. Place in a greased bowl, turning once to grease top. Cover and let rise in warm place until doubled, about 30 minutes.
-
Punch dough down; divide in half. Roll each portion into an 11-in. circle. Press dough onto the bottoms and up the sides of 2 greased 10-in. cast-iron or other ovenproof skillets. Sprinkle each with 2 cups mozzarella cheese.
-
In a large bowl, combine the tomatoes, tomato sauce, tomato paste and seasonings. Spoon 1-1/2 cups over each pizza. Layer each with half each of the sausage, pepperoni and mushrooms, and 1 cup mozzarella. Sprinkle with 2 tablespoons Parmesan cheese.
-
Cover and bake at 450° for 35 minutes. Uncover; bake until lightly browned, about 5 minutes longer.
Simple Chicken Enchiladas with Cream of Chicken Soup
-
2 cans (14-1/2 ounces each) diced tomatoes with mild green chiles, undrained
-
2 cans (10-1/2 ounces each) condensed cream of chicken soup, undiluted
-
1 can (10-3/4 ounces) condensed cheddar cheese soup, undiluted
-
1/4 cup 2% milk
-
1 tablespoon ground cumin
-
1 tablespoon chili powder
-
2 teaspoons garlic powder
-
2 teaspoons dried oregano
-
5 cups shredded rotisserie chicken
-
1 package (8 ounces) cream cheese, cubed and softened
-
20 flour tortillas (8 inches), warmed
-
4 cups shredded Mexican cheese blend
-
Preheat oven to 350°. For sauce, mix the first 8 ingredients. For filling, in a large bowl, mix chicken and cream cheese until blended; stir in 3-1/2 cups sauce.
-
Spread 1/4 cup sauce into each of 2 greased 13x9-in. baking dishes. Place 1/3 cup filling down the center of each tortilla; roll up and place seam side down in baking dishes. Pour remaining sauce over tops; sprinkle with cheese.
-
Bake, uncovered, 30-35 minutes or until heated through and cheese is melted.
Saucy Garlic Chicken
-
4 whole garlic bulbs
-
2 tablespoons olive oil, divided
-
1 package (9 ounces) fresh baby spinach
-
3/4 teaspoon salt, divided
-
1/2 teaspoon coarsely ground pepper, divided
-
6 boneless skinless chicken breast halves (6 ounces each)
-
6 tablespoons butter, cubed
-
6 tablespoons all-purpose flour
-
3 cups 2% milk
-
2-1/2 cups grated Parmesan cheese, divided
-
1/8 teaspoon nutmeg
-
Hot cooked pasta
-
Optional: Chopped tomato and minced fresh parsley
-
Remove papery outer skin from garlic (do not peel or separate cloves). Cut tops off garlic bulbs; brush bulbs with 1 tablespoon oil. Wrap each bulb in heavy-duty foil. Bake at 425° for 30-35 minutes or until softened. Cool for 10-15 minutes.
-
Meanwhile, place spinach in a greased 13x9-in. baking dish; sprinkle with 1/4 teaspoon each salt and pepper. In a large skillet, brown chicken in remaining oil on both sides; place over spinach.
-
In a large saucepan, melt butter. Stir in flour until smooth; gradually add milk. Bring to a boil; cook and stir for 1-2 minutes or until thickened. Stir in 2 cups cheese, nutmeg, and remaining salt and pepper.
-
Transfer to a blender; squeeze softened garlic into blender. Cover and process until smooth. Pour mixture over chicken.
-
Cover and bake at 425° for 30-35 minutes or until a thermometer reads 170° and sauce is bubbly. Uncover; sprinkle with remaining cheese. Bake 5 minutes longer. Serve with pasta. Sprinkle with tomato and parsley if desired.
-
Substitute 5 ounces frozen chopped spinach that has been thawed and squeezed dry for fresh spinach. Cool unbaked casserole and sprinkle with remaining cheese; cover and freeze. To use, partially thaw in refrigerator overnight. Remove from refrigerator 30 minutes before baking. Preheat oven to 425°. Bake casserole as directed, increasing time as necessary to heat through and for a thermometer inserted in chicken to read 170°.
Cheesy Potatoes
-
1 can (10-3/4 ounces) condensed cream of chicken soup, undiluted
-
1 cup sour cream
-
1 small onion, finely chopped
-
1/4 cup butter, melted
-
3/4 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 teaspoon pepper
-
1 package (32 ounces) frozen cubed hash brown potatoes, thawed
-
2 cups shredded cheddar cheese, divided
-
In a 4-qt. slow cooker, combine the first 6 ingredients. Stir in hash browns and 1-1/2 cups cheese. Cook, covered, on low until potatoes are tender, 4-5 hours, sprinkling with remaining cheese during the last 5 minutes.
Slow Cooker Crack Chicken
-
3-4 chicken breasts about 2 pounds
-
1 package Ranch dressing mix
-
8 ounces cream cheese cubed
-
1 cup mayonnaise
-
1 pound bacon cooked until crispy, then crumbled
-
2 cups shredded cheddar cheese
-
4 green onions chopped
-
Pretzel buns or crackers for serving
-
Place chicken breasts in the bottom of a large slow cooker. Sprinkle with the ranch dressing and top with the cubed cream cheese. Cover with the lid and cook for 6-8 hours on LOW or for 3-4 hours on HIGH.
-
When there are about 30 minutes left, shred the chicken with 2 forks. Stir in the mayonnaise and cooked bacon. Sprinkle with the cheese, then replace the lid and cook for the final 15-30 minutes until the cheese is melted. Sprinkle with chopped green onions and serve on buns or crackers.
Slow Cooker Beef with Mushrooms
-
2 lbs Stewing beef Chuck, shortribs, or brisket cubed
-
salt and freshly ground black pepper
-
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
-
1 large onion
-
3 cloves garlic chopped
-
16 ounces Baby Portabella Mushrooms sliced or if small keep whole
-
1 cup dark ale
-
3 sprigs of thyme
-
1 tablespoon flour
-
¼ cup cold water
-
a good handful fresh parsley chopped
-
Place the mushrooms in a microwave-safe bowl and cook on high heat for 3 minutes to release the water. Strain and set aside.
-
Heat 3 tablespoons oil in a large pan on medium-high heat. Start by browning the beef in batches on all sides. Add to the slow cooker.
-
Using the same pan, add more oil if needed. Cook the onion umtil trnaslucent. Add the garlic and cook another minute.
-
Stir in the ale and add the mushrooms and thyme.
Bring to a boil, then add the mixture to the slow cooker with the beef. Season well with salt and pepper. Cook on low 8-10 hours.
-
Before serving the remove the lid. Add the flour to the water and mix until no lumps appear in the mixture. Mix into the stew and cook uncovered for 30 more minutes on high – this should thicken the sauce nicely.
-
Stir in the chopped parsley and serve over, noodles, rice or potatoes.
Slow Cooker Whole Chicken
-
1 (4 to 5 pound) whole chicken (see note 1)
-
2 tablespoons olive oil
-
2 teaspoons paprika
-
1 1/2 teaspoons dried thyme
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder
-
1 teaspoon onion powder
-
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
-
Set chicken on a rimmed baking sheet or other clean work surface. Remove giblets and pat chicken dry with paper towels.
-
In a small bowl, whisk together the olive oil, paprika, thyme, garlic powder, onion powder, and salt and pepper to taste (I like 1 teaspoon salt and ½ teaspoon pepper) to make a paste.
-
Rub spice mixture all over the chicken, then truss if desired (optional but recommended). Place in the bottom of a slow cooker. Cover and cook on HIGH for 3 to 4 hours or LOW for 6 to 8 hours. The internal temperature should reach 165 degrees when tested with a meat thermometer near the legs.
-
For browned skin (this step is optional), transfer an oven rack to the middle position and preheat broiler on HIGH. Transfer the cooked chicken to a rimmed baking sheet.
-
Broil on HIGH for 7 to 10 minutes, until the skin is golden and brown. Transfer the chicken to a carving board and tent with aluminum foil and allow to rest for 15 minutes. Carve and serve.
-
Chicken: 4 to 5 pounds of chicken pieces such as breast, thighs, or quarters may be substituted for the whole chicken.
-
Trussing the chicken: This falls under “optional but recommended.” Trussing your chicken ensures an evenly-cooked, juicier bird, and you have less chance of the skin on the breast splitting open while it cooks.
-
Yield: The exact yield depends on my many factors: the size of the chicken, the weight of the bones, and how well you carve it up. For a 4-pound bird, you should have at least 6 cups of meat, enough for 6 servings, 1 cup each.
-
Storage: Store leftovers covered in the refrigerator for up to 4 days.
Slow Cooker Honey Soy Chicken
-
1-2 Tablespoons vegetable oil
-
2 pounds boneless skinless chicken thighs, cubed
-
3 tablespoon cornstarch
-
2 cloves garlic chopped
-
4 green onions sliced into rounds
-
¼ cup honey
-
¼ cup light soy sauce or low-sodium soy sauce
-
¼ cup dark soy sauce true dark soy sauce should not be salty it’s more for color & some flavor
-
½ cup rice wine vinegar
-
¼ cup brown sugar
-
freshly ground black pepper
-
1 cup cold water
-
Coat the chicken in the cornstarch.
-
Heat 1 tablespoon of oil over medium-high heat in a large frying pan. Brown the chicken on all sides.
-
If needed, add the rest of the oil to the pan. Quickly saute the onions and garlic together with the chicken for about a minute just to soften and release the flavors.
-
Lower the heat and add the honey, dark & light soy sauce, rice wine vinegar, and black pepper. Mix until combined. Slowly add the water and stir to combine. Mix in the brown sugar stirring until dissolved. bring the mixture to a boil to thicken.
-
Pour the mixture into the slow cooker, cover and cook on low for 4-6 hours, or until the chicken is cooked through and tender.
-
Serve over rice.
Slow Cooker Crock Pot Chicken Breasts
-
4 chicken breasts boneless & skinless
-
2 tablespoons olive oil
-
1 teaspoon paprika
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder
-
½ teaspoon fresh rosemary finely chopped
-
½ teaspoon dried thyme
-
1 teaspoon seasoned salt
-
½ garlic powder
-
¾ cup chicken stock
-
1 onion sliced
-
2 garlic cloves whole, peeled
-
Pat the chicken breasts dry with paper towels.
-
In a small bowl, mix the seasoned salt, garlic powder, paprika, rosemary, and dried thyme.
-
Coat the chicken with the olive oil and then rub the seasoning mixture evenly over both sides of the chicken breasts.
-
Pour the chicken stock into the bottom of the slow cooker. Add the sliced onion and garlic cloves.
-
Place the seasoned chicken breasts on top.
-
Cook on low for 4 to 5 hours or until the chicken reaches an internal temperature of 165°F.
-
Once done, remove the chicken breasts from the slow cooker. Let them rest for a few minutes before slicing or shredding.
-
Remove the Chicken: Once the chicken breasts are cooked, remove them from the slow cooker and let them rest for a few minutes before slicing or shredding.
-
Strain the Stock: Pour the remaining stock, onions, and garlic from the slow cooker through a fine-mesh strainer into a saucepan. Discard the solids, or you can mash the garlic and then add the garlic and onions back into the sauce.
-
Reduce the Stock: Place the saucepan over medium-high heat. Bring the stock to a boil, then reduce the heat to medium and let it simmer until the liquid is reduced by half, which should take about 10-15 minutes.
-
For gravy: If you prefer gravy, you can thicken it by mixing 1 tablespoon of cornstarch with 2 tablespoons of cold water to make a slurry. Slowly whisk the slurry into the simmering stock until the sauce thickens to your desired consistency.
-
For a Creamy Sauce: For a creamier sauce, add 1/2 cup of heavy cream to the reduced stock. Stir well and let it simmer for another 5 minutes until the sauce thickens.
-
Season to Taste: Taste the sauce and adjust the seasoning if necessary. You may want to add a pinch of salt, pepper, or additional herbs to enhance the flavor.
-
Serve: Pour the sauce over the sliced or shredded chicken breasts and serve immediately. Enjoy the rich and flavorful addition to your meal!
Easy Homemade Salisbury Steak
-
1 pound lean ground beef
-
1/4 cup panko breadcrumbs
-
1 large egg , beaten
-
2 teaspoons ketchup
-
1 teaspoon Dijon mustard
-
1/2 teaspoon dried oregano
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil (for the skillet)
-
2 tablespoons unsalted butter
-
2 tablespoons flour
-
1 1/2 cups beef stock
-
1 tablespoon ketchup
-
1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce
-
1/2 teaspoon onion powder
-
6 ounces sliced cremini mushrooms
-
Salt and pepper , to taste
-
In a large bowl, mix together all the ingredients for the steaks (except the oil) until combined.
-
Shape the mixture into 4 equal oval patties, about 3/4-inch thick.
-
In a large nonstick skillet, warm the olive oil over medium-high heat; add the steaks and cook, about 3 minutes per side until they get a nice golden crust (reducing the heat if they're browning too much.) Transfer to a plate.
-
Reduce the heat to medium and in the same skillet with the drippings, add butter. Once melted, add in the flour and whisk until combined and no lumps remain.
-
Reduce heat to medium-low and pour in the beef stock, whisking well. Add in the ketchup, Worcestershire, onion powder, whisking to combine.
-
Add in the mushrooms, then simmer for about 5 minutes to thicken. Season with salt and pepper, to taste.
-
Add the partially cooked steaks back to the skillet and nestle into the gravy; cover and cook another 10 minutes until cooked through (with an internal temperature of 160 degrees F.)
-
Serve steaks over mashed potatoes with some of the mushroom gravy drizzled on top.
-
For recipe variations, please refer to the full article.
-
To Freeze Uncooked Steaks - place the steaks on a lined baking sheet in a single layer, then flash freeze for about 2 hours until solid. Transfer them to freezer-safe bags or containers for up to 2 months. Thaw overnight in the refrigerator and proceed with the recipe as written.
-
To Freeze Cooked Steaks - allow to cool completely, then freeze steaks in the gravy in freezer-safe containers for up to 2 months. Thaw overnight in the refrigerator, then reheat in a pan or in the oven until warmed all the way through.
Easy One-Pot Pepperoncini Chicken & Rice
-
4 (6-oz.) boneless, skinless chicken breasts
-
2 tsp. dried oregano
-
1 tsp. garlic powder
-
Kosher salt
-
Freshly ground black pepper
-
2 Tbsp. neutral oil
-
1 medium yellow onion, chopped
-
4 cloves garlic, finely chopped
-
2 Tbsp. unsalted butter
-
1 c. long-grain white rice, rinsed
-
1/2 c. liquid from jar of sliced pepperoncini
-
2 c. low-sodium chicken broth
-
1 c. half-and-half
-
1/2 tsp. crushed red pepper flakes
-
1 c. shredded mozzarella
-
1/2 c. sliced pepperoncini
-
Season chicken all over with oregano, garlic powder, salt, and black pepper. In a large skillet over medium-high heat, heat oil. Add chicken and cook, turning occasionally, until golden brown, about 6 minutes per side. Transfer to a plate.
-
Reduce heat to medium. Add onion and garlic and cook, stirring occasionally, until onion is softened, about 7 minutes. Add butter and stir until melted. Add rice and cook, stirring, until warmed through, about 1 minute. Pour in liquid from pepperoncini jar. Cook, stirring occasionally, until most of the liquid is evaporated, 1 to 2 minutes. Add broth, half-and-half, and red pepper. Return chicken and any accumulated juices to skillet. Bring to a boil, then reduce heat to medium-low. Cover and simmer, stirring often, until rice is tender and an instant-read thermometer inserted into thickest part of chicken registers 165°, about 15 minutes.
-
Transfer chicken to a plate. Stir in mozzarella and pepperoncini until cheese is melty. Return chicken to skillet before serving.
Best French Bread Pizza
-
1 loaf French bread
-
4 Tbsp. butter, melted
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 c. marinara or pizza sauce
-
1 1/2 c. shredded mozzarella
-
Pepperoni slices
-
2 Tbsp. freshly grated Parmesan
-
Crushed red pepper flakes
-
Freshly chopped basil, for topping
-
Preheat oven to 400°. Slice bread in half lengthwise. Mix melted butter and garlic together and brush all over cut side of bread. Bake for 10 minutes to lightly toast.
-
Spread marinara on top and top with mozzarella, pepperoni slices, parmesan, and red pepper flakes. Bake again until cheese is melty, 10 minutes more.
-
Top with basil to serve.
Swedish Meatballs with Chicken
-
1 lb. ground chicken
-
1/3 c. chopped onion
-
1 large egg, beaten
-
1/4 c. plain breadcrumbs
-
1 1/2 tsp. chopped garlic
-
1/4 tsp. ground allspice
-
1/4 tsp. fresh nutmeg
-
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
-
2 Tbsp. canola oil
-
2 Tbsp. all-purpose flour
-
1 1/2 c. beef broth
-
2 Tbsp. heavy cream
-
Chopped flat-leaf parsley, for garnish
-
Mashed potatoes and lingonberry jam, for serving
-
Combine chicken, onion, egg, breadcrumbs, garlic, allspice, and nutmeg in a bowl. Season with salt and pepper. Form mixture into 10 meatballs.
-
Heat oil in a large nonstick skillet over medium heat. Add meatballs and cook, turning occasionally, until golden brown on all sides and cooked through, 12 to 14 minutes. Remove to a plate. Add flour to pan and cook, stirring 30 seconds. Slowly add broth and cream and cook, stirring occasionally, until thickened, 2 to 3 minutes. Add meatball and any juices and cook, turning, until coated, about 1 minute. Garnish with parsley and serve over mashed potatoes with lingonberry jam alongside.
Best Beef Stroganoff
-
1 Tbsp. canola oil
-
1 lb. flank, sirloin, or skirt steak, thinly sliced
-
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
-
1/4 c. (1/2 stick) unsalted butter
-
1 white onion, chopped
-
1 lb. sliced mushrooms
-
3 Tbsp. all-purpose flour
-
1 3/4 c. chicken stock
-
1/4 c. dry vermouth
-
1/2 c. sour cream
-
2 Tbsp. Dijon mustard
-
1 Tbsp. Worcestershire sauce
-
12 oz. egg noodles, cooked
-
Chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley, for garnish
-
Heat oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Season steak with salt and pepper. Cook, in 2 batches, without turning, until golden brown on one side and mostly cooked through. Transfer to a plate.
-
Add butter and onion to skillet. Season with salt and pepper. Cook, stirring occasionally, until onion begins to soften, 1 to 2 minutes. Add mushrooms and cook, stirring occasionally, until vegetables are tender, 3 to 4 minutes. Sprinkle flour over vegetables and cook, stirring, 1 minute. Stir in stock and vermouth. Cook, stirring occasionally, until thickened, 6 to 8 minutes.
-
Remove from heat and stir in sour cream, mustard, Worcestershire, and beef. Season with salt and pepper. Serve over noodles sprinkled with parsley.
The Ultimate Guide to Canning Bread
-
2 tablespoons instant yeast
-
2 1/2 – 3 cups water (adjust as needed)
-
6-8 cups flour (adjust as needed)
-
6 teaspoons salt
-
2 tablespoons sugar
-
1 tablespoon oil
-
Prepare the Jars
Start by sanitizing and drying about 6 wide-mouth pint jars. It's crucial to use wide-mouth jars for easy removal of the bread. To sanitize the jars, you can either wash them in hot, soapy water and rinse thoroughly or run them through a dishwasher cycle.
-
Mix and Knead the Dough
In a large bowl, combine the yeast, water, flour, salt, sugar, and oil. Adjust the amount of water and flour as needed to achieve a smooth and elastic dough. The dough should be slightly sticky but manageable. Knead the dough for about 10 minutes until the gluten is developed. Kneading helps develop the structure and texture of the bread.
-
First Rise
Transfer the dough to a greased bowl, cover it with a clean kitchen towel or plastic wrap, and let it rise until it doubles in size. The rising time can vary from 20 to 60 minutes, depending on the temperature of your house. A warm environment promotes faster rising.
-
Divide and Shape the Dough
Once the dough has doubled in size, punch it down to release any air bubbles. Divide the dough into 6 equal portions, shaping each portion into a smooth ball. It's essential to have uniform sizes to ensure even baking and consistent results.
-
Fill the Jars
Grease the inside of each jar with a thin layer of oil or non-stick cooking spray. This step prevents the bread from sticking to the sides of the jars during baking and makes it easier to remove the bread later. Place one dough ball into each jar, gently pressing it with your fingertips to remove any air pockets and ensure it reaches the bottom edges of the jar.
-
Second Rise
Once the jars are filled with dough, put the lids on tightly. Allow the dough to rise again until there is approximately 2 inches of headspace in each jar. During this rise, the dough will expand and fill the remaining space in the jars.
-
Pressure Canning
Place the jars in a pressure canner following the manufacturer's instructions. Ensure that you have enough water in the canner to create steam and maintain the required pressure. Process the jars at the appropriatepressure canning method or the oven variation, the result is a convenient and delicious supply of bread that can be enjoyed whenever you desire. So, why not give canning bread a try? Embrace the art of preserving bread in jars and experience the joy of relishing freshly baked bread, even months after it was made.
-
Canning bread in jars is a wonderful way to preserve the freshness and flavor of homemade bread for an extended period. Whether you choose the pressure canning method or the oven variation, the process can be a rewarding and enjoyable experience. By following the steps outlined in this guide, you can create a stockpile of conveniently stored bread that will bring delight to your meals and snacks for months to come. So, gather your ingredients, prepare your jars, and embark on the journey of canning bread. Enjoy the taste of freshly baked bread, preserved in a jar, and savor the convenience and versatility it provides. Happy canning!
La Galbi ( Korean Bbq Short Ribs )
-
3 - 4 pounds cross-cut beef short ribs (flaken or LA galbi cut) about ⅓- inch thick
-
1/2 Korean/Asian pear (or 1 apple), grated (see note 1 for substitutes) You can blend the pear (or apple) together with the next 3 ingredients in a mini/regular blender.
-
2 tablespoons minced garlic (about 6 plump cloves)
-
1/2 medium onion, grated
-
1 teaspoon minced ginger (about 1 inch chunk)
-
1/2 cup soy sauce
-
1/2 cup water
-
3 -4 tablespoons sugar You can reduce sugar and add more pear or maesilcheong (Korean plum syrup) to taste - see note 1
-
2 tablespoons honey
-
1/4 cup cooking rice wine (Korean matsul mirim or mirin)
-
2 tablespoons sesame oil
-
3 scallions finely chopped
-
½ teaspoon black pepper
-
1 teaspoon sesame seeds optional
-
Rinse the ribs to wash off bone dust and remove some blood on the surface. See note 2. Drain well. Pound the meat lightly with a meat tenderizer, or stretch it out with your hands. This second part helps tenderize the meat, but you can skip it if you want.
-
Blend the pear (or apple) together with the onion, garlic, and ginger in a mini/regular blender. Mix all the marinade ingredients well in a large bowl or container.
-
Add the meat to the marinade and coat each rib with the marinade. Marinate the meat for 6-8 hours (overnight for best results). Flip them over half way through. The thicker the meat, the longer you’ll want to marinate.
-
Grilling: Preheat the grill over medium-high heat. Grill the short ribs, turning only once, 2-3 minutes on each side. You can use charcoal or wood charcoal (soot bul) grill, gas grill or a grill pan over the stove top.
-
Broiling in the oven: Set the oven to broil and preheat. Lay the meat in a single layer on a broiling pan and place it on the top rack of the oven, usually about 6 inches below the broiler. Cook until the ribs are slightly charred and caramelized, 5 to 6 minutes. Flip them over and cook for an additional 3 – 4 minutes. Watch closely not to burn them.
-
Pan-frying: Preheat a large non-stick pan. Reduce the heat to medium. Lay the short ribs in a single layer, 4 or 5 ribs depending on the size of the pan. Cook for 4 to 5 minutes. When the pan is getting dry. Add the marinade through a strainer. Flip them over and cook for another 4 to 5 minutes until all the sauce is gone and the ribs are nicely browned. See note 3.
-
If you cannot find Korean pears, use an apple instead. Korean maesilcheong (매실, green plump syrup) or apple or pineapple juice (about 1/4 cup) can be a good substitute for Korean pear. If using kiwi, use a small amount so you don’t over-tenderize the meat as kiwi is a very strong tenderizing agent. I'd use a half of a kiwi (1/3 if large) for every 2 pounds. The traditional flavor profile of the Korean galbi marinade is mildly sweet and savory - not too sweet and too salty. If you're concerned about the sugar, use more fruits or 100% fruit juice (or your choice of sweetener) and reduce or omit the sugar.
-
You can soak them in water for about 20 minutes to further remove the blood. It's a Korean technique to remove excess blood for cleaner tasting ribs.
-
Because of the sugar and fruit in the marinade, the ribs can easily burn in the pan. The cooking technique here is almost like a quick braising. Extra liquid keeps the meat from burning. The ribs soak up all that sauce so they are very flavorful and tender. This cooking method is especially good when you don't have enough time to marinate.
Homemade Naan
-
1 cup warm water (about 110°F)
-
2 tablespoons honey
-
1 (0.25 ounce) package active dry yeast (about 2 1/4 teaspoons)
-
3 1/2 cups all-purpose flour
-
1/4 cup plain yogurt
-
2 teaspoons fine sea salt
-
1/2 teaspoon baking powder
-
1 large egg
-
1/4 cup salted butter
-
3 cloves garlic, peeled and minced
-
finely- chopped fresh cilantro or parsley
-
(optional) flaky sea salt
-
Activate the yeast: Briefly stir together the warm water and honey in the bowl of a stand mixer. (Or see notes below about how to make the dough by hand.) Sprinkle the yeast on top of the water and give it a quick stir, then let the mixture rest for 5-10 minutes until the yeast is foamy.
-
Mix the dough: Add the flour, yogurt, salt, baking powder, and egg. Using the dough attachment, mix the dough on medium-low speed for 2-3 minutes until smooth. (The dough will still be slightly sticky, but should form into a ball that pulls away from the sides of the mixing bowl. If it’s too sticky, add a bit more flour.)
-
Let the dough rise. Remove dough from the mixing bowl and use your hands to shape it into a ball. Grease the mixing bowl (or a separate bowl) lightly with cooking spray, then place the dough ball back in the bowl and cover it with a damp towel. Place the bowl in a warm location (I set mine by a sunny window) and let it rise for 1 hour until the dough has nearly doubled in size.
-
(Optional) Make the garlic butter: During the last 10 minutes of the dough’s rise time, heat the butter in a small sauté pan over medium heat until melted. Add the garlic and cook for 1-2 minutes until fragrant. Remove the pan from heat and stir in some chopped herbs, if desired. (You can also strain out the garlic chunks if you prefer the garlic butter to be completely smooth.)
-
Roll out the dough. Once the dough is ready to go, transfer it to a floured work surface and shape it into an even(ish) circle. Cut the dough into 8 equally-sized wedges and roll each wedge into a ball with your hands. Then use a rolling pin to roll out the dough ball until it forms an oval about 1/4-inch thick. (I recommend multi-tasking this process — rolling out the next dough ball while you cook one on the stove.)
-
Cook the dough. Heat a large cast-iron skillet or non-stick sauté pan over medium-high heat until it is nice and hot. Add a piece of the rolled-out dough to the pan and cook for 1 minute, or until the top of the dough begins to bubble and the bottom turns lightly golden. Flip the dough and cook on the second side for 30-60 seconds, or until the bottom is golden as well, then transfer the dough to a clean plate. (If you are making garlic naan, brush one or both side(s) of the dough with the garlic butter once the naan has cooked.) Sprinkle the naan with a pinch of flaky sea salt, if desired. Then lightly cover the naan with a clean towel so that it stays warm. Repeat with remaining dough until all of the naan pieces are cooked, adjusting the heat of the pan if needed to keep it hot (but not overly-hot so that it burns the bread).
-
Serve. Serve warm and enjoy!
-
To make the dough by hand: Instead of using a stand mixer, complete step 1 in a large mixing bowl. Add the flour, yogurt, salt, baking powder, egg, and stir the mixture until combined. Then turn the dough out onto a floured surface and knead by hand for 3 to 4 minutes, until smooth. (The dough will still be slightly sticky, but should form into a ball that pulls away from the sides of the mixing bowl. If it’s too sticky, add a bit more flour as you knead.)
Avocado Mayo
-
2/3 cup mashed ripe avocado
-
2 tsp white or cider vinegar
-
2 tsp lemon juice
-
3/4 tsp onion powder
-
1/8 tsp garlic powder
-
1/4 tsp salt
-
1/4 cup water
-
2 tbsp oil, or additional water for a low-fat mayo
-
Combine all ingredients in a blender until smooth. Add more water if a thinner mayo spread is desired. If you want a spicy mayo, feel free to add a dash of hot sauce or cayenne. Store leftovers covered in the fridge, 3-4 days.
-
Also be sure to try this Avocado Chocolate Mousse.
3-Ingredient Cottage Cheese Chocolate Pudding
-
24 ounces full-fat cottage cheese
-
¾ cup cocoa powder
-
¾ cup monkfruit sweetener, powdered is preferred, but you can also use golden monkfruit sweetener if you don't mind it being a little grainy
-
1 ½ teaspoon pure vanilla extract, optional
-
Toppings or add-ins, toffee bits, dark chocolate chips, peanut butter chips, diced fruit, etc.
-
In a blender bottle or bowl of a food processor, add your cottage cheese. You don't need to drain it unless you feel that it's extra "soupy".
-
Add your monkfruit sweetener and cocoa powder. You can also add vanilla extract, if you've chosen to include it.
-
Blend or pulse on high speed until smooth and combined, stopping to scrape down the sides with a spatula if needed.
-
You can either serve it immediately, but I would recommend letting it chill in the fridge for at least 20 minutes before serving.
-
Top with or mix in anything you'd like, then serve and enjoy!
-
Results based on the choice of sweetener: You can see in the post photos that mine has tiny granules because I used golden monkfruit sweetener in this batch, but yours should be totally smooth if using a powdered sweetener!
-
How to make powdered coconut sugar: In a clean coffee grinder or food processor, combine ¼ cup of coconut sugar and ¼ tablespoon of arrowroot powder and blend until smooth.
-
Storage: Store covered in the fridge for up to 4 days.
Crispy Curry Chicken Tenders
-
1 pound boneless skinless chicken tenders
-
¼ cup plain yogurt
-
2 tablespoons thai red curry paste
-
1½ teaspoons salt, divided
-
½ teaspoon pepper
-
1¾ cups panko breadcrumbs
-
1 teaspoon granulated garlic
-
1 teaspoon granulated onion
-
Olive oil or avocado oil spray
-
WHISK together the yogurt, curry paste, 1 teaspoon of salt, and pepper in a large bowl. Add the chicken tenders and toss to coat. Cover the bowl with plastic wrap and marinate in the fridge for 6-8 hours.
-
COMBINE the panko breadcrumbs, ½ teaspoon salt, garlic, and onion. Remove chicken tenders from the marinade and coat them individually in the panko mixture.
-
PREHEAT your air fryer to 390°F for 4 minutes.
-
SPRAY both sides of each chicken tender well with olive oil or avocado oil spray, then place into the fry basket.
-
INSERT the fry basket at mid-position in the preheated air fryer.
-
SELECT the Air Fry function, adjust the temperature to 390°F and time to 14 minutes, then press "Start/Pause".
-
FLIP the food halfway through cooking for more even results.
-
REMOVE the chicken tenders when they are golden and crispy.
Spicy Crispy Chicken Cutlet
-
½ cup unsalted butter, cut into pieces
-
2 tablespoons vegetable or canola oil
-
3 tablespoons honey
-
1 tablespoon sriracha
-
2 garlic cloves, grated
-
1 tablespoon smoked paprika
-
1 teaspoon orange zest
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
½ cup all-purpose flour
-
2 eggs, beaten
-
1 teaspoon orange zest
-
1½ cups panko breadcrumbs
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
½ teaspoon paprika
-
¼ teaspoon cayenne pepper
-
1 teaspoon fresh thyme leaves, chopped
-
4 boneless, skinless chicken breasts, halved crosswise or ¼-inch thick
-
Oil spray
-
Place the crisper plate into the COSORI Air Fryer basket.
-
Select the Preheat function, adjust temperature to 395°F, then press Start/Pause.
-
Set up a breading station with the flour in one bowl, the beaten eggs and orange zest in a second bowl, and the panko, salt, paprika, cayenne, and thyme in a final bowl.
-
Coat each chicken cutlet in the flour, then the egg, then dredge thoroughly in the breadcrumbs, shaking off any excess.
-
Spray the breaded chicken on both sides with oil spray, then place them onto the preheated crisper plate.
-
Select the Air Fry function, adjust temperature to 395°F and time to 8 minutes, then press Start/Pause.
-
Melt the sauce ingredients together in a small saucepan over medium heat, then bring to a boil while stirring. Let the sauce cook and thicken for 2 to 3 minutes, then remove from heat.
-
Remove the chicken when done, pour the hot sauce over the top, then serve.
Ketchup.Pdf
Lemon Ginger Shot Recipe with Cayenne (Immunity Shots)
-
3/4 cup chopped ginger root
-
2/3 cup fresh lemon juice
-
1 cup filtered water
-
1/4 tsp cayenne pepper
-
2 tbsp maple syrup
-
Rinse and scrub the ginger root. There's no need to peel it. Then chop it into slices.
-
Add all ingredients to a high powered blender or food processor. Blend until you achieve a smooth and homogeneous mixture.
-
Strain the liquid through a fine mesh strainer, cheesecloth or nut milk bag to remove any pulp or ginger fibers.
-
Pour the Lemon Ginger Shot mixture into small shot glasses or airtight containers, making it easy to grab and go.
-
Store your Lemon Ginger Shots in the refrigerator. Consume one shot each morning on an empty stomach or with breakfast.
One Pot Mexican Beef and Rice Casserole
-
1 tablespoon olive oil
-
1 pound ground beef
-
1 onion, diced
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 1.25-ounce package taco seasoning
-
1 cup rice
-
1 cup vegetable broth
-
1 15-ounce can black beans, drained and rinsed
-
1 10-ounce can Ro*Tel® Mild Diced Tomatoes & Green Chilies
-
1 cup corn kernels, frozen, canned or roasted
-
1 teaspoon chili powder
-
½ teaspoon cumin
-
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste
-
Juice of 1 lime
-
2 tablespoons chopped fresh cilantro leaves
-
1 ½ cups shredded cheddar cheese
-
½ cup shredded Monterey Jack cheese
-
1 Roma tomato, diced
-
Heat olive oil in a large skillet over medium high heat. Add ground beef, onion and garlic. Cook until beef has browned, about 3-5 minutes, making sure to crumble the beef as it cooks; stir in taco seasoning. Drain excess fat.
-
Stir in rice, vegetable broth, beans, Ro*Tel®, corn, chili powder and cumin; season with salt and pepper, to taste. Bring to a boil; cover, reduce heat and simmer until rice is cooked through, about 16-18 minutes. Stir in lime juice and cilantro.
-
Remove from heat and top with cheeses. Cover until cheese has melted, about 2 minutes.
-
Serve immediately, garnished with tomato, if desired.
Bok Choy Steamed Rice
-
1 large head bok choy
-
1 ½ cups cold water
-
1 cup long grain rice
-
1 teaspoon soy sauce
-
1 teaspoon chili-garlic sauce (such as sambal)
-
½ teaspoon sesame oil
-
¼ teaspoon toasted sesame seeds
-
Separate bok choy leaves from stems. Slice stems into 1-inch pieces; chop leaves.
-
Combine water, rice, and soy sauce in a pot; bring to a simmer, and stir in bok choy stems. Reduce heat to low, cover the pot with a lid, and cook until rice is almost cooked through, about 18 minutes.
-
Stir bok choy leaves, chili-garlic sauce, and sesame oil into rice mixture with a fork. Remove pot from heat, cover the pot with a lid, and let sit until rice is cooked through and bok choy leaves wilt, about 5 minutes more. Fluff with a fork and garnish with sesame seeds.
Dump and Start Instant Pot Creamy Ziti
-
1 1/2 cup chicken broth
-
1 cup heavy cream
-
1 tsp minced garlic, dried
-
salt and pepper to taste
-
8 oz dry ziti pasta
-
1 cup red pasta sauce
-
1 cup parmesan cheese, shredded
-
1/2 cup mozzarella cheese, shredded
-
Add the broth, cream, garlic, salt, pepper and noodles to the instant pot in that order. DO NOT STIR, but make sure all noodles are covered. If you need to move some noodles around, thats okay.
-
Set your Instant Pot to Manual for 6 minutes. Let it naturally release its pressure for an additional 6 minutes then quick release.
-
Add the red pasta sauce to the Instant Pot and give it a stir.
-
SLOWLY add in the cheese while stirring. The cheese will melt and thicken the sauce. The sauce will also thicken as it cools.
-
Enjoy!
-
This is a very saucy dish- If you like yours with less sauce, just cut back on the red pasta sauce at the end.
-
Don’t love the heavy cream? Check out my SKINNY CREAMY ZITI recipe!
Avocado Brownies
-
2 medium, ripe avocados, skin and pit removed (halve the avocado and scoop out with a spoon)
-
1/2 cup pure maple syrup
-
1/4 cup raw granulated sugar
-
2 large eggs
-
1 teaspoon pure vanilla extract
-
1/2 teaspoon baking soda
-
1/2 cup whole wheat flour
-
1/2 cup unsweetened cocoa
-
1/2 teaspoon salt or pinch of sea salt
-
1/2 cup semi-sweet chocolate chips or cacao nibs
-
Preheat oven to 350°F (180°C). Set aside a lightly greased 8 x 8-inch baking dish.
-
In a food processor, combine the avocado, maple syrup, and sugar. Blend well. Then add the eggs and vanilla extract. Mix well so that all ingredients are blended together. Make sure to scrape the sides for any remnants.
-
Gently add in the flour, baking soda, salt, and cocoa. Mix well.
-
Turn off the processor and remove the blade. Stir in the chocolate chips using a spoon or spatula.
-
Spread the batter into the prepared pan evenly. Bake for 25-30 minutes or until done. Test the middle of the batter with a knife or toothpick to make sure nothing sticks.
-
Remove from heat and let cool before cutting into squares. Enjoy!
-
Use ripe avocados for the best flavor and texture.
-
Don’t overmix the batter, as this can lead to tough brownies.
-
If you want a gooier center, bake for 23-25 minutes. If you prefer a firmer brownie, bake for 27-30 minutes.
-
Store leftovers in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 5 days or freeze for up to 2 months.
-
Variations
-
Add nuts (walnuts or pecans work well) or seeds (chia or flax) for added texture and flavor.
-
Swap out the chocolate chips for caramel bits or dried cranberries for a fruity twist.
-
Top with whipped cream or ice cream for an extra-special treat.
One Pot Homemade Hamburger Helper
-
1 Pound Ground Beef
-
1 Tablespoon Ketchup
-
1 Teaspoon Dijon Mustard
-
1 Teaspoon Hot Sauce Optional
-
1 Teaspoon Garlic Powder
-
1 Teaspoon Onion Powder
-
1/2 Teaspoon Seasoned Salt
-
1/2 Teaspoon Salt
-
1/2 Teaspoon Pepper
-
1 1/2 Cups Macaroni
-
3 1/2 Cups Broth or Water
-
1/2 Cup Sour Cream
-
2 Cups Shredded Cheddar Cheese
-
Cook the ground beef in a large skillet over medium high heat until no longer pink. Drain grease and return meat to the pan.
-
Reduce heat to low and add the ketchup, mustard, hot sauce, seasonings, macaroni and broth to the pan and stir well to combine.
-
Cover and simmer for 12-15 minutes until macaroni is cooked through.
-
Remove pan from heat and stir in the sour cream.
-
Return the pan to the warm burner and stir in the shredded cheese until well combined.
-
NOTE: This recipe is best when made with freshly shredded cheese.
Soft Sourdough Sandwich Bread
-
240 g warm water about 80° F
-
110 g active sourdough starter
-
20 g olive oil
-
20 g raw honey
-
415 g unbleached all purpose flour
-
10 g kosher salt
-
In a large mixing bowl, combine the warm water, and the sourdough starter. Use your fingers, or a Danish dough whisk to dissolve the sourdough starter into the water.
-
Add the olive oil, and the raw honey to the bowl. Whisk to incorporate.
-
Pour in the unbleached all purpose flour, and the kosher salt. Use a wooden spoon, or your hands to incorporate the flour into the wet ingredients. The dough will be shaggy, but that's ok. Use you hands to pinch the dough to combine. Knead the dough for a minute in the bowl, then cover with a clean shower cap, or plastic wrap. Let the dough rest for 30 minutes.
-
It's time to stretch and fold the dough. This is a gentle form of kneading the dough and developing the gluten. Start by lifting up one corner of the dough as far as it will go without tearing. Then fold it over the dough ball. Rotate the bowl, and repeat with the next side of dough, working your way all around the bowl. Cover the dough, and let it rest for another 30 minutes.
-
Do one more set of stretch and folds. The dough should be much smoother this time.
-
Cover the bowl with plastic wrap or a shower cap, and let it proof at room temperature for 4-5 hours until it is relaxed and puffy.
-
Spray a 9x4" loaf pan with nonstick cooking spray, making sure to spray the sides.
-
Lightly flour your work surface, and pour the dough out. Pat the dough into a rectangular shape, 9x12". Roll the dough up into a log, and pinch the seam shut, as well as the ends of the loaf. Place the shaped loaf into the prepared pan, seam side down.
-
Cover the loaf pan with the shower cap, and let the loaf proof for 10-12 hours at cool room temperature, ideally overnight.
-
The next morning, preheat the oven to 375℉. Spray the top of the loaf with water. Place 6-8 ice cubes in the bottom of the oven to create steam. When the oven is hot, bake the loaf, spraying extra water inside the oven as you place the pan inside to create even more steam.
-
Bake the bread for 35-45 minutes until the top is deeply golden brown. Allow the loaf to cool completely, then slice and enjoy!
-
For super thin sandwich slices, wait until the next day to slice the bread.
-
Store leftover bread in an airtight bag or container at room temperature for up to 3 days. This bread can also be stored int he freezer for up to 2 months.
Keto-Friendly 10-Minute Bread
-
1 cup almond flour (finely ground, not almond meal)
-
2 tablespoons coconut flour
-
2 tablespoons psyllium husk powder (for texture and fiber)
-
1 tablespoon baking powder
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
4 large eggs
-
¼ cup melted coconut oil (or unsalted butter for a richer flavor)
-
1 tablespoon apple cider vinegar
-
1 tablespoon water (optional, for adjusting dough consistency)
-
1 tablespoon chia seeds (for extra fiber and texture)
-
1 tablespoon flaxseeds (for added nutrition and crunch)
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder (for a savory twist)
-
1 teaspoon dried herbs (like rosemary or thyme, for flavor enhancement)
-
Preheat Your Oven: Begin by preheating your oven to 350°F (175°C). Prepare a small loaf pan by lining it with parchment paper or lightly greasing it to ensure easy removal of the bread.
-
Combine Dry Ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, whisk together the almond flour, coconut flour, psyllium husk powder, baking powder, and salt. Ensure that the mixture is well combined and free of lumps. The psyllium husk powder is crucial for giving the bread a chewy texture and aiding in its rise.
-
Prepare Wet Ingredients: In a separate bowl, beat the eggs until they are well combined. Add the melted coconut oil and apple cider vinegar, mixing thoroughly. If you prefer a richer flavor, you can use melted unsalted butter instead of coconut oil. The apple cider vinegar adds a slight tang that helps to balance the flavors.
-
Combine Wet and Dry Ingredients: Gradually pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients, stirring continuously to form a thick dough. The psyllium husk powder will begin to absorb the moisture, creating a dough-like consistency. If the mixture seems too dry, add a tablespoon of water to adjust the consistency. The dough should be thick but pliable.
-
Incorporate Optional Add-Ins: If using, fold in the chia seeds, flaxseeds, garlic powder, or dried herbs. These add-ins not only enhance the flavor but also boost the nutritional profile of the bread. The chia seeds and flaxseeds provide additional fiber and healthy fats, while the garlic powder and herbs offer a savory twist.
-
Transfer to Loaf Pan: Spoon the dough into the prepared loaf pan, spreading it out evenly with a spatula. Smooth the top of the dough to ensure an even rise during baking. The dough will not spread out much, so shape it to your desired loaf form.
-
Bake the Bread: Place the loaf pan in the preheated oven and bake for 30-35 minutes, or until the bread is golden brown and a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean. The top should be firm and slightly crusty, while the inside remains soft and fluffy.
-
Cool and Slice: Once baked, remove the loaf pan from the oven and let the bread cool in the pan for about 10 minutes. After cooling slightly, transfer the bread to a wire rack to cool completely. This step is important to ensure that the bread firms up and slices properly.
-
Serving Suggestions: Enjoy your keto-friendly bread fresh out of the oven, or toasted for a crispy texture. It pairs well with a variety of keto-friendly spreads such as avocado, nut butters, or low-carb cheese. Use it as a base for sandwiches, or simply enjoy it with a hearty soup or salad.
-
Storage Tips: Store any leftover bread in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 3 days. For longer storage, slice and freeze the bread in a freezer bag for up to 3 months. To toast from frozen, simply pop the slices in a toaster or oven.
recipe
Chicken Spiedini Recipe with Lemon Butter Sauce
-
2 lbs Chicken Breasts
-
⅓ Cup Olive Oil
-
¼ Cup White Wine Optional-See Notes
-
2 ½ teaspoon Ground Black Pepper
-
1 teaspoon Sea Salt
-
1 teaspoon Red Pepper Flakes
-
1 tablespoon Parsley
-
1 tablespoon Garlic Powder
-
½ Cup Italian Bread Crumbs
-
¼ Cup Panko Bread Crumbs
-
⅓ Cup Grated Parmesan Cheese
-
3-4 tablespoon Lemon Juice
-
¼ Cup Unsalted Butter Melted
-
Cut chicken breast into 1-inch cubes and add to large bowl. Season with ¼ teaspoon salt and ½ teaspoon pepper (keep remaining for breading) and add in olive oil and white wine. Stir to combine, cover and refrigerate for 20 minutes.
-
While the chicken is marinading, combine remaining salt and pepper, red pepper flakes, parsley, garlic powder, Italian bread crumbs, Panko, Parmesan cheese into a bowl and stir to combine. Set aside.
-
Once chicken has marinaded remove from the fridge and add in the dry ingredients and stir until all chicken is well coated. Spray skewers with cooking spray and skewer chicken cubes on until none remain. Pat on fallen breading if desired.
-
Heat your grill or grill pan to medium-high heat and spray with cooking spray to avoid bread crumbs from sticking. Add skewers to heat and cook 4 minutes each side or until internal temperature reads 165 degrees. If they are getting too charred place them on a cooler part of the grill until cooked through.
-
To serve remove chicken from skewers and drizzle with Lemon Butter Sauce. Enjoy!
-
Right before serving add melted butter and lemon juice into a small bowl and stir to combine. Top with additional red pepper flakes for an extra spicy kick. Serve over Grilled Chicken Spiedini
-
Leftover Storage: Store leftover spiedini in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days. When ready to eat re-warm in the microwave until warm (30-60 seconds).
-
You can swap the white wine out for chicken broth if you wish.
Crispy Stuffing Balls- Don'T Lose This
-
1 loaf of stale bread, cubed
-
1/2 cup butter, melted
-
1/2 cup chopped onion
-
1/2 cup chopped celery
-
1 teaspoon dried sage
-
1 teaspoon dried thyme
-
1/2 teaspoon black pepper
-
1/4 teaspoon salt
-
1 cup chicken broth
-
1 large egg, beaten
-
Prep the Bread: In a large bowl, toss the bread cubes with the melted butter.
Sauté the Veggies: In a skillet, sauté the onion and celery in a little butter until softened.
Combine Ingredients: Add the sautéed vegetables, sage, thyme, pepper, and salt to the bread cubes. Pour the chicken broth and beaten egg over the mixture, tossing to combine.
Form Balls: Shape the mixture into balls, about 1-inch in diameter.
Bake: Place the balls on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper. Bake in a preheated oven at 375°F (190°C) for 20-25 minutes, or until golden brown and crispy.
Serve hot and enjoy!
Gingerbread Cake
-
1/2 cup granulated sugar
-
1/2 cup butter
-
1 large egg , beaten
-
1 cup unsulphered molasses
-
2 1/2 cups all-purpose flour
-
1 1/2 teaspoons baking soda
-
1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
1 teaspoon ground ginger
-
1/2 teaspoon ground cloves
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1 cup very hot water
-
bananas for topping
-
fresh whipped cream , for topping
-
1 cup granulated sugar
-
1/2 cup butter (1 stick)
-
1 cup heavy whipping cream
-
2 teaspoons vanilla extract
-
Preheat oven to 350 degrees F. Grease a 9×13” pan with cooking spray.
-
In a large mixing bowl, cream together sugar and butter until smooth and light.
-
Add the egg and molasses then mix well. In a separate bowl, mix the dry ingredients together: flour, baking soda, cinnamon, ginger, cloves, and salt.
-
Add dry ingredients to the wet mixture and stir to combine. Slowly pour in the hot water and stir until smooth (batter will be thin).
-
Pour batter into prepared pan and bake for 20-35 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the center of the cake comes out clean.
-
Serve warm, topped with fresh sliced bananas, whipped cream, and vanilla cream sauce.
-
Add sugar, butter and cream to a medium saucepan over medium heat. Cook, stirring occasionally, until butter has melted.
-
Bring mixture to a boil then boil, stirring frequently, for 3-5 minutes. Remove from heat and add vanilla.
-
Allow to cool for a few minutes before serving over cake.
-
Make Ahead Instructions: The homemade vanilla cream sauce recipe can be made a few days in advance. Store in the fridge in an airtight container.
-
Storage Instructions: The gingerbread cake keeps well at room temperature for 2 days, or in the fridge for about a week.
-
Freezing Instructions: Wrap the cake in plastic wrap, then aluminum foil, and place in a freezer safe bag or airtight container. Freeze for up to 2 months. Let thaw overnight at room temperature before serving. If you’d like it warm, heat it in the microwave for a few seconds.
-
Recipe given to me by a friend, as an adapted Lion House Recipe
Copycat Near East Rice Pilaf
-
1 cup low-sodium vegetable broth
-
1 cup water
-
1 Tbsp butter or olive oil
-
1 cup long grain rice
-
1/3 cup orzo pasta (found at Whole Foods or specialty grocery stores)
-
1/8 tsp turmeric
-
1/8 tsp garlic powder
-
1/8 tsp black pepper
-
1/4 tsp kosher salt (increase to 1/2 tsp if you prefer your dishes saltier)
-
Bring broth, water, and butter/olive oil to boil in a small pot.
-
Add rice, orzo and spices and return to a boil. Reduce heat and simmer until rice is tender and liquid is absorbed, about 18 minutes.
-
Fluff with a fork and serve.
recipe
Swiss Meringue Buttercream
-
7 oz egg whites, from 7 large egg whites
-
2 cups granulated sugar
-
1 1/2 cups unsalted butter, softened, (3 sticks)*
-
2 tsp vanilla extract
-
1/4 tsp fine sea salt
-
In a medium pot, add at least 1-inch of water and bring to simmer.
-
Thoroughly wash and dry the stainless steel mixing bowl from your stand mixer (you don't want grease touching meringue). Add 7 egg whites and 2 cups sugar and whisk together. Place mixing bowl over a large saucepan of barely simmering water, creating a seal over the pot (bowl should be over the steam, not touching water). Whisk constantly until mixture reaches 160˚F (takes about 3 min). Sugar should be fully dissolved (you should not feel any sugar granules when rubbing mixture between finger tips). Mixture will feel hot to the touch.
-
Wipe water from bottom of mixing bowl and transfer bowl to stand mixer fitted with whisk attachment. Beat on medium-high speed until stiff glossy peaks form (about 15-20 min) and bottom of the bowl feels completely at room temp and not warm (important: warm meringue will melt the butter).
-
Once bowl is at room temp, switch to paddle attachment, reduce to medium speed and add butter 1 Tbsp at a time, adding it just as fast as it is absorbed by meringue. Once all butter is in, scrape down the bowl and continue beating until it reaches a thick whipped consistency (3 min on med-high speed). If it looks lumpy or liquidy at all, keep beating until smooth, thick and whipped.
-
Add 2 tsp vanilla extract and 1/4 tsp salt and mix on med-high until incorporated (about 1 min).
-
Butter should be softened at room temp for about 1 hour (more or less depending on your room temperature). It should be slightly cool to the touch and not overly soft or warm. If too soft, refrigerate for 10 minutes at a time.
-
Troubleshooting: If your frosting seems soupy, or won’t thicken up properly, this is usually due to the meringue or butter being too warm. See the Common Questions section above to troubleshoot.
Crispy Herb Potato Stacks
-
5 medium russet potatoes thinly sliced*
-
5 tablespoons vegan butter melted
-
2 tablespoons fresh herbs finely chopped, I used a combo of sage, thyme and rosemary
-
1/2 cup vegan parmesan
-
1/2 teaspoon garlic salt plus more for topping
-
1 teaspoon black pepper plus more for topping
-
truffle oil to taste, optional
-
Preheat the oven to 400 degrees and oil a muffin pan.
-
Melt the butter in a saucepan on the stove or in the microwave. Set aside.
-
Use a mandolin or very sharp knife to slice the potatoes very thin.
-
Add the potatoes, melted butter, herbs, vegan parmesan, garlic salt and pepper to a large bowl – toss to combine, using your hands if needed. If using truffle oil, add a small drizzle after mixing.
-
Stack the potatoes in the muffin pan – it is ok if the cups are slightly over filled. Add another sprinkle of garlic salt and pepper to each stack. Spray the foil with non-stick spray, cover the potatoes and bake for 30 minutes. Remove the foil and cook for another 20 minutes. Remove from the oven and allow to cool for 5 minutes.
-
Use a fork to pop the stacks out of the muffin pan and serve.
-
You want to use a mandolin or VERY sharp knife to cut the potatoes. The thinner they are, the crispier they’ll be.
Mini Pommes Anna
-
1/2 cup unsalted butter
-
12 small fresh thyme springs
-
2 teaspoons thyme leaves, coarsely chopped
-
1 clove garlic, minced
-
1 1/2 lb small waxy yellow-fleshed potatoes, (Yukon Gold)
-
2 teaspoons kosher salt
-
Freshly ground black pepper
-
Preheat oven to 350° F. (regular bake setting/not fan assisted)
-
In a small saucepan over medium heat, melt butter. Brush 12 muffin cups generously with butter. Place 1 thyme sprig in center of each muffin cup.
-
Add chopped thyme and garlic to remaining butter in saucepan and stir over medium heat until fragrant, about 2 minutes. Remove from heat and set aside.
-
Using a mandoline, slice potatoes crosswise into very thin rounds (1/16"-ish). Place in a large bowl. Pour herb butter over potatoes and season with salt and pepper. Toss well to coat.
-
Divide potato slices among muffin cups, layering overlapping slices to create a circular pattern. When the muffin cup is filled to the rim, press down lightly with a fork to compact. Drizzle any remaining butter in bowl over potatoes.
-
Cover muffin tins tightly with aluminum foil. Place muffin tin(on a baking sheet and bake in preheated oven until potatoes can be easily pierced with a knife, about 35 minutes. Remove foil.
-
Prepare another baking sheet by lining with parchment paper. Invert muffin tins onto prepared sheet, banging it a bit to loosen potatoes. If any potatoes/thyme has stuck to the muffin tins, gently use a butter knife to loosen and place on potato stacks. (IF MAKING AHEAD) Allow potatoes to cool a bit, then cover baking sheet with plastic wrap and refrigerate. Proceed with rest of recipe when ready.
-
Increase oven temperature to 425° (If you made ahead, remove baking sheet with potatoes, remove plastic wrap and preheat oven to 425° F., allowing potatoes to sit at room temperature while oven heats). Place into 425°F oven and bake for 10 minutes. Remove from oven and carefully using a spatula, flip potato stacks over (thyme side down) and bake for another 8-10 minutes, until under-side is nice and golden. Remove from oven and flip thyme-side-up to serve. (If you made ahead and your potatoes were cold/room temperature when they went in to the oven, you may need a few minutes longer on each side.)
(5) Homemade Velveeta Cheese
-
¼ ounce packet unflavored gelatin
-
6 Tablespoons dry milk powder
-
1 cup boiling water
-
16 ounces mild cheddar cheese, shredded
-
Line a small loaf pan with plastic wrap, covering all sides and leaving excess to hang over sides.
-
Place the unflavored gelatin and dry milk powder in a blender or food processor. Pour the boiling water over the top and immediately pulse to combine. Add the cheddar cheese and puree the mixture until smooth.
-
Immediately pour and scrape the cheese mixture into the prepared loaf pan, smoothing it into an even layer with a spatula. Fold the excess plastic wrap over the cheese, pressing it against the surface of the cheese, ensuring that it is completely covered. Refrigerate for at least 12 hours, until set. The cheese will keep in the refrigerator, tightly wrapped in plastic wrap, for up to 1 month.
Soft Sourdough Sandwich Rolls
-
1 cup active sourdough starter
-
1 cup lukewarm water
-
2 tablespoons olive oil
-
1 tablespoon honey or sugar
-
3 cups bread flour
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
In a large mixing bowl, combine the sourdough starter, lukewarm water, olive oil, and honey (or sugar).
-
Add the bread flour and salt. Mix until a shaggy dough forms.
-
Turn the dough out onto a lightly floured surface and knead for about 8-10 minutes until the dough is smooth and elastic. You can also use a stand mixer with a dough hook for this step.
-
Place the dough in a greased bowl, cover with plastic wrap or a damp towel, and let it rise in a warm place until doubled in size, about 1.5 to 2 hours.
-
Once risen, gently deflate the dough and divide it into 8 equal portions. Shape each portion into a round ball and place them on a parchment-lined baking sheet.
-
Cover the rolls loosely with plastic wrap or a damp towel and let them rise again until puffy and almost doubled in size, about 1 hour.
-
Preheat your oven to 400°F (200°C). Optionally, you can brush the rolls with an egg wash (1 egg beaten with 1 tablespoon of water) for a shiny crust.
-
Bake the rolls for 18-20 minutes, or until they are golden brown and sound hollow when tapped on the bottom.
-
Transfer the rolls to a wire rack to cool completely before slicing and using for sandwiches.
-
These sourdough sandwich rolls are great for burgers, deli sandwiches, or any kind of fillings you enjoy. Enjoy your baking!
Dill Fingerling Potatoes
-
2 tablespoons unsalted butter
-
1 1/4 pounds fingerling potatoes, rinsed but not peeled
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
1/4 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
-
1 1/2 tablespoons chopped fresh dill
-
Watch how to make this recipe.
-
Melt the butter in a Dutch oven or large heavy-bottomed pot. Add the whole potatoes, salt, and pepper, and toss well. Cover the pot tightly and cook over low heat for 20 to 30 minutes, until the potatoes are just tender when tested with a small knife. From time to time, shake the pot without removing the lid to prevent the bottom potatoes from burning. Turn off the heat and allow the potatoes to steam for another 5 minutes. Don't overcook. Toss with the dill, and serve hot.
-
My Private Notes
-
Add a Note
-
WATCH
Kopykat Marzettis Slaw Dressing
-
1 cup mayonnaise
-
3 tablespoons apple cider vinegar
-
1/4 cup superfine sugar
-
1 teaspoon celery seed
-
1 teaspoon onion powder
-
3/4 teaspoon dry mustard powder
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 teaspoon white pepper
-
14 oz package shredded coleslaw mix
-
Pulse sugar and celery seed in a food processor.
-
Combine with remaining ingredients and refrigerate until needed.
-
To prepare, mix 1 cup of dressing with 1 bag of coleslaw mix.
-
Creamy and smooth texture, similar to Marzetti’s original
-
Tangy flavor with a balance of sweet and sour notes
-
Celery seed is a key ingredient, providing a distinctive flavor
-
Can be used as a substitute for Marzetti’s Slaw Dressing in recipes
-
Users have reported success in making this recipe at home, with some adjustments to suit their taste preferences
-
Tips and Variations:
-
Use powdered sugar instead of superfine sugar for a slightly different texture
-
Adjust the amount of vinegar to suit your taste preferences
-
Add a splash of lemon juice or zest for extra brightness
-
Experiment with different types of vinegar, such as white wine vinegar or balsamic vinegar, for unique flavor profiles
Kopykat Marzettis Slaw Dressing
-
Original Slaw Dressing 24 oz
recipe
Sourdough Discard Pull Apart Garlic Bread
-
1 cup sourdough discard
-
3 cups all-purpose flour
-
1 cup warm water
-
2 tsp instant yeast
-
1 tsp salt
-
1/4 cup sugar
-
1/2 cup unsalted butter, melted
-
4 cloves garlic, minced
-
1/4 cup fresh parsley, chopped
-
1 cup shredded mozzarella cheese
-
In a large bowl, mix together the sourdough discard, warm water, and yeast then let it sit for 5 minutes until it becomes frothy.
-
Add the flour, salt, and sugar. Mix until a dough forms.
-
Then knead the dough for 10 minutes until it’s smooth and elastic. You can do this by hand or using a stand mixer with a dough hook attachment.
-
Place the dough in a greased bowl, cover it with a damp cloth, and let it rise in a warm place for about 1 hour or until it has doubled in size.
-
In a small bowl, combine the melted butter, minced garlic, and chopped parsley. Set aside.
-
When the dough has risen, punch it down to release the air.
-
Roll out the dough on a floured surface to a rectangle about 1/2 inch thick.
-
Then spread the garlic butter mixture evenly over the dough.
-
Sprinkle the shredded mozzarella cheese over the garlic butter.
-
Cut your dough into small squares or rectangles.
-
Grease a bundt pan or a loaf pan. Stack the dough pieces vertically in the pan, creating layers.
-
Preheat your oven to 350°F (175°C).
-
Cover the pan with a damp cloth and let the dough rise again for about 30 minutes.
-
Then bake for 30 to 35 minutes until the top is golden brown and the bread sounds hollow when tapped.
-
Before transferring the bread to a wire rack, let it cool in the pan for 10 minutes.
-
Ensure your dough is the right consistency: not too sticky and not too dry.
-
For an extra garlicky kick, use roasted garlic instead of fresh.
-
To achieve a perfectly baked bread, make sure to preheat your oven and don’t over-bake.
-
Yes, after the first rise, you can freeze the dough. Just wrap it tightly in plastic and freeze for up to 3 months.
-
You can substitute the sourdough discard with an equal amount of flour and water. Adjust the yeast as needed.
Fermented Hot Sauce
-
5 cups filtered water
-
6 1/4 teaspoons finely ground sea salt (or Pink Himalayan salt) – use 1 1/4 teaspoon salt, per 1 cup of water.
-
2 Quart Mason Jar
-
16 ounces fresh chili peppers, sliced in half (about 6-7 cups) seeds & stem removed, see notes
-
1 carrot, very thinly sliced 1/16th-inch (do not peel!)
-
4– 8 garlic cloves, cut into quarters
-
1– 2 shallots, sliced (or 1/2 an onion)
-
After fermenting, add optional seasonings to taste. Keep in mind the “heat” will mellow with age.
-
optional: herbs (oregano, cilantro, celery leaves) and spices (cumin, coriander, chipotle powder, smoked paprika)
-
1– 3 tablespoons apple cider vinegar, (optional- for extra tang and for more healthy probiotics)
-
honey or sugar to taste (optional, good if making Sriracha style)
-
If your hot sauce is not hot enough, you can always add cayenne or ground chipotle to taste. Free free to add spices ( 1/2- 1 teaspoon) cumin, coriander, chipotle, allspice, etc. Make this your own.
-
Wash your hands, jar and ustensils. Not sterilized, just clean.
-
Stir sea salt into the water until dissolved.
-
Slice the small hot peppers in half, and remove stems and seeds if you like (for less heat). If your pepper are very hot, wear gloves. If adding bell peppers to temper the heat, cut into thin strips. Thinly slice the carrot (do not peel), slice the shallots, and slice the garlic.
-
Layer all into a clean 2-quart mason jar. Top with a cabbage leaf to hold things down (optional) and pour the brine into the jar over the chilies, pressing them down under the liquid. If you need to add more brine, remember to use the ratio of 1 1/4 teaspoon salt per 1 cup of water.
-
Weigh everything down with a fermentation weight (or use a small ziplock bag filled with water to weigh the veggies down or try a clean shot glass). You want the chilies completely submerged under the brine. Anything that touches air, may mold, so either spoon it out or push it down. Cover loosely with a lid ( or cheesecloth and rubber band) and place the jar in a pan or bowl to collect any liquid that may bubble over. The lid is loose here so gasses can escape easily, but no creatures can get in.)
-
Place in a cool dark place, like the basement, 65-70F is ideal, (or the bottom cupboard in the kitchen) for 5-10 days or until signs of fermentation.
-
On day 3-5: Check for fermentation: Tap the container and see if any tiny bubbles rise to the surface, check for a cloudy brine ( see notes) or check the bowl underneath, to see if there was any overflow. All signs of activity! Ferment 7-10 days, long enough to soften those carrots that you will be blending. And you can always ferment longer for even more flavor- I’ll often ferment 12 -14 days. Sometimes I’ll ferment 7 days, then place the jar in the fridge for a few weeks before blending. The longer the ferment, the tangier and more flavorful this will become, and the more mellow the heat. *If there are no signs of fermentation, give it a couple more days- then check the troubleshooting section in the post.
-
After 7 days and signs of fermentation, strain and SAVE the brine. Place the fermented peppers, onions, garlic, and carrots into a blender and discard the cabbage leaf. Add 1 cup of the brine and blend until smooth as possible. This may take a couple of minutes. Add the vinegar if using, (and honey if you prefer a sweeter hot sauce like Sriracha), and more brine to desired thickness. At this point, you can blend in optional spices and herbs. ( 1/2-1 teaspoon spices, 1-2 tablespoons fresh herbs).
-
Don’t be alarmed if it is overly spicy- the heat level will significantly mellow with time, as it continues to ferment in the fridge after 1-2 weeks. Place in a squeeze bottle and store in the fridge, leaving the tip open (or loose) for gasses to escape.
-
Do not place in a sealed jar unrefrigerated– this will result in an explosion– and a great big mess- as the hot sauce is still alive and fermenting! BE WARNED! I have the best luck with using in squeeze bottles and leaving the cap off in the fridge.
-
If transporting to a friend as a gift, it is ok to seal for short periods of time (a few hours) but make sure to tell them to refrigerate it and loosen the lid, very soon after receiving.
-
The flavors will continue to develop and get more complex over time, the heat mellowing.
-
To use, cover the tip of the opening with your finger and give a shake before using.
-
This will keep up to 12 months in the fridge (probably even longer!).
-
WATER: Regular tap water may contain too much chlorine in it, inhibiting the fermentation process (although our tap water works fine). If fermentation is not happening, you may want to try filtered water.
-
SALT: I use fine ground sea salt or Pink Himalayan salt . If using coarse ground salt you may need to add a pinch more.
-
Peppers: Use any chili pepper you like or a blend of different peppers (in the same color palate). To temper, the heat, feel free to add similar colored bell pepper -substitute sweet red, yellow, or green bell pepper. Keep in mind, you will be blending the sauce, so stick with the same color scheme to make a vibrant colored sauce. For example, mixing red and green peppers will result in a brown hot sauce– but up to you. Also, keep in mind, the fermentation will mellow the heat a little. Removing the seeds will help temper the heat.
-
RATIO: If you need more water to cover or fill the jar, use 1 1/4 teaspoon salt per cup of warm water.
-
You could easily halve this recipe or use two, quart-sized jars.
-
CLOUDY BRINE: A cloudy brine is a natural by-product of the fermentation process-a combination of lactic acid and yeast and is the reason why they call it Lacto-fermentation. It is a sign of fermentation. Various strains of bacteria are present on the surface of all plants, especially ones growing close to the ground. Lactobacillus bacteria convert sugar into lactic acid, preserving the peppers.Lactic acid prevents the growth of harmful bacteria. Over time the cloudiness can settle out of the brine to the bottom of the jar. Some batches are naturally cloudier than others, but all are safe to consume and taste delicious. A cloudy brine is a sign that you have a safe and successful ferment.
-
Signs of fermentation: liquid overflowing into the bowl (check the bowl to see if the jar overflowed, a good sign! Tiny bubbles rising to the top when you tap the jar. Cloudy brine, tangy flavor or smell.
Easy Sourdough Sandwich Bread
-
500 g (4 cups) all purpose flour
-
60 g (4 tbsp.) unsalted butter, softened, cut into cubes
-
12 g (1 tbsp.) sugar
-
9 g fine sea salt
-
50 g (1/4 cup) bubbly, active sourdough starter (100% hydration)**
-
270 g (1 cup + 2 tbsp) warm water
* If the weather is not warm enough, sometimes the second risecan take longer than expected. To speed up the rise, use an 8.5×4 inch loaf pan (instead of a 9×5 inch pan), increase the amount of starter and decrease the amount of water for best results. Please choose one of the following adjustments below, keeping the rest of the ingredient quantities the same
-
100 g starter + 255 g water
-
150 g starter + 250 g water
-
Additionally, because temperature controls time you can also increase your surrounding temperature for the bulk or second rise, as needed. Place the dough in a proofing box set to 75-80 F. Or, preheat your home oven to 75-80 F and then shut it off immediately (use an oven thermometer to make sure it’s set to exactly 80 F and not higher!). Place the covered dough inside until it bulks up. Do no use this option overnight- it will be too warm.
-
Baking Schedule: this is an overnight dough which takes approximately 10-12 hrs to rise @ 68 F. Start the night before, in the evening, and plan to bake the following day. If it’s warmer than 68 F the dough will take less time to rise. Alternatively, start in the morning and bake in the afternoon or evening.
-
Mix the Dough
-
In a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, add the flour, butter, sugar and salt. Mix on low speed until combined; the butter should look like crumbs.
-
Add the starter and warm water. Mix until the flour is fully absorbed (get in there with your hands to finish mixing). The dough will feel slightly sticky and elastic at this stage. Cover with plastic wrap or a damp towel and let rest for 30 minutes. Meanwhile, replenish you starter with fresh flour and water.
-
After the dough has rested, switch to the dough hook and run the machine on medium-low (#3 on a KitchenAid) for 6-8 minutes. The dough will feel soft and supple and not stick to your hands. If it does, add a dusting of flour.
-
Note: If you do not have a stand mixer, the dough can be made by hand. After mixing and resting for 30 minutes, knead the dough on a lightly floured surface for 8-10 minutes, or until smooth, soft and elastic. Do not worry about under/over kneading. Relax into the process and focus on the texture, not the time.
-
Bulk Rise
-
Cover the bowl with plastic wrap and let rise overnight at room temperature (68 F) until double in size, about 10-12 hrs. Please refer to the Baking Schedule above for additional rise time options.
-
Shape the Dough
-
In the morning, coat an 8.5×4 inch loaf pan with butter.
-
Remove the dough onto a lightly floured work surface. Gently flatten the surface to release any large air bubbles.
-
Roll the dough into a log tucking the ends underneath. Rest for 5-10 minutes. With floured hands, gently cup the dough and pull it toward you to tighten its shape. Using a bench knife, place the dough into the loaf pan seam side down.
-
Second Rise
-
Cover the dough with lightly oiled or buttered plastic wrap. Let rest at room temperature until it has risen to about 1-inch above the rim of the pan (check the height by looking at the domed center portion of the dough). You are not looking for it to double in size. For timing, this can take anywhere from 1 1/2-2 hours (or more!) depending on temperature and the amount of sourdough starter used. Remember, the warmer it is, the faster the dough will rise. Refer to the “helpful tips” at the top of this post.
-
Preheat your oven to 375 F. Note: For higher oven spring, preheat to 500 F instead. Reduce to 375 F once the dough goes into the oven and bake as directed.
-
Bake the Dough
-
Bake the dough on the center rack for about 45-50 minutes, or until golden brown.
-
Cool in the pan for at least 10 minutes, and then transfer to a rack to cool completely.
-
This sandwich loaf will stay fresh for up to 3 days, stored in a plastic bag at room temperature.
-
For best results, please weigh your ingredients with a scale instead of using measuring cups.
-
Here’s why: weight and volume measurements are not equal, only approximate! This is especially important regarding the sourdough starter. If your starter is very bubbly, 1/4 cup might only weigh 30 g which is too little for this recipe (you need 50 g). The dough will take forever to rise! Same goes for the flour… 4 cups might end up weighing way over 500 g depending on how tight the flour was packed into the cup. You’ll end up with dry dough.
-
I used Whole Foods 365 Everyday all purpose flour for this recipe. King Arthur and Trader Joe’s ap flour will work as well. If using another brand with a lower protein content (i.e. Gold Medal, Pillsbury, Heckers) consider reducing the total water amount by 15 g.
Sourdough Sandwich Rolls
-
1 cup sourdough starter
-
3 cups bread flour all purpose will also work
-
1 cup water
-
2 tablespoons honey
-
1 1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 cup unsalted butter room temp
-
Feed sourdough starter 4-12 hours before starting your dough. It should be nice and bubbly before mixing the ingredients together.
-
In a stand mixer with a dough hook, add active sourdough starter, bread flour, water, butter, salt, and honey. Knead for 5-10 minutes, until it pulls away from the sides of the bowl and is stretchy. It should also pass the ‘window pane’ test.
-
Place in a greased bowl and cover with plastic wrap, beeswax wrap, or a tight lid. You don’t want to cover breads with just a towel, because it can leave a hard, not-so-desirable skin on the dough.
-
Allow to ferment 8-12 hours at room temperature. You can place the in the fridge after the bulk ferment if you want to wait to bake the dough.
-
Divide into 6 equal parts and shape.
-
On a lightly floured surface, roll each piece of dough out into a rectangle, about 1/4 inch thick. Roll it up and pinch the ends closed.
-
Place the shaped rolls onto a parchment lined baking sheet (seam side down) and allow to double in size. This can take 1-3 hours.
-
Once it has risen, preheat the oven to 375 degrees.
-
Slash the rolls with a razor if desired.
-
Spray the tops of them with water before baking and halfway during baking time. This make for a crispy outside and soft interior.
-
Bake at 375° for 15-20 minutes until golden brown. Allow to cool, and enjoy.
-
Find directions for a faster (not long-fermented version) in the post above.
-
The sourdough starter used in this recipe should be active (very bubbly).
-
Optional: To create a crispy crust, spray the tops of them with water before baking and halfway during baking time.
How to Make Magnesium Oil
-
Magnesium flakes (magnesium chloride)
-
Distilled water
-
Optional: essential oils (e.g., lavender, peppermint, or lemon)
-
Measure the magnesium flakes: Use 1 part magnesium flakes to 1 part water (1:1 ratio). For example, use 1/4 cup magnesium flakes and 1/4 cup distilled water.
-
Add water to the magnesium flakes: Pour the distilled water into a bowl or container, and then slowly add the magnesium flakes. Stir until the flakes have fully dissolved.
-
Add essential oils (optional): If using essential oils, add a few drops (10-20) to the mixture and stir well.
-
Transfer to a spray bottle: Pour the magnesium oil mixture into a spray bottle with a fine mist nozzle.
-
Shake well: Before each use, shake the bottle well to ensure the mixture is well combined.
-
Tips and Variations:
-
Use a high-quality magnesium chloride powder, such as Zechstein Magnesium Flakes, for better absorption.
-
Adjust the ratio of magnesium flakes to water if you prefer a stronger or weaker solution.
-
Experiment with different essential oils for various benefits (e.g., lavender for relaxation, peppermint for invigoration).
-
Consider adding a carrier oil (e.g., coconut or jojoba oil) to the mixture if you prefer a creamier texture.
-
Store the magnesium oil in a cool, dark place to maintain its potency.
-
Usage:
-
Spray the magnesium oil onto the skin, focusing on areas of tension or pain (e.g., legs, back, stomach, or feet).
-
Massage the oil into the skin for better absorption.
-
Use before bedtime to promote relaxation and improve sleep quality.
-
Apply as needed throughout the day to alleviate muscle cramps, spasms, or soreness.
How to Make Magnesium Oil from Magnesium Flakes
-
Boil Distilled Water: Use a tea kettle or pot on the stove to boil distilled or filtered water. Remove it from heat once boiling.
-
Mix with Magnesium Flakes: Pour 2/3 cup of the boiled water into a mixing bowl. Add 2 Tablespoons plus 2 teaspoons of magnesium chloride flakes to the bowl.
-
Stir until Dissolved: Mix the ingredients until the flakes are completely dissolved. This should take about 1 minute.
-
Let Cool: Allow the mixture to cool completely before transferring it to a labeled spray bottle.
-
Store: Store your homemade magnesium oil at room temperature for up to 6 months.
-
Optional: You can add a few drops of essential oils, such as lavender, for a pleasant scent and relaxation benefits.
-
Use filtered or distilled water to ensure the magnesium flakes dissolve properly and the final product is free of impurities.
-
Stir the mixture well to avoid any undissolved flakes.
-
Let the mixture cool completely before storing it in a spray bottle to prevent bacterial growth.
-
This recipe makes a small batch of magnesium oil. You can scale up the ingredients as needed.
Steak Fajitas - Don'T Miss This Recipe, Saaave It for Later
-
1/4 cup olive oil
-
1/4 cup lime juice (freshly squeezed)
-
2 tablespoons soy sauce
-
2 tablespoons Worcestershire sauce
-
3 cloves garlic, minced
-
Must express something to keep getting my recipes.... Thank you.
-
Full recipe in first comment
Sourdough Brownies
-
8 tablespoons (113 g) unsalted butter
-
12 oz. (340 g) semi-sweet chocolate chips
-
One-quarter cup (40 grammes) of dutched (or ordinary) cocoa powder
-
2 teaspoons (10 g) vanilla extract
-
2 large eggs
-
1 egg yolk
-
1 cup (200 g) granulated sugar
-
½ cup (110 g) dark brown sugar
-
½ cup (125 g) sourdough starter discard
-
1 cup (120 g) all-purpose flour
-
1 teaspoon (5 g) salt
-
Preheat the oven to 350°F (176°C) and line a 9″ x 9″ baking dish with parchment paper.
-
In a small saucepan over low heat, melt the butter. Stir in the cocoa powder, vanilla essence, and chocolate chips. After stirring until smooth, remove and let cool.
-
Use an electric mixer to beat the eggs, brown sugar, and granulated sugar for seven to ten minutes in a sizable mixing bowl.
-
In the bowl, add the chocolate mixture and the sourdough refuse. Beat on low until well blended. Add the flour and salt and stir until barely incorporated.
-
Smooth the top after adding the batter to the baking dish that has been ready. Bake for 35-40 minutes.
-
Allow the brownies to cool completely in the pan before removing and cutting into squares.
-
To Store: Cool completely and store in an airtight container for up to 7 days at room temperature.
-
To Freeze: Once cooled, wrap individual brownies in plastic wrap and freeze for up to three months.
-
To Reheat: Thaw if frozen and microwave on high for 10-15 seconds.
Sourdough Naan
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
1 cup 100% hydration sourdough starter discard (unfed)
-
1/2 cup warm milk
-
1/4 cup plain Greek yogurt
-
1 tsp baking powder
-
Pinch of kosher salt
-
5 TBSP melted butter (for brushing)
-
Mix the dough: Combine the sourdough starter, milk, and yogurt in a large mixing bowl. Add flour, baking powder, and salt. Mix until smooth, then cover the bowl with plastic wrap and let rest at room temperature for 2-3 hours or until doubled in size.
-
Divide and shape: Turn the dough out onto a lightly floured surface and divide it into 8 equal pieces (about 78g each). Shape each piece into a ball and cover with a kitchen towel.
-
Preheat skillet: Preheat a cast iron skillet over medium-high heat for 10-15 minutes.
-
Roll dough: Working with one ball of dough at a time, use a rolling pin to roll the dough into a round shape with a 1/8" thickness. Use a little flour if necessary to prevent sticking.
-
Cook naan: Place the rolled dough into the skillet and cook for 2 minutes. Flip the naan over and cook on the second side for 1-2 minutes. Flip again and watch for the dough to puff up with air. Once full, remove from the skillet and brush with melted butter. Repeat with remaining dough.
-
Use a cast iron skillet for the best results.
-
Adjust the cooking time based on your skillet’s heat and the thickness of the dough.
-
Brush the naan with melted butter after cooking for added flavor and moisture.
-
Store leftover naan in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days or freeze for up to 2 months.
-
Variations:
-
Add flavorings like garlic, cilantro, or nigella seeds to the dough for extra flavor.
-
Use different types of flour, such as whole wheat or bread flour, for a distinct taste and texture.
-
Experiment with different cooking times and temperatures to achieve your desired level of crispiness or chewiness.
The Best Sourdough Tortillas
-
1 cup sourdough starter, 210 g
-
3/4 cup water, 160 g
-
1/4 cup olive oil, extra virgin (60 g)
-
1.5 tsp salt, 11 g
-
3 cups unbleached all-purpose or whole wheat, 420 g
-
Add the sourdough starter, water, oil, salt, and flour to a mixer with a dough hook.
-
Knead for 2-3 minutes in a mixer, or 5 minutes by hand. The ingredients should be fully incorporated, and the dough slightly elastic.
-
Place the dough in a greased bowl, cover with a tea towel or plastic wrap, and allow to sit at room temperature for 12-24 hours. (If you are gluten intolerant, 24 hours is better.)
-
The next day, divide the dough into 12 equal parts.
-
On a lightly floured work surface, roll each ball of dough out to about a 1/4 inch thickness. Get them as thin as you can, without them falling apart.
-
Cook them in a preheated cast iron skillet in a little coconut oil. One minute on each side is sufficient.
-
To make cooking super fast and easy, I love getting four cast iron skillets going at one time. This makes this process so much easier.
-
All-purpose and whole wheat flour will work well for this recipe. For lighter and fluffier tortillas, use unbleached all-purpose.
-
You can use active sourdough starter or discard.
-
No need for a tortilla press, you can easily just roll these out with a rolling pin.
Crispy Sourdough Pizza Crust (No Steel or Stone!)
-
50 g active sourdough starter
-
250 g water
-
360 g bread flour
-
7 g fine sea salt
-
240 g ( 1 cup) quick “no-cook” pizza sauce, Sicilian tomato sauce or pomodoro sauce
-
Fine sea salt
-
Black pepper
-
Handful fresh basil
-
Freshly grated Parmesan cheese
-
Olive oil
-
226 g ( 8 oz) whole-milk mozzarella block cheese, shredded, about 2 1/2 cups
-
Please watch my video for visual instructions. It’s really helpful when dimpling the dough!
-
Before you begin: refer to my pizza baking schedule in the blog post above. This will give you an idea of when to start the dough. Below, I do a long, overnight rise @ 68F.
-
In the evening, combine the sourdough starter and water in a large mixing bowl (I use a fork to mix). Add the flour and salt.
-
Continue mixing, and then finish by hand to fully incorporate the flour. Cover with plastic wrap or a clean kitchen towel and let rest for 30 minutes at room temperature.
-
After resting, return to the bowl and fold the dough over itself several times, similar to the stretch and fold method, to create a rough ball. The dough is now ready to rise.
-
Transfer the dough to a lightly oiled high-sided 2 qt. dough tub.
-
Cover and let rise overnight at room temperature, about 68 F for 10-12+ hrs. The dough is ready when it has almost doubled in size. If your ambient temperature is warmer /colder than 68 F, the dough will take shorter/longer to rise, respectively. Watch the dough and not the clock. Rise times will be different for every baker. (see Note #1).
-
Get Ahead Tip: While the dough is rising, use this resting time to make the pizza sauce, grate the cheese and gather any additional toppings for your pizza.
-
Coat a non-stick 9×13-inch baking pan with 1 tablespoon of olive oil. Use your hands to rub the bottom and sides of the pan.
-
Remove the dough directly into the pan. With oiled fingertips, gently dimple and stretch the dough to reach the corners and sides of the pan- that’s the end goal. If the dough is relaxed, it will naturally spread out. If it’s tight, which is normal after a long rise, the dough will resist. Simply take note of your dough at this stage. Don’t force it. Watch my video for visual instructions.
-
Cover the pan with an inverted baking sheet and rest in a warm spot, such as a proofing box set to 78F or a turned off oven with the light on, for 30 minutes.
-
After 30 minutes has elapsed: return to the pan and dimple the dough again, just like you did before, gently lifting and stretching it as you go. Cover and rest for another 30 minutes. Preheat your oven to 450 F now.
-
After the second 30 minutes has elapsed, you’re ready to par-bake the pizza crust.
-
Place the baking pan on the bottom rack. Bake the dough @ 450 F for 15-18 minutes, or until the surface is set and the bottom crust is light golden brown. Use tongs to peek underneath the dough to double check. The bottom crust color depends on the type of pan you’re using; adjust the time or oven rack as needed.
-
Remove the pan from the oven. You are now ready to assemble and bake pizza (see Note #2).
-
To Make Sourdough Pizza (now): Top the par-baked pizza crust with tomato sauce. I spread it all over the surface including the crust. Season with salt and pepper. Add the basil leaves, a fresh grating of Parmesan cheese and drizzle with olive oil. Sprinkle with mozzarella cheese taking it to the corners and sides for crispy edges. Tuck any remaining cheese cubes into the corners. Bake @ 450 F, middle or top rack this time, until the cheese is melted and broiled in some spots, about 12-15 minutes. You can even stick it under the broiler to really crisp it up.
-
To Make Sourdough Pizza (later): Transfer the par-baked pizza crust to a wire rack to cool. You want to aerate the underside so the crust doesn’t get soggy. Once completely cool, cover tightly in plastic wrap and store at room temperature for up to 6 hours. When ready to bake, return the pizza to the same baking pan (don’t bother cleaning it; any leftover oil is fine), assemble and bake as directed above.
-
Note #1: Refrigeration Option. after the bulk rise is complete, the pizza dough can be stored in the fridge for up to 1 day if you run out of time. This is optional. To do so: shape the dough into a ball and place into an oiled, non-stick 9×13-inch baking pan. Cover tightly with lightly oiled plastic wrap and chill overnight. When ready to continue, the dough must rest in a warm spot (I use a proofing box set to 78 F OR a switched off oven with the light on) until it comes to temperature and no longer looks dense- this will take a few hours. Then dimple the dough following the directions in the next step.
-
Note #2: How to Store Par baked Pizza Crust: Wrap cooled par-baked pizza crust at room temperature for up to 6 hours. Or keep in the freezer for up to 3 months. Defrost at room temperature.
Best Sourdough Bagels (Soft, Chewy, Easy!)
-
150 g ( 3⁄4 cup) bubbly, active sourdough starter
-
250 g ( 1 cup plus 2 tsp) warm water (See Notes below for temperature range)
-
24 g ( 2 tbsp) granulated sugar
-
500 g ( 4 cups plus 2 tbsp) King Arthur bread flour
-
9 g (1 1⁄2 tsp) fine sea salt
-
Cooking spray or oil, (for coating the plastic wrap)
-
20 g ( 1 tbsp) honey
-
Mixed seeds, such as poppy, sesame, fennel, flax and sun flower seeds or Everything Bagel Spice.
-
Water temperature: In winter, I use 85-95 F water (29-35 C) to give the rise a boost. In summer, I use cooler water, about 55- 60 F (13-16 C) to slow down and control the rise.
-
Make the Dough: In a large bowl, whisk the starter, water, and sugar together with a fork. Add the flour and salt. Combine to form a rough dough, then finish mixing by hand until no lumps of our remain. The dough will be very stiff and dry. Note: it’s important to use a large mixing bowl- this dough is strong and rises quite high. As a mixing alternative, use a stand mixer fitted with the dough hook; run on low speed for 5 to 6 minutes to combine and knead.
-
Cover the dough with a very damp towel and let rest for 45 minutes to 1 hour. After the dough has rested, work the mass into a semi-smooth ball, about 15 to 20 seconds.
-
Bulk Rise: Cover the bowl with plastic wrap that has been lightly coated in oil to prevent sticking. Let rise until double in size, about 10-12 hrs when the temperature is 68 F (20 C); 8 to 10 hours @ 70°F (21°C). Note: in the summer, rise the dough during the day. Once the dough is almost double in size, cover and chill the whole bowl overnight (it will continue to rise slightly in the fridge). Proceed using the cold dough the following day.
-
Shape: Line a sheet pan with a nonstick silicone mat or parchment paper. If using parchment, lightly coat with cooking spray or oil to prevent sticking.
-
Remove the dough onto a non- floured work surface. Flatten the dough into a rectangle and divide into 8 equal pieces, about 115 g (4 oz) each. Gather the ends, flip the dough over, and roll each piece into a ball. Let the dough rest on your lined sheet pan for 10 to 15 minutes to relax the gluten.
-
Working with one ball of dough at a time, poke a hole straight through the center. Move your finger around in a circular motion to gently stretch the dough until the hole is about the size of a walnut. You can also lift up the dough, insert both index fingers through the center hole, and barrel roll to gently stretch the opening. When finished, place the dough back onto the sheet pan. It’s okay if the hole shrinks slightly. Repeat shaping the remaining dough.
-
Second Rise: Cover the dough with a damp towel and let rest at room temperature for 15 to 20 minutes. The dough will puff up only slightly at this stage.
-
Meanwhile, bring a medium pot of water to a boil. Add the honey and whisk well to dissolve. Preheat your oven to 425°F (220°C). Add the seeds to a rimmed tray or shallow bowl.
-
Boil the bagels: Add 2 to 3 bagels into the pot and simmer for 30 seconds on each side for a thin crust. Note: if using cold dough from the fridge, the bagels might not float to the surface right away. Give them a nudge after 30 seconds or so and be patient. Using a slotted spoon, transfer the bagels back the sheet pan you used earlier, placing them rounded side up.
-
Once slightly cool but still wet, dip the rounded side of the bagels into the seeds to coat. Place back onto the sheet pan and finish boiling the rest of the bagels.
-
Bake: Place your sheet pan on the center rack. Bake the bagels for about 20 to 25 minutes. Flip them over to briefly cook the bottom side, about 1 to 2 minutes or less. When ready, your bagels will be puffed up, light golden brown, and feel light to the touch. Transfer to a wire rack to cool, but indulge yourself and eat one (or two) warm.
-
The chewy texture of bagels is best enjoyed when made fresh. Store in a plastic bag at room temperature for up to 2 days. Bagels also freeze well; freeze them whole or sliced, covered in plastic wrap and a layer of foil, for up to 3 months.
Homemade Velveeta
-
16 ounce block mild cheddar cheese (see notes below)
-
½ cup nonfat milk powder
-
2 Tablespoons cornstarch
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
1 cup water
-
4 Tablespoons salted butter
-
Line a 9×5-inch loaf pan (or whatever size mold you want) with a couple of pieces of plastic wrap and set aside.
-
Then place it into a food processor. Pulse a few times to break it up even more.
-
Add 1/2 cup nonfat milk powder, 2 Tablespoons cornstarch and 1/2 teaspoon salt. Pulse again until well mixed.
-
Add 1 cup water and 4 Tablespoons salted butter to a small saucepan and bring to a boil. Remove from heat.
-
Turn on the food processor and very carefully and VERY slowly stream in the water mixture.
-
Continue to process the mixture until completely smooth, and scrape down the sides as needed to make sure everything is fully incorporated. It may seem like it won’t come together at first but give it time, be patient, and it will come together and get smooth. It should be totally smooth and not lumpy or grainy – that is when you know it is ready.
-
Evenly spread the mixture into the prepared pan, smoothing out the top. Cover the top with plastic wrap.
-
Place it into the refrigerator until fully set, at least 6 hours or overnight. Then use in your favorite recipes.
-
Please refer to my FAQ’s (Frequently Asked Questions) and ingredient list above for other substitutions or for the answers to the most common questions.
-
NOTE: Please do not substitute any ingredients I have on this list. It has to be made exactly with these ingredients for best results.
-
The cheese MUST be freshly grated. The anti-caking agent that is in the pre-shredded cheese will keep this from setting up and coming together.
-
NOTE: When melting this to use for a dip, etc. you MUST melt it extremely slowly and on very low heat. Also, allow the homemade Velveeta to come to room temperature before heating. Don’t do it from a cold state. I can’t stress this enough. These are fresh ingredients and there aren’t any additives that a processed cheese (Velveeta) would have that would normally allow you to easily melt it. It must be done very, very slowly and on the lowest heat possible so that it doesn’t end up grainy.
Pretzel Bites with Sourdough Discard
-
145 grams sourdough discard heaping ½ cup, or bubbly sourdough starter
-
175 grams lukewarm water ¾ cup
-
5 grams granulated sugar 1 teaspoon
-
8 grams instant yeast 2 teaspoons
-
6 grams salt 1 teaspoon
-
285 grams all purpose flour about 2 cups, see recipe notes – plus more for rolling
-
120 grams hot water ½ cup
-
15 grams baking soda 1 Tablespoon
-
55 grams unsalted butter, melted 4 Tablespoons
-
12 grams flaky salt 2 teaspoons, for topping
-
20 grams parmesan cheese, shredded ¼ cup, if desired
-
60 grams cinnamon sugar ¼ cup, if desired
-
To a large bowl or to bowl in a stand mixer, mix together the sourdough discard, water, sugar, instant yeast, salt and flour.
-
Knead by hand about 5-8 minutes or knead in a stand mixer for about 5 minutes until it comes together and forms a smooth ball. Add a little more flour as needed. The dough will still be sticky, but not overly sticky. Pinch off a piece of dough and roll it into a ball in your fingers. If it forms a ball with minimal sticky residue left on your fingers, you can stop adding flour. Check out a few other tips for kneading dough here.
-
Lightly oil a bowl or container (affiliate link) and turn the dough around in the bowl to cover it lightly with the oil. Drape a kitchen towel or some plastic wrap over the bowl and let dough rise for 1-1 ½ hours.
-
Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
-
Once dough has doubled in size, flour a counter with 1-2 Tablespoons flour and punch down the dough. Turn it out onto the floured surface and separate into 4 sections.
-
Roll each section into a long strand and cut each strand into 6-8 pretzel pieces. Place each pretzel bite on the parchment paper.
-
Heat 120 grams (½ cup) of water in the microwave until almost boiling. Add 15 grams (1 Tablespoon) of baking soda (it will bubble up a little) and mix together. Make sure the baking soda is completely dissolved before proceeding.
-
Use a pastry brush to brush each pretzel bite with the baking soda/water mixture. Alternatively you can dunk each pretzel bites into the baking soda/water mixture.
-
Preheat the oven to 500ºF. Let the pretzel bites rise for about 10-15 minutes (usually the amount of time it takes for the oven to preheat) before baking.
-
Bake the pretzel bites for about 8-10 minutes until crisp and lightly brown on the outside.
-
While the pretzel bites are baking, melt the unsalted butter and prepare any toppings (salt, parmesan cheese, cinnamon sugar).
-
As soon as the pretzel bites are baked through, remove them from the oven and brush with melted butter. Continue adding butter until all of the butter is on the pretzel bites. It may seem like a lot of butter, but keep adding it for the best taste and flavor.
-
Top with salt, cinnamon sugar or parmesan cheese and enjoy immediately.
-
Flour: You may need more or less flour than called for in this recipe depending on the percentage of flour and water your sourdough discard has. Check for readiness of the dough by rolling the dough into a ball in your fingertips. If it forms a ball with just a little sticky residue on your fingers, you can stop adding flour. If it is very sticky, add a little more flour about a Tablespoon at a time.
-
Substitutions: Bubbly sourdough starter can be substituted for sourdough discard. Alternatively, if you don’t have sourdough discard on hand, the discard can be omitted and you can increase the flour to 2 ⅓ cups the water to 1 cup of water in the recipe. Keep the other ingredients the same.
Easy Sourdough Discard Crackers
-
1 cup ( 200 g) sourdough discard (unfed sourdough starter)
-
1/2 cup ( 56 g) rye flour, see notes
-
1/2 cup ( 56 g) all-purpose flour
-
1 teaspoon ( 3 g) kosher salt (or 1/2 teaspoon if you are sensitive to salt)
-
4 tablespoons ( 57g) unsalted butter, room temperature
-
olive oil, for brushing
-
flaky sea salt for sprinkling or sesame seeds or everything bagel seasoning
-
Mix together the sourdough starter, flours, salt, and butter until you have a cohesive dough. It’s OK if it’s a little sticky. Turn the dough out onto a lightly floured work surface, divide into two portions, pat each into a rectangle, wrap in plastic wrap (or place in an airtight vessel), and refrigerate for 30 minutes, or longer — I’ve done this 24 hours in advance — until the dough is firm.
-
Preheat the oven to 350°F.
-
Working with one piece of dough at a time, unwrap the plastic wrap and reserve it. Very lightly flour a piece of parchment, a rolling pin, and the top of the dough.
-
Place the dough onto the floured parchment paper, and place the sheet of plastic wrap on top of the dough. Roll the dough as thinly as possible (see notes above), using your rolling pin to disperse it as evenly as possible over the parchment paper. It’s OK if the edges are ragged, but do try to make the dough as thin as possible — if it’s too thick, the crackers won’t be crisp.
-
Transfer the dough-topped parchment sheet onto a baking sheet. Lightly brush with oil and then sprinkle the salt (and/or other toppings) over the top of the dough.
-
Cut the dough as you wish. I like to do long strips, about 1.25 to 1.5 inches wide. I use my bench scraper, but a pizza wheel works well here, too.
-
Bake the crackers for 20 to 25 minutes, rotating the pan halfway through, until they’re starting to brown around the edges. Depending on how thinly you’ve rolled them, they may be done closer to 25 minutes, so do check at the 20-minute mark.
-
When fully browned, remove the crackers from the oven and place the pan on a rack to cool. I like to let the crackers cool completely on the sheet pan, which ensures they will be crisp ultimately.
-
Repeat with the remaining portion of dough or keep it in the fridge or freezer until you are ready to use it.
-
Store crackers in an airtight vessel at room temperature for up to a week. Freeze for longer storage.
Better Dental Health with Remineralizing Cacao & Coconut Oil Toothpaste
-
4 teaspoons raw cacao powder* (not processed cocoa powder using in baking)
-
4 teaspoons baking soda
-
1 tablespoon bentonite clay
-
2 teaspoons xylitol
-
4 tablespoons coconut oil, softened
-
8-10 drops peppermint essential oil, or to taste
-
In a small non-reactive bowl (such as glass or ceramic), add in raw cacao powder, baking soda, bentonite clay, and xylitol. Use a small, non-reactive utensil (such as a wooden or plastic spoon or silicone-coated whisk) to stir ingredients together.
-
Add in softened coconut oil and use a plastic or wooden spoon to mix into the dry ingredients. The coconut oil may stiffen as you mix. Just use your plastic or wooden spoon to mash the coconut oil and dry ingredients together. (If the toothpaste is too runny, you can always add in more baking soda by the teaspoon, but be careful not to make it too thick as it may become hard to work with as the coconut oil hardens with any drop in temperature.)
-
Then stir in the peppermint essential oil. Mix thoroughly.
-
Use a rubber spatula to scoop your toothpaste into non-reactive containers (glass or ceramic containers with tight-fitting lids are ideal).
-
Store your toothpaste in a cool location out of direct sunlight.
-
A note on raw cacao powder: Raw cacao powder is a minimally processed cacao product made from fermented cacao beans that have not been roasted. Cocoa powder, used in baking, is often irradiated and roasted at high temperatures. Since we’re not ingesting this toothpaste, either will work. I’m unable to find any research that indicates that the theobromine (which has demonstrated remineralizing properties) content is affected by heat. Just be sure that you use pure cocoa powder and not a mix that might contain sugar or artificial ingredients.
Sourdough Discard Garlic Pull Apart Bread
-
¼ cup non-dairy or regular dairy milk warmed to 110℉
-
1 ½ teaspoons instant yeast
-
2 teaspoons granulated sugar
-
2 cups + 1 Tablespoon all-purpose flour
-
200 grams (about ¾ cup) sourdough discard unfed, at room temperature
-
1 egg lightly beaten
-
1 Tablespoon fresh parsley or rosemary chopped
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder
-
2 Tablespoons unsalted butter melted
-
7 Tablespoons unsalted butter softened
-
1 Tablespoon fresh parsley or rosemary chopped
-
1 Tablespoon garlic powder
-
½ teaspoon kosher salt
-
flaky sea salt for topping
-
Combine the warmed milk, instant yeast, and sugar in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with a dough hook*. Add the flour, sourdough discard, beaten egg, chopped herbs, salt, and garlic powder. With the mixer on low speed, slowly add 2 Tablespoons of melted butter. Increase speed to medium and mix until a shaggy dough forms.
-
Transfer the dough to a smooth work surface and knead until a smooth dough forms, about 3-4 minutes. The dough should be smooth and slightly tacky (but not sticky). If needed, add more flour or milk (1 Tablespoon / 10 grams at a time) to reach your desired consistency.
-
Transfer the dough to a large greased bowl and cover with plastic wrap. Let rise for 60-90 minutes, or until doubled in size.
-
While the dough rises, make the topping. In a small bowl, combine the softened butter, chopped herbs, garlic powder, and ½ teaspoon salt. Mix until combined. Set aside 1 Tablespoon of this mixture to brush on the loaf when it comes out of the oven.
Grease a 9x5-inch loaf pan and set aside**.
-
After the rise, turn the dough onto a smooth work surface and divide into 12 equal-sized pieces. I recommend using a kitchen scale to divide the dough evenly (for me, each piece was about 55 grams).
Flatten each piece with the palm of your hand into a rough circle about 4 inches in diameter, then spread with 1-2 teaspoons of the butter mixture. Fold the piece in half like a taco, then transfer to the prepared baking pan with the fold-side down on the bottom of the pan. Repeat with the remaining pieces of dough, using all but the 1 Tablespoon of the butter mixture you've kept for brushing on the loaf when it comes out of the oven.
-
Cover the pan with plastic wrap or a clean kitchen towel and let rise 30-45 minutes until the dough is puffed. The dough should not rise above the edges of the loaf pan.
-
Preheat the oven to 350℉.
-
Bake for 30 minutes, then cover with aluminum foil and bake an additional 5-10 minutes. The final loaf will be golden brown, and if you use a kitchen thermometer, the internal temperature will reach about 200℉.
While the loaf is still warm, brush with the remaining butter mixture and sprinkle with flaky sea salt. Let the loaf cool in the pan for 10 minutes, then serve.
-
This recipe can be made without a stand mixer. To do so, mix the dough in a large mixing bowl with a wooden spoon, then knead by hand.
-
*If you are doubling or tripling this recipe, you will use 2 (for doubling) or 3 (for tripling) 9x5-inch baking pans.
Sourdough Starter
-
1 cup (113g) King Arthur Pumpernickel Flour or King Arthur Whole Wheat Flour
-
1/2 cup (113g) water, cool
-
scant 1 cup (113g) King Arthur Unbleached All-Purpose Flour
-
1/2 cup (113g) water, cool (if your house is warm), or lukewarm water (if your house is cool)
-
Day 1: Combine the pumpernickel or whole wheat flour with the cool water in a non-reactive container. Glass, crockery, stainless steel, or food-grade plastic all work fine for this. Make sure the container is large enough to hold your starter as it grows; we recommend at least 1-quart capacity.
-
Stir everything together thoroughly; make sure there's no dry flour anywhere. Cover the container loosely and let the mixture sit at warm room temperature (about 70°F) for 24 hours. See "tips," below, for advice about growing starters in a cold house.
-
Day 2: You may see no activity at all in the first 24 hours, or you may see a bit of growth or bubbling. Either way, discard half the starter (113 grams, about 1/2 cup), and add to the remainder a scant 1 cup (113 grams) King Arthur Unbleached All-Purpose Flour, and 1/2 cup (113 grams) cool water (if your house is warm); or lukewarm water (if it's cold).
-
Mix well, cover, and let the mixture rest at room temperature for 24 hours.
-
Day 3: By the third day, you'll likely see some activity — bubbling; a fresh, fruity aroma, and some evidence of expansion. It's now time to begin two feedings daily, as evenly spaced as your schedule allows. For each feeding, weigh out 113 grams starter; this will be a generous 1/2 cup, once it's thoroughly stirred down. Discard any remaining starter.
-
Add a scant 1 cup (113 grams) King Arthur Unbleached All-Purpose Flour, and 1/2 cup (113 grams) water to the 113 grams starter. Mix the starter, flour, and water, cover, and let the mixture rest at room temperature for approximately 12 hours before repeating.
-
Day 4: Weigh out 113 grams starter, and discard any remaining starter. Repeat step #6.
-
Day 5: Weigh out 113 grams starter, and discard any remaining starter. Repeat step #6. By the end of day #5, the starter should have at least doubled in volume. You'll see lots of bubbles; there may be some little "rivulets" on the surface, full of finer bubbles. Also, the starter should have a tangy aroma — pleasingly acidic, but not overpowering. If your starter hasn't risen much and isn't showing lots of bubbles, repeat discarding and feeding every 12 hours on day 6, and day 7, if necessary — as long as it takes to create a vigorous (risen, bubbly) starter. Note: see "tips," below.
-
Once the starter is ready, give it one last feeding. Discard all but 113 grams (a generous 1/2 cup). Feed as usual. Let the starter rest at room temperature for 6 to 8 hours; it should be active, with bubbles breaking the surface. Hate discarding so much starter? See "tips," below.
-
Remove however much starter you need for your recipe — typically no more than 227 grams, about 1 cup. If your recipe calls for more than 1 cup of starter, give it a couple of feedings without discarding, until you've made enough for your recipe plus 113 grams to keep and feed again.
-
Transfer the remaining 113 grams of starter to its permanent home: a crock, jar, or whatever you'd like to store it in long-term. Feed this reserved starter with 1 scant cup (113 grams) of flour and 1/2 cup (113 grams) water, and let it rest at room temperature for several hours, to get going, before covering it. If you're storing starter in a screw-top jar, screw the top on loosely rather than airtight.
-
Store this starter in the refrigerator and feed it regularly, using your normal process: Discard all but 113g starter; feed that remaining 113g starter with a scant 1 cup (113 grams) flour and 1/2 cup (113 grams) water. We recommend feeding once a week, if possible. The more frequently you feed it, the less time and effort it takes to get your starter ripe and ready for baking. For more details, see our blog post: How to make your own sourdough starter.
-
Why do you need to discard half the starter? It seems so wasteful... But unless you discard starter at some point, eventually you'll end up with a very large container of starter. Also, keeping the volume down offers the yeast more food to eat each time you feed it; it's not fighting with quite so many other little yeast cells to get enough to eat. You don't have to actually discard it if you don't want to, either; you can give it to a friend, or use it to bake. There are quite a few recipes on our site using "discard" starter, including pizza crust, pretzels, and waffles, and even chocolate cake. If you're still uncomfortable dealing with discard, though, try maintaining a smaller starter: the smaller the starter, the smaller the amount of discard.
-
Why does this starter begin with whole-grain flour? Because the wild yeast that gives sourdough starter its life is more likely to be found in the flora- and fauna-rich environment of a whole-grain flour than in all-purpose flour. What if all you have is all-purpose flour, no whole wheat? Go ahead and use all-purpose; you may find the starter simply takes a little longer to get going. Also, if you feed your starter on a long-term basis with anything other than the all-purpose flour called for here, it will probably look different (thicker or thinner, a different color) and act differently as well. Not to say you can't feed your starter with alternate flours; just that the results may not be what you expect.
-
Want to put your starter on hold for the summer, or as you go on vacation? Here's how: Drying your sourdough starter.
-
Should you use bottled water? Unless your tap water is so heavily treated that you can smell the chemicals, there's no need to use bottled water; tap water is fine.
-
A note about room temperature: the colder the environment, the more slowly your starter will grow. If the normal temperature in your home is below 68°F, we suggest finding a smaller, warmer spot to develop your starter. For instance, try setting the starter atop your water heater, refrigerator, or another appliance that might generate ambient heat. Your turned-off oven — with the light turned on — is also a good choice.
-
One of our readers offers the following thoughts about the duration of everyday feeding, which we think is great advice: "Conditions vary so widely that 7 days can be far too little. I've learned the key is to watch for a dramatic and consistent rise in the jar — at least doubling between 1 and 4 hours after feeding. This could be 7 days or less after you begin, or it could be three weeks (for me it was 12 to 14 days). I would encourage you to consider tweaking your wording a bit to guide bakers to watch for this phenomenon, rather than watch the calendar." Thanks, Ken!
Beef & Barley Soup Crock Pot
-
1 1/2 lbs Stew Meat, brought to room temperature
-
5 Cups of Beef Stock
-
2 Tbsp Olive Oil
-
1 1/2 Tbsp Minced Garlic
-
2 Tbsp Tomato Paste
-
Assorted Veggies: Chopped Carrots, Celery, and onion
-
1 Cup Potatoes, diced (Optional but recommended for a hearty touch)
-
1/2 Cup Barley
-
1 Chicken Bouillon Cube
-
Seasonings to taste: Think about a blend of seasoned salt, onion powder, garlic powder, pepper, Saison, and a dash of smoked paprika for added zest.
-
Preparation: Ensure your stew meat is at room temperature. This ensures even cooking.
-
Searing the Meat: In a large skillet or pot, heat the olive oil. Once hot, add your stew meat. You’ve seasoned it, right? Ensure it’s browned on all sides, approximately 5-6 minutes. This isn’t to cook it through, just to seal in those juicy flavors.
-
Veggies In: Once the meat is browned, set it aside on a plate. In the same skillet, harness the flavors left behind by the meat. Toss in your garlic, carrots, celery, and onions. Stir until they’re coated in the glorious mix of meat juices and olive oil.
-
Paste and Stock: Add the tomato paste to your veggies. It might be strong, but it’s essential. Mix until well combined. Pour in your beef stock, ensuring it deglazes the pan, picking up all the flavorful bits stuck at the bottom.
-
Meat’s Return: Introduce the browned meat back to the skillet. This is where the flavors marry and dance.
-
Seasoning: Here’s where you toss in that bouillon cube, enhancing the depth of flavors. Remember the herbs? Add a sprinkle of thyme and rosemary. For a subtle depth, a dash of Worcestershire sauce and soy sauce won’t hurt.
-
Simmering Time: Lower the heat, cover your pot, and let the magic happen. Simmer for about 45 minutes to an hour. Your cue? The meat should be irresistibly tender.
-
The Barley & Potatoes Touch: If you opted for potatoes, now’s their time to shine. Add them and the barley to the pot. Mix well, cover again, and let them cook for another 20-25 minutes. You’re looking for plump barley and soft potatoes.
-
Serve and Enjoy: Once done, serve it hot. Revel in the blend of flavors and textures. Each bite should give you tender meat, soft barley, and perfectly cooked veggies.
-
Note: For an even richer flavor, let it sit for a while before serving. The longer those ingredients mingle, the better the soup tastes!
-
Storage: This Beef and Barley soup stores wonderfully. If you have leftovers, let the soup cool to room temperature. Store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days. When you’re ready to indulge again, gently reheat on the stove.
-
Freezing: If you want to plan ahead, this soup freezes like a charm. Portion the cooled soup into freezer bags or containers, label them with the date, and store. It should keep its flavor for up to 2 months. To reheat, defrost in the refrigerator overnight and then warm on the stove.
-
Veggies: Feel free to mix and match vegetables based on what you have on hand. Consider adding bell peppers or green peas for a burst of color and flavor.
-
Vegan Alternative: For our plant-based friends, substitute the beef with mushrooms or tofu and use vegetable stock instead of beef stock.
-
Pairing: Serve this hearty soup with a side of crusty bread or a fresh salad. It makes for a balanced and fulfilling meal.
Sourdough English Muffins
-
1 tablespoon sourdough starter
-
⅓ cup + 1 tablespoon all-purpose flour
-
3 ½ tablespoons water
-
½ cup active sourdough starter
-
1 tablespoon honey
-
1 cup milk
-
3 cups all-purpose flour
-
1 teaspoon fine sea salt
-
¼ cup cornmeal
-
Combine the sourdough starter, milk, sugar, and salt in a large mixing bowl.
-
Mix well.
-
Gradually add the flour to the sourdough mixture, stirring until a soft dough forms. The dough should have a slight stickiness, but be manageable.
-
Cover the bowl with a clean kitchen towel and let the dough rise at room temperature until it has doubled in size, about 1 to 2 hours.
-
Sprinkle a clean surface with flour and cornmeal.
-
Turn the dough out onto the surface and sprinkle the top with more flour.
-
Roll the dough out to 1/2 inch thickness.
-
Cut out circles from the dough using a round cookie cutter or English muffin rings.
-
Place the cut dough circles on a cornmeal-dusted baking sheet, cover lightly, and let them rise again for about 30 minutes.
-
Over medium heat, heat a skillet or griddle.
-
Dust the surface lightly with cornmeal.
-
Place the dough circles on the skillet and cook for about 5 to 7 minutes on each side until golden brown and cooked through.
-
Remove the cooked English muffins from the oven and let them cool on a wire rack.
-
They are best served toasted with butter, jam, or your favorite spread.
-
Handling Sticky Dough: If the dough is too sticky to handle, add a little more flour as needed, but try to keep it as light as possible to ensure soft, fluffy muffins.
-
Cooking Evenly: Make sure the skillet or griddle is not too hot as the muffins need to cook slowly to allow the insides to cook thoroughly without burning the outside.
JoJo Gaines' Meatloaf
-
2 T butter
-
1/2 c onion chopped fine
-
1-1/2 lb ground beef (85 percent)
-
1 sleeve saltines, crushed
-
1-1/2 c. (6 oz) grated cheddar
-
2 eggs, beaten
-
1/2 c tomato sauce
-
1 t worch sauce
-
1-1/2 t salt
-
1/4 t pepper
-
2 T ketchup
-
Preheat 350
Saute onion in butter
Mix all but ketchup - do not overwork
Form loaf in 9 x 13 pan
Drizzle with ketchup
Bake to 170 degrees - about 1 hour
Let stand 10 minutes
Easy Sourdough Discard Naan
-
2 cups all-purpose flour, 280 g
-
1 teaspoon baking powder
-
½ teaspoon salt, 5 g
-
½ cup warm whole milk, 122 g
-
¼ cup full-fat plain yogurt, 65 g
-
1 teaspoon cane sugar, 4 g
-
¾ cup sourdough discard, 189 g – active will also work
-
Butter, to brush the naan with – optional
-
In a bowl, mix together the flour, baking powder, and salt until combined.
-
In a separate mixing bowl, whisk together the milk, yogurt, sugar, and sourdough discard until combined.
-
Mix in the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients until incorporated. The dough will be shaggy at first. Roll onto a clean work surface and lightly knead for about 1 minute or just until the dough comes together and is mostly smooth.
-
Place into a lightly oiled bowl and cover with a tea towel. Place somewhere warm for about 5-6 hours or until the dough has doubled in size. Check on it at the 4 hour mark.
-
Divide the dough into 8 equal portions and roll them out until they’re about 6” ovals. They don’t need to be perfect.
-
Preheat a pan or cast iron skillet over medium heat. Once hot, add one of the pieces of rolled out dough and cook for about 60-90 seconds per side.
-
Remove from the pan once done and brush with some melted butter if desired. Repeat with the remaining dough.
The Best Sourdough Tortillas
-
1 cup sourdough starter, 210 g
-
3/4 cup water, 160 g
-
1/4 cup olive oil, extra virgin (60 g)
-
1.5 tsp salt, 11 g
-
3 cups unbleached all-purpose or whole wheat, 420 g
-
Add the sourdough starter, water, oil, salt, and flour to a mixer with a dough hook.
-
Knead for 2-3 minutes in a mixer, or 5 minutes by hand. The ingredients should be fully incorporated, and the dough slightly elastic.
-
Place the dough in a greased bowl, cover with a tea towel or plastic wrap, and allow to sit at room temperature for 12-24 hours. (If you are gluten intolerant, 24 hours is better.)
-
The next day, divide the dough into 12 equal parts.
-
On a lightly floured work surface, roll each ball of dough out to about a 1/4 inch thickness. Get them as thin as you can, without them falling apart.
-
Cook them in a preheated cast iron skillet in a little coconut oil. One minute on each side is sufficient.
-
To make cooking super fast and easy, I love getting four cast iron skillets going at one time. This makes this process so much easier.
-
All-purpose and whole wheat flour will work well for this recipe. For lighter and fluffier tortillas, use unbleached all-purpose.
-
You can use active sourdough starter or discard.
-
No need for a tortilla press, you can easily just roll these out with a rolling pin.
Sourdough Discard Crackers
-
1 cup sourdough discard
-
3/4 cup AP flour, or 1 cup AP einkorn flour
-
1/4 cup butter
-
1 tablespoon dried herbs, basil, oregano, parsley, rosemary, thyme are all good options, or a combination of any of those
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
Preheat oven to 350.
-
Mix ingredients and knead the dough just until it comes together.
-
Place dough between two pieces of parchment paper and roll out as thin as possible.
-
Remove the top piece of parchment paper and brush with butter/sprinkle with more salt (optional)
-
Place the rolled out cracker dough and parchment paper onto a baking sheet.
-
Bake for 15 minutes until crispy.
-
Cut with knife of break apart and store in an air-tight container.
-
Roll between greased sheets of parchment paper.
-
The key is to get them really really thin. If you don’t, they will end up more like tortillas than crackers.
The Easiest Sourdough Discard Pizza Crust
-
Sourdough discard
-
Italian Seasoning
-
Salt
-
Olive Oil
-
Pizza Stone or Cast Iron Skillet
-
Preheat a pizza stone, or cast iron skillet, on 425 degrees.
-
When the oven is preheated, and the pans are scorching hot, take them out of the oven.
-
Drizzle your baking vessel (stone or skillet) of choice with a little extra virgin olive oil.
-
Ladle sourdough starter onto the hot pan. Now, this is the part that will really bother my recipe-lovin, rule-abidin blog readers. I am not going to give you an amount. I can't. You just spread it out until you have a nice thin layer in the size you want. If you want to see how this looks, watch the video in the blog post.
-
Hit it with another drizzle of olive oil.
-
Sprinkle it with salt and Italian seasoning.
-
It will already start to bake when it makes contact with the pan. This is totally good and expected.
-
Pop it back in the oven, until crispy, and easily pulls up from the pan. About 10 minutes.
-
This recipe is super simple because it utilizes sourdough starter (active or discard); the downside is you can’t use a regular pan. You must use a cast iron or pizza stone.
-
The secret to cooking this recipe is preheating the stone or cast iron skillet.
-
Easy sourdough pizza crust makes a super fast meal as long as you have some sauce and cheese on hand. It really takes like no time.
-
Chop up your veggie toppings while the stone or cast iron is preheating. Then sauté your veggies and/or meat while the crust is cooking, because the crust will be basically done cooking after the first bake.
-
There is one downside to this impossibly easy homemade sourdough pizza crust recipe. You can’t pour regular pasta/pizza sauce on it without it getting soft, even when it is nicely browned before you add the sauce. See my tips below to get around this.
Easy Sourdough Focaccia
-
1 cup active sourdough starter
-
1 1/2 cups warm water
-
1/2 cup extra virgin olive oil, divided (plus one tablespoon for drizzling)
-
1 tablespoon honey
-
2 teaspoons sea salt
-
4 cups all-purpose flour
-
2 sprigs fresh rosemary, chopped
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder
-
Combine the sourdough starter, water, 1/4 cup olive oil, honey, and salt in a large mixing bowl.
-
Add the flour a half cup at a time until it starts pulling away from the sides of the bowl.
-
Knead until smooth and elastic, about 10 minutes or more with stand mixer. It should pass the windowpane test.
-
Place dough in a greased bowl and cover. Let rise for 12- 24 hours.
-
Put 1/4 cup olive oil in the bottom of a baking sheet lined with parchment paper.
-
Press dough out in parchment paper lined baking sheet with a rim, pressing fingers down in the dough carefully.
-
Allow to rise for a few hours.
-
Drizzle with a few tablespoons of olive oil and sprinkle with garlic powder and chopped rosemary.
-
Bake 400 for 20 minutes.
-
Be careful not to deflate it, and press it all the way to the edges.
-
If you do not have a stand mixer you can also use the stretch and fold method. While the dough is in the bowl, grab the edge of the dough and pull up gently shaking the dough a bit while stretching it upwards. Then place the dough back in into the center of the dough. Turn the bowl a quarter turn and do this stretch and fold again, and again one to two more times. First 3 rounds of stretch and folds – every 15 minutes. Last 3 rounds of stretch and folds – every 30 minutes. Then cover and bulk rise
Sourdough Discard Chocolate Chip Cookies
-
¾ cup + 1 teaspoon (95 g) all-purpose flour
-
1 cup + 1 teaspoon (125 g) bread flour
-
1 teaspoon (5 g) fine sea salt
-
¼ teaspoon baking soda
-
½ teaspoon baking powder
-
1 large (1) egg
-
½ cup (125 g) sourdough starter discard
-
1 teaspoon (5 g) vanilla extract
-
8 tablespoons (113 g) unsalted butter
-
½ cup (100 g) light brown sugar
-
½ cup (100 g) white granulated sugar
-
1 ½ cups (340 g) chocolate chips
-
Mix the bread flour, all-purpose flour, baking soda, baking powder and salt in a small bowl. Set aside.
-
Beat the egg, vanilla extract and sourdough starter until smooth in a separate bowl. Set aside.
-
Then Place the cold, cubed butter, light brown sugar and granulated sugar into the bowl of a stand mixer with the paddle attachment.
-
Beat on low speed until the mixture forms small crumbles, 45-60 seconds.
-
Then add the chocolate chips and mix on low speed for 30-45 seconds.
-
Then add the dry ingredients and mix until the batter starts to become a crumbly mixture, 20-30 seconds.
-
Pour in the egg mixture and mix until the dough comes together and starts to pull away from the sides of the bowl, 20-30 seconds.
-
Stir the batter using a spatula, ensuring all of the ingredients have been fully incorporated.
-
Then use a cookie scoop to portion the dough into 12 balls, (about 2 scoops per cookie) and place them on a parchment-lined baking tray.
-
Cover the dough with a sheet of plastic wrap.
-
Then chill the dough in the fridge for more than 2 hours. (24 hours is best!)
-
Bake in a preheated, 375°F (190°C) oven for 15 to 17 minutes until the edges are golden brown and the center still appears slightly under-baked.
-
Take out and allow the cookies to rest on the baking sheet for 5 minutes before transferring them to a cooling rack.
-1 Cup Water (Warm, Divided) -¼ Cup Gelatin
-
Gut-healthy marshmallows recipe : Ingredients : -1 cup water (warm, divided) -¼ cup gelatin powder -1 cup honey (or maple syrup) -2 tsp vanilla (for taste) Directions : - Pour ½ cup of warm water into a bowl. Add the gelatin. Whisk slightly to incorporate and set aside. - Pour the other ½ cup of water and 1 cup of honey, and vanilla extract into a small saucepan and whisk to combine. -Slowly bring the water and honey mixture to a boil while stirring. If you have a kitchen thermometer, you want it to reach at least 240°F. Otherwise, just keep boiling, stirring constantly for 8 minutes. -Turn on mixer with water/gelatin mixture to medium speed and whisk while slowly pouring the honey/water mixture into the mixing bowl. -Then turn the mixer to high and whisk for another 10-15 minutes or until it forms soft peaks like the consistency of marshmallow cream. -Add to any tray and let cool for 2-3 hours in the fridge -(Optional) Dust with powdered sugar or cornstarch -Cut into squares and enjoy ! #guthealthy #guthealing
Ginger Bug
-
1 tablespoon grated unpeeled organic ginger
-
1 tablespoon sugar
-
1 1/2 cups filtered water
-
Stir vigorously, cover the jar with a breathable cloth, and let it sit at room temperature (around 70°F to 75°F) for 5-7 days. Feed the bug daily with 1 tablespoon grated ginger and 1 tablespoon sugar.
How to Make a Ginger Bug for Wild Fermented Sodas
-
1 Tablespoon organic fresh ginger unpeeled, grated
-
1 teaspoon raw sugar
-
3 Tablespoons filtered water unchlorinated
-
Put the unpeeled grated ginger and the sugar into a jar.
-
Add the water and stir it all around well until the sugar completely dissolves.
-
Cover the jar with a cheesecloth or other breathable cloth and a rubber band and let it sit on your counter for 24 hours. Stir it up a little every few hours or anytime you think of it.
-
Feed the ginger bug daily by adding 1 tablespoon grated ginger, 1 teaspoon sugar, and a little bit of water.
-
Keep feeding it and stirring it every day, and after a few days you should start to see some bubble action. When the jar is full and bubbly, it's ready to use.
-
Total fermentation time before the ginger bug is ready to use is 5-7 days.
Best Beef Stroganoff
-
1 Tbsp. canola oil
-
1 lb. flank, sirloin, or skirt steak, thinly sliced
-
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
-
1/4 c. (1/2 stick) unsalted butter
-
1 white onion, chopped
-
1 lb. sliced mushrooms
-
3 Tbsp. all-purpose flour
-
1 3/4 c. chicken stock
-
1/4 c. dry vermouth
-
1/2 c. sour cream
-
2 Tbsp. Dijon mustard
-
1 Tbsp. Worcestershire sauce
-
12 oz. egg noodles, cooked
-
Chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley, for garnish
-
Heat oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Season steak with salt and pepper. Cook, in 2 batches, without turning, until golden brown on one side and mostly cooked through. Transfer to a plate.
-
Add butter and onion to skillet. Season with salt and pepper. Cook, stirring occasionally, until onion begins to soften, 1 to 2 minutes. Add mushrooms and cook, stirring occasionally, until vegetables are tender, 3 to 4 minutes. Sprinkle flour over vegetables and cook, stirring, 1 minute. Stir in stock and vermouth. Cook, stirring occasionally, until thickened, 6 to 8 minutes.
-
Remove from heat and stir in sour cream, mustard, Worcestershire, and beef. Season with salt and pepper. Serve over noodles sprinkled with parsley.
Homemade Italian Dressing
-
6 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil
-
3 tablespoons white wine vinegar
-
3 tablespoons fresh lemon juice
-
1½ tablespoons finely chopped fresh parsley
-
1½ teaspoons honey
-
1½ teaspoons dried oregano
-
1 garlic clove, grated
-
¾ teaspoon Dijon mustard
-
¾ teaspoon dried thyme
-
Heaping ¼ teaspoon sea salt
-
Freshly ground black pepper
-
3 tablespoons Parmesan cheese, optional
-
In a small bowl, whisk together the oil, vinegar, lemon juice, parsley, honey, oregano, garlic, mustard, thyme, salt, and pepper.
-
If desired, stir in the cheese.
-
Make this recipe vegan by using maple syrup instead of honey and omitting the optional cheese.
Sourdough Dinner Rolls
-
1 cup sourdough starter, active and bubbly (113 g)
-
50 g sugar
-
177 g warm water
-
56 g melted butter
-
1 teaspoon sea salt, about 2 g
-
5 cups all-purpose flour, 350 g
-
Egg, for egg wash
-
Add ingredients in a stand mixer bowl.
-
Next, knead the dough on medium speed for 10 to 15 minutes with the dough hook, until it’s smooth, stretchy, and passes the windowpane test.
-
Then place your dough in a greased bowl and cover it with a cloth.
-
Allow your dough to overnight.
-
Divide the dough on the next day into 16 equal parts.
-
Roll the dough into balls and create tension.
-
Arrange the shaped rolls in a greased 9×13 or 8×8 dish.
-
Cover with a damp towel.
-
Allow your rolls to rise until doubled in size, approximately one to two hours.
-
Preheat your oven to 375
-
Brush top with egg wash.
-
Then place your rolls into the oven for about 25 to 30 minutes until they start turning golden brown.
-
Top with melted butter if desired.
-
Allow to cool, and enjoy.
-
Can I make sourdough dinner rolls ahead of time?
Absolutely! After shaping the rolls, cover them and refrigerate overnight. Allow the rolls to come to room temperature and proof before baking.
-
How do I know my starter is ready to use?
Your starter is ready when it’s bubbly, has doubled in size, and passes the float test (a small spoonful floats in water).
-
Can I freeze sourdough dinner rolls?
Absolutely! You can freeze the rolls in an airtight container for up to 3 months.
-
What can I do if my dough isn’t rising?
Check that your starter is active and the environment is warm enough. If the room is cold, place the dough in a slightly warm spot, such as inside a turned-off oven with the light on.
-
Is it possible to substitute whole wheat flour for all-purpose flour?
Yes, but whole wheat flour absorbs more water and may result in a denser texture. Start by substituting half the all-purpose flour with whole wheat, and adjust hydration as needed.
Strawberry Dole Whip - Don'T Lose This Recipe
-
2 cups frozen strawberries
-
1 cup frozen pineapple chunks
-
1/2 cup coconut milk (or any milk of your choice)
-
1-2 tablespoons honey or maple syrup (optional, for sweetness)
-
Must say something to keep getting my articles Thank you.
-
Full article in the first comment
Pancakes Made with Sourdough Starter ( Easy & Delicious! )
-
These Pancakes are incredibly easy and almost foolproof! Your family will request them over and over again!
-
1 Cup Sourdough Starter
-
1 cup whole milk
-
1 cup water
-
2 eggs
-
2 Tablespoons olive oil
-
2 Tablespoons sugar
-
1 tsp salt
-
1 tsp baking powder
-
1 tsp baking soda
-
2 cups AP flour
* NOTE: Do not over mix your batter, a few flour pockets are ok
-
#sourdoughrecipes#sourdoughpancakes#pancakes
Strawberry Dole Whip
-
3 cups frozen strawberries – I like to use strawberries that are frozen solid for the best texture. If you’re starting with fresh strawberries, just wash, hull, and freeze them first.
-
1/2 cup full-fat coconut milk – This is what makes the Dole Whip so creamy. You can use light coconut milk, but full-fat gives the best result.
-
2 tablespoons honey or maple syrup – Optional, but nice if your strawberries aren’t super sweet.
-
1 teaspoon fresh lemon juice – It might seem small, but this tiny splash of acidity really wakes up the flavor.
-
1/2 teaspoon vanilla extract – Completely optional, but it adds a little something extra.
-
Blend it up.
Start by tossing the frozen strawberries, coconut milk, lemon juice, and honey (if using) into a blender or food processor. Blend on high until the mixture starts to come together. You might need to scrape down the sides a couple of times, especially if your strawberries are really frozen. Don’t rush this part—the texture gets smoother the more you blend.
Tip: If your blender is struggling, let the strawberries sit out for a minute or two, or add an extra splash of coconut milk. Just don’t overdo it, or the mixture might get too thin. (source: Ineskohl.info)
-
Taste and tweak.
Once it’s blended, give it a taste. If your strawberries are naturally sweet, you might not need any extra sweetener. If they’re on the tart side, add another drizzle of honey or maple syrup and blend again.
-
Freeze for a firmer texture.
At this point, you could absolutely dig in—it’ll have a soft, creamy texture that’s kind of like soft-serve. But if you want it to be a little firmer (and easier to scoop), transfer the mixture to a container and pop it in the freezer for about 30–60 minutes.
-
Serve and enjoy.
Scoop the Dole Whip into bowls or cups, or swirl it into cones if you’re feeling fancy. I like to top mine with fresh strawberry slices or even a little shredded coconut for an extra treat.
-
Tips for Making the Best Strawberry Dole Whip
-
Use ripe strawberries. If your strawberries are super sweet, you might not even need to add honey or maple syrup. Frozen fruit is the star here, so the better the berries, the better the whip.
-
Don’t skip the lemon juice. I know it’s just a tiny amount, but it makes a world of difference. It brightens the flavor and keeps everything from tasting too flat.
-
Work with your blender. If your blender or food processor struggles with frozen fruit, let the strawberries thaw slightly before blending. You want them cold, but not rock-hard.
Easy Sourdough Sandwich Bread
-
500 g (4 cups) all purpose flour
-
60 g (4 tbsp.) unsalted butter, softened, cut into cubes
-
12 g (1 tbsp.) sugar
-
9 g fine sea salt
-
50 g (1/4 cup) bubbly, active sourdough starter (100% hydration)**
-
270 g (1 cup + 2 tbsp) warm water
* If the weather is not warm enough, sometimes the second risecan take longer than expected. To speed up the rise, use an 8.5×4 inch loaf pan (instead of a 9×5 inch pan), increase the amount of starter and decrease the amount of water for best results. Please choose one of the following adjustments below, keeping the rest of the ingredient quantities the same
-
100 g starter + 255 g water
-
150 g starter + 250 g water
-
Additionally, because temperature controls time you can also increase your surrounding temperature for the bulk or second rise, as needed. Place the dough in a proofing box set to 75-80 F. Or, preheat your home oven to 75-80 F and then shut it off immediately (use an oven thermometer to make sure it’s set to exactly 80 F and not higher!). Place the covered dough inside until it bulks up. Do no use this option overnight- it will be too warm.
-
Baking Schedule: this is an overnight dough which takes approximately 10-12 hrs to rise @ 68 F. Start the night before, in the evening, and plan to bake the following day. If it’s warmer than 68 F the dough will take less time to rise. Alternatively, start in the morning and bake in the afternoon or evening.
-
Mix the Dough
-
In a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, add the flour, butter, sugar and salt. Mix on low speed until combined; the butter should look like crumbs.
-
Add the starter and warm water. Mix until the flour is fully absorbed (get in there with your hands to finish mixing). The dough will feel slightly sticky and elastic at this stage. Cover with plastic wrap or a damp towel and let rest for 30 minutes. Meanwhile, replenish you starter with fresh flour and water.
-
After the dough has rested, switch to the dough hook and run the machine on medium-low (#3 on a KitchenAid) for 6-8 minutes. The dough will feel soft and supple and not stick to your hands. If it does, add a dusting of flour.
-
Note: If you do not have a stand mixer, the dough can be made by hand. After mixing and resting for 30 minutes, knead the dough on a lightly floured surface for 8-10 minutes, or until smooth, soft and elastic. Do not worry about under/over kneading. Relax into the process and focus on the texture, not the time.
-
Bulk Rise
-
Cover the bowl with plastic wrap and let rise overnight at room temperature (68 F) until double in size, about 10-12 hrs. Please refer to the Baking Schedule above for additional rise time options.
-
Shape the Dough
-
In the morning, coat an 8.5×4 inch loaf pan with butter.
-
Remove the dough onto a lightly floured work surface. Gently flatten the surface to release any large air bubbles.
-
Roll the dough into a log tucking the ends underneath. Rest for 5-10 minutes. With floured hands, gently cup the dough and pull it toward you to tighten its shape. Using a bench knife, place the dough into the loaf pan seam side down.
-
Second Rise
-
Cover the dough with lightly oiled or buttered plastic wrap. Let rest at room temperature until it has risen to about 1-inch above the rim of the pan (check the height by looking at the domed center portion of the dough). You are not looking for it to double in size. For timing, this can take anywhere from 1 1/2-2 hours (or more!) depending on temperature and the amount of sourdough starter used. Remember, the warmer it is, the faster the dough will rise. Refer to the “helpful tips” at the top of this post.
-
Preheat your oven to 375 F. Note: For higher oven spring, preheat to 500 F instead. Reduce to 375 F once the dough goes into the oven and bake as directed.
-
Bake the Dough
-
Bake the dough on the center rack for about 45-50 minutes, or until golden brown.
-
Cool in the pan for at least 10 minutes, and then transfer to a rack to cool completely.
-
This sandwich loaf will stay fresh for up to 3 days, stored in a plastic bag at room temperature.
-
For best results, please weigh your ingredients with a scale instead of using measuring cups.
-
Here’s why: weight and volume measurements are not equal, only approximate! This is especially important regarding the sourdough starter. If your starter is very bubbly, 1/4 cup might only weigh 30 g which is too little for this recipe (you need 50 g). The dough will take forever to rise! Same goes for the flour… 4 cups might end up weighing way over 500 g depending on how tight the flour was packed into the cup. You’ll end up with dry dough.
-
I used Whole Foods 365 Everyday all purpose flour for this recipe. King Arthur and Trader Joe’s ap flour will work as well. If using another brand with a lower protein content (i.e. Gold Medal, Pillsbury, Heckers) consider reducing the total water amount by 15 g.
The Best Sourdough Sandwich Bread
-
1½ cups sourdough starter (bubbling and active)
-
1½ cups lukewarm water
-
1 cup whole wheat flour
-
4-5 cups unbleached all purpose flour
-
1 tablespoon extra virgin olive oil (or any neutral oil of your choice)
-
1 teaspoon sea salt (or any salt of your choice)
-
Place the sourdough starter in a large bowl or the bowl of a stand mixer. Add to it the wholewheat flour, 1 cup of all-purpose flour, and water. Mix well and set it aside, covered, in a warm place for four hours.
-
Add 2 cups of all-purpose flour, olive oil and salt and mix. Add more flour as you knead until the dough becomes quite firm but still feels a little sticky to your fingers. You can do this by hand or in the stand mixer, using the dough hook attachment, on medium-low speed.
-
Turn out the dough on the kitchen platform or any flat surface and knead by hand for 4-5 minutes or until the dough feels smooth and springy to your fingers and barely sticks to the platform.
-
Shape into a ball and place in an oiled bowl, turning the ball of dough around once to coat the top with oil.
-
Cover tightly and place in a warm spot (like an oven with the light turned on) for at least two hours or until the dough has doubled.
-
Punch down the dough and divide into two. Roll out each half into a rectangle, about seven by 10 inches, and roll it up like a jelly roll. With the seam side down, tuck in the ends to form a loaf.
-
Prepare two loaf pans by spraying or brushing lightly with oil and then sprinkling on some cornmeal or semolina on the bottom and sides.
-
Place the loaves into the prepared loaf pans. Cover with a kitchen towel and let them stand in a warm place for at least two more hours or until the dough domes above the top of the loaf pans.
-
About half an hour before baking, preheat the oven to 425 degrees. Place the loaves in the oven and bake 40 minutes.
-
Remove the loaves from the oven, turn them out on a rack, and let them cool thoroughly before slicing.
-
You can increase salt by another teaspoon if you want to.
-
If your sourdough starter is made using someone else's recipe, you may need more or less water to form the dough. In that case add 1 cup water in step 1 and trickle in more as needed when kneading the dough in step 2.
Orange Vinegar (A "Green" Cleaner)
-
1 16- ounce canning jar*
-
2 oranges, peels only (eat the insides!)
-
White vinegar to cover
-
Curl the peels around the inside of the jar. For my last batch, I used two large oranges and would not have been able to fit another peel. If your oranges are small and you can fit another peel, feel free to add it. Pour the vinegar into the jar to cover the peels and close tightly.
-
Store the jar in a cupboard or another cool, dark place for two weeks. Then remove the orange peels and transfer the vinegar to a spray bottle.
-
For basic household cleaning purposes, I use a 1:1 ratio (equal parts) of vinegar and water.
-
You may vary the jar size. Just choose one with a tight-fitting lid, and then fill it with peels and cover with vinegar. Also, feel free to experiment with peels from other citrus fruits, like lemons, limes, and grapefruit.
-
Tip: I have used vinegar to clean our granite countertops for years with no ill effect, but some people recommend against doing so. If you are unsure as to whether vinegar should be used on a particular surface, test it in an inconspicuous spot. For anecdotal information, you may also wish to skim through the many comments below.
2-Ingredient Homemade Window Cleaner
-
The homemade window cleaner we use in our home uses just 2 ingredients: water + isopropyl alcohol. However, you can customize the mixture with some of the other household ingredients listed below. We’ll share the specific recipes (amounts & things you can combine) in a few more paragraphs, so that’s coming.
-
Empty spray bottle ( glass or plastic)
-
Water or distilled water
-
70% Isopropyl alcohol (aka rubbing alcohol)
-
White vinegar (optional)
-
Mild dish soap (optional)
-
Essential oils (optional)
-
Cornstarch (optional)
-
Funnel and measuring cups
-
Most of these ingredients cost you no more than $2 or $3 each. We spent $4.50 total and can make 2-3x as much cleaner as what comes in a $4 bottle of Windex!
-
It’s tempting to repurpose that old Windex spray bottle for your new cleaner. However, residual chemicals in the bottle can cause nasty, and even toxic reactions if you’re not careful. For instance, bleach and vinegar should never be mixed because they release poisonous chlorine gas. So it’s safest to use new bottles for your homemade cleaners. We use these with built-in labels! If you must use an existing bottle, clean it thoroughly with soap and water.
-
Many store-bought window cleaners overcomplicate their formulas with scents, colors, and harsh chemicals like ammonia (which at least one member of our household is allergic to). Making a DIY window cleaner allows you to add only what’s needed to get the job done!
-
Distilled water doesn’t have mineral deposits like ordinary tap water, especially in areas with “hard water.” Because hard water is alkaline, it can undercut the acidic cleaning power of other ingredients.
-
Rubbing alcohol is a powerful solvent and disinfectant. The alcohol also evaporates quickly, reducing streaks and water spots.
-
White vinegar contains acetic acid which helps break down grime and mineral deposits without damaging surfaces.
-
Dish soap breaks down grease and oil. It can also add a pleasant fragrance, or cover up the harsher scents of the other ingredients.
-
Essential oils allow you to customize the scent of your homemade cleaner. Just use 5 drops or less because excess oil can cause streaking and build-up on your glass.
-
Cornstarch is a mild abrasive that can help remove built-up dirt, like on exterior windows. But be sure to rinse it off thoroughly after use to avoid residue if you add this to your formula.
-
Alcohol Based: 1 cup water + 1 cup rubbing alcohol
-
Vinegar Based: 2 cups water + 1/4 cup white vinegar
-
Lighter odor, lighter duty: 2 cups water + 1/4 cup isopropyl alcohol + 1/4 cup white vinegar
-
Grease Cutting Boost: Add 1/2 tsp or 5-10 drops of mild dish soap to any of the above
-
Fragrance Boost: Add 5 drops of any essential oil to any of the above
-
Scrub Boost: Add 1 tbsp of cornstarch to any of the above (remember, if you add this, it’ll be abrasive and scrub the window surface more, but it must be thoroughly rinsed off, so it’s an extra step).
-
WAIT FOR SHADE
-
Avoid cleaning in direct sunlight or while the glass is still warm from sun exposure. Hot glass will cause your spray to dry out prematurely, leaving streaks and spots. It’s best to clean cool glass so your cleaner can evaporate on its own.
-
DUST FIRST
-
Use an extra microfiber cloth or lint-free rag to wipe off surface dust, dirt, and grime before spraying the glass with cleaner. This will help you get a more thorough clean, rather than just moving wet dust around.
-
SPRAY, WAIT, WIPE
-
Let your homemade cleaner sit and soak on your window for several seconds before wiping it away. This gives the solvents time to loosen dirt and grime, requiring less elbow grease on your part.
-
WIPE IN A “BOX + S” PATTERN
-
Remember two motions when wiping your window clean. Start with a “box” around the edges of your window or mirror, making sure to get into corners (see the teal path in the photo below). Next, wipe back and forth in a continuous “S,” always working from top to bottom (like the purple path below).
-
USE THE RIGHT CLOTH
Homemade Dish Soap Bar
-
25.02 oz Coconut Oil
-
1.09 oz Castor Oil
-
1.09 oz Tallow
-
10.34 oz Water
-
4.88 oz Lye (NaOH)
-
15-20 drops of Essential Oils (optional)
-
Weigh out coconut oil, castor oil, and tallow in a small saucepan.
-
Melt oils over low-medium heat.
-
Once melted, remove from heat to let cool.
-
Meanwhile, using protective gloves and eyewear, measure out lye and water. We always measure our water in a stainless steel bowl to make the lye-water solution in.
-
Bring lye and water outside or in a well ventilated area. Slowly add lye to water.
-
Mix lye into water gently until completely dissolved and the solution changes from cloudy to clear.
-
Let lye solution sit for 10-15 minutes to cool.
-
Once lye water has cooled and the oils are down to 100°F, carefully pour lye solution into oils.
-
Using an immersion blender, blend mixture together for 10-20 seconds until they are emulsified (a thin pudding texture).
-
Add essential oils and blend again for a few more seconds.
-
Pour soap mixture into soap molds (we love these sweet sunflower molds).
-
Let sit for 24 hours and remove from molds. If making soap bars, now is the time to slice into bars.
-
Place soap bars on a dry rack or something similar in a well-ventilated, cool and dark area for 4 weeks to cure.
Pumpkin Pie Bites
-
1 ½ cup pumpkin puree ripe
-
2 bananas
-
1 egg
-
¼ cup honey
-
1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
¼ teaspoon ground ginger
-
¼ teaspoon ground nutmeg
-
¼ teaspoon sea salt
-
2 egg
-
1 can coconut milk full fat
-
1 teaspoon pure vanilla extract
-
Preheat your oven to 350 F.
-
In a bowl, combine all the ingredients for the pumpkin bites and blend until smooth using a hand blender.
-
Spoon the mixture into small muffin cups.
-
Bake in the preheated oven for 25 to 30 minutes.
-
In a bowl, whip the two egg whites with a hand blender until they start to look like whipped cream; then slowly add the coconut milk while blending.
-
Keep blending until you get a whipped cream texture, and add in the vanilla.
-
Top each bite with whipped cream and serve.
Donhenrietta Freshwater
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 teaspoon sugar
-
1/2 teaspoon active dry yeast (optional, but recommended for a lighter texture)
-
1 cup lukewarm water
-
Vegetable oil or butter for brushing
-
# Instructions
-
*Combine dry ingredients*: In a large mixing bowl, whisk together the flour, salt, sugar, and yeast (if using).
-
*Add lukewarm water*: Gradually add the lukewarm water to the dry ingredients and mix until a dough forms.
-
*Knead the dough*: Knead the dough for 5-10 minutes until it becomes smooth and elastic. You can use a stand mixer with a dough hook attachment or knead by hand.
-
*Rest the dough*: Cover the dough with plastic wrap or a damp cloth and let it rest for 30 minutes to 1 hour.
-
*Divide the dough*: Divide the dough into 4-6 equal pieces, depending on how large you want your flatbreads to be.
-
*Roll out the dough*: Roll out each piece of dough into a thin circle, about 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick.
-
*Brush with oil or butter*: Brush the dough with a little vegetable oil or melted butter.
-
*Cook the flatbread*: Heat a non-stick skillet or griddle over medium heat. Cook the flatbread for 1-2 minutes on each side, until it's golden brown and puffed up.
-
*Repeat with remaining dough*: Repeat the process with the remaining dough pieces.
-
*Serve*: Serve the Turkish flatbread warm, either on its own or with your favorite toppings, such as cheese, herbs, or meats.
-
# Tips
-
Use a high-quality all-purpose flour that will give your flatbread a tender and soft texture.
-
Make sure the water is lukewarm, as cold water can slow down the yeast's activity.
-
Don't overwork the dough, as this can lead to a dense and tough flatbread.
-
If you want a crisper crust, you can bake the flatbread in a preheated oven at 400°F (200°C) for 5-7 minutes.
-
Enjoy your delicious homemade Turkish flatbread!
Gluten Free English Muffins
-
2 cups gluten-free all-purpose flour (ensure it contains xanthan gum)
-
1 tablespoon baking powder
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 tablespoon sugar
-
1 cup warm milk (dairy or non-dairy)
-
2 large eggs
-
2 tablespoons olive oil or melted butter
-
1 teaspoon apple cider vinegar
-
Cornmeal or gluten-free flour (for dusting)
-
Olive oil or butter (for greasing the skillet)
-
Mixing bowls
-
Whisk or electric mixer
-
Measuring cups and spoons
-
Muffin rings or round cookie cutters (optional)
-
Non-stick skillet or griddle
-
Spatula
-
Kitchen towel or plastic wrap
-
Mix Dry Ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, whisk together the gluten-free flour, baking powder, salt, and sugar until well combined.
Combine Wet Ingredients: In a separate bowl, mix the warm milk, eggs, olive oil (or melted butter), and apple cider vinegar. Whisk until smooth.
Combine Wet and Dry: Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients. Mix until a thick, sticky dough forms. The dough will be softer than traditional English muffin dough but should hold together well.
-
Let It Rise: Cover the bowl with a kitchen towel or plastic wrap and let the dough rest for about 30 minutes. This resting period allows the ingredients to meld and helps the muffins rise.
-
Prepare the Cooking Surface: Lightly grease your skillet or griddle with olive oil or butter. Dust the surface with cornmeal or gluten-free flour to prevent sticking.
Form the Muffins: After the dough has rested, use a spoon or your hands to scoop out portions of the dough (about 1/4 cup each). Shape them into round patties, about 1-inch thick. If you have muffin rings, you can place them on the skillet and fill them with dough for a more uniform shape.
-
Heat the Skillet: Preheat the skillet over medium-low heat. Once hot, place the muffins on the skillet, leaving space between them to allow for expansion.
Cook the Muffins: Cover the skillet with a lid and cook for about 7-10 minutes on one side until they are golden brown. Flip them carefully and cook for another 7-10 minutes on the other side. The internal temperature should reach 200°F (93°C) when done.
Check for Doneness: The muffins should be firm to the touch and have a nice golden color on both sides. If they are browning too quickly, reduce the heat.
-
Cool the Muffins: Once cooked, transfer the muffins to a wire rack to cool. Let them cool for a few minutes before slicing.
Serve: Toast the muffins and serve them warm with butter, jam, or your favorite toppings. They can also be used for breakfast sandwiches or served with eggs.
-
Use Quality Gluten-Free Flour: Ensure your gluten-free flour blend contains xanthan gum for proper structure and texture.
Adjust Liquid as Needed: Depending on the brand of gluten-free flour, you may need to adjust the amount of liquid slightly. The dough should be thick but not dry.
Cook on Low Heat: Cooking on low to medium-low heat is important to ensure the muffins cook through without burning on the outside.
Store Properly: Store leftover muffins in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days or freeze for longer storage.
The Best Chicken Marinade (For Grilling or Baking)
-
½ cup extra virgin olive oil
-
½ cup balsamic vinegar or other vinegar
-
¼ cup soy sauce I use low sodium soy sauce
-
¼ cup Worcestershire sauce
-
⅛ cup lemon juice
-
¾ cup brown sugar
-
2 teaspoon dried rosemary
-
2 tablespoon Dijon mustard or Spicy Brown mustard
-
1 ½ teaspoons salt
-
1 teaspoon ground black pepper
-
2 teaspoon garlic powder
-
6 chicken breasts or 3.5 lb chicken
-
Combine all marinade ingredients in a large mixing bowl and whisk together. Remove a half a cup of marinade and reserve for basting the chicken later.
-
Place chicken in a large resealable bag and pour marinade over the top. Gently massage chicken breasts and be sure to close bag securely. (If you have less time, consider poking holes in the chicken with a fork to allow the marinade to penetrate quickly.)
-
Refrigerate chicken and marinate for at least 30 minutes and up to 24 hours. I find 4 to 6 hours to be perfect.
-
Preheat grill to medium high heat and lightly oil the grates.
-
Remove the chicken from the marinade, letting the excess drip off. Grill chicken for 5 to 6 minutes on each side or until cooked through.
-
Baste the chicken occasionally with the reserved marinade.
-
Once the chicken has reached 165°F, remove chicken from grill and tent with foil. Let chicken rest for at least 5 minutes before serving.
-
Optional.
-
If you bring the reserved marinade up to a boil, let simmer until slightly reduced, it makes a wonderful sauce to go on top of the chicken.
-
I’ve marinated my chicken for as few as 30 minutes and the chicken was still phenomenal. Basically, the longer you have to marinate the better but don’t worry if you don’t have a lot of time.
-
Grilling: Preheat grill to medium high heat and lightly oil the grates. Remove the chicken from the marinade, letting the excess drip off. Grill chicken for 5 to 6 minutes on each side or until cooked through. Chicken needs to reach an internal temperature of 165°F. Baste the chicken occasionally with the reserved marinade. Remove chicken from grill and tent with foil. Let chicken rest for at least 5 minutes before serving.
-
Baking: Preheat oven to 400°F. Place marinated chicken on a shallow baking sheet or baking pan and cook for 18 to 22 minutes (or 450F for 15 to 18 minutes if you’re in a hurry) or until chicken reaches an internal temperature of 165°F. Let chicken rest for at least 5 minutes before serving. Baste as often as you can for best flavor.
-
Stovetop: Preheat a skillet over medium high and lightly grease. Cook chicken for 8 to 10 minutes on each side or until chicken reaches an internal temperature of 165°F. Let chicken rest for at least 5 minutes before serving. Use a stovetop grill pan for those pretty sear marks!
Sourdough Hamburger Buns
-
2 teaspoons ( 10 g) unfed sourdough starter
-
3 tablespoons ( 25 g) all-purpose flour
-
5 teaspoons ( 25 g) water
-
¼ cup ( 50 g) active sourdough starter
-
3 cups ( 360 g) all-purpose flour
-
1 cup ( 240 g) water
-
1 ½ tablespoons ( 30 g) honey
-
1 ½ teaspoons ( 10 g) salt
-
1 egg
-
1 tablespoon water
-
sesame seeds (optional topping)
-
FEED YOUR SOURDOUGH STARTER
-
12 hours before you plan to mix the dough, add the ingredients to make ¼ cup (50 g) of active sourdough starter to a clean jar. Stir until combined, loosely cover the jar and let the starter rise at room temperature. The sourdough starter is ready to use when it has doubled in size and there are plenty of bubbles on the surface and sides of the jar.
(The ingredients will create a total of 60 g active starter but some of it will stick to the sides of the jar during the transfer, so we are making a little more than needed.)
-
MIX THE DOUGH
-
Add the ingredients to a large mixing bowl and use a spatula or your hands to mix them together until there are no dry bits in the bottom of the bowl. Cover the bowl and allow the dough to rest on the counter for 30 minutes.
-
PERFORM 3 SETS OF STRETCH AND FOLDS
-
Wet your hand with a little water to prevent sticking. Pick up the dough on one side and stretch it up and over itself. Turn the bowl a quarter turn and repeat this step until you have turned the bowl a full circle. The dough should form into a tight ball.
Cover the bowl and let the dough rest for 30 minutes.
Repeat the stretch and fold process two more times.
-
FIRST RISE
-
Cover the bowl and allow the dough to rise until doubled. (This took 6 hours in my 72°F (22°C) kitchen.)
-
After the dough has doubled, you can place the dough in the fridge for up to 2 days to bake them later OR proceed to the next step. See notes.
-
SHAPE AND SECOND RISE
-
Turn the dough out onto a floured surface. Divide the dough into 6 equal portions of 112-115 grams each.
-
Working with one portion at a time, shape the dough into a ball. Lightly flour the top of the dough and then place it on a parchment paper lined baking sheet. Repeat with the remaining dough.
-
Cover the sheet with a clean kitchen towel and allow the buns to rise at room temperature until puffy, 1-2 hours.
-
BAKE
-
Preheat your oven to 375°F (190°C). Mix the egg with the water in a small bowl and lightly brush the top of each dough ball. Sprinkle sesame seeds on top if desired. Bake for 25 minutes or until the buns are golden brown.
-
Remove the buns from the oven and allow them to cool before slicing.
-
If you decide to put the dough in the fridge after the first rise take note that you will need to let the dough rise longer during the second rise due to the dough being cold.
Sourdough Cheese Crackers
-
200g sourdough discard (1 cup, stirred, unfed starter)
-
2 tablespoons unsalted butter, melted
-
¼ tsp fine sea salt
-
1 cup medium cheddar cheese, shredded (loosely packed, ~60g)
-
Optional seasonings: flaky sea salt, everything bagel blend, sesame seeds, or your favorite toppings.
-
Instructions Step 1. Preheat oven to 350°F (175°C). Prepare a baking sheet by lining it with parchment paper. Step 2. Make the dough by melting butter in a mixing bowl. Let the melted butter cool down a little, then mix it with the sourdough discard and salt. Fold the shredded cheddar cheese into the dough until distributed evenly.
-
Spread the mixture – Pour the batter onto the prepared sheet. Using an offset spatula, spread it into a thin, nearly transparent layer (aim for a rectangle about 11×14 inches).
-
Add seasoning – Lightly dust the surface with flaky salt or your preferred toppings. Keep it subtle to avoid overpowering the flavor.
-
Bake and score – Bake for 10 minutes, then remove from the oven. Using a pizza cutter, score the dough into bite-sized squares. For a classic look, poke a small hole in the center of each with the back of a skewer.
-
Bake again – Put it back in the oven for another 20 minutes or until the crackers are golden and crispy. If they are still soft, bake a little longer until crunchy.
-
Cool and store: Let the crackers cool fully on the baking sheet to dry out. Once cooled, store them in an airtight container or zip bag for up to a week.
-
✅ Zero Waste Cooking – A clever way to repurpose sourdough discard instead of tossing it. Less waste, more flavor!
-
Bold, Cheesy Flavor – The sharp cheddar perfectly complements the tangy sourdough, creating an irresistible, savory crunch.
-
Fully Customizable – Personalize your crackers with your favorite seasonings—you could try garlic powder, smoked paprika, or a dash of chili flakes for a delicious spin.
-
Simple Ingredients, Big Taste – With kitchen staples, these crackers come together with no need for a trip to the store.
-
Kid-Approved & Snack-Worthy – Crunchy, cheesy, and fun to munch on, everyone from kids to adults will adore these homemade snacks!
-
Versatile & Entertaining-Friendly – Perfect for charcuterie boards, dipping, or simply enjoying as a wholesome, homemade snack.
-
Tips for Perfect Sourdough Cheese Crackers
-
✔ Spread Thin & Even – A uniform layer ensures crisp, evenly baked crackers. If the dough is too thick, the crackers may turn out chewy instead of crunchy.
-
✔ Use Parchment Paper – This prevents sticking and makes transferring the crackers a breeze. No need to fight with the baking sheet!
-
✔ Score Before They Harden – Cutting the crackers while they’re still slightly soft (after the first bake) makes breaking them apart much easier. A pizza cutter works best for clean lines.
-
✔ Crisp Them Up – If your crackers aren’t crunchy enough after baking, pop them back in for 2-3 minute intervals until golden brown and fully crisp.
-
✔ Cool Completely – Let them sit on the baking sheet for a bit before putting them away–this lets them set and gets you that great snap.
-
✔ Experiment with Flavors – Smoked paprika, garlic powder, even a pinch of cayenne—depth upon depth.
-
Swap the Cheese – Try Parmesan for a nutty bite, Gouda for a creamy twist, or Pepper Jack for a spicy kick.
-
Seasoning Boost – Experiment with flavors like garlic powder, smoked paprika, dried rosemary, or chili flakes for a bold twist.
-
Dairy-Free Alternative – Use plant-based butter and dairy-free cheese to make these crackers vegan-friendly.
-
Gluten-Free Option – While sourdough discard contains gluten, you can try using a gluten-free sourdough starter if you have one.
-
Extra Crunch Factor – Sprinkle in sesame seeds, flaxseeds, or sunflower seeds for added texture and a nutty flavor.
-
❓ Can I use an active sourdough starter instead of discard? Yes, but the flavor will be milder. Discard has a tangier taste, which enhances the cheesy bite. ❓ Why aren’t my crackers crispy?
They may be too thick or underbaked. Spread the batter thinly and bake until golden and firm. If necessary, return them to the oven for a few more minutes.
-
❓ How do I store these crackers?
Store them in an *airtight container* at room temperature for up to one week. For additional crunch, feel free to pop them in the oven for a few minutes just before serving. ❓ Can I freeze these crackers? Yes! Store in a sealed container and freeze for up to 3 months. Reheat in the oven to bring back their crunch.
-
❓ Can I make them without cheese?
Yes, but they won’t have the same richness. You can try using nutritional yeast or a plant-based cheese alternative for a dairy-free option.
-
Charcuterie Board Staple – Serve with cured meats, olives, and fresh fruits for a gourmet snack.
-
Dip & Dunk – Dip into hummus, guacamole, or a creamy spinach dip for a flavorful bite.
-
Soup Companion – Serve along tomato soup, chowders, or stews for a crunchy contrast.
-
Salad Topper – Crush and sprinkle over salads for an extra crispy texture.
-
Perfect with Wine – Complement with a glass of white wine like Chardonnay or a bold red like Cabernet Sauvignon.
-
Lunchbox Favorite – Pack in lunchboxes for a fun, homemade alternative to store-bought crackers.
Sourdough Discard Brown Bread
-
450 grams water, warmed about 1 ¾ cup plus 2 Tablespoons
-
80 grams molasses about ¼ cup
-
175 grams honey about ½ cup
-
9 grams instant yeast 1 Tablespoon
-
200 grams sourdough discard heaping ¾ cup
-
30 grams cocoa powder about 5 Tablespoons
-
14 grams salt about 2 teaspoons
-
460 grams whole wheat flour freshly milled, about 3 ⅓ cups
-
550 grams bread flour about 4 cups
-
Mix: To the bowl of a stand mixer add the warm water, molasses, honey and instant yeast. Look for the yeast to give off a “yeasty” smell telling you that it is active and ready. See recipe notes for using dry active yeast.
Add the sourdough discard, cocoa powder, salt, whole wheat flour and bread flour. I like to reserve a little of the flour (a little less than a cup) and add it in as needed. Knead the dough for 8-10 minutes until cohesive and strong. The dough should pull away from the sides of the bowl or gather all together as it kneads. It will feel tacky to the touch, but should not be overly sticky. If it is very sticky, add a little bit more flour 10-20 grams at a time until it feels tacky and workable. This dough can also be kneaded about 10-20 minutes by hand.
-
Bulk Rise: Transfer the dough to a large container and cover with a plastic shower cap or kitchen towel. Let rise for about an hour or two until doubled in size. The warmer you keep the dough, the faster the dough will rise.
-
Separate: Once the dough has doubled in size and is light and airy, dump the dough on the countertop and separate into two equal portions.
-
Shape: Pat one of the portions out into a rectangle. Starting at the edge closest to you, roll up the dough. Take care to press in the dough at the seam after each roll and pinch the seam closed at the end. Pinch and round the ends of the dough just a bit to get a uniform loaf. Place in a greased 8.5-by-4.5 loaf pan and cover (I use a plastic shower cap or plastic wrap). Repeat with remaining portion of dough. You can watch a shaping video here.
-
Rise: Let the bread rise in the pan until the dough has risen over the edge of the loaf pan. Press in gently on the dough with a finger. If the dough springs back immediately, it needs a little more time to rise. If it leaves a little indentation and springs back just a little bit, it is ready to bake.
Note: Keeping the dough at a warm temperature will encourage this bread to rise more quickly. Do not bake the bread until it has at least doubled in size.
-
Bake: Pre-heat oven to 350ºF. Bake loaves of bread for 40-45 minutes until the loaf is baked through and the internal temperature is about 200ºF. Spread melted butter on the tops of the loaves if desired. Let bread cool completely before slicing for sandwiches. Enjoy!
-
Sourdough Discard: I use 100% hydration sourdough discard in discard recipes. You can use fresh, bubbly sourdough starter or discard that’s been in your refrigerator for a week. The older the discard, the more sour your bread will taste.
Crispy Onion Flatbread
-
Red onions : 2 (sliced into thin rings)
-
Yellow onions : 2 (sliced into thin rings)
-
Olive oil : ¼ cup (50 g)
-
Water : 1 ½ cups (350 ml)
-
Flour : 1 ⅔ cups (200 g)
-
Salt : 1 tsp (fine)
-
Vegan parmesan : ⅓ cup (40 g)
-
Cornmeal : 2 tbsp (20 g)
-
Large bowl
-
Whisk
-
Medium saucepan
-
Rectangular baking tray
-
Parchment paper
-
Prepare the Onions : Slice the red and yellow onions into thin rings and soak them in cold water for 5-10 minutes. Drain well afterward.
-
Make the Dough Base : In a large bowl, whisk together the water, flour, olive oil, and salt until the mixture is smooth and forms a fairly liquid batter.
-
Add the Onions : Stir in the drained onions into the batter until they are evenly coated.
-
Prepare the Baking Tray : Line a rectangular baking tray with parchment paper, drizzle with olive oil, and pour the batter into the tray, spreading it out evenly.
-
Topping : Sprinkle the grated vegan parmesan evenly over the onions, followed by a light dusting of the cornmeal.
-
Final Touch : Drizzle a little olive oil on top to give extra flavor and crispness.
-
Bake : Preheat your fan oven to 392°F (200°C). Bake the Schiacciata for 45-60 minutes or until golden and crispy on the edges.
-
Serve : Once baked, take it out of the oven, let it cool for a few minutes, and serve warm.
-
Safety Notes : Ensure the oven is preheated to the correct temperature to avoid undercooked flatbread. Handle hot items with oven mitts.
-
Substitutions : You can use regular parmesan if you're not following a vegan diet. For the onions, you can substitute with shallots or leeks.
-
Storage : Store any leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Reheat in the oven or microwave before serving.
Italian Penicillin Soup
-
8 cups vegetable broth
-
1 onion, peeled and quartered
-
¼ inch ginger
-
2 carrots, peeled
-
4 sticks celery, sliced in half
-
6 cloves garlic
-
1 tsp salt, omit if vegetable broth is already salty
-
1½ cup dry pastina
-
freshly cracked black pepper
-
fresh parsley, chopped
-
1 Soup pot
-
1 Pasta pot
-
1 High-speed blender or immersion blender
-
Add water or vegetable broth to a pot and bring to a boil. Add all of your vegetables, and simmer for 25 minutes, until slightly softened.
-
Cook pastina separately while the vegetables are simmering.
-
Using a slotted spoon, carefully spoon out the whole vegetables and transfer them to your blender, with around 2 cups of the broth. Allow to cool until safe to handle, then blend until a thick puree is formed.
-
Pour that back into your broth and stir. To a bowl, add your cooked pastina or pasta of choice, and pour the broth over the top. Top with fresh parsley and black pepper, and enjoy.
-
Use any small pasta shape, including orzo, mini shells, or alphabet pasta.
-
Want to really clear your sinuses? Add a chili or two to your broth!
-
Adjust the level of salt to taste. If your vegetable broth is already salty, you may hold off on adding any more salt.
-
If you love this recipe, you can add variety by swapping out some ingredients (e.g. pumpkin in place of carrot) or adding extras like red lentils or spinach.
-
If you want a heavier creamy base, add some coconut milk or a handful of cashews to the blender before combining the veggies.
-
You can add as little or as much pasta as you like.
3 H 1 ·
-
My favorite sandwich loaf recipe!!
-
I usually start at 4pm ish and let it rise overnight and bake it after work the next day!
-
(This makes 1 loaf- I usually double)
-
400 grams of bread flour
-
200 grams of water
-
100 grams of active starter
-
20 grams of local raw honey
-
20 grams of olive oil
-
8 grams of salt
-
Combine everything in a bowl and knead until a soft, smooth dough forms.
-
Cover and let it rest for 1hr
-
1 set of stretch and fold, rest 1 hour. (Do this 2 times)
-
Stretch the dough out on the counter to form a rectangle.
-
Roll up the dough so it forms a cylinder and place it in a greased bread pan.
-
cover with Saran Wrap.
-
Let it double in size on your counter (I leave mine on the counter overnight. Usually 8:30pm- 6am)
-
Once doubled, place in fridge for a few hours. I do all day then bake after work.
-
Preheat oven to 375° F. Bake for 40 minutes, top should be a soft golden brown.
-
Butter the top and let cool before slicing.
Best Beef Stroganoff
-
1 Tbsp. canola oil
-
1 lb. flank, sirloin, or skirt steak, thinly sliced
-
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
-
1/4 cup (1/2 stick) unsalted butter
-
1 white onion, chopped
-
1 lb. sliced mushrooms
-
3 Tbsp. all-purpose flour
-
1 3/4 cups chicken stock
-
1/4 cup dry vermouth
-
1/2 cup sour cream
-
2 Tbsp. Dijon mustard
-
1 Tbsp. Worcestershire sauce
-
12 oz. egg noodles, cooked
-
Chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley, for garnish
-
Heat oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Season steak with salt and pepper. Cook, in 2 batches, without turning, until golden brown on one side and mostly cooked through. Transfer to a plate.
-
Add butter and onion to skillet. Season with salt and pepper. Cook, stirring occasionally, until onion begins to soften, 1 to 2 minutes. Add mushrooms and cook, stirring occasionally, until vegetables are tender, 3 to 4 minutes. Sprinkle flour over vegetables and cook, stirring, 1 minute. Stir in stock and vermouth. Cook, stirring occasionally, until thickened, 6 to 8 minutes.
-
Remove from heat and stir in sour cream, mustard, Worcestershire, and beef. Season with salt and pepper. Serve over noodles sprinkled with parsley.
Spicy Smoked Chex Mix
-
2 cups Rice Chex
-
2 cups Corn Chex
-
2 cups Life Cereal
-
2 cups Shreddies Cereal
-
2 cups pretzels
-
2 cups Goldfish crackers
-
2 cups pita crackers small crackers
-
1 cup roasted peanuts
-
1/2 cup butter salted
-
2 tablespoons Worcestershire sauce
-
2 teaspoons garlic powder
-
1 teaspoon chipotle powder
-
1 teaspoon onion powder
-
1/2 teaspoon smoked paprika
-
Preheat your smoker to 180-F. I use a Traeger pellet grill/smoker for this Smoked Chex Mix recipe, but any smoker will do nicely.
-
Measure all the dry ingredients and add them to a large foil pan.
-
Melt the butter and mix it with the Worcestershire sauce, garlic powder, chipotle powder, onion powder, and smoked paprika.
-
Drizzle the butter and spice mixture over the cereal, pretzels, nuts, and crackers. Then, mix well to distribute the sauce.
-
Smoke the mixture at 180-F for 30 minutes to get a good bit of smoke flavor, then turn the temperature up to 225-F.
-
Smoke the party mix for 60-90 minutes, stirring every 20 minutes or so.
-
Cool and serve!
-
Chef Jenn’s Tips
-
If you have super smoke, set it to super smoke and skip the first 30 minutes at 180-F.
-
Use a jumbo foil pan or a large sheet pan – you want the party mix in a thin layer for the best smoke flavor.
-
This mix has a mild spice level – double the chipotle pepper or add 1/2 teaspoon of cayenne to the mix if you want it spicier.
Easy Homemade Ketchup
-
onion
-
Sriracha
-
roasted red pepper
-
roasted garlic
-
apple cider vinegar
-
brown sugar
-
allspice
-
In a saucepan, stir together all of the ingredients until combined and bring everything to a simmer.
-
Allow the ketchup to simmer, while stirring often, for about 5-10 minutes until the sugar has dissolved and everything is well combined.
-
If the ketchup is too thick, you can add more water 1 tablespoon at a time until it reaches your desired consistency. I like using ¼ cup + 2 tablespoons of water total for my ketchup.
-
Taste and adjust the seasonings as desired, adding more sugar for sweetness, vinegar for tartness or salt for saltiness.
-
Turn off the heat and allow the ketchup to cool completely before transferring it to an airtight jar or container.
-
You can experiment with different flavor variations by adding any of the following ingredients:
-
onion
-
Sriracha
-
roasted red pepper
-
roasted garlic
-
apple cider vinegar
-
brown sugar
-
allspice
Easy 15-Minute Sweet and Sour Chicken
-
¾ cup granulated sugar
-
½ cup apple cider vinegar
-
¼ cup ketchup
-
2 tablespoons low-sodium soy sauce
-
1 tablespoon sesame oil
-
1 tablespoon light brown sugar, packed
-
3 cloves garlic, pressed or finely minced
-
2 tablespoons cold water
-
1 tablespoon cornstarch
-
1.25 pounds boneless skinless chicken breasts, cut into 1-inch pieces (boneless skinless chicken thighs may be substituted)
-
3 tablespoons cornstarch
-
salt and pepper, to taste
-
3 to 4 tablespoons olive oil, plus more if necessary
-
2 green onions, sliced into thin rounds, optional for garnishing
-
1 tablespoon sesame seeds, optional for garnishing
-
To a medium saucepan, add all ingredients except water and cornstarch, whisk to combine, and bring to a boil over medium-high heat.
-
To a small bowl, add the water, cornstarch, and stir to combine.
-
Add the water and cornstarch mixture to saucepan, reduce heat to low, and allow sauce to simmer for about 5 minutes while you make the chicken; whisk intermittently.
-
To a large ziptop bag, add the chicken, cornstarch, salt and pepper to taste, seal, and shake to coat chicken evenly.
-
To a large skillet, add 3 to 4 tablespoons olive oil, chicken, and cook over medium-high heat for about 5 to 7 minutes, or until chicken has cooked through. Stir and flip intermittently to ensure even cooking. If skillet seems dry while cooking, add an additional tablespoon or two of oil as necessary.
-
After chicken has cooked though, reduce heat to low, add the sauce, stir to coat evenly, and allow it to simmer for a minute or two.
-
Optionally garnish with green onions, sesame seeds, and serve immediately.
-
Chicken is best warm and fresh but will keep airtight in the fridge for up to 5 days.
How to Make Black Seed Oil
-
Dry roast nigella seeds for about 2-3 minutes on low heat. Allow them to cool and then grind them into a powder.
-
Add the powdered seeds to coconut or olive oil on low heat. Do not overheat the mixture.
-
Place the mixture in a glass jar and expose it to sunlight for 5-6 consecutive days. Cover the jar but do not strain the mixture.
-
In the evening, bring the jar indoors and store it in a cool, dark place.
-
After 5-6 days, the oil is ready to use. Store it in glass bottles or jars; it can keep for up to a year.
-
This method is a traditional way to make black seed oil at home and can be found in various sources, including a recipe on Cookpad. 6
-
Alternatively, you can purchase cold-pressed black seed oil from reputable brands like Amazing Herbs, which uses high-quality Turkish Nigella sativa seeds and unique screw-type presses to extract the oil. 1
2 Ingredient Onion Ring Chips (Low Carb)
-
2 small white onions, sliced 1/4 inch thick rounds
-
7 oz shredded parmesan cheese
-
1/2 tbs olive oil
-
salt, garlic powder + paprika, to taste
-
serve with Lazy Tzatziki
-
Preheat oven to 400℉. Line an 12×17 inch rimmed baking sheet with parchment paper.
-
Sprinkle the baking sheet with the cheese so that there is a thin even layer of cheese. Next, line up the onion ring slices so that they are not overlapping but right next to one another. Brush tops of onion rings with olive oil. Then season the tops with salt, garlic powder and paprika. Bake for 18 minutes or until golden brown. Allow to cool for 5-10 minutes and then break apart to serve.
-
You may also like these Crispy Parmesan Potato Chips (3 Ingredients)
A Sweet and Chewy Snack
-
Fresh strawberries (use as many as you like)
-
Preheat your oven to 200°F.
-
Wash and dry the strawberries thoroughly.
-
Slice them evenly—cutting them horizontally rather than vertically helps them dry more evenly.
-
Arrange the slices on a baking sheet, ensuring they don’t overlap.
-
Bake for about 3 hours, checking occasionally. If they need more time to reach a chewy consistency, continue baking at a low temperature.
-
Once done, remove from the oven and let them air dry on the counter for an hour.
-
Store in an airtight container in the refrigerator.
-
Tips for the Best Oven-Dried Strawberries
-
Avoid Oil: The strawberries won’t stick, so no need for added fats.
-
Skip the Salt & Pepper: Some recipes suggest seasoning, but their natural sweetness is enough.
-
Even Slices Work Best: Cutting the berries into thin, even slices ensures they dry uniformly.
-
Slow and Steady: Baking at a low temperature (200°F) prevents burning and allows the sugars to concentrate for the best flavor.
-
Eat them as a snack straight from the fridge.
-
Mix them into granola or oatmeal for a fruity twist.
-
Use them as a topping for yogurt or ice cream.
-
Blend into smoothies for an intense strawberry flavor.
-
Pair with Nutella or chocolate for a decadent treat.
-
Keep your oven-dried strawberries in an airtight container in the refrigerator for the best freshness. If you prefer to store them long-term, freezing them is a great option.
-
Frequently Asked Questions
-
Can I use frozen strawberries instead of fresh ones?
Yes, but make sure to thaw and pat them dry before slicing. Frozen strawberries contain more moisture, so they may take longer to dry in the oven.
-
How do I know when they’re done?
The strawberries should be chewy and slightly leathery but not sticky or wet. If they’re still too soft, let them bake longer and check every 15-20 minutes.
-
Can I speed up the drying process by increasing the temperature?
No, a higher temperature can cause the strawberries to burn or caramelize too quickly. Keeping the oven at 200°F ensures even drying and the best texture.
-
How long do oven-dried strawberries last?
They can last up to a week in the refrigerator when stored in an airtight container. For longer storage, freeze them for up to 3 months.
-
Can I use a dehydrator instead of an oven?
Yes! A dehydrator set at 135°F will take about 6-8 hours to dry strawberries properly.
-
Why do my strawberries feel sticky after drying?
This can happen if they aren’t fully dried. Leave them out at room temperature for an extra hour, or return them to the oven for a little longer.
-
Do I need to flip the strawberries while baking?
No, as long as they are sliced evenly and spaced out, they will dry uniformly without needing to be flipped.
-
Can I season them with sugar or cinnamon?
You can, but it’s not necessary. The natural sugars in strawberries concentrate during drying, making them naturally sweet.
-
What’s the best way to rehydrate dried strawberries?
Soak them in warm water for about 10-15 minutes or add them to oatmeal, yogurt, or baked goods where they can absorb moisture naturally.
-
Can I use this method for other fruits?
Yes! This technique works well for apples, bananas, mangoes, and peaches—just adjust the drying time based on the fruit’s water content.
These homemade dried strawberries are a game-changer—simple to make, naturally delicious, and endlessly versatile. Try them once, and they’ll become your new favorite snack!
Crispy Fried Mashed Potato Balls
-
500g potatoes (2-3); Russet or Yukon Gold
-
4 oz cream cheese, room temperature ( 113g)
-
⅓ cup shredded cheddar cheese
-
½ tsp salt
-
¼ tsp pepper
-
½ tsp chili flakes
-
1 tsp garlic powder
-
2- 4 tablespoon all purpose flour
-
2 tbsp chopped fresh parsley
-
1 ¼ cup crushed crackers (original, salted flavor)
-
¼ cup shredded parmesan cheese
-
½ tsp chili flakes
-
1 8oz block of mozzarella cheese, cut into large cubes (mine were about ¾" each)
-
2 large eggs
-
Oil
-
Peel and cube the potatoes. Boil them in water, completely submerged, until they are just tender (they should not be mushy)
-
Drain the potatoes once they are boiled. Transfer to a bowl and mash with a fork or potato masher
-
Add all the other ingredients: cheddar cheese, cream cheese, salt, pepper, chili flakes, garlic powder, chopped parsley and flour, and mix to combine
-
The mixture should be soft and slightly sticky but firm enough that it can be handled and turned into balls. You can adjust the amount of flour but don't add too much more. If the potatoes still feel too sticky, refrigerate the mixture for 30 minutes
-
Using a 2" cookie scoop, scoop up the potato mixture. Place it in your palm and gently press a mozzarella cube in the middle. Form it into a ball, trying your best to keep the cheese in the center and an even thickness of potato all around. Scrape your hands between each ball, and continue until all potatoes are done. You should have 10 balls in total
-
Place the balls on a sheet with parchment paper, and place in the freezer for 30 minutes
-
In a separate bowl, add the crushed crackers, parmesan and chili flakes, and mix until combined
-
Break the eggs and whisk them thoroughly in another bowl
-
Once the potato balls are out of the freezer, start coating them. Dunk each ball into the egg, followed by the crackers, followed by the egg and the crackers again, so they are double coated. Make sure to get all sides thoroughly coated with each turn and press the crumbs in gently. Place the balls back on the tray as your assemble, and transfer to the fridge while you heat up the oil
-
In a heavy bottomed skillet, heat 2" of vegetable oil until it is hot (about 330F, should not be too hot)
-
Fry the potato balls in 2-3 batches for about 6-8 minutes each until they are deep golden and crispy. You want to gently flip the balls over every minute or so, so that all sides are cooking evenly. This will prevent the balls from bursting open
-
Dab off any excess oil from the balls with a paper towel
-
Serve while still hot with any sauce of your liking!
-
If you don't have experience frying, I recommend frying one ball as a test first. This will give you an idea of how long to fry and at what temperature
-
Make sure you are very gentle and carefully flip the balls every ~1 minute or so while frying
Diy Tallow Shampoo Bar (That Actually Works!)
-
10 oz (283.5 g) Olive Oil
-
10 oz (283.5 g) Coconut Oil
-
10 oz (283.5 g) Tallow
-
6 oz (170.1 g) Castor Oil
-
13.7 oz (388.4 g) water
-
5.1 oz (144.6 g) lye
-
1 tbsp Essential oils (optional)
-
Measure out all 4 of your oils and place in a medium saucepan.
-
Melt olive oil, coconut oil, tallow, and castor oil over med-low heat until melted.
-
While the oils are melting, measure out water in a food grade plastic bucket or stainless-steel bowl (avoid glass because the heat produced in the lye reaction could cause cracks in the glass).
-
Measure out lye.
-
Once the oils are melted, allow to cool to 100°F. We like to put the saucepan in the fridge to speed this up.
-
While the oils are cooling mix lye solution. We always do this outside while wearing protective goggles and gloves. Slowly pour the lye into the water (never the water into the lye). Stir continuously with a stainless-steel spoon (not wooden).
-
After the water/lye solution is gently but completely mixed, set aside for 10 minutes to cool.
-
Slowly pour the lye solution into the oils and blend with an immersion blender until a vanilla pudding consistency is formed. Don’t over blend.
-
Add in essential oils and briefly mix in.
-
Pour into soap mold. You can cover with wax paper and flat object on top if desired overnight.
-
24 hours later, remove soap from the mold and slice into 8 bars. We do this by cutting in half, then cutting the halves into quarters, and finally into eighths. Set on a cookie rack with a towel over it for 4 weeks before using. This will allow the soap to harden and be firm enough to use.
-
Equipment Needed:
-
Scale
-
Safety Goggles
-
Safety Gloves
-
Immersion blender (blender or food processor could work too)
-
Soap Mold
Homemade Dishwasher Detergent Tablets
-
¾ cup of lemon juice
-
1 cup of baking soda
-
1 cup of washing soda (this is different than baking soda so make sure you have the right product! You can buy washing soda locally in the laundry detergent aisle at the grocery store, or on Amazon)
-
1 cup of kosher salt, or any course ground salt
-
A large bowl
-
A spoon
-
Add 1 cup of baking soda, 1 cup of washing soda, and 1 cup of kosher salt to your bowl. Stir well so the ingredients are combined. It’s a good idea to use your hands to break up any chunks.
-
Add ¾ cup of lemon juice. The mixture will fizz at this point, which is normal and expected. If you have little helpers working with you, this is also a fun experiment!
-
Stir until all of the dry ingredients are saturated with the lemon juice.
-
When the fizzing stops, use a spoon to pack the mixture into the ice cube trays. I use about 1 tablespoon per hole.
-
Tamp down so there are no air holes. This is an important step! If you skip it, the tabs will be crumbly.
-
Leave the tabs out on your counter, still in the ice cube trays, until they are completely dry. This should take about 12 hours.
-
After the homemade dishwasher tabs are dry, pop them out of the ice cube trays and store in an airtight container.
Sugar Free Low Carb Keto Lemon Cottage Cheese Fluff
-
8 ounces cottage cheese 4%
-
1/4 cup lemon juice
-
2 tsp gelatin
-
8 ounces heavy cream
-
1 tsp lemon stevia or vanilla stevia or your favorite low carb sweetener to taste
-
1 tsp lemon zest optional
-
Place the cottage cheese in a blender or food processor to remove clumps. Set aside.
-
Pour lemon juice into a small saucepan and heat over low heat on the stove or place in a microwavable bowl and heat 1-2 minutes until boiling. Slowly whisk in gelatin a little at a time while continuing to whisk until it is completely dissolved and there are no lumps. Set aside to cool.
-
Pour the heavy cream into a separate bowl and use an electric mixer to whip until stiff peaks. Add sweetener and vanilla extract if using.
-
Add the smooth cottage cheese to the whipped cream and blend together until incorporated. Have the mixer on low speed and slowly drizzle in the cooled lemon juice gelatin mixture.
-
Add optional zest if using and spoon a 1/2 cup of the fluff into dessert cups or use a piping bag if desired.
-
Storage: Airtight container or covered in the fridge for up to 3 days.
-
2.9 grams net carbs per serving which is a 1/2 cup.
Sugar Free Low Carb Keto Lemon Cottage Cheese Fluff
-
8 ounces cottage cheese 4%
-
1/4 cup lemon juice
-
2 tsp gelatin
-
8 ounces heavy cream
-
1 tsp lemon stevia or vanilla stevia or your favorite low carb sweetener to taste
-
1 tsp lemon zest optional
-
Place the cottage cheese in a blender or food processor to remove clumps. Set aside.
-
Pour lemon juice into a small saucepan and heat over low heat on the stove or place in a microwavable bowl and heat 1-2 minutes until boiling. Slowly whisk in gelatin a little at a time while continuing to whisk until it is completely dissolved and there are no lumps. Set aside to cool.
-
Pour the heavy cream into a separate bowl and use an electric mixer to whip until stiff peaks. Add sweetener and vanilla extract if using.
-
Add the smooth cottage cheese to the whipped cream and blend together until incorporated. Have the mixer on low speed and slowly drizzle in the cooled lemon juice gelatin mixture.
-
Add optional zest if using and spoon a 1/2 cup of the fluff into dessert cups or use a piping bag if desired.
-
Storage: Airtight container or covered in the fridge for up to 3 days.
-
2.9 grams net carbs per serving which is a 1/2 cup.
(2) I Perfected My Keto Chocolate Chip Cookie
-
PINTEREST: /
-
KETO CHOCOLATE CHIP COOKIES
-
Makes 18 cookies
-
1 cup almond flour
-
1/4 cup coconut flour
-
1 teaspoon baking powder
-
1/2 teaspoon baking soda
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/2 cup unsalted butter, softened
-
1/2 cup sugar free sweetener
-
1 egg
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
1/4 cup ChocZero chocolate chips
-
1️⃣ 00:38 - Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Line cookie sheets with parchment paper. Set aside. To a medium bowl, whisk together almond flour, coconut flour, baking powder, baking soda and salt. Set aside
-
2️⃣ 01:17 - In a separate large bowl, cream together softened butter with sugar free sweetener until fluffy using an electric mixer. Mix in egg and vanilla.
-
3️⃣ 01:48 - Slowly mix in dry ingredients. Once combined, stir in chocolate chips.
-
4️⃣ 02:33 - Using a 1 inch cookie scoop or tablespoon, scoop out a ball of cookie dough and place on the parchment line baking sheet. Flatten the ball down by pressing on the dough with a spatula or the back of a spoon. Space cookie dough about 1 inch apart. Bake at 350 degrees for 8 to 10 minutes
5️⃣ 02:57 - Remove cookies from the oven and continue to let sit on the baking sheet for 2-4 minutes. Cookies will continue to harden and bake as they cool. Once cool enough to handle, transfer to a wire rack to cool further.
-
MACROS (per cookie)
Grandma's Beef and Noodles
-
2 pounds beef chuck roast, cut into 2-inch pieces
-
fine sea salt and freshly-ground black pepper
-
2 tablespoons all-purpose flour
-
3 tablespoons olive oil, divided
-
1 large white onion, diced
-
5 cloves garlic, minced
-
8 cups beef stock, divided
-
2 sprigs fresh thyme
-
1 large bay leaf
-
12 ounces wide egg noodles
-
Brown the beef. Add the beef to a large mixing bowl and season generously with salt and pepper. Add the flour and toss until evenly combined. Heat 1 tablespoon of the oil in a large stockpot over medium-high heat. Add half of the beef and cook, turning occasionally, until browned on all sides. Transfer the beef to a clean plate. Repeat the process with an additional 1 tablespoon oil and the remaining beef, then transfer the beef to a clean plate.
-
Sauté the veggies. Add the remaining oil and onion to the stockpot. Sauté for 4-5 minutes, stirring occasionally, until softened. Add the garlic and sauté for 1 minute, stirring occasionally. Add 6 cups of the beef stock, the cooked beef, thyme and bay leaf and stir to combine.
-
Simmer. Continue cooking until the broth reaches a low simmer. Reduce heat to low (or whatever temperature is needed to maintain a low simmer), cover, and simmer for 2.5 hours or until the beef shreds easily with a fork.
-
Shred the beef. Carefully transfer the beef to a clean plate and use two forks to shred it into bite-sized pieces. Remove and discard the bay leaf and thyme sprigs.
-
Cook the noodles. Add the remaining 2 cups of beef stock to the pot and increase heat to high. Once the stock begins to boil, add the egg noodles and cook, stirring occasionally, until al dente.
-
Season. Remove the pan from the heat and stir the shredded beef back in. Taste and season with additional salt and pepper if needed.
-
Serve. Serve immediately, garnished with a few extra twists of black pepper, and enjoy!
-
Instant Pot (Pressure Cooker) Instructions: Use the “Sauté” function to brown the beef and sauté the veggies in the Instant Pot as described in steps 1 and 2 above. Once you have returned the beef stock and cooked beef to the pot, cover with a lid and seal. Pressure cook on high for 60 minutes, followed by a quick release. Continue on with steps 4 through 7 in the Instant Pot.
-
Crock-Pot (Slow Cooker) Instructions: Complete steps 1 and 2 as described above in a separate sauté pan, then transfer all of the ingredients (minus noodles) to a large Crock-Pot. (Or you can skip steps 1 and 2 and just dump everything into a Crock-Pot.) Cover and slow-cook on high for 4-5 hours or on low for 7-8 hours until the beef is tender and shreds easily with a fork. Continue on with steps 4 through 7 in the Crock-Pot.
Sourdough Bread Recipe with Baking Soda
-
2 1/2 cups (276g) King Arthur Irish-Style Flour
-
1 1/4 cups (150g) King Arthur Unbleached All-Purpose Flour
-
1/2 cup (74g) King Arthur Harvest Grains Blend or other seeds and grains of your choice
-
1 teaspoon baking soda
-
3/4 teaspoon table salt
-
1 cup (227g) sourdough starter ripe (fed) or discard
-
4 tablespoons (57g) butter melted
-
3 tablespoons (64g) honey
-
3/4 cup (170g) milk
-
Mixing bowls
-
Whisk
-
Kneading surface
-
Baking sheet or loaf pan
-
Sharp knife or lame
-
Oven
-
Preheat the oven to 400°F (204°C). Lightly grease a baking sheet or line it with parchment paper.
-
In a medium-sized mixing bowl, whisk together the flours, Harvest Grains Blend, baking soda, and salt.
-
In a separate bowl, whisk together the starter, butter, honey, and milk. Pour this mixture into the dry ingredients and stir to combine. The dough will be stiff; if it's too crumbly to squeeze together, add another tablespoon or two of milk.
-
Knead the dough a couple of times to make sure it's holding together, divide it in half, and shape each half into a ball. Flatten the balls slightly, and place them on the prepared baking sheet. Use a sharp knife to cut a 1/2"-deep cross, extending all the way to the edges, atop each loaf.
-
Bake the loaves for 30 to 40 minutes, until they're golden brown and a cake tester or toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean. Remove the loaves from the oven, and brush their tops with melted butter.
-
Safety Notes : Ensure the oven is preheated to the correct temperature to prevent undercooking or burning the bread.
-
Substitutions : You can substitute the King Arthur flour with any all-purpose flour and use any seeds and grains of your choice for the Harvest Grains Blend.
-
Storage : Store the bread in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 3 days. For longer storage, freeze the bread for up to 1 month.
-
Use a ripe sourdough starter for the best flavor.
-
Ensure the dough is not too dry or too wet; adjust the milk as needed.
-
Brushing the tops with melted butter after baking adds a delicious flavor and helps keep the bread moist.
How to Make Date Paste (Healthy Sugar Substitute)
-
1 tightly packed cup dates, pitted (about 5oz or 150g)
-
¾ cup hot, recently boiled water
-
Add dates to a bowl. Cover with hot water and soak for 10 minutes.
-
Place dates AND soaking water in high speed blender. (NOTE: If your blender's instructions say not to blend hot liquids, wait until hot water has cooled before transferring contents.)
-
Blend for about one minute (turn power to high as soon as possible - dates will break down faster and get less stuck in blender). Scrape down sides of jug as needed.
-
Stop blending when you have a smooth paste. Pour into glass jar and refrigerate until needed.
-
Leave a rating above and mention @vancouverwithlove or tag #vancouverwithlove on Instagram!
-
Any kind of pitted dates work. I choose small dried dates rather than medjool dates to save money.
-
Store date paste in airtight container in fridge up to 3 months.
-
ALWAYS check for pits before blending. Even if the packaging says dates are pitted, occasionally you'll find a stone.
-
If you have a powerful blender, you can get away with not soaking your dates! Just skip this step and blend dates and hot water together.
Lemon Curd Chia Pudding
-
Zest of a large lemon, or 2 small lemons
-
Juice of 2 large lemons
-
13.5 or 15 oz can full fat coconut milk, about 1.5 cups
-
1/4 cup water, optional
-
3 tbsp or more sweetener, I use raw sugar
-
a good pinch of salt
-
1/4 tsp or more turmeric
-
3 tbsp or more chia seeds, 5 to 6 tbsp for well set pudding
-
Blend the lemon zest, juice, coconut milk, water, sweetener, salt and turmeric until well combined. Add chia seeds and pulse once or twice to distribute the chia seeds well.
-
Taste and adjust sweet and tang. Add more lemon juice or zest to taste and mix/blend in.
-
Pour the mixture into glasses. Chill overnight in the refrigerator. Stir once after an hour or so to distribute the chia seeds if needed.
-
Garnish with whipped coconut cream and lemon zest and serve.
-
Variation: Use lime juice and zest for Lime pudding. Use a mix of full fat and lite coconut milk for a lower fat content.
-
For a more set pudding use 1 tbsp more chia seeds. Chia seeds take atleast overnight to hydrate and set the pudding. I like my pudding with less chia and more of the lemony coconut milk.
-
Trouble with the pudding not setting? Make sure to Use full fat coconut milk. Reduce the lemon juice and add more zest for the lemon flavor to reduce overall liquid
How to Make the Perfect Russian Buttercream
-
2 sticks unsalted butter 227g
-
1 can sweetened condensed milk 395g
-
1 tsp vanilla
-
1/2 tsp salt
-
Ensure the butter is completely at room temperature before starting.
-
Place the butter in a stand mixer with the whisk attachment. Whip on high speed for 5 minutes, occasionally scraping down the sides of the bowl.
-
Reduce the mixer speed to medium. Add 1/3 of the condensed milk, whipping until fully blended. Repeat this step until all the condensed milk is incorporated.
-
Add vanilla and salt, then whip on high speed for 1 minute to finish.
-
Butter Temperature: It’s crucial that the butter is at room temperature for proper whipping. Cold butter will not blend well and may result in a lumpy texture.
-
Condensed Milk: Be sure to add the condensed milk gradually, in thirds, to ensure the mixture stays smooth and fully incorporates.
-
Whipping: The high-speed whipping is key to achieving a light and fluffy texture. Don’t skip this step, as it helps the frosting achieve its creamy consistency.
-
Storage: Russian Buttercream can be stored in the refrigerator for up to a week. Just let it come back to room temperature and give it a quick whip before using.
-
Flavor Variations: You can experiment by adding different extracts (like almond or hazelnut) or a bit of powdered sugar if you prefer a sweeter frosting.
Sandwich Spread
-
3 tbs mayonnaise (full fat)
-
3 tbs salad cream
-
2 tsp pickle vinegar
-
1 tsp English mustard (or other smooth mustard to taste)
-
1 stickcelery
-
6 smallgherkins
-
1 smallcarrot
-
½bell pepper
-
1 tbscapers
-
2spring onions
-
Other crunchy, non watery vegetables of choice
-
Put the mayonnaise, salad cream and mustard into a medium mixing bowl, along with 2 teaspoons of vinegar from the jar of gherkins or pickles and mix well.
-
Prepare the vegetable by peeling, cutting into thin batons and then dicing finely.They need to be small, but not so fine they don’t have any texture.
-
Add the diced vegetables to the mayonnaise mixture, season with pepper and salt and mix well.
-
Store in a jar in the fridge and use within 3 days.
-
How long does sandwich spread keep?
-
Up to three days in a sealed jar in the fridge.
-
The spread will get a bit thinner after a day or so as the water comes out of the vegetables.
-
How can I change the flavour?
-
You can mix up the vegetables to suit what you have available and to take account of personal preferences. I think that the celery, gherkins and carrot are essential, but beyond that you can mix it up and even add some crunchy fruit! Just don’t use watery salad vegetables like cucumber or tomatoes.
-
For an upmarket variation, try adding a pinch of cayenne pepper for some heat, and/or a generous amount of chopped fresh herbs. Parsley, dill or coriander (cilantro) would all be delicious.
Red Beans and Rice
-
1 ½ lbs smoked ham steak
-
1 lb. red kidney beans
-
2 tablespoons butter
-
1 large white onion minced
-
1 cup chopped celery
-
1 green bell pepper diced
-
6 garlic cloves minced
-
3 bay leaves
-
1 teaspoon dried thyme
-
2 tablespoons chopped parsley
-
2 teaspoons coarse ground black pepper
-
Kent’s Original or Mesquite Seasonings or salt and pepper
-
3 cups white rice
-
Preheat the grill to about 350 degrees F. and place the ham steak over the direct heat side. Grill for about 3 to 4 minutes per side, until grill marks appear. Set aside to cool, and cut into bite-sized pieces.
-
In a stockpot, add the beans and cover with about 2 inches of water. Bring the beans to a boil, stirring occasionally. Note: for a faster cook time you can soak the beans for 45 minutes up to overnight for higher elevations.
-
In a medium cast iron skillet, over medium heat, add the butter and melt. Stir in the onion, celery, bell pepper. Cook for about 5 minutes or until the onions begin to get tender. Stir in the garlic and cook for another 5 minutes or until the onions and peppers are tender.
-
Stir the onion mixture into the beans. Stir in the bay leaves, thyme, parsley and black pepper. Season with Kent’s Original, Mesquite Seasonings or salt and pepper, to taste.
-
Stir in the pieces of ham. Reduce the heat to a low boil, cover and cook for about 1 to 2 hours, stirring occasionally, or until the beans are tender. Cooking times will vary depending on your elevation and if the beans were soaked.
-
Be sure to keep beans covered with water as they cook. Add hot water as needed.
-
Cook the rice as directed on the package. For a better flavor, we substitute the water and boil in chicken broth.
-
Remove the bay leaves from the beans and serve over warm rice.
(1) That's Some Fine Eatin’
-
Applesauce Cake
-
1/2 cup applesauce
-
1/2 cup milk or you can use water
-
3 tbsp oil (I used melted lard)
-
2 tsp vanilla
-
1 tbsp ACV
-
1 1/2 cups AP flour
-
1/3 cup sugar
-
1 tsp salt
-
3/4 tsp baking powder
-
3/4 tsp baking soda
-
1/4 --1/2 tsp cinnamon
-
chopped nuts or raisons are also a great addition
-
Preheat oven to 350 degrees, combine wet ingredients. Add in dry ingredients and combine. Grease 8x8 pan, spread into pan. Bake for 18 minutes.
-
2 cups powdered sugar
-
1 tsp vanilla
-
2-4 Tbsp of milk (or add until it is the consistency you'd like)
-
Combine the above. Spread or pour over cake once its cooled. Enjoy!
-
Pone Bread Recipe (This is the full recipe, I halved this recipe in the video)
-
2 1/2 cups self rising flour
-
1 1/2 Tbsp sugar
-
Sprinkle of salt
-
2 tbsp lard
-
Approx 1-2 cups milk or buttermilk
-
Preheat oven to 425 degrees. Mix dry ingredients. Add in lard, like you are making biscuits. Add milk, mix until all dry ingredients are moist and pourable. Pour in cast iron pan or glass baking dish, cook for 20-30 min or until top is golden brown. Let cool and enjoy anytime of day!
Easy Russian Dressing
-
1 tablespoon onion, finely minced
-
1 cup mayonnaise
-
¼ cup ketchup
-
3 teaspoon prepared horseradish
-
1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce
-
½ teaspoon paprika
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
In a small bowl, combine the onion, mayonnaise, ketchup, horseradish, Worcestershire sauce, paprika, and salt.
-
Refrigerate until ready to use.
Mexican Lasagna Recipe with Tortillas
-
1 pound lean ground beef
-
1 cup diced yellow onion
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
½ teaspoon black pepper
-
1 ounce packet of taco seasoning
-
½ cup water
-
4 ounce can of mild chopped green chilis
-
15 ounce can seasoned black beans excess liquid drained but NOT rinsed
-
17.5 ounce package (10 count) of flour tortillas (8-inch soft taco sized)
-
16 ounce jar of mild chunky salsa
-
8 ounce block of sharp cheddar cheese shredded
-
8 ounces block of Monterey jack cheese shredded
-
1 tablespoon chopped fresh cilantro
-
Sour cream
-
Roma tomatoes seeds removed and diced
-
Preheat oven to 375°F. Spray a 9×13 baking dish with cooking spray. Set aside.
-
In a large skillet on medium-high heat, add the lean ground beef, diced yellow onion, salt, and black pepper. Cook, and brown the ground beef until no pink remains. Drain any excess fat from the skillet.
-
Add taco seasoning, water, green chilis, and seasoned black beans to the skillet of cooked ground beef. Stir to coat all the beef in the taco seasoning. Turn the heat down to medium and allow the meat mixture to cook for an additional 2-3 minutes or until most of the moisture has evaporated. Remove from heat.
-
Place 2 flour tortillas into the bottom of the sprayed 9×13 baking dish. The tortillas will overlap slightly in the center.
-
Spread ⅓ of the meat mixture evenly over the flour tortillas. Top with ½ cup salsa spread over the meat mixture. Sprinkle ½ cup of the shredded cheddar cheese and ½ cup of the Monterey jack cheese evenly over the meat and salsa.
-
Place 4 flour tortillas (2 on top of each other) as the next layer in the baking dish, followed by another ⅓ of the meat mixture, ½ cup salsa, ½ cup shredded cheddar cheese, and ½ cup shredded Monterey jack cheese.
-
Add the last layer of 4 flour tortillas (2 on top of each other), the final ⅓ of the meat mixture, ½ cup salsa, and the remaining shredded cheddar and Monterey jack cheese.
-
Bake the Mexican lasagna in the center rack of the oven for 30-35 minutes or until the cheese is melted, bubbly, and lightly browned.
-
Allow the Mexican lasagna to cool on the counter for 15 minutes before garnishing it with chopped cilantro. You can add an optional garnish to individual servings of a dollop of sour cream and a sprinkle of diced tomatoes.
-
Storage:
-
To Store: Store leftovers in a covered container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days.
-
To Freeze: You can freeze this lasagna tightly wrapped, in the freezer, for up to 2 months. Thaw it in the refrigerator before reheating.
-
To Reheat: Reheat your lasagna in the oven or microwave until warmed through.
-
I doubled up on the center and top layers of the flour tortillas to give these layers extra structure, as the flour tortillas tend to get very soft when they absorb the liquids when baked.
-
You can swap out the larger flour tortillas for the smaller-sized ones if that is what you have on hand. You just need to note that you will need to use more tortillas for each layer if using the smaller ones.
-
You can swap out the flour tortillas altogether for white or yellow corn tortillas. They will add a slightly sturdier texture and a corn flavor to the lasagna. While they may taste slightly different, they will still make a great substitute.
-
When using seasoned black beans, I like to get the ones that say “Cuban style.” You can certainly use any brand of seasoned black beans you desire. Drain them but do not rinse off the seasoning before adding them to your meat mixture. If you are using a standard can of unseasoned black beans, you will want to drain and rinse those.
Dandelion & Honey Marshmallows (No Corn Syrup!)
-
1 cup dandelion petal tea, divided
-
3 tablespoons Vital Proteins Gelatin
-
1 cup honey
-
1 pinch salt
-
1 cup powdered sugar or arrowroot powder
-
Pour 1/2 cup of dandelion tea into a stand mixer bowl and sprinkle gelatin over the top—let it bloom for about 10 minutes .
-
In the meantime, combine honey, salt, and the remaining 1/2 cup of dandelion tea in a saucepan and cook over high heat until it reaches 240°F or soft ball stage .
-
Once the honey syrup is ready, turn the mixer on low to break up the gelatin .
-
Slowly pour the hot syrup into the mixer while it’s running on low to blend it with the gelatin .
-
Gradually increase the mixer speed and beat on high for 6–10 minutes until stiff peaks form and the mixture turns pale and fluffy .
-
Grease a 9x9 baking pan and dust it with powdered sugar or arrowroot. Use a greased spatula to spread the marshmallow mixture evenly .
-
Let it set for 4–6 hours or overnight, then flip the pan, cut into squares, and dust each side with more powdered sugar or arrowroot .
Light, fluffy, and naturally sweetened with honey—these marshmallows are a dreamy herbal treat!
How to Make Enchilada Sauce
-
3 tablespoons olive oil
-
3 tablespoons flour (whole wheat flour, all-purpose flour and gluten-free flour blends all work!)
-
1 tablespoon ground chili powder (scale back if you’re sensitive to spice or using particularly spicy chili powder)
-
1 teaspoon ground cumin
-
½ teaspoon garlic powder
-
¼ teaspoon dried oregano
-
¼ teaspoon salt, to taste
-
Pinch of cinnamon (optional but recommended)
-
2 tablespoons tomato paste
-
2 cups vegetable broth
-
1 teaspoon apple cider vinegar or distilled white vinegar
-
Freshly ground black pepper, to taste
-
This sauce comes together quickly once you get started, so measure the dry ingredients (the flour, chili powder, cumin, garlic powder, oregano, salt and optional cinnamon) into a small bowl and place it near the stove. Place the tomato paste and broth near the stove as well.
-
In a medium-sized pot over medium heat, warm the oil until it’s hot enough that a light sprinkle of the flour/spice mixture sizzles on contact. This might take a couple of minutes, so be patient and don’t step away from the stove!
-
Once it’s ready, pour in the flour and spice mixture. While whisking constantly, cook until fragrant and slightly deepened in color, about 1 minute. Whisk the tomato paste into the mixture, then slowly pour in the broth while whisking constantly to remove any lumps.
-
Raise heat to medium-high and bring the mixture to a simmer, then reduce heat as necessary to maintain a gentle simmer. Cook, whisking often, for about 5 to 7 minutes, until the sauce has thickened a bit and a spoon encounters some resistance as you stir it. (The sauce will thicken some more as it cools.)
-
Remove from heat, then whisk in the vinegar and season to taste with a generous amount of freshly ground black pepper. Add more salt, if necessary (I usually add another pinch or two). Go forth and make enchiladas!
-
Enchilada sauce recipe adapted from my spinach artichoke enchiladas.
How to Make Enchilada Sauce
-
3 tablespoons olive oil
-
3 tablespoons flour (whole wheat flour, all-purpose flour and gluten-free flour blends all work!)
-
1 tablespoon ground chili powder (scale back if you’re sensitive to spice or using particularly spicy chili powder)
-
1 teaspoon ground cumin
-
½ teaspoon garlic powder
-
¼ teaspoon dried oregano
-
¼ teaspoon salt, to taste
-
Pinch of cinnamon (optional but recommended)
-
2 tablespoons tomato paste
-
2 cups vegetable broth
-
1 teaspoon apple cider vinegar or distilled white vinegar
-
Freshly ground black pepper, to taste
Creamy Garlic Skillet Chicken with Spinach
-
1 pound chicken cutlets
-
½ teaspoon salt, divided
-
½ teaspoon ground pepper, divided
-
1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil
-
3 large cloves garlic, grated
-
½ cup dry white wine
-
2 cups coarsely chopped fresh spinach
-
½ cup heavy cream
-
Sprinkle 1 pound of chicken cutlets with 1/4 teaspoon each salt and pepper. Heat 1 tablespoon oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add the chicken and cook, turning once, until browned and cooked through, about 6 minutes. Transfer to a plate.
-
Add 3 cloves garlic to the pan and cook, stirring, for 30 seconds. Increase heat to medium-high and add 1/2 cup wine. Cook until slightly reduced, about 1 minute. Return heat to medium and stir in 2 cups spinach, 1/2 cup cream and the remaining 1/4 teaspoon each salt and pepper. Simmer for 2 minutes. Return the chicken to the pan and turn to coat with the sauce.
P.F. Chang's Chicken Fried Rice
-
1 Egg
-
3 teaspoons Sesame or Wok Oil divided
-
1 skinless, boneless Chicken Breast, cut into bite-sized pieces and seasoned with Salt and freshly ground Black Pepper
-
1/2 cup frozen Mixed Vegetables
-
2 Green Onions chopped
-
1 clove Garlic peeled and minced
-
2 cups fully cooked Rice
-
2 tablespoons Soy Sauce to taste
-
In a small bowl, add egg and 1 teaspoon oil. Whisk to combine. Set aside.
-
Pour oil into a large wok or skillet. Place over medium heat.
-
When oil is hot and shimmering, add seasoned chicken. Stir fry until cooked through. Remove to a plate.
-
Heat remaining teaspoon oil in the wok.
-
When oil is hot and shimmering, add frozen mixed vegetables and green onions. Stir fry until tender, about 2 minutes.
-
Add garlic. Cook for 30 more seconds.
-
Push vegetables to the side of the wok.
-
Add egg into the center and scramble.
-
Add cooked chicken, cooked rice and soy sauce to skillet or wok. Toss well to combine.
-
Serve hot.
Better Than Takeout Chicken Fried Rice
-
2 tablespoons water
-
1 tablespoon dark soy sauce
-
1 tablespoon soy sauce
-
2 teaspoons chicken better than bouillon
-
1 teaspoon oyster sauce
-
1 teaspoon granulated sugar
-
1 teaspoon mirin
-
8 ounces boneless skinless chicken breast cut into bite sized pieces
-
1/4 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 teaspoon pepper
-
3 tablespoons vegetable oil
-
3 green onions thinly sliced, white part and green part separated, divided
-
2 cloves garlic minced
-
2 large eggs well beaten
-
3 cups cooked white rice cooled
-
1 cup fresh bean sprouts
-
1/2 cup shredded carrot
-
Whisk the water, dark soy, soy, chicken better than bouillon, oyster sauce, sugar, and mirin together in a small bowl, and set aside.
-
In a medium-sized bowl, stir together the chicken pieces, salt, and pepper.
-
Place a wok or large skillet over medium-high heat. Once hot, add 1 tablespoon of oil.
-
Add the chicken and the white part of the green onion, and cook until the chicken is cooked through and lightly browned, stirring occasionally, 8-10 minutes.
-
Add the garlic and cook, stirring constantly, until fragrant, 1 minute. Place on a plate.
-
Add another 1 tablespoon of oil, and add the beaten egg. Cook until just set, 1-2 minutes, and place on the plate with the chicken.
-
Add another 1 tablespoon of oil along with the rice, bean sprouts, and carrots. Stir to combine.
-
Add the cooked chicken and egg. Stir to combine, chopping up the egg into smaller pieces.
-
Finally, stream in the sauce and mix well. Continue to cook until everything is hot.
-
Stir in the green part of the onion and serve.
-
Cool It Down – Use cold rice or day-old rice—it fries up better than a sticky mess!
-
Chop Chop – Cut that chicken into bite-sized pieces—no giant chunks to wrestle!
-
Oil Up – Keep that wok happy and sizzling.
-
Egg Scramble – Cook those large eggs quick—fluffy eggs are the best results.
-
Stir Wild – Mix it all in a large pan with a good stir. It’ll keep things broken up—no rice left behind!
-
Sauce Splash – Pour that savory sauce in slow. Make sure all that flavor is spread around real good.
The Best Homemade Honey Mustard Recipe!
-
⅓ cup Dijon mustard
-
¼ cup honey
-
¼ cup mayonnaise
-
1 tablespoon lemon juice, or white distilled vinegar
-
¼ teaspoon cayenne pepper
-
Combine all ingredients together and serve!
-
Store in an airtight container, in the fridge, for up to 2 weeks.
How to Make Clove Oil
-
Wash a glass bottle and a funnel in boiling water for 10 minutes, then dry them.
-
Toast about half a tablespoon of cloves in a sauté pan over medium heat for every cup of oil you want to infuse .
-
Pour the toasted cloves into a mortar and lightly tap them with a pestle to crack them.
-
Place the cracked cloves in the bottle and cover them with high-quality extra-virgin olive oil or another carrier oil.
-
Seal the bottle and store it in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight.
-
Shake the bottle every couple of days.
-
Infuse the oil for two weeks, then taste it. If you want a stronger flavor, let the cloves steep for a few more weeks.
-
Strain the oil through a sieve lined with cheesecloth and into an airtight sterilized serving bottle or container.
-
Store the clove oil in the refrigerator and use it within one month. 15
-
Alternatively, you can also use a coffee grinder to grind the cloves and place them in a tea bag made from a coffee filter. Then, submerge the tea bag in a carrier oil like olive oil and let it sit for a week before straining. 5
Naturally Gluten-Free, Low in Carbs, and Made with Wholesome Ingredients—Perfect for a Healthy Snack or Treat!
-
¼ cup coconut flour
-
½ cup plain Greek yogurt
-
1 large egg
-
¼ cup maple syrup or honey
-
1 tsp vanilla extract
-
¼ tsp baking soda
-
Pinch of salt
-
¼ cup dark chocolate chips or shredded coconut (optional for mix-ins!)
-
Preheat Oven: Preheat your oven to 350°F (175°C) and line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
-
Mix Wet Ingredients: In a medium bowl, whisk together the Greek yogurt, egg, maple syrup, and vanilla extract until smooth.
-
Add Dry Ingredients: Stir in the coconut flour, baking soda, and salt. Let the batter sit for a few minutes—coconut flour absorbs moisture and will thicken the dough.
-
Optional Add-ins: Fold in chocolate chips or shredded coconut if desired.
-
Scoop & Flatten: Scoop small balls of dough onto the baking sheet and flatten gently with your fingers or the back of a spoon.
-
Bake: Bake for 10–12 minutes, or until the edges are slightly golden. Let cool on the baking sheet before removing.
Foodzizzles
-
Condensed milk bread
-
Ingredients needed are
-
Warm milk 1 cup (250 ml )
-
condensed milk 1/4 cup (75g)
-
egg 1
-
sugar 2 tbsp (30g)
-
all purpose flour or bread flour 3&1/2 cup (420g)
-
salt 1/2 tsp
-
instant yeast 2 tsp
-
(Add yeast before adding flour , I almost forgot yeast that’s why I added later )
-
butter 1/4 cup (50g)
-
2 tbsp butter (30g)
-
2 tbsp of condensed milk (30g)
-
Please Note that temperature in our home differs , please give more time for your dough to rise if need be . So as to get perfect fluffy result like in my video .
-
You are welcome See less
Recipe Below!
Hawaiian Rolls
-
¼ cup warm milk
-
¼ cup melted butter
-
2 & ¼ tsp instant yeast
-
¼ cup brown sugar
-
1 egg
-
¾ cup pineapple juice
-
3 cups + 1 tbsp all purpose flour
-
2 tsp salt
-
A large mixing bowl, whisk together the warm milk, melted butter, instant yeast, and sugar. Whisk in the egg and pineapple juice. Then mix in the flour and salt until a shaggy dough forms. Transfer to a clean surface and knead until smooth. Transfer back to the mixing bowl and cover with a towel. Place somewhere warm to rise for 1-2 hours, or until doubled in size.
-
Then, divide the dough out equally into 12 pieces. Flatten the pieces and then roll into balls. Place in a buttered 9 x 9 baking dish and place on top of the stove while your oven preheats to 350F for at least 30 minutes.
-
Then, brush with egg wash (1 egg + 1 tbsp water, whisked together) and transfer to the oven to bake for 20 minutes, or until golden brown on top.
-
Enjoy fresh out of the oven!See less
Big Mac Tacos Recipe
-
1 lb ground beef (80% lean, 20% fat)
-
8-10 mini tacos
-
10 slices cheddar cheese
-
1 cup chopped lettuce
-
1 cup pickles
-
Salt to taste
-
1 cup mayonnaise
-
3 tablespoons ketchup
-
1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
-
2 tablespoons diced yellow onion
-
Salt to taste
-
1 tablespoon chopped relish
-
1 tablespoon white vinegar
-
1 tablespoon garlic powder
-
1 teaspoon black pepper
-
1 teaspoon smoked paprika
-
In a bowl, combine the mayonnaise, ketchup, Dijon mustard, diced yellow onion, salt, chopped relish, white vinegar, garlic powder, black pepper, and smoked paprika.
Mix the ingredients together until well combined. Refrigerate the sauce for at least 30 minutes to allow the flavors to meld.
-
Prepare the Ground Beef
Heat a skillet over high heat and add a small amount of oil. Place 2-3 tablespoons of ground beef in the center of each tortilla.
Gently press down the ground beef onto the tortillas to create an even layer.
Sprinkle a pinch of salt on top of the ground beef.
Place the meat side down in the hot skillet and immediately lower the heat to medium-low .Cook for 4-5 minutes or until the ground beef is cooked through.
If your skillet is large enough, cook two tacos at a time. Flip the tacos and cook the other side until crispy and golden.
Assemble the Tacos
Top each taco with a slice of cheddar cheese, chopped lettuce, and pickles. Drizzle the Big Mac Sauce over the top of each taco.
Serve and Enjoy
Serve the Big Mac Tacos immediately and enjoy!
This Viral Crustless Pizza Is Taking over the World!
-
This video is sponsored by GEM! Sponsors help keep our channel going!
-
Inspired by creator: / thejoshelkin
-
Breakfast Sheet - our opinion: bake at 350-375 degrees for 15-18 minutes depending on how crispy you want it!
-
1/2 large white or yellow onion
-
1/2- 2/3 cup shredded mozzarella
-
Everything bagel seasoning
-
Couple tablespoons of bacon bits
-
1 tablespoon of grated parm
-
1 tablespoon of chives
-
Pizza
-
1/2 large white or yellow onion (sliced 1/8 inch thick)
-
2-3 ounces cooked Italian sausage
-
Mini Pepperoni
-
Bacon bits
-
Italian Seasoning
-
1 tablespoon grated parm
-
Chives
-
Welcome to our channel! We call ourselves “Technically Keto” because we live a relaxed keto lifestyle. We don’t demonize ingredients, and we just try to do our best to eat low carb without overthinking it. Some might call it lazy or dirty but we love this lifestyle. If that sounds good to you…welcome to our world!
Cocina_Facil_Parati
-
Recipe here!
-
4 small potatoes
-
1 bowl of cheddar or parmesan cheese
-
Olive oil
-
Spices as desired (Thyme, flaked Diber, black pepper, salt.)
-
1 bowl of yoghurt
-
2 tablespoons mayonnaise
-
1 clove of garlic
-
mint, salt
-
Boil the potatoes and divide them into 2. Then, as in the video, put olive oil, cheese on top, then put the potatoes on top and mash them with a flat-bottomed glass. Add olive oil and cheese on top and put in a preheated oven at 200
We crush it with the help of. We add olive oil and cheese on it and bake it in a preheated oven at 200 degrees for about 20 minutes until it turns golden brown. Bon appetit
A Sweet and Tangy Springtime Spread
Rhubarb Butter
-
4 stalks of rhubarb about 4 cups, chopped
-
1 apple cored and cut into chunks
-
1/2 cup honey
-
2 teaspoons vanilla extract
-
1/4–1/2 teaspoon cinnamon
-
Puree the apple and rhubarb in a food processor or blender until smooth.
-
Pour the mixture into a pot and stir in the honey, vanilla extract, and cinnamon.
-
Bring the mixture to a boil, stirring occasionally.
-
Reduce the heat to a simmer and continue stirring every few minutes.
-
Let it cook for about 15–20 minutes, or until the mixture thickens to your desired consistency.
-
Pour into a clean jar and let it cool completely (follow canning instructions if preserving).
-
Store in the refrigerator and enjoy as a spread or topping.
-
– The apple adds natural sweetness and pectin to help thicken the butter. – Adjust the cinnamon to taste for a warmer or milder spice note. – For a smoother texture, strain the mixture before storing (optional). – Keeps well in the fridge for up to 2 weeks, or longer if canned properly.
Low Carb Cabbage Bread Sandwich?!?
-
150g finely shredded cabbage
-
1 egg
-
Salt & pepper to taste
-
IB: @don__cabbage
-
Thank you @djunacitrin for sharing this recipe! It’s so good!!!
-
See less
-
watchlolita · Original audio
-
watchlolita · Original audio
-
watchlolita · Original audio
Shio Karaage (Japanese Salt Fried Chicken)
-
5 grams garlic (1 medium clove, grated)
-
2 tablespoons sake
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
½ teaspoon black pepper (to taste)
-
400 grams boneless skin-on chicken thighs
-
vegetable oil (for frying)
-
50 grams potato starch (~⅓ cup)
-
½ lemon (cut into wedges for serving)
-
Whisk the garlic, sake, salt, and black pepper together in a medium bowl until the salt is fully dissolved.
-
Trim any excess fat or tough connective tissue of the chicken.
-
Look for natural partitions in the meat with the skin-side down and follow them with a sharp knife to slice the chicken into 1.5-inch strips (4cm).
-
Next, you want to cut the strips into pieces of chicken that are roughly the volume of a golf ball. This will mean that thinner areas will need to be cut longer while thicker areas should be shorter.
-
Add the cut chicken to the marinade and stir to coat each piece evenly. Cover and refrigerate for at least 1 hour or preferably overnight.
-
When you're ready to fry your chicken karaage, add 1-2 inches of oil to a heavy pot with high sides and preheat to 340°F (170°C). Prepare a cooling rack by lining it with a few paper towels.
-
Put the potato starch in a bowl, and then roll each piece of chicken in the starch to coat it in an even layer. Next, use your fingers to squeeze the chicken into a ball and lower each piece into the preheated oil. I recommend frying the Karaage in two batches.
-
Once the coating on the chicken has set, flip the pieces over to cook them evenly.
-
How long the chicken takes to cook will depend on how large the pieces are, but they should take about 5 minutes to cook through. They should read an internal temperature of 160°F (71°C) when they're cooked. Transfer the chicken as they cook to the prepared rack to drain.
-
Serve the Shio Karaage immediately with a few wedges of lemon.
Homemade Chocolate Syrup (Without Refined Sugars)
-
1 cup water
-
½ cup maple syrup or honey
-
1 cup cocoa powder , unsweetened is best
-
½ tsp salt
-
1 tsp vanilla extract
-
Dissolve the Sweetener: In a medium saucepan, combine the water and your choice of maple syrup or honey. Gently heat over medium, stirring occasionally, until fully dissolved.
-
Whisk in Cocoa and Salt: Add the cocoa powder and salt, and whisk thoroughly. Keep cooking over medium heat, stirring often, until the mixture thickens slightly (about 5–7 minutes). Don’t let it boil—gentle heat is key!
-
Finish with Vanilla: Remove the pan from heat and stir in the vanilla extract. It will smell amazing at this point, resist the urge to dive in with a spoon (okay, maybe just one taste).
-
Cool and Store: Let it cool to room temperature; it will thicken more as it cools. Pour into a clean jar or bottle and refrigerate. It’ll keep for 2–3 months, if it lasts that long!
-
Stir into hot or cold milk for homemade chocolate milk
-
Drizzle over pancakes, waffles, or crepes
-
Pour it over ice cream or brownies
-
Add a spoonful to coffee for a quick mocha
-
Use as a dip for fruit like strawberries or bananas
-
For a deeper flavor, try using dark cocoa powder.
-
Want it thicker (more like fudge sauce)? Let it simmer a bit longer or reduce the water slightly.
-
Vegan? Just use maple syrup instead of honey!
Fast Pho Bo (Beef Pho)
-
4 cups beef broth
-
½ small onion sliced (put aside a bit for garnish, if desired)
-
½ oz ginger 1 inch knob, bruised
-
1 tablespoon sugar
-
¼ teaspoon ground coriander or ½ teaspoon whole coriander
-
2 whole cloves
-
2 star anise
-
1 cinnamon stick
-
1-2 tablespoons fish sauce
-
½ teaspoon kosher salt
-
½ pound beef short rib thinly sliced
-
6 ounces thin rice stick noodles (small)
-
2 stalks green onion chopped
-
10 sprigs cilantro chopped
-
4 ounces bean sprouts
-
2-4 stems Thai basil
-
1 Jalapeno or Thai chili pepper sliced
-
½ lime cut into wedges
-
hoisin sauce
-
Sriracha sauce
-
Prepare the noodles by soaking them in room temperature water for 20-30 minutes.
-
If you have a disposable tea bag or sachet, place the whole coriander (if using), cloves, star anise and cinnamon stick in one.
-
In a medium pot on high heat, add beef broth, onion, ginger, sugar, ground coriander (if using), 1 tablespoon fish sauce, salt and spice bag.
-
Bring the soup to a boil and turn the heat down to low and simmer for 20 minutes.
-
In a large pot, bring half a pot of water to boil. When read to eat, place one serving of the noodles in a sieve and plunge into the boiling water to blanche for about 5-10 seconds. Immediately drain and place in a serving bowl. Repeat with the second serving.
-
Garnish the noodles with the meat slices, onion, green onion, cilantro and bean sprouts.
-
Adjust the flavour of the soup by adding more fish sauce and/or salt. Turn the heat back up and bring it to a rolling boil. If you are using the meatballs, they can be cooked in the soup.
-
Ladle over the serving bowl of noodles with hot soup. The soup has to be hot enough to cook the meat slices.
-
Serve with Thai basil, chili peppers, lime, hoisin sauce and Sriracha sauce.
Grandma's Soy Sauce Chicken and Broccolini
-
6 chicken thighs boneless, cut into 1½ inch pieces
-
2 tablespoons vegetable or canola oil
-
¾ pound broccolini or broccoli
-
2 teaspoons cornstarch
-
1 tablespoon cool water
-
1 teaspoon sesame oil
-
1 teaspoon soy sauce
-
1 teaspoon oyster sauce
-
1 teaspoon sugar
-
1 teaspoon cornstarch
-
½ ounce 1 inch knob fresh ginger thinly sliced
-
2 teaspoons soy sauce
-
1 teaspoon dark soy sauce
-
1 tablespoon oyster sauce
-
¼ cup water
-
In a medium mixing bowl, combine chicken and marinade ingredients. Let marinate for at least 30 minutes or up to overnight, covered in the fridge.
-
In a small bowl, combine sauce ingredients and set aside.
-
In another small bowl, dissolve 2 teaspoons cornstarch in 1 tablespoon cool water to make a slurry. Set aside.
-
In a wok or large frying pan on medium high heat, add 1 tablespoon vegetable or canola oil, add the chicken and let it brown on one side before flipping over and stir fry until chicken is cooked through, 3-5 minutes. Transfer the chicken into a clean bowl and set aside.
-
Add broccolini. Pour sauce over top and cover. Let cook for 3-5 minutes until fork tender.
-
Stir the slurry into the sauce. Add the cooked chicken along with the drippings and cook until the sauce starts to simmer and thicken, and chicken is heated through, about another 1-2 minutes. Turn off the heat. Drizzle with sesame oil and stir.
Hong Kong Borscht
-
1 pound beef chuck cut into 1 inch cubes
-
1½ teaspoon kosher salt
-
1 tablespoon avocado oil
-
1 oz 2 inch knob ginger, bruised
-
1 small onion cut into eighths
-
1 stalk celery 1 inch pieces
-
2 carrots 1 inch pieces
-
4-5 cups water 6-8 cups water if using Stovetop
-
2 cloves garlic minced
-
1 bay leaf
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
1 teaspoon paprika
-
½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
-
¼ cup tomato paste
-
2 tomatoes chopped
-
2 white or red potatoes peeled and cut into eighths
-
¼ cabbage chopped
-
Season meat with 1½ teaspoon kosher salt.
-
Using an electric pressure cooker, press Sauté, adjust it to high. Once the pot is hot, heat oil. Add ginger and cook for a minute. In small batches, brown the meat on each side without overcrowding. Remove the meat and place in a bowl.
-
Add onion, celery, and carrots and sauté for 3 minutes. Add garlic, cook for another 30 seconds until fragrant. Pour in 1 cup of water to deglaze, scraping up any brown bits from the bottom of the pot. Cancel Sauté.
-
Add the beef and all the drippings back into the pot. Add bay leaf, salt, paprika, black pepper and tomato paste, tomatoes and potatoes and enough water, about 4-5 cups to just cover the ingredients then place the cabbage on top. Do not stir.
-
Close and lock the lid, making sure the steam knob is on Sealing/Locked. Pressure cook on high for 30 minutes.
-
Once the pressure cooking is done, natural pressure release for at least 15 minutes and then quick release the remaining pressure.
-
Serve in individual bowls with a buttered dinner roll.
-
In a dutch oven, on medium heat, add vegetable oil. Add ginger and cook for a minute. In small batches, brown the meat on each side without overcrowding. Remove the meat and place in a bowl.
-
Add onion and celery, and sauté for 3 minutes. Add garlic, cook for another 30 seconds until fragrant. Pour in 1 cup of water to deglaze, scraping up any brown bits from the bottom of the pot.
-
Add the beef and all the drippings back into the pot. Add the bay leaf, salt, paprika, black pepper, tomato paste and 6 cups water. Bring it to a boil.
-
Turn the heat to low, cover and simmer for 1½ hours or until the beef is fork-tender.
-
Add carrots, potatoes, tomatoes, cabbage and 1-2 cups more water if needed. Turn the heat up to bring it up to a boil. Then turn the heat to low, cover and simmer for another 30 to 40 minutes until the potatoes and carrots are fork-tender.
-
Serve in individual bowls with a buttered dinner roll.
Budget Friendly Mongolian Beef
-
1 pound lean ground beef
-
2 tablespoons avocado or neutral cooking oil
-
1 onion chopped
-
1 teaspoon fresh ginger grated
-
2 cloves garlic minced
-
Pinch crushed red chili flakes optional
-
1 tablespoon cornstarch
-
1 tablespoon water
-
1 stalk green onion chopped
-
¼ cup beef broth
-
3 tablespoons soy sauce
-
1 tablespoon dark soy sauce
-
2 tablespoons brown sugar
-
In a small bowl, combine sauce ingredients and set aside.
-
In a wok or large frying pan on medium high heat, add 2 tablespoons cooking oil. Add the beef. Cook for one minute to sear one side. Flip and cook until the beef is evenly browned and cooked through and remove the beef to a bowl.
-
Turn the heat down to medium, add onion. Stir fry for a minute or until the onion is softened. Add garlic, ginger and chili flakes if using, cook for 30 seconds, until fragrant. Add the sauce and let simmer for about 5 minutes. In the same bowl, dissolve cornstarch in cool water to make a slurry. Add the slurry to the sauce and cook until the sauce starts to simmer and thicken.
-
Add the cooked beef until the beef is well covered with the sauce and heated through.
-
Turn off the heat. Stir in green onion.
Teriyaki Chicken
-
3 pounds chicken thighs
-
2 teaspoons cornstarch
-
¼ cup cool water plus 1 tablespoon
-
½ cup soy sauce
-
¼ cup mirin sauce
-
1 tablespoon rice vinegar
-
1 teaspoon sesame oil
-
¼ cup brown sugar
-
1 teaspoon fresh ginger grated
-
2 cloves garlic minced
-
In a small bowl, combine the sauce ingredients.
-
In a medium bowl, add chicken thighs and 4 tablespoons sauce. Mix well. Let marinate for 30 minutes.
-
Preheat oven to 425℉.
-
Place chicken, skin side up, on a baking sheet and bake for 30 minutes.
-
Meanwhile, in a small saucepan on medium heat, add the sauce and ¼ cup water. Bring the sauce to a simmer.
-
In a small bowl, dissolve cornstarch in 1 tablespoon cool water to make a slurry. When the sauce is simmering, add the cornstarch slurry. Stir and cook until the sauce thickens.
-
Baste chicken with leftover marinade or some of the sauce and bake for another 10 minutes until the skin is crisp and the sauce starts to caramelize.
-
Remove the chicken onto a platter. Ladle the remaining sauce over the chicken and serve with rice and vegetables.
Asian Ground Beef Spaghetti
-
1 pound ground beef
-
1 tablespoon vegetable or canola oil
-
½ onion sliced
-
½ ounce 1 inch knob fresh ginger, grated
-
1-2 cloves garlic minced
-
2 stalks green onion finely chopped
-
¼ cup cilantro finely chopped
-
2 teaspoons sesame oil
-
1 tablespoon cornstarch
-
1 tablespoon cool water
-
1 pound spaghetti
-
2 teaspoons cornstarch
-
2 teaspoons ShaoHsing wine
-
2 teaspoons soy sauce
-
1 tablespoon vegetable or canola oil
-
2 tablespoons oyster sauce
-
2 tablespoons dark soy sauce
-
1 cup beef broth
-
1 tablespoon brown sugar
-
Prepare the spaghetti according to the package instructions.
-
In a medium mixing bowl, add ground beef and marinade ingredients. Hand mix until ingredients are incorporated. Marinate for 10-15 minutes.
-
In a small bowl, combine the sauce ingredients and set aside.
-
Meanwhile, in a wok or large frying pan on medium high heat, add 1 tablespoon vegetable or canola oil. Add ground beef and stir fry until cooked through. Push the meat to the sides and let the liquid burn off.
-
Add the onion and cook for 2-3 minutes. Add garlic and ginger and cook for another 30 seconds, until fragrant. Stir all the ingredients together.
-
Push the meat mixture to the sides and add the sauce. Meanwhile, in a small bowl, dissolve cornstarch in cool water to make a slurry. Once the sauce is bubbling, stir in the slurry and cook until the sauce starts to simmer and thicken.
-
Add the cooked spaghetti and combine well. Turn off the heat. Add the green onion and cilantro. Drizzle with sesame oil and toss.
Hainanese Whole Chicken and Rice
-
Water
-
1 tablespoon sea salt
-
3 pound whole chicken
-
6 stalks green onion
-
2 ounce ginger sliced
-
3 cloves garlic smashed
-
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
-
6 stalks green onion chopped
-
2 ounces ginger grated
-
½ teaspoon kosher salt
-
Chicken fat
-
3 cloves garlic minced
-
3 rice cups Jasmine rice washed and drained
-
4 rice cups chicken broth reserved
-
1 English cucumber thinly sliced
-
2-3 pinches ground white pepper
-
1 tablespoon soy sauce
-
1 tablespoon sesame oil
-
8 sprigs cilantro garnish
-
Fill a large stock pot halfway with water, add salt and bring to a boil. While the water is boiling, prepare the chicken. Remove excess fat and set it aside.
-
Stuff the cavity of the chicken loosely, with green onion, ginger and garlic.
-
Once the water reaches a rolling boil, place the chicken into the pot, breast side up. Turn the heat down to low and cover. Do not let the water simmer. It should be still. Let the chicken poach for 50-60 minutes. Place the poached chicken in a large bowl of ice water for about 10 minutes to halt the cooking. Discard the green onion, ginger and garlic. Reserve broth.
-
Meanwhile, place the green onion, ginger and salt into a bowl. In a medium saucepan on medium high heat, heat the oil until you see a whisp of white smoke. Carefully pour it over the green onion and ginger mixture and mix well. Set aside.
-
Turn the heat down to medium and add the chicken fat to the saucepan. Render the chicken fat until you get about 1-2 tablespoons of liquid. If you don’t have 2 tablespoons, add enough vegetable oil to reach approximately 2 tablespoons.
-
Add the garlic and stir-fry for about 30 seconds until fragrant, then add the rice and stir-fry for about 5 minutes. Stir occasionally, making sure it doesn’t burn. Discard the pieces of chicken fat. Add 4 rice cups of the reserved chicken broth to cook the rice.*
-
On medium high heat, bring the rice to a simmer, uncovered. Cover and turn down the heat to low. Cook until rice is tender and no water remains in the saucepan, about 18-20 minutes.
-
Check the bottom of the rice by sticking a rubber spatula down the side of the pot to see. If the bottom of the pot is still wet or if the rice feels wet, turn off the heat and let rest for 5-10 minutes.
-
If the bottom of the pot is dry and the rice is not quite tender, sprinkle about a tablespoon of broth evenly over the top of the rice and cook for another 5-10 minutes.
-
Meanwhile, arrange the cucumber slices on a serving plate. Once the chicken is cool to handle, separate the meat from the bones, slice or shred the chicken and place on top of the cucumber. Sprinkle with 2-3 pinches of ground white pepper.
-
In a small bowl, stir the soy sauce and sesame oil until well mixed. Drizzle the mixture evenly over the chicken. Garnish with cilantro leaves.
-
Serve with rice and green onion mixture on the side.
-
Alternatively, transfer and cook rice in a rice cooker or electric pressure cooker, using only 3 rice cups of the reserved broth as the ratio of rice to liquid will then be 1:1. If using an electric pressure cooker, pressure cook on high for 4 minutes. Once the pressure cooking is done, natural pressure release for 10 minutes and then quick release the remaining pressure.
Big Mac Smash Tacos
-
450 grams ground beef, or any ground meat you like
-
pinch of salt and pepper
-
1 tablespoon avocado oil
-
5 small flour tortillas
-
¼ cup mayonnaise
-
¼ cup sour cream
-
¼ cup plain yogurt
-
1 tablespoon tomato paste
-
1 tablespoon honey Dijon mustard
-
11/2 tablespoons relish, or a whole pickle diced
-
1 tablespoon pickle juice , optional
-
grated or sliced cheese, I like aged Havarti or Cheddar
-
finely chopped lettuce
-
finely chopped onion
-
Prepare the Mac Sauce by adding all of the ingredients into a measuring cup or mixing bowl and stir together. Set it aside or in the fridge.
Note: If you don't have/like relish you can finely dice 1 pickle and add some pickle juice into the sauce instead.
-
Take a small pack of ground beef (or ground meat of choice) and divide it into 5 equal portions (about 1/3-1/2 cup of meat). Roll each portion into a ball and set aside.
-
Take a small flour tortilla and one portion of the ground beef. Press the ground meat onto the tortilla making sure you press it flat and into one even and thin layer with your fingers.
-
Add a tiny pinch of salt and pepper on top. Repeat this step for each one and set aside.
-
Heat up a pan on the stove on medium-high heat. Add a touch of avocado oil (or use avocado oil spray) and place the tortilla meat side down.
-
You should hear it sizzle. Let it cook for 2-3 minutes or until golden and caramelized. Flip it over, add the cheese of choice, reduce the heat to medium-low and put a lid on the pan so the cheese melts for another minute or so.
-
Take it off the heat, top with lettuce, finely chopped onions and the Mac sauce. Enjoy!
Champagneang
-
This ✨Viral✨ Onion Ring Pizza recipe is the ultimate mashup you didn’t know you needed. Crispy, cheesy, spicy, and sweet—every bite is loaded with flavor. Layer Italian shredded cheese mix, parmesan petals, sliced onions, cherry tomatoes, and chopped basil leaves straight onto a parchment-lined pan.
-
Bake at 400°F for 20–25 mins until the edges get nice and crispy, then finish with a drizzle of balsamic glaze, chilli peppers (optional) and more freshly chopped basil
-
Save it for your next snack night—you’re gonna want this again. See less
-
Bad Bunny · CAFé CON RON
-
Bad Bunny · CAFé CON RON
-
Bad Bunny · CAFé CON RON
Easy Smash Burger Tacos
-
1 pound ground beef, 80/20 fat percentage
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
10 cracks fresh black pepper
-
6 (six-inch) flour tortillas (flour works best they’re more absorbent and the meat sticks better)
-
6 slices muenster or provolone cheese
-
shredded lettuce, chopped white onion, and dill pickle chips for topping
-
1/2 cup mayonaise
-
1 teaspoon paprika
-
1/2 teaspoon onion powder
-
1/4 teaspoon garlic powder
-
1/2 teaspoon mustard
-
2 tablespoons minced bread & butter pickles
-
1 tablespoon pickle brine
-
10 cracks fresh black pepper
-
1/4 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce
-
Add all burger sauce ingredients to a bowl and whisk to combine. Refrigerate until ready to use; can be made 3 days in advance.
-
Divide and roll your beef into 2 1/2 ounce balls. You don’t want to be to rough with the meat or it will be tough. Less handling is better. Mix the salt and pepper into a bowl and roll each beef ball in it. Place each ball on a plate and put them in the fridge until your flat top is preheated.
-
Turn your flat top onto high heat, ungreased. This is important to getting crispy, crispy, juicy beef.
-
Place each ball on the hot flat top and set a 6 inch tortilla on top.
-
Use your smashing tool to press down very firmly on top of each tortilla, smashing the meat until it is as thin as it goes. Let them cook for 1 minute, then press down on top of each tortilla again, which will get some of the fat out for the edges to cook in. Then let cook disturbed for 2 to 3 minutes. (The patties are so thin, this is definitely enough time for them to cook through.)
-
Use a stiff steel spatula to scrape underneath one of the burgers and see if it is browned and crispy. (Be forceful; the beef might be sticking a little to the surface but that's okay). If it's not browned and crispy, increase the temperature of your grill (but it should be smoking hot.) Once browned and crisp, flip smash burger tacos onto their tortilla side and let cook another 2ish minutes so the tortilla can crisp up by cooking on the surface. Top with cheese, which will melt as the tortillas crisp.
-
Remove and add burger sauce and toppings, then enjoy!
Don'T Fry Onion Rings Anymore!!! New Oklahoma Trick Is Taking over the World!!!
-
00:00 - Intro
-
00:18 - Onion Ring Chips with Cheddar Cheese
-
02:24 - Crispiest Ever Homemade Fries
-
04:38 - Ramen Lasagna
-
06:45 - Garlic Bread Roll
-
09:06 - Breakfast Crunchwraps
-
✅ Onion Ring Chips with Cheddar Cheese
-
● onions
-
● mozzarella
-
● parmesan cheese
-
● paprika
-
● salt
-
● garlic powder
-
● yogurt - 12 cup
-
New
Mexican Pizza
-
2 12’’ Tortillas
-
1 lb Ground Beef
-
3-5 Tbs My Homemade Taco Seasoning
-
6 oz Queso
-
10 oz Rotel Tomatoes drained
-
4 oz Mild Green Chilis drained
-
6 oz Sharp Cheddar Cheese
-
2 oz Black Olives optional
-
½ Cup Sour Cream
-
½ Cup Heavy Cream
-
⅓ Red Onion diced
-
⅓ Bell Pepper diced
-
1 Jalapeño diced
-
Preheat oven to 350℉.
-
In a pan, cook ground beef and season with taco seasoning. Drain grease.
-
Dice onion, bell pepper, and jalapeño. Drain canned tomatoes and green chilis.
-
Place one tortilla in your cast iron skillet. Then, add your cooked ground beef and press it down.
-
Pour out queso on top of meat and spread it around. Add another tortilla on top of queso and lightly press it down.
-
Begin to layer on the other ingredients: add on tomatoes, green chilies, sharp cheddar cheese, diced onion, bell pepper, jalapeño, and black olives.
-
Place in the oven for 30-35 minutes and then let it cool for 5 minutes before serving.
-
Mix sour cream and heavy cream mixture together and then place it in a squeeze bottle so that you can squeeze it out easily on your piece of pizza pie.
-
Enjoy!
Vegan Sweet Potato Almond Flour Cookies {Gf, Oil-Free}
-
1 cup almond flour , (not almond meal)
-
1.5 tablespoons coconut sugar, (see notes for options)
-
1.5 teaspoons pumpkin pie spice, (see notes for options)
-
1/4 teaspoon baking soda
-
1/4 teaspoon salt, optional/adjustable
-
1/3 cup mashed cooked sweet potato
-
3 tablespoons water, divided
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
Optional: cinnamon sugar
-
Preheat oven to 350F (180C). Line a Baking sheet with parchment paper.
-
In a small to medium bowl, stir together the almond flour, coconut sugar, pumpkin pie spice, baking soda, and optional salt. Add the sweet potato, vanilla extract, and HALF of the water, stirring until completely blended. If dough is still dry, add more of the water (up to the full 3 tablespoons).
-
Using a small cookie scoop drop dough into 12 mounds, or roll into 12 balls. Place on prepared baking sheet, spacing 2 inches apart. If desired, sprinkle with cinnamon sugar
-
Bake in the preheated oven for 17 to 20 minutes until golden brown at edges and centers of cookies feel firm to the touch.
-
Let the cookies sit on the baking sheet for 10 minutes (they will continue to firm up). Transfer the cookies from the baking sheet to a cooling rack and cool completely.
-
Storage: Store the cooled cookies in an airtight container in the refrigerator for 5 days, or the freezer for up to 3 months.
-
Sweet Potato Tips: Sweet potatoes vary in their moisture and starch content (even more so depending on how the sweet potatoes are cooked). Be sure to add no more than half the amount of water at a time until a cohesive, but still stiff dough, is achieved.
-
Sweetener Options: An equal amount of the granulated sweetener of your choice (e.g., brown sugar, cane sugar) can be used in place of the coconut sugar. An equal amount of liquid sweetener (e.g., maple syrup, agave nectar) can also be used (decrease water by 1 to 2 teaspoons)
-
Pumpkin Pie Spice Alternatives: Instead of using pumpkin pie spice, 1/4 to 1 teaspoon of your favorite spice, such as cinnamon, nutmeg, cardamom, allspice, ginger, or a pinch of cloves. Or add a combination of spices (no more than 1.5 teaspoons total).
Pie Crust.Pdf
Homemade Cheez-Its
-
1 8-ounce block extra sharp cheddar cheese, coarsely shredded
-
4 tablespoons (2 ounces) cubed unsalted butter, at room temperature
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
1 cup (120 grams; 4 1/4 ounces) unbleached all purpose flour
-
2 tablespoons ice water
-
In the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, mix the cheddar, butter, and salt until soft and homogenous.
-
Add the flour and mix on low speed; the dough will be dry and pebbly.
-
Slowly add the water and continue to mix as the dough coalesces into a mass.
-
Pat the dough into a disk, wrap tightly with plastic wrap, and refrigerate for at least 1 hour.
-
Preheat the oven to 375 degrees F. Line two baking sheets with parchment paper or silicone mats.
-
Divide the dough into two pieces and roll each into a very thin (1/8 inch or less) 10x12-inch rectangle.
-
Using a fluted pastry cutter, cut the rectangles into 1-inch squares, then transfer to the baking sheets.
-
Use the tip of a chopstick to punch a hole into the center of each square.
-
Bake for about 15 minutes or until the crackers are puffed and browning at the edges. Watch carefully, as the high fat content of the crackers makes it a fine line between golden delicious and burnt.
-
Immediately move the crackers to racks to cool.
-
Crackers will keep for up to 1 week in a sealed container at room temperature.
High Protein Cheesecake Fluff
-
1 cup plain Greek yogurt
-
2 oz cream cheese softened
-
1-2 tsp lemon juice
-
1 tsp vanilla extract
-
1-2 tbsp honey
-
Mix all ingredients in a medium sized bowl with a whisk or hand mixer (hand mixer will be a little fluffier!).
-
Serve immediately or chill for 10-15 minutes for a bit of a firmer texture. Serve with fresh fruit, whipped cream and crushed graham crackers for an easy cheesecake fluff bowl.
-
Try these variations, too!
-
Turn it into a chocolate cheesecake fluff by adding 1-2 tbsp of cocoa powder.
-
Add a spoonful of peanut butter or your favorite nut butter for a twist on classic cheesecake fluff.
-
Add mini chocolate chips for a chocolate chip cheesecake fluff!
-
Make cherry cheesecake fluff by topping with fresh or frozen cherries.
-
Fill mini graham cracker crusts and use it as a no bake cheesecake filling! Chill for 10 minutes and you have a delicious high protein no bake dessert.
-
Make mini dessert cups by layering cheesecake fluff with fresh fruit and graham cracker crumbs!
(1) the Best Lemon Cookies
Seasoned Pretzels (Dot's Pretzels Copycat Recipe)
-
3 cups pretzels
-
2 tbsp butter, melted
-
4 tsp powdered buttermilk
-
1/4 tsp salt
-
2 tsp garlic powder
-
1 tsp onion powder
-
1/4 tsp cayenne pepper
-
1/4 tsp black pepper
-
Preheat the oven to 250°. Prepare a cookie sheet with parchment paper.
-
Measure out the pretzels into a large bowl.
-
Melt and pour the butter over the pretzels. Stir to coat evenly.
-
In a small bowl, combine the powdered buttermilk, salt, garlic powder, onion powder, cayenne pepper and black pepper. Stir the seasonings together.
-
Sprinkle the seasonings onto the pretzels while stirring to coat evenly.
-
Arrange on the prepared cookie sheet in a single layer.
-
Bake at 250° for 20 minutes. Allow the pretzels to cool before eating.
-
– If you don’t like spicy, half the amount of cayenne and black pepper.
Mongolian Beef and Rice
-
1 tbsp olive oil
-
1 tbsp cornstarch
-
1 - 1 1/2 lbs flank steak
-
1 cup Water
-
1/2 cup soy sauce
-
1/2 cup brown sugar
-
10 cloves garlic
-
1 tbsp fresh ginger
-
1/4 tsp cayenne
-
2 cups long grain white rice
-
2 1/4 cups Water
-
2 tbsp cornstarch
-
4 green onions
-
sesame seeds
-
Add olive oil to the Instant Pot. Using the display panel select the SAUTE function.
-
Add beef and cornstarch to a large bag or bowl and mix to coat beef evenly.
-
When oil gets hot, brown the meat on both sides, 2-3 minutes per side. Meat will not be cooked through. Do not crowd the pot--you may have to work in batches.
-
Add the Sauce Mixture ingredients to the pot and deglaze by using a wooden spoon to scrape the brown bits from the bottom of the pot.
-
Turn the pot off by selecting CANCEL , then secure the lid, making sure the vent is closed.
-
Place rinsed rice and water in a separate cooking pan with at least a 7-cup capacity. Place an extra-tall trivet or riser (we love these) in the bottom of the pot and place the rice-filled cooking pan on the trivet. Check that the bottom of the cooking pan is not in contact with the sauce mixture and that the top of the cooking pan does not exceed the Max line on the Instant Pot. (Note: If you don’t have these accessories, you can also make the rice separately!)
-
Using the display panel select the MANUAL or PRESSURE COOK function*. Use the +/- buttons and program the Instant Pot for 10 minutes.
-
When the time is up, let the pressure naturally release for 10 minutes, then quick-release the remaining pressure.
-
Open the pot and carefully remove the rice pan and riser. Fluff the rice with a fork and set aside.
-
Mix together the cornstarch with 2 tbsp cold water in a small bowl and stir into the sauce until thickened, cooking 2-3 minutes, returning to SAUTE mode if needed.
-
Add the green onions to the pot, stir to mix. Select CANCEL to turn off the pot and let the mixture cool for 5 minutes before serving.
-
Serve beef and sauce over rice and garnish with sesame seeds.
-
If your Instant Pot does not have a MANUAL function, use the Pressure Cook function.
Home Made Cleaner for Computer Tv Screens
-
A simple and effective homemade cleaner for computer and TV screens can be made using distilled water and isopropyl alcohol . Mix equal parts of distilled water and isopropyl alcohol in a spray bottle, shake well, and spray onto a microfiber cloth before wiping the screen gently. 69 Alternatively, you can use a solution of distilled water and white vinegar, mixing equal parts of each in a spray bottle. 58 Always avoid spraying the solution directly onto the screen and instead apply it to the cloth first. This method ensures that no liquid gets inside the device and reduces the risk of damage. 68
-
Using a microfiber cloth is recommended because it is soft and effective at picking up dust and dirt without scratching the screen. 58 It is important to turn off and unplug the device before cleaning to prevent any electrical accidents. 9 Additionally, avoid using tap water, as it can leave mineral deposits and streaks on the screen. 49
-
For deeper cleaning or to remove stubborn stains, you can dampen the cloth slightly with the cleaning solution. 9 However, excessive pressure should be avoided to prevent damage to the screen. 9
-
Flat screen monitors and televisions, most of which are LCD (including LED-backlit LCD) displays, require special attention when cleaning. · Older CRT screens, the kind used in large "tube" monitors and TVs, are glass and can be cleaned in pretty much the same way as you would any other glass in your home or office. · Flat screen monitor and television displays, however, are much more sensitive and are easily scratched and damaged. The same applies to your laptop or tablet screen, and often too to the screen on your smartphone or e-book reader. · Note: Plasma TVs are glass, as are many touch screens, but often also have very sensitive anti-glare coatings applied. I recommend taking the same special care with those types of displays. · Follow the easy steps below to safely clean your flat screen monitor, TV, or other device in just a few minutes. · Difficulty: Easy · Time Required: Cleaning a flat screen display, like an LCD TV or monitor, usually takes less than 5 minutes · Here's How: · Turn off the device. If the screen is dark, it will be easier to see the areas that are dirty or oily. · Use a dry, soft cloth and very gently wipe the screen. A great choice would be the microfiber type of cloth used to clean eyeglass lenses. A dry eraser works good too. · See Tip #1 below for kinds of cloths to avoid. · If the dry cloth did not completely remove the dirt or oil, do not press harder in an attempt to scrub it off. · Pushing directly on the screen can often cause pixels to burn out, especially on laptop displays, desktop monitors, and LCD/LED TV screens. This isn't so much an issue on screens designed to be touched, like phones and tablets, but be careful nonetheless. · If necessary, dampen the cloth with distilled water or with an equal ratio of distilled water to white vinegar. · Many companies also sell small spray bottles of special cleaner for flat screens. I've used Philips Screen Cleaner before and thought it worked well but the 50/50 vinegar and water mix is probably just as effective. · See Tip #2 below for products to avoid. · The plastic edge that surrounds the screen can be cleaned with any multipurpose cleaner but take care to avoid contact with the screen itself. · Tips: · Avoid using paper towels, toilet paper, tissue paper, or something like your shirt to wipe the screen. These non-ultrasoft materials can scratch the display. · Avoid cleaning products that contain ammonia, most Windex products, ethyl alcohol, acetone, toluene, ethyl acid, or methyl chloride. These chemicals can react with the materials that the flat screen is made of or coated with, which could permanently discolor the screen or cause other kinds of damage. SprayWay window cleaner is good and contains no ammonia. · Never spray liquid directly on to any screen. It could run inside the device and cause damage.
These 30 Minute Hotdog Buns Are So Quick Easy to Make and Only Have 7 Ingredients!
-
1 cup warm water
-
2 tbsp active yeast
-
2 tbsp sugar
-
Let sit til foamy
-
1/4 cup melted butter
-
1 egg
-
3.5 cups flour
-
1.5 tsp salt
-
Knead 4 minutes
Divide into 8 pieces
Shape dough
Cover, let rise 15 minutes
Bake 10-12 minutes at 400f
Japanese Pink Salt
-
Japanese pink salt: 1 teaspoon (4.7 g)
-
Water: 2 cups (473 ml)
-
Honey: 1 tablespoon (15 ml)
-
Lemon juice: 1 tablespoon (15 ml)
-
Ice cubes: Optional
-
Pot
-
Spoon
-
Glass
-
Heat 2 cups of water in a pot and bring it to a boil.
-
Remove the pot from the stove and let it cool slightly for about a minute.
-
Add 1 teaspoon of Japanese pink salt to the hot water and stir until fully dissolved.
-
Add 1 teaspoon of honey and 1 teaspoon of lemon juice to the water and stir well to combine everything.
-
Serve the drink in a glass with ice if desired.
-
Safety Notes: Ensure the water is not too hot to avoid burning your mouth.
-
Substitutions: You can use regular salt or Himalayan pink salt as alternatives to Japanese pink salt. If you don't have honey, you can use sugar or maple syrup.
-
Storage: This drink is best consumed immediately. If you have leftovers, store them in a sealed container in the refrigerator for up to 24 hours.
-
Pro Tips: For maximum benefits, drink this on an empty stomach. Ensure the salt fully dissolves to avoid grittiness.
Instagram Post
-
1 cup coconut sugar
-
1/2 cup water
-
1 cinnamon stick
-
1/2 inch piece of lemon, lime, and orange zest
-
1/2 tsp each coriander and nutmeg
-
1/2 tsp bitters
-
1 tsp vanilla
-
In a saucepan, caremelize the coconut sugar over low-medium heat until it starts to get sticky. Then, pour in the water, stir, and bring to a simmer.
-
Add in the zest, cinnamon stick, and spices. Continue to let simmer for about 5-10 minutes, or until it starts to thicken.
-
Strain and stir in the vanilla + bitters.
-
Store in the fridge for up to 2 weeks.
-
Then, to make a cup of cola, use 1 part syrup to 3 parts seltzer. Stir and enjoy!!
Ezekial Bread
-
2-1/2 cups hard red wheat
-
1-1/2 cups spelt or rye (Biblically spelt was used, Ezekiel 4:9)
-
1/2 cup barley (hulled barley)
-
1/4 cup millet
-
1/4 cup lentils (green preferred)
-
2 Tbs. great northern beans
-
2 Tbs. red kidney beans
-
2 Tbs. pinto beans
-
4 cups lukewarm water
-
1 cup honey
-
1/2 cup oil
-
2 tsp. salt
-
2 Tbs. yeast
-
Each loaf makes 24 slices.
-
It is better nutritionally to sprout the grains - beans first. Place all the grains and beans in a large bowl, cover with water, loosely cover bowl, let sit over night. In the morning, drain and rinse.
Spread onto paper towel lines pan, cover with additional paper towel and moisten, keeping the towels moist to sprout the grains. Once sprouted, transfer to dry towel, then transfer to food dehydrator and dry overnight OR to oven set at 200 degrees, drying overnight.
In a bowl, mix together the hard red wheat, spelt, barley, millet, lentils, northern beans, red kidney beans, and pinto beans.
-
The mixture should then be ground in a flour mill. A coffee grinder works well and takes a little time.
-
In a large bowl add 4 cups lukewarm water, 1 cup honey and 1/2 cup oil.
-
Next add your freshly milled flour made from the grains in the step above as well as 2 teaspoons of salt and 2 tablespoons of yeast.
-
Stir and kneed for roughly 10 minutes until the bread has been well kneaded. The batter will not become smooth like your typical dough, so don't get frustrated and continue kneading.
-
Pour the dough into two greased large loaf pans or three greased medium loaf pans.
-
Allow dough to rise for one hour in a warm place or until the dough is nearing the top of the pan.
-
Bake in your oven for 45-50 minutes at 350 degrees F
Remove from pan and allow to cool on racks. Store 1 loaf in the freezer, the other in your refrigerator.
. 1/3 Pure Castile Soap
-
. 1/3 Honey
-
This won’t make you sticky. It adds moisture and lather increasing suds without any SLS or harmful additives. Honey is water - soluble and won’t leave you or your drains sticky!
-
. 1/3 Moisturizing Oil
-
I prefer jojoba or fractionated coconut will balance the dryness of the Castile soap. But you can use whatever’s in your pantry (eg. almond oil, olive oil, avocado oil). When using coconut oil make sure to get fractionated (stays in liquid form) to prevent drain clogging. You can use a solid form (although I wouldn’t recommend it) just make sure you are using hot water to keep it from clogging your drains.
-
. 10-25 drops of essential oil
-
Vanilla or vetiver pair well with the honey. Or add peppermint, or eucalyptus for a more spa like experience.
-
. Fill your bottle 1/3 of the way with each ingredient, then adding in your EO.
-
. Shake well before use. Ingredients might separate so make sure to give it a good shake prior to use.
-
✨ use glass jars when using EO
-
✨ write your recipe on the back to easily remember when it’s time to refill!
-
✨ opt for a foaming pump
-
See less
Mywelloiledlife
-
Glass foaming dispenser
-
2 tablespoons Castile soap (unscented)
-
15 drops essential oil- I did 5 vanilla and 10 citrus bliss + it smells amazing
-
Fill rest with distilled water
-
Gentle shake to mix
-
Will take you two minutes who is going to try?! Share this recipe with someone who needs it!
If @Nicolemcmom Says They’Re Better Than a Reese's Cup, You Have to Make ‘Em!
-
2 cups graham cracker crumbs
-
2 cups confectioners’ sugar
-
1 cup butter or margarine, melted
-
1 cup peanut butter
-
1 ½ cups semisweet chocolate chips
-
4 tablespoons peanut butter
-
Gather all ingredients.
Mix together graham cracker crumbs, confectioners’ sugar, butter or margarine, and 1 cup peanut butter in a medium bowl until well-blended.
Press evenly into the bottom of an ungreased 9x13-inch pan.
Place chocolate chips and 4 tablespoons peanut butter in a microwave-safe bowl. Microwave on high, stirring every 15 seconds, until smooth.
Spread mixture over crust.
Refrigerate for at least 1 hour before cutting into 12 squares.
Cheeseburger Onion Ring Rolls
-
1 large onion (sweet onion works well)
-
½ pound (225 g) ground beef (80/20 or leaner, your choice)
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
½ teaspoon black pepper
-
½ teaspoon garlic powder
-
4 slices cheddar cheese (or your favorite cheese)
-
½ cup shredded cheddar or mozzarella (optional)
-
1 egg
-
1 cup pork rinds, crushed (or breadcrumbs, if not keto)
-
¼ cup grated Parmesan
-
1 tablespoon mustard (optional)
-
1 tablespoon sugar-free ketchup (optional)
-
Avocado oil or cooking spray
-
Prep the Onion Rings
Peel and slice the onion into thick rings, about ½ inch thick.
Separate the rings and choose the larger, sturdy rings for filling. Save smaller pieces for another dish.
-
Prepare the Filling
In a bowl, combine ground beef with salt, pepper, and garlic powder.
If desired, add mustard and ketchup for extra flavor.
Mix well, but don’t overwork the meat.
-
Assemble the Onion Ring Rolls
Take a large onion ring and fill it with a bit of the ground beef mixture, pressing it into the bottom.
Add a small slice of cheddar or sprinkle shredded cheese in the center.
Cover with more beef to seal the cheese inside, forming a little meat ring.
Repeat with remaining onion rings and filling.
-
Coat the Rolls
In a shallow bowl, beat the egg.
In another bowl, combine crushed pork rinds (or breadcrumbs) with grated Parmesan.
Dip each filled onion ring into the egg wash, then coat in the crumb mixture.
Gently press crumbs onto the rolls to ensure they stick.
-
Cook
Air Fryer: Preheat to 375°F (190°C). Lightly spray rolls with avocado oil. Air fry for 10-12 minutes, flipping halfway, until golden and crispy.
Oven: Preheat to 400°F (200°C). Place rolls on a parchment-lined baking sheet, lightly spray with oil, and bake for 20-25 minutes until cooked through and crispy.
-
Serve hot with your favorite dipping sauces like ranch, sugar-free ketchup, or spicy mayo.
Great with a fresh salad, pickles, or roasted veggies.
Dark Chocolate Hot Cocoa
-
Original recipe (1X) yields 1 servings
-
1 cup whole milk
-
1 ½ teaspoons brown sugar, or to taste
-
2 ounces dark chocolate (70% or more cocoa butter), or to taste
-
1 tablespoon heavy whipping cream, or more to taste
-
1 pinch ground cinnamon, or more to taste
-
Heat milk in a saucepan over medium heat until just before boiling, 3 to 4 minutes. Add brown sugar and stir until dissolved, about 1 minute. Stir dark chocolate into milk until melted, 2 to 3 minutes.
-
Remove saucepan from heat and stir cream and cinnamon into milk mixture. Serve hot.
-
For creamier cocoa, use more heavy cream. I also like to put whipped cream at the bottom of the mug and pour the cocoa over it.
Ground Beef and Broccoli Stir Fry
-
½ cup reduced sodium soy sauce, or gluten-free tamari
-
1 tablespoon honey
-
4 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 1-inch piece fresh ginger, peeled and grated
-
1 tablespoon cornstarch
-
½ tablespoon sesame oil
-
1 pound ground beef, 93% lean
-
½ medium yellow onion, chopped
-
1 large head broccoli, cut into florets and blanched*
-
1 tablespoon toasted sesame seeds
-
3 medium scallions, sliced on the bias
-
cooked rice, or cauliflower rice, for serving (optional)
-
In a small bowl, whisk together the soy sauce, honey, garlic, ginger, and cornstarch. Set aside.
-
Add the sesame oil to a large deep skillet over medium-high heat. Add the beef and onion and cook, stirring occasionally, until the meat is just about cooked through, about 5 minutes.
-
Pour in the reserved sauce, stir to combine, and cook for 1 minute. Add the broccoli and cook for 1 more minute.
-
Divide mixture evenly among 4 plates or shallow bowls, layering rice first, if using.
-
Top each with sesame seeds and scallions.
-
Video
-
To blanch the broccoli- bring a big pot of water to boil. Drop the florets into the water and cook for two to three minutes until bright green and crisp-tender. Immediately drain in a colander and put in an ice bath (a large bowl filled with ice water), which will stop the cooking process. Once the broccoli is cool, drain in the colander again.
Mom's Simple Dumplings
-
Original recipe (1X) yields 6 servings
-
1 ½ cups all-purpose flour
-
2 teaspoons baking powder
-
¾ teaspoon salt
-
3 tablespoons shortening or butter
-
¾ cup milk
-
Whisk flour, baking powder, and salt together in a mixing bowl. Cut in shortening with a knife or pastry blender until mixture resembles fine crumbs. Stir milk into flour mixture until moistened. Dough will be pretty lumpy, but be sure to not over mix it!
-
Drop dough by large spoonfuls onto any simmering stew. The dumplings should rest on top of vegetables and meat; it's okay if they stick out of the top a bit. Cook uncovered for 10 minutes; cover and cook another 10 minutes.
I Recently Ran Out of Brown Sugar, Right Before a Big Baking Day… So I Whipped Up My Own and Was Able to Finish Baking!
-
1 cup cane sugar
-
1 tablespoon molasses.
-
Mix, using a spoon, whisk or if your kitchen aid mixer.
All You Need Is:
-
Frozen mixed veg
-
1 tbsp butter
-
1 tbsp flour
-
80g cheddar cheese,grated
-
250ml milk
-
Add your favourite mixed frozen veg to a pan. Add your butter and melt. Then add tbsp flour and slowly stir in milk whilst on a low heat. Add in grated cheese. Allow to cool.
-
You need a decent quality ice cube tray. Cut a slice of puff pastry a little longer than your tray. Lay it over the ice cube tray and press it. Add tsp of filling. Add another layer of pastry on top. Trim edges. Freeze for 2 hours and then give them a good bang and twist and they should pop out. Cut and brush with milk. Bake for 10-12 minutes on 180 degrees.
⚠️Mash vegetables for younger babies with back or fork⚠️
❄️You can also freeze before baking for a quick snack another time
Biscuits for 2
-
1/2 cup all-purpose flour
-
1 teaspoon baking powder
-
1/8 teaspoon salt
-
2 tablespoons shortening
-
3 tablespoons milk
-
2 tablespoons butter, melted, divided
-
Preheat oven to 450°. In a small bowl, combine the flour, baking powder and salt; cut in shortening until mixture resembles coarse crumbs. Add milk, tossing with a fork until a ball forms.
-
Turn onto a lightly floured surface; knead 5-6 times. Roll or pat to 1/2-in. thickness; cut with a 2-1/2-in. biscuit cutter. Place on a greased baking sheet. Brush tops with 1 tablespoon butter. Bake until golden brown, 9-11 minutes. Brush with remaining butter. Serve warm.
(1) Peppermint Patty Is Very Nervous!
(1) Peppermint Patty Is Very Nervous!
Ib: @Tamsskyn
-
5 carrots, ribboned
-
1/4 red onion, sliced
-
1/4 cup chopped green onion
-
1/4 cup chopped cilantro
-
2 garlic cloves, grated
-
Chicken (I used 1 chicken breast, diced and cooked)
-
2 tbsp soy sauce
-
3 tbsp rice vinegar
-
2 tbsp toasted sesame oil
-
1 tsp honey
-
2 tbsp sesame seeds
-
1 tbsp chili oil
-
1/3 cup cashews, roughly chopped
-
You guys… this salad is a game changer! You’re literally eating skincare! I love it!
-
Si aún no la has probado, ¡tienes que hacerlo!
-
5 zanahorias, cortadas en tiras
-
1/4 de cebolla morada, rebanada
-
1/4 de taza de cebollín picado
-
1/4 de taza de cilantro picado
-
2 dientes de ajo, rallados
-
Pollo (yo usé 1 pechuga de pollo, cortada en cubos y cocida)
-
2 cucharadas de salsa de soja
-
3 cucharadas de vinagre de arroz
-
2 cucharadas de aceite de sésamo tostado
-
cucharadita de miel
-
cucharadas de semillas de sésamo
-
1 cucharada de aceite de chile
-
1/3 de taza de anacardos, picados gruesamente
-
¡Chicas… esta ensalada es revolucionaria! ¡Literalmente están comiendo productos para el cuidado de la piel! ¡Me encanta! See less
Date Syrup (Silan)
-
500 g / 1 lb dried pitted dates (I used the most common, Deglet Nour variety)
-
1 litre / 4 cups water
-
Chop your dates roughly.
-
Soak your dates in boiling water for 20 minutes to get rid of impurities, discard the soaking water afterwards.
-
Place the soaked dates in a large lidded pot with 1 litre / 4 cups of water. Bring to a gentle boil, simmer, covered, for 1-2 hrs (2 is better if you have time).
-
Allow it to cool down completely.
-
Place a sieve over a large bowl and line the sieve with a large piece of cheesecloth or use a nut bag.
-
Squeeze all of the water from the cooked dates really well. You’ll need to do this in smaller batches unless you have a very large piece of cheesecloth. You should get about 2 cups of liquid.
-
Pour the date juice into a pot and allow it to come to a gentle simmer. Simmer, uncovered, for about 45-60 minutes until the excess water evaporates and the syrup reduces by approximately half. If you dip a spoon in it, the syrup should coat the back of it – the syrup will become even thicker after cooling. If the syrup is too thin for your liking, return it to the heat and reduce some more, but be careful not to over reduce.
-
My method is adapted from this video.
How to Make Instant Pot Hard Boiled Eggs
-
How to Make Instant Pot Easy-Peel Hard Boiled Eggs
-
Check your pressure cooker manual for the minimum requirement of liquid in the pot, and add at least that amount. If no instructions are given, add 1 inch of water.
-
If your pressure cooker didn't come with its own steamer basket, you can use a standard metal or silicone steamer basket in its place. (If you don't have a steamer basket, you can skip it, but you may get a greater number of cracked eggs.)
-
Avoid stacking eggs on top of each other since this can also lead to more cracked eggs. If you need to cook more eggs than will fit in a single layer, we suggest cooking multiple batches.
-
Cook Mode (Keep screen awake)
How to Make Instant Pot Hard Boiled Eggs
-
How to Make Instant Pot Easy-Peel Hard Boiled Eggs
Rhubarb Jam
-
6 cups rhubarb (chopped)
-
2 cups sugar
-
1 Tablespoon lemon juice (fresh squeezed)
-
Place the rhubarb in a large glass bowl. Add sugar and stir to distribute. Cover and let sit for at least 8 hours stirring once or twice to redistribute sugar.
-
Place rhubarb and its juice into a nonreactive pot.
-
Add lemon juice.
-
Cook over medium high heat until mixture comes to a simmer, about 20 minutes. Stir often.
-
Reduce heat to low and continue cooking for another 10 minutes. Stir often to avoid burning.
-
Remove jam from heat and allow it to cool for 10 minutes. Transfer jam to a glass canning jar or other storage container. Cover and refrigerate.
-
Allow enough time for the rhubarb to release all of its juices
-
Use all of the juice along with the rhubarb for the jam
-
Use a non reactive pot for cooking the jam. A stainless steel or ceramic coated pot will work well.
-
Keep a close eye the jam while it cooks. Stir the jam often to avoid burning.
-
Cooking time will vary depending on your fruit, the pan you are using and your burner.
-
Testing the jam to see if it's done
-
There are a few different ways to determine if your jam is done. I usually use at least two methods to determine if my jam is fully set.
-
Test the temperature of boiling jam using a jelly or candy thermometer.
-
The temperature test is the most reliable. However, the exact temperature will vary, depending on your altitude. You will deduct 2° for every thousand feet above sea level. Jam sets at 220° at sea level. I'm at about 2000 feet above sea level and my jam sets between 216° - 218°
-
I usually watch my jam with a thermometer and when it starts getting close to 215° I begin doing a sheeting test and then the plate test. I don't like to rely on just one method.
-
The spoon test relies on watching the sheeting or drops as they come off the spoon while it is cooking. When the jam first starts boiling it comes off in drops or thin streams.
-
When the jam has set, the jam will come off the spoon in more of a sheet.
-
Test jam on a plate - scoop out a tablespoonful of jam onto a plate. Allow to cool for a minute and then run the back of a spoon through jam. If the jam stays separated, it is done.
-
Tilt the jam - the jam should only have a slight slide
Stacy Joseph Abraham
-
1/2 cup red chili flakes
-
2 tbsp mince garlic
-
1 tbsp sesame seeds
-
2 tbs salt
-
Pour the very hot oil into mixture and mix
-
Let it cook down.
-
Put 1/2 cup Greek yogurt in
-
1 whole packet of ranch seasoning in
-
1/3 cup of honey
-
In case you guys were looking for the recipe.. I got ya’ll!
Heat 1 cup avacado oil to 250 degrees.
This Is My Go to Quick and Healthy Dessert If I’M Craving Some Apple Pie
-
1 apple
-
1/2 tbsp coconut oil
-
1 tbsp coconut butter
-
1 tsp cinnamon
-
Calories: 266
-
Carbs: 1.5g
-
Fat:17.4g
-
Protein: 1.5g
-
Fiber: 7g
-
#See less
-
Hunt4shredz · Original audio
-
Hunt4shredz · Original audio
-
Hunt4shredz · Original audio
Easy Slow Cooker French Dip
-
Original recipe (1X) yields 9 servings
-
4 pounds rump roast
-
1 (12 fluid ounce) can or bottle beer
-
1 (10.5 ounce) can condensed French onion soup
-
1 (10.5 ounce) can beef broth
-
9 French bread rolls
-
2 tablespoons butter
-
Gather all ingredients.
-
Trim excess fat from rump roast and place in a slow cooker.
-
Pour in beer, onion soup, and beef broth. Cover and cook on Low setting for 7 hours.
-
Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F (175 degrees C).
-
Split French bread rolls and arrange them on a baking sheet; spread with butter. Warm in the preheated oven for 10 minutes, or until heated through.
-
Meanwhile, remove rump roast from the slow cooker and thinly slice on the diagonal.
-
Pile sliced beef onto heated rolls. Serve with sauce for dipping. Enjoy!
Pork Chop and Rice Casserole
-
Baking Dish 9 x 13-Inch
-
Cutting Board
-
Sharp Knife
-
Skillet Large
-
Wooden Spoon
-
Mixing Bowls
-
Measuring Cups and Spoons
-
Tongs
-
Whisk
-
Foil
-
Ingredients 1X 2X 3X
-
3 Tablespoons butter
-
1½ Cups long grain white rice
-
1 yellow onion, small, diced
-
1 Can condensed cream of mushroom soup, 10½-Ounce can
-
2 Cups low sodium beef broth
-
1 Tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
-
1 Packet onion soup mix, 1-Ounce Lipton packet
-
4 pork chops, thick cut and bone-in
-
½ Teaspoon garlic powder
-
½ Teaspoon black pepper
-
cooking spray, as needed
-
parsley, fresh, chopped
-
Preheat the oven to 425°F and spray a 9 × 13-inch baking dish with nonstick cooking spray.
-
Melt 2 tablespoons of the butter in a large skillet over a medium-high heat.
-
Add the rice and onions. Cook for 2 or 3 minutes or until softened.
-
Spoon the rice mixture into the bottom of the prepared baking dish using a serving spoon and wipe out the skillet using paper towels.
-
Whisk together the mushroom soup, broth, Worcestershire sauce, and onion soup mix in a medium mixing bowl until smooth.
-
Pour the soup mixture over the rice mixture and stir to combine.
-
Using the same skillet, melt the remaining tablespoon of butter over a high heat.
-
Season the pork chops on both sides with garlic powder and black pepper.
-
Using metal tongs, add 2 of the pork chops to the hot skillet.
-
Brown for 2 minutes per side.
-
Remove to a plate and repeat with the other 2 pork chops.
-
Now put the pork chops on top of the rice mixture in the baking dish.
-
Cover the baking dish with aluminum foil.
-
Bake in the preheated oven for 40 to 45 minutes.
-
Remove the foil during the last 10 minutes of cooking to create a nice crust on the pork chops (optional but recommended!)
-
Sauteing the rice: Sauteing the rice and onions is optional, but it helps prevent the rice from becoming mushy during baking. If you want to skip that step, you can add uncooked rice directly to the baking dish and then use 1 teaspoon of onion powder instead of a diced onion.
-
Browning the pork: Doing this before baking is also an optional step, but I highly recommend doing it to seal in the juices and add a nice crust to the pork chops.
-
Check for doneness: The pork chops are cooked when they’re at least 145°F in the center (or you can cook them up to 160°F if you prefer them more done).
Pan De Cristal
-
2 cups plus 3 tablespoons (500g) water*
-
4 cups plus 2 1/2 tablespoons (500g) King Arthur Unbleached Bread Flour
-
3/4 teaspoon (2.5g) instant yeast
-
2 teaspoons (10g) table salt
-
1 tablespoon (15g) olive oil, for the pan
* ee “tips,” below.
-
To make the dough: For best results, weigh your flour; this recipe was developed by metric weight. However, if you prefer to work with volume measurements, please be sure to measure your flour the King Arthur way: gently spoon the flour into a cup, then sweep off any excess.
-
In a medium bowl, mix the water, flour, yeast, and salt until thoroughly combined and homogenous. Note: The dough starts off very slack and wet. That’s OK; it will transform itself through time and folds.
-
Oil a two-quart rectangular baking dish (10" x 7") with the olive oil. If you don’t have a 2-quart dish, an 8" or 9" square pan will work. Don’t worry about any pan you use being oven-safe; you won’t be baking the bread in it.
-
Pour the dough into the dish. Check the dough’s temperature by inserting a digital thermometer into the center. If it's less than 72°F, move the dish to a warmer spot, e.g., your oven with the light turned on.
-
Cover the dish and allow the dough to rest for 20 minutes.
-
Start with a bowl fold: Use your wet hands to grab a section of dough from one side, lift it up, then press it down into the middle. Repeat this eight to 12 times.
-
Cover the dish and allow the dough to rest for 20 minutes.
-
Then do a coil fold: With wet hands, reach under the dough and stretch the middle upward until the dough releases from the dish. Roll it forward off your hands, allowing it to fold over (or “coil”) on itself. This is called a coil fold. Rotate the dish 90° (a quarter turn) and repeat. Continue performing this folding action until the dough feels like it won’t stretch and elongate easily, usually four to five times initially. Note: You’ll be doing this three more times, each time building strength and developing the dough. See "tips," below, for more details,
-
Cover the dish and allow the dough to rest for 20 minutes.
-
Repeat the coil fold. Cover the dish and allow the dough to rest for 20 minutes.
-
At this point, the dough should be easier to handle and feel tighter. Repeat the coil fold using only two or three folds this time. Cover the dish and allow the dough to rest for 20 minutes.
-
Repeat the coil fold one last time, using only one or two folds if the dough is relatively strong. Cover the dish and allow the dough to rest for about 80 minutes.
-
To divide the dough: As gently as possible, turn the dough out onto a heavily floured surface, maintaining the rectangle or square shape — be careful not to deflate the delicate dough. Sprinkle a generous amount of flour on top of the dough, leaving no exposed sticky spots. Then, working as gently as possible, use a bench knife or other sharp knife to divide it into four pieces. Gently place two pieces on a piece of parchment, leaving space between them. Repeat with the remaining two pieces of dough, placing them on another piece of parchment.
-
Allow the loaves to rest at room temperature for 2 hours, uncovered. While the loaves are resting, preheat the oven to 475°F with a baking stone or steel on a lower rack. (If you don't have a stone or steel, see "tips," below.) Allow the oven to preheat for 1 hour to ensure it’s thoroughly heated. The loaves are ready for the oven when there are a few large bubbles on the surface of each loaf and they feel light and airy.
-
To bake the bread: Carefully slide the two loaves (still resting on the parchment) into the oven onto the preheated stone or steel. If space is tight and the full sheet of parchment won’t fit on the stone or steel, cut the parchment between the two loaves and arrange them as best you can. Allow the other two loaves to continue to rest.
-
Bake the loaves for 15 minutes, then transfer them, from the stone or steel, directly onto a rack in the upper third of the oven for an additional 13 to 15 minutes. (Leave the stone in place.) Moving them to the rack allows the baking stone or steel to become hot again in preparation for the next two loaves. After a total of 27 to 30 minutes of baking, remove the loaves from the oven and allow them to cool on a rack.
-
Repeat the process with the two remaining loaves. Cool the bread fully before slicing.
-
Storage information: Wrap the bread loosely and store it at room temperature for up to several days; freeze for longer storage.
-
In warmer months (or when your indoor temperature is 70°F to 75°F), the water used should be 80°F to 85°F. In cooler months (when your indoor temperature is around 65°F), use 100°F to 105°F water. The DDT (desired dough temperature) at the end of mixing is 74°F to 76°F.
-
Depending on the strength of your dough, you may not need to perform all four coil folds. If after the third coil fold, the dough feels relatively strong, tight, and is easy to handle, immediately allow the dough to rest for 80 minutes and skip the final coil fold. This will ensure an open crumb structure.
-
If you don't have a baking stone/steel: For best results, the dough should receive an immediate blast of heat as soon as it goes into the oven. A baking stone or steel is ideal for transferring heat, but if you don't have one, you can use a cast iron pan or another oven-safe skillet. Allow the pan(s) to preheat with the oven (step 14). A preheated baking sheet may also work, but results may vary and some baking sheets may warp in the oven when heated alone.
-
This bread stales (and its crust softens) quickly due to its high ratio of crust to crumb. Re-crisp the loaf before serving by heating it in a preheated 400°F oven, uncovered, for about 8 to 10 minutes.
-
Sample timeline:
-
12:00 p.m. Mix the dough
-
12:20 p.m. Bowl fold
-
12:40 p.m. Coil fold #1
Sourdough Discard Pretzel Bites -
-
This recipe uses simple pantry staples, but the process transforms them into a bakery-style treat.
-
½ cup active sourdough starter (bubbly and at room temperature)
-
1 cup water
-
2 tablespoons honey (adds subtle sweetness and helps with browning)
-
1 ½ teaspoons salt
-
3 cups unbleached all-purpose flour
-
9 cups water
-
2 tablespoons baking soda (essential for pretzel flavor and color)
-
2 tablespoons brown sugar (adds a touch of richness)
-
1 large egg yolk
-
1 tablespoon water
-
Coarse sea salt (adds texture and a traditional pretzel taste)
-
Making pretzel bites from scratch may seem complicated, but this step-by-step method makes it manageable and fun.
-
Mix the Dough
Start by combining the sourdough starter, water, honey, salt, and flour in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with a dough hook. Mix on low speed for about 10 to 15 minutes, until the dough becomes smooth and elastic. If kneading by hand, work the dough for about the same amount of time, being sure to stretch and fold as you go. The dough should be able to stretch thin enough to pass the “windowpane test,” where you can see light through it without it tearing.
-
Bulk Ferment
Cover the bowl tightly with plastic wrap or a lid and place it somewhere warm to rest for 8–12 hours. During this time, the dough should rise and develop flavor. Depending on your kitchen temperature, this might take a bit longer. You’ll know it’s ready when it has visibly puffed up and feels soft and airy.
-
Shape the Bites
Once the dough is ready, divide it into six equal portions. Roll each one into a long rope, about 15 inches in length. Using a bench scraper or sharp knife, cut each rope into 1-inch pieces. You should end up with about 70 to 90 small bites. Place them evenly on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper.
-
Second Rise
Cover the dough with a clean towel or plastic wrap and let them rest for about an hour. They don’t need to double in size but should feel slightly puffy to the touch. This second rise helps ensure a soft texture after baking.
-
Prepare the Water Bath
Preheat your oven to 425°F. In a large stockpot, bring 9 cups of water to a boil. Add baking soda and brown sugar and stir until dissolved. The baking soda gives the pretzels their distinct color and chew, while the brown sugar adds flavor and promotes browning.
-
Boil the Pretzel Bites
Working in small batches (about 8 pieces at a time), drop the pretzel bites into the boiling water. Let them cook for 15–20 seconds, then remove with a slotted spoon or spider strainer and allow excess water to drip off. Place them back onto the parchment-lined baking sheet.
-
Add Egg Wash and Salt
Beat one egg yolk with a tablespoon of water, then brush each pretzel bite with the egg wash. This step gives them a shiny, golden finish. Sprinkle the tops with coarse sea salt for a classic pretzel flavor.
-
Bake
Place the baking sheet in the center of your preheated oven and bake for 15 to 20 minutes, or until the bites are deep golden brown. Let them cool on a wire rack for 10 minutes before serving.
-
These sourdough discard pretzel bites are a great way to use up excess starter and make a crowd-pleasing snack at the same time. You can customize the flavor easily by changing the topping or dip. They’re best fresh but also freeze beautifully for later.
How to Make Date Syrup
-
1 pound medjool dates, pitted or if not pitted, remove the pits, washed and drained*
-
3 cups boiled water, + more if needed
-
In a pot, add the dates, then add over 3 cups of boiled water. Let it soak for 15 minutes.
-
After 15 minutes, feel one of your dates – they should be extremely soft. Place the pan on the stove and bring the dates water mixture to boil.
Lower to medium heat and cook for about 15 minutes, mashing down the dates every 5 minutes or so with a potato masher or fork or even just the sides of a wooden spoon, essentially breaking them up, scraping the pan to ensure the dates don't stick to the bottom. They will be much softer now, almost dissolving and soft enough to extract all the sugars from the dates. The mixture should resemble a loose applesauce. Remove from the heat.
-
Let the mixture cool for at least 15 minutes so you don't burn yourself. Carefully spoon/scoop the dates and liquid into a nut cloth bag or cheesecloth. Squeeze out the pulp to extract all the liquid. You want to ensure only the liquid is coming out. You'll end up with about 1 cup of date pulp/paste leftover – you can make a date spread out of this or add it to muffins, waffles, pancakes and smoothies!
-
Add the squeezed out liquid back to the pot (I got a little over 2 cups of liquid) and back over the heat. Bring to a boil then reduce to a simmer (position 2 or low on most stoves) and allow to simmer for about 20-30 minutes, until reduced to a syrup that can coat the back of your spoon. Watch and stir frequently so it doesn't burn!
The liquid will begin to thicken and darken in colour until it's a deep colour and There's syrupy texture. If it gets too thick, add a little bit more water to the mix.
-
Allow to cool and use anywhere you would use maple syrup, agave or other sweeteners! Enjoy!
-
Store the date syrup for up to 3 weeks (depends on when you bought the dates of course).
-
Makes about ¾ cup date syrup.
-
Depending on whether you buy your dates packaged or from a market, you’ll want to take extra care to just scrub off the outside of the fruit before using since we won’t be discarding the water. If you feel uncertain about getting all the dirt off, you can discard the soaking water too, then start with a fresh 3 cups water.
Pastila
-
6 Granny Smith apples large
-
3/4 C. granulated sugar
-
2 egg whites large
-
1/2 C. powdered sugar for dusting
-
Preheat oven to 350˚F/177˚C.
-
Wash the apples and place them in a 9"x12" baking pan. Add 1 1/2 cups of water.
-
Bake for 1 hour or until the apples are saggy and soft when pierced with a knife. Allow to cool to room temperature.
-
Press the cooked apples through a strainer to remove the skins and cores.
-
Into the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the whisk attachment, add the egg whites and apple pureé.
-
Turn the mixture on medium-high speed and slowly add the sugar.
-
Continuing beating on medium-high speed for 10 minutes. Periodically scrape down the sides of the bowl.
-
Preheat oven to 180˚F.
-
Line a rimmed baking pan (a half-sheet or 2, quarter-sheets) with parchment including the sides.
-
Reserve 2 cups of batter for gluing the layers.
-
Spread the remaining batter into the lined pan(s) and smooth into an even layer.
-
Bake at 180˚F/82˚C for 4-7 hours or until the dry to the touch.
-
Preheat oven to 180˚F/82˚C.
-
When the pastila is completely cool, gently peel the parchment paper away. If the pastry sticks to the paper use a spatula to gently scrape it off.
-
If using quarter-sheet pans cut each layer half for a total of 4 rectangles.
-
Line a baking sheet with parchment and place one layer of pastila.
-
Scoop a couple of teaspoons of the reserved batter and with an off-set spatula spread it out evenly. Add another layer of pastila. Repeat for the remaining layers.
-
Coat the sides and top of the layered pastilla with any remaining batter.
-
Bake at 180˚F/82˚C for an hour and a half.
-
Cool completely.
-
Using a dampened knife and a sawing motion, slice the pastila into 1" wide slices.
-
Gently roll the pastila slices in powdered sugar. Serve with a cup of tea.
-
Store in an airtight container for a couple of days.
30-Second Easy Chocolate Sauce
-
2 tablespoons heavy cream or milk *
-
1/4 cup ( 1.5oz) chocolate chips
-
In small microwave-safe bowl, microwave cream or milk for 30 seconds, until simmering. Remove from microwave and stir in chocolate until melted and smooth (the mixture may look quite thin at first, but just keep stirring. It will come together!) Pour over ice cream and enjoy!
-
If using high-quality chocolate chips, use 2 1/2 tablespoons cream or milk.
Simple & Easy Shortcut Beef Birria Tacos
-
(1) 3-4 pound chuck roast
-
1 onion, diced small
-
6 cloves garlic, peeled and smashed
-
16 ounces beef bone broth
-
(1) 10-ounce can tomatoes with green chiles
-
(1) 7-ounce can chipotle peppers in adobo (see Note 2)
-
1 tablespoon apple cider vinegar
-
1 tablespoon cracked black pepper
-
2 teaspoons ground cumin
-
1 teaspoon dried oregano
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
¼ teaspoon ground cloves
-
¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
3 bay leaves
-
Corn tortillas
-
Chopped white onion
-
Chopped fresh cilantro
-
Fresh lime juice
-
Preheat the oven to 325°F.
-
To a large casserole dish or Dutch oven, add all of the birria sauce ingredients. Leave the chipotle peppers whole, as they will eventually be removed.
-
Place the chuck roast into the dish. If your roast is thick and mostly sticking out of the sauce, cut it into smaller pieces so that most of the meat is submerged.
-
Cover the Dutch oven with a lid and braise for approximately 3 to 4 hours, depending on the size of your roast. (See Note 1).
-
Remove the roast from the oven and see if it shreds apart easily with a fork. If not, cover and return to the oven for another 30 minutes or so.
-
Raise the oven temperature to 425°F.
-
Using a large spoon or measuring cup, remove some of the rendered fat. Then remove the bay leaves and the whole chipotle peppers.
-
Shred the meat using two forks.
-
Toss the shredded meat around in the delicious sauce and place it back in the oven, uncovered, for 20 to 25 minutes or until you see some nice crispy ends.
-
While the roast is finishing, warm the tortillas and chop your onion and cilantro.
-
Serve the beef birria in a warm tortilla with a bit of chopped onion, cilantro, and a squeeze of lime. ENJOY!
-
Note 1: The cooking time will vary based on the size of the roast. It’s typically 1 hour per pound of meat.
-
Note 2: Be sure to leave the chipotle peppers whole since you’ll want to fish them out before serving.
-
Note 3: While I love this beef birria in a tortilla, you can also make a delicious taco bowl with the meat. Serve with cooked white rice, chopped onion, cilantro, and any other toppings such as avocado or dairy-free cheese.
-
Note 4: Also, this can be made in an Instant Pot or Crock Pot! Follow the same steps and cook on low heat until the meat is fork-tender.
Birria De Res Tacos (Beef Birria Tacos)
-
Original recipe (1X) yields 18 servings
-
6 dried guajillo chile peppers, seeded
-
4 dried chile de arbol peppers, stemmed and seeded
-
2 dried ancho chiles, stemmed and seeded
-
1 tablespoon olive oil, or as needed
-
4 medium Roma tomatoes
-
2 tablespoons white vinegar
-
2 cloves garlic
-
2 teaspoons ground black pepper
-
4 whole cloves
-
1 pinch ground cinnamon
-
1 pinch ground cumin
-
1 pinch ground thyme
-
1 pinch dried marjoram
-
1 pinch dried oregano
-
1 pinch salt
-
4 pounds beef chuck roast
-
salt and freshly ground black pepper to taste
-
18 corn tortillas
-
1 large white onion, finely chopped
-
1 bunch fresh cilantro, chopped
-
1 cup shredded queso asadero (white Mexican cheese) (Optional)
-
Gather all ingredients. Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F (165 degrees C). Fill a pot with water and bring to a boil.
-
Start the sauce: Add guajillo, arbol, and ancho chile peppers to the boiling water; boil for 5 minutes.
-
Remove pot from the heat and allow peppers to soak until cool. Drain, reserving 1/4 cup of the cooking water.
-
Meanwhile, sear the meat: Rinse beef and pat dry with paper towels. Cut beef into chunks if desired, and season with salt and pepper.
-
Heat oil in a Dutch oven over medium-high heat. Add beef and cook until browned on all sides, about 10 minutes. Remove from the heat.
-
While the beef is searing, continue the sauce: Line a heavy cast-iron grill pan or griddle with aluminum foil and place over high heat. Arrange tomatoes in a single layer on top. Grill until tomato skin is burned on all sides and begins to peel, 3 to 5 minutes.
-
Place cooled chile peppers into a blender. Add grilled tomatoes, vinegar, garlic, 2 teaspoons black pepper, cloves, cinnamon, cumin, thyme, marjoram, oregano, and salt in a blender. Pour in the reserved 1/4 cup of chile water and blend until smooth.
-
Strain chile sauce through a mesh strainer and pour over browned meat in the Dutch oven, turning the roast so it is completely covered with sauce; cover with a lid.
-
Bake in the preheated oven, basting meat every 45 minutes with sauce, until birria begins to fall apart, 3 to 4 hours. Remove the lid and bake, uncovered, until birria is crispy on top, about 20 minutes. Remove from oven, cover with 2 layers of aluminum foil, and allow to rest in a warm area for 10 minutes.
-
Remove meat to a cutting board and strain off any fat from the sauce. Shred meat with two forks, then return meat to the pot and stir with the sauce to combine.
-
Assemble and heat tacos: Fill each tortilla with birria and top with Mexican cheese, chopped onion, and cilantro. Warm tortillas on a griddle, flipping until both sides are crispy and cheese is melted.
-
Serve with extra sauce on the side for dipping.
-
You can prepare this dish in a slow cooker as well, but you will be sacrificing a little bit of flavor. Prepare the birria the same way, but place in a slow cooker instead of a Dutch oven and cook on High for 4 to 6 hours or on Low for 6 to 8 hours.
Homemade Sourdough Pasta with Discard -
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed, room temperature)
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
(or use 1½ cups all-purpose + ½ cup semolina flour for more texture)
-
2 large eggs
-
½ teaspoon fine sea salt
-
1 tablespoon olive oil (optional but recommended)
-
The olive oil adds extra elasticity, making it easier to roll the dough thin without tearing. The semolina option brings a bit more bite and traditional pasta texture. If you don’t have semolina, all-purpose works just fine.
-
Start by creating a mound of flour on a clean surface like your countertop or a large wooden board. Use your fingers to make a deep well in the center, and crack the eggs right into the well. Pour in the sourdough discard and add the salt and olive oil.
-
Incorporate Ingredients
Using a fork or your fingers, start mixing the eggs and discard together, gradually pulling flour into the mixture from the inner edges of the well. It will slowly come together into a thick, shaggy dough. Once it gets too thick for the fork, use your hands to finish combining everything.
-
Knead the Dough
Knead the dough by pressing it away from you with the heel of your hand, folding it over, and turning it slightly after each knead. You’ll want to knead for about 8–10 minutes. The dough should become soft, smooth, and elastic. If it’s too sticky, sprinkle on a bit more flour. If it’s cracking or dry, wet your hands and keep kneading.
-
Rest the Dough
Wrap the dough tightly in plastic wrap or cover it with a bowl and let it rest on the counter for at least 30 minutes. You can let it rest for up to 2 hours at room temperature. This step allows the gluten to relax, which will make the dough much easier to roll out evenly without springing back.
-
Roll and Cut
Cut the dough into smaller pieces for easier handling. Flatten each piece and roll it out with a rolling pin or pasta machine. Aim for your desired thickness—thinner for fettuccine, a bit thicker for tagliatelle or pappardelle. Lightly flour the dough as needed to prevent sticking. Then cut your pasta using a sharp knife or a pasta cutter.
-
Cook the Pasta
Bring a large pot of salted water to a rolling boil. Gently drop in the fresh pasta and cook for 2–3 minutes. Fresh pasta cooks very quickly—watch it closely. Once it floats and reaches a tender but firm texture, it’s ready. Drain and serve immediately with your favorite sauce.
-
This sourdough pasta is a great way to use up your sourdough discard while adding a beautiful depth of flavor to your homemade noodles. It’s perfect for pairing with rich or simple sauces and can be made with or without a pasta machine.
Cold Bake Sourdough with Unfed Starter
-
Using quality ingredients is key to great sourdough. This recipe uses King Arthur Bread Flour for reliable performance, a cold starter that hasn’t been fed recently, and a dash of oil to soften the crumb.
-
500g King Arthur Bread Flour – strong, high-protein flour for structure
-
150g unfed sourdough starter – straight from the fridge, about 10 days old
-
250g water (around 100°F) – warm but not hot to the touch
-
25g avocado oil – helps keep the crumb tender
-
10g fine sea salt – enhances flavor and balances fermentation
-
These simple ingredients come together to create a beautifully balanced dough. If you don’t have avocado oil, olive oil or another neutral oil will work in a pinch.
-
Mix and Autolyse
Start by combining the warm water, cold starter, and avocado oil in a mixing bowl. Stir until the mixture is fairly smooth and creamy. Add the bread flour, sprinkle the salt over the top, and mix thoroughly until no dry patches remain.
Cover the bowl and let the dough rest for 45 to 60 minutes. This rest period, called the autolyse, allows the flour to absorb the water fully, which helps gluten develop naturally before any kneading or folds begin.
-
Stretch and Fold
Once the dough has rested, begin the stretch-and-fold process. This replaces kneading and strengthens the dough gently. Wet your hands, grab one edge of the dough, stretch it up, and fold it over to the opposite side. Repeat from all four corners.
Perform 3 full rounds of stretch-and-folds, each about 45 minutes apart. Cover the bowl after each round. You’ll notice the dough becoming smoother and more elastic as it gains strength.
-
Bulk Fermentation
Transfer your dough into a straight-sided container like a Cambro or clear glass bowl. Mark the level so you can track the rise. Let it ferment at room temperature (ideally 73–75°F) until it has risen by about 50%. This typically takes a few hours, depending on your environment.
-
Shaping the Dough
Once the dough has bulked, turn it gently onto a clean, unfloured surface. If it feels too slack, pre-shape it into a tight round using a bench scraper. Let it rest for 45 minutes, covered with a damp tea towel.
To shape: stretch the dough into a rectangle, fold the long edges inward, then roll it up like a jelly roll. Use your scraper to gently rotate and tighten the dough into a taut ball. Let rest again for 30–45 minutes to relax the gluten.
-
Final Proof in a Banneton
Generously dust a banneton or proofing basket with rice flour. Place the dough seam-side up, and if needed, stitch the dough to build extra surface tension.
Let it sit at room temperature for up to 45 minutes, then loosely cover with plastic wrap or a shower cap. Place in the fridge for a long, cold proof—anywhere from 12 to 14 hours at 36°F or colder.
-
Bake the Next Morning
Soak your Romertopf clay baker in water for 15 minutes. If using a Dutch oven instead, no soaking is needed. Place your proofed dough in the freezer for 10–15 minutes to firm up while the oven preheats to 450°F.
Flip the dough onto parchment paper, score it with a sharp blade, and mist lightly with water. Place it into your baker or Dutch oven, trimming parchment edges as needed. If using a Dutch oven, place an ice cube underneath the parchment for added steam.
Bake for 55 minutes total. Remove the lid around the 36-minute mark when your oven has fully preheated. Check internal temp with a thermometer—it should be around 204°F. Bake uncovered for an extra 2–3 minutes to reach 207°F for a light, golden crust.
Cool completely before slicing.
-
This recipe combines several hacks into one easy method: a cold, unfed sourdough starter, a cold bake, and a Romertopf or Dutch oven. It’s perfect for home bakers who want great results with minimal stress.
Sourdough Sandwich Bread Loaf -
-
300g active sourdough starter (approximately 1 ¼ cups) – Make sure your starter is bubbly and recently fed.
-
650g warm water (about 2 ¾ cups) – Warm, not hot, to encourage fermentation.
-
50g honey (about 2 ½ tablespoons) – Adds just a touch of sweetness to balance the tang.
-
40g avocado oil (about 3 tablespoons) – Keeps the crumb moist and soft.
-
20g salt (about 1 tablespoon) – Essential for flavor.
-
1000g bread flour (about 8 cups) – Gives the dough structure and elasticity.
-
You can substitute avocado oil with olive oil, and if you prefer a more rustic texture, replace 1–2 cups of bread flour with whole wheat flour.
-
Day 1 – Mixing and Bulk Fermentation
-
In a large mixing bowl, combine the starter, warm water, honey, oil, and salt. Stir well to dissolve. Add the bread flour and mix until you get a shaggy, sticky dough. Don’t worry about kneading—just make sure everything is fully incorporated. Cover the bowl with a damp towel and let it rest for 1 hour.
-
This process strengthens the dough without kneading. Every 30 minutes over the next 2 hours, do a set of stretch and folds: wet your hands, grab one side of the dough, stretch it gently upward, and fold it over the center. Turn the bowl and repeat on all four sides. Do this four times in total.
-
Once your folds are done, cover the bowl and leave the dough to ferment at room temperature overnight (about 8–10 hours). You’ll know it’s ready when it has doubled in size and appears light and bubbly.
Day 2 – Shaping and Baking
-
Gently turn the dough out onto a lightly floured surface. Use a bench scraper or your hands to divide it into two equal portions. Press each piece into a rectangle, folding the long sides in toward the center. Then, starting from one short end, roll it up tightly like a jelly roll. Place each shaped loaf into a greased loaf pan, seam-side down.
-
Cover the pans and let the loaves rise again at room temperature for 1 hour. They should puff up and rise about 1 inch above the rim of the pan.
-
Preheat your oven to 400°F (200°C). Score the tops with a sharp knife to allow for expansion. Cover loosely with foil to trap steam and encourage oven spring. Bake for 35 minutes covered, then remove the foil and bake for another 15–20 minutes until the tops are golden and the loaves sound hollow when tapped. Internal temperature should be around 200°F.
-
Remove the loaves from the pans and cool on a wire rack for at least 1 hour before slicing. This allows the crumb to set properly.
-
This sourdough sandwich bread loaf is light, fluffy, and perfect for toast or sandwiches. It has all the tangy depth of sourdough flavor but with the softness of store-bought bread. Ideal for everyday use and great for freezing.
Cinnamon Roll Focaccia
-
150 grams bubbly, active starter
-
360 grams filtered water
-
25 grams honey
-
25 grams olive oil
-
600 grams all purpose flour
-
10 grams salt
-
6 tbs butter melted
-
¼ cup brown sugar
-
1 tsp cinnamon
-
4 oz cream cheese softened
-
½ cup half and half
-
¼ cup maple syrup
-
1 tsp vanilla
-
Checkout experience
-
Instacart
-
In the morning, feed your starter.
-
In the afternoon when your starter has doubled and is bubbly, assemble your dough.
-
In a large mixing bowl whisk together your starter, water, olive oil and honey until the starter is fully dissolved turns into a milky liquid. It's okay if the olive oil is top.
-
Add in your flour and salt to the bowl and mix until there are no dry bits of flour and a shaggy dough forms.
-
Cover and let rest for one hour.
-
After resting, do your first stretch and fold by pulling one side of the dough up and towards the middle, rotating the bowl each time until a semi smooth ball forms. Cover and rest for 30 minutes.
-
Perform 1 – 3 more stretch and folds every half hour to one hour apart. When you are done, cover the bowl with a damp tea towel or bowl cover and leave on the counter overnight to bulk ferment. About 12 hours.
-
The next morning, drizzle one tablespoon of olive oil into the bottom of your baking dish and turn your dough over directly into the pan. Take one side of the dough and fold it up and towards the middle, repeating on the opposite side so the dough touches in the middle. Flip it over so the dough is seam side down and everything is lightly coated in olive oil.
-
Cover and let rest for 1 – 2 hours until the dough is puffy.
-
While the dough is doubling, make your cinnamon roll toppings.
-
First, melt butter, brown sugar and cinnamon in a small sauce pan until the the sugar and butter are fully incorporated. Let it cool.
-
Second, in another sauce pan over low heat, melt down the cream cheese, cream, and maple syrup. Use an immersion blender to make sure all of the ingredients are fully combined.
-
Preheat your oven to 425.
-
When your dough has doubled and is puffy, spoon your brown sugar mixture all over the surface. Use your fingertips to dimple the dough and press the brown sugar inside for more flavor. Spoon whatever is left of the mixture over the top.
-
Bake at 425 for 25 – 27 minutes until the dough is brown and crispy on top.
-
Let the bread cool slightly and then pour the cream cheese directly over the warm focaccia. Let sit and cool slightly before slicing and serving!
-
If you make this dough in a stand mixer it might appear too wet to handle, if this is the case, stop mixing and let the dough sit for 10 minutes to let the gluten relax. Then you can finish kneading by hand. This develops a smooth ad cohesive dough when mixing.
-
Don’t Rush the Dough: Letting it rest and rise properly is crucial for texture and flavor; resist the temptation to shorten the process.
-
Use a Baking Stone: If you have one, using a baking stone can help provide an even bake.
Tacos Al Pastor
-
2 pounds pork shoulder cut into 1/4 inch thick slices
-
2 teaspoons garlic chopped
-
1 teaspoon dried oregano leaves
-
1 teaspoon ground cumin
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 teaspoon pepper
-
4 dried guajillo chilies seeds and stems removed, then softened in very hot water for 5 minutes
-
1 tablespoon liquid agave or honey
-
1/4 cup pineapple juice
-
1/4 cup white vinegar
-
2 tablespoons achiote paste
-
12 corn tortillas warmed
-
1 pineapple peeled and cut into 1/2 inch thick slices
-
1/4 cup red onion diced
-
1/4 cup cilantro leaves minced
-
Place the garlic, oregano leaves, cumin, salt, pepper, guajillo chilies, agave, pineapple juice, white vinegar, achiote paste and 1/2 cup water in a small pot. Bring to a simmer.
-
Cook for 3 minutes, then cool for 10 minutes.
-
Pour the marinade ingredients into a blender; blend until smooth.
-
Place the pork in a large bowl and add the marinade. Toss to coat completely. Chill, then refrigerate for at least one hour, or up to 24 hours.
-
Preheat a grill or indoor grill pan to medium high heat.
-
Place the pork and pineapple slices on the grill. Cook for 3-4 minutes per side, or until pork is just cooked through.
-
Coarsely chop the pork and pineapple.
-
Divide the pork between the tortillas. Top with the chopped pineapple, red onion and cilantro, then serve immediately.
-
The easiest way to get thin slices of pork is to partially freeze your pork shoulder roast before you cut it. Chill it for about 30 minutes and you’ll be ready to go.
-
This recipe calls for two specialty ingredients: dried guajillo chiles and achiote paste. If you can’t find dried guajillo chiles, you can substitute dried ancho chiles which are available in most grocery stores. Achiote paste comes in a jar in the ethnic foods aisle. It’s a colorful and fragrant paste made of annatto seeds and spices, and it gives the meat in this dish its characteristic red color.
The Best Homemade Salsa You'Ll Ever Eat
-
6 medium size vine ripened tomatoes, stem removed
-
2 jalapeno peppers
-
1 poblano pepper
-
1 cup green onion, diced
-
1 lime, juice of
-
1 cup canned diced tomatoes
-
1 cup chopped fresh cilantro
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 tbsp chicken bouillon powder or sea salt
-
Heat a large skillet to medium high heat. Place tomatoes and peppers in the skillet.
-
Continue to saute, rotating the vegetables occasionally, so several sides begin to blister. See photos above. This will take around 20 minutes. Set aside to cool.
-
Once cooled, chop off the stems of the peppers, and remove the seeds from the jalapeño (you can also keep some seeds for more heat in your salsa). Cut the vegetables into large pieces.
-
Place tomatoes, peppers, onions, lime, and canned tomatoes into a blender and pulse quickly until just mixed (about 5 seconds). Add garlic, cilantro, and bouillon. Pulse for another 15 seconds until well blended but chunky.
-
Place in a large bowl and refrigerate until cooled before serving. Serve with your favorite Mexican dish or with chips.
-
This recipe tastes better after 24 hours. You can refrigerate for up to 2 weeks.
Home Canned Blackberry or Raspberry Pie Filling
-
3 1/2 cups of whole blackberries (about 2 pounds)
-
1 - cup sugar
-
1/4 - cup clear Jel
-
1 - cup water (or use juice from thawed berries)
-
1 - tablespoon + 1 teaspoon bottled lemon juice
-
1 - quart size canning jar
-
Prepare a water bath canner and gather together your sterilized jars, lids and rings.
-
If using fresh berries, pick over the blackberries, removing any stems, leaves or debris. Wash and drain the berries.
-
If using frozen berries, thaw the berries in a colander over a bowl and reserve the juice.
-
Bring a few quarts of water to a boil on the stove and blanch the blackberries for 30 seconds to 1 minute until they're heated through. Work in batches, and be gentle with the fruit so it doesn't fall apart.
-
Remove them with a slotted spoon and keep them warm while in a large bowl while making the clear gel mixture.
-
To make the clear Jel. Mix the sugar and clear Jel in a large bowl and set aside.
-
In a large pot, add the cold water or use the juice leftover juice from when the berries were strained and add it to a large pot.
-
Whisk the mixture to dissolve the clear jel completely. This is important! Do not turn on the heat until the clear jel is fully dissolved into the water.
-
Turn on the heat to medium-high and whisk continuously until the mixture begins to bubble and thicken. As soon as it bubbles, add lemon juice and cook for 1 additional minute.
-
Turn off the heat and fold in the drained berries being careful not to break up the berries.
-
Immediately fill the canning jars with the mixture, taking extra care to de bubble the jars as the mixture will be thick. Leave 1-inch headspace, and don't skimp here. Be sure the headspace is no less than 1 inch because the pie filling will expand.
-
Wipe the rims before adding the lids and rings to the jar and twist the ring only to finger tip tight.
-
Process in a hot water bath canner for 30 minutes, adjusting for altitude. Canning times are the same for pints and quarts.
-
Once the processing time is complete, turn off the heat and allow the jars to sit undisturbed in the canner for about 10 minutes. This reduces the risk of siphoning as you remove the jars from the canner.
-
Remove the jars from the canner with a jar lifter and allow them to cool on a towel lined counter for 12 to 24 hours.
-
Clean the jars under warm water and check the seals, and store any unsealed jars in the refrigerator for immediate use.
-
Properly canned and sealed jars of blackberry pie filling will maintain their quality on the pantry shelf for about 12 months.
-
Refrigerate after opening.
-
This recipe works wonderful with Blackberries, Blueberries, Currants (Red, White or Black), Huckleberries, Loganberries, Raspberries, Strawberries
Crockpot French Onion Meatloaf with Melted Swiss Cheese
-
2 pounds ground beef
-
1 cup breadcrumbs
-
1/2 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
1/4 cup milk
-
2 eggs
-
1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1/2 teaspoon black pepper
-
2 large onions, thinly sliced
-
2 tablespoons butter
-
Full Recipe in Coʍmеոτ See less
Pasta Chips
-
8 oz pasta (I used farfalle): 227 g (8 oz)
-
1 ½ teaspoons olive oil: 7.5 mL (0.5 tbsp)
-
½ cup fresh grated parmesan cheese: 60 g (0.5 cup)
-
1 teaspoon Italian seasoning: 5 mL (1 tsp)
-
½ teaspoon garlic powder or granules: 2.5 mL (0.5 tsp)
-
¾ teaspoon sea salt: 4.5 mL (0.75 tsp)
-
½ cup marinara: 120 mL (0.5 cup)
-
Air fryer
-
Large bowl
-
Measuring spoons
-
Cook pasta according to the package instructions, until al dente. Drain, but no need to rinse.
-
Add cooked pasta to a large bowl with olive oil, parmesan cheese, Italian seasoning, garlic powder and sea salt. Toss until coated.
-
Place seasoned pasta into your air fryer in a single layer and air fry on 400°F for 10 minutes or until pasta is nice and golden brown and crunchy. Toss once or twice while the pasta is cooking. You may need to do this in batches, depending on the size of your air fryer.
-
Once pasta chips are cooked, remove from the air fryer, let cool and enjoy. They're delicious served up with marinara sauce.
-
Safety Notes : Ensure the air fryer is preheated to the correct temperature before adding the pasta. Always use caution when handling hot equipment.
-
Substitutions : You can use any type of pasta you prefer. If you don't have fresh parmesan cheese, you can use grated parmesan from a block.
-
Storage : Store the pasta chips in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 3 days.
Copycat Rao's Marinara Sauce
-
Wooden Spoon or Silicone Spatula: To stir the sauce without scratching your pan.
-
Knife and Cutting Board: For chopping garlic and onion.
-
Can Opener: To open the can of San Marzano tomatoes.
-
Blender or Immersion Blender (Optional): For a smoother sauce texture if desired.
-
Measuring Cups and Spoons: For accurate measurement of olive oil, salt, and optional red pepper flakes.
-
Ingredients .5x 1x 2x 3x
-
28 oz San Marzano tomatoes ( (whole or crushed))
-
¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
-
3 cloves garlic (minced)
-
½ small onion (finely chopped)
-
3-4 leaves fresh basil (torn)
-
Salt (to taste)
-
Crushed red pepper flakes (optional, for heat)
-
If using whole tomatoes, crush them by hand or lightly blend for a smoother texture. Set aside.
-
Heat olive oil in a large skillet over medium heat.
-
Add minced garlic and chopped onion. Sauté for 3-4 minutes until fragrant and slightly golden. Be careful not to burn the garlic.
-
Stir in the prepared tomatoes.
-
Add a pinch of salt and crushed red pepper flakes (if using).
-
Reduce heat to low and let the sauce simmer for 30-40 minutes, stirring occasionally.
-
Stir in torn basil leaves just before serving.
-
Large Skillet or Saucepan: For sautéing and simmering the sauce. Wooden Spoon or Silicone Spatula: To stir the sauce without scratching your pan. Knife and Cutting Board: For chopping garlic and onion.
Can Opener: To open the can of San Marzano tomatoes. Blender or Immersion Blender (Optional): For a smoother sauce texture if desired. Measuring Cups and Spoons: For accurate measurement of olive oil, salt, and optional red pepper flakes.
-
Tips for Success
-
Use high-quality San Marzano tomatoes for the best flavor.
-
Don’t rush the simmering process; it allows the flavors to develop fully.
-
For a chunkier sauce, skip blending the tomatoes.
-
Serving SuggestionsToss with spaghetti for a classic pasta night.Use as a base for pizza, eggplant parmesan, or baked ziti.Serve as a dipping sauce for garlic bread or mozzarella sticks.Enjoy the rich, authentic taste of homemade marinara sauce without breaking the bank!
-
Recipe Size Alteration Note
-
If you altered the ingedients above by doubling or tripling the recipe, you may also need to change the pan/dish size and adjust the cooking/baking time.
Mini Sardines Cat Biscuits Recipe ✨
-
1 can of sardines in water (drained)
-
(or cooked chicken breast, shredded or blended)
-
1 egg
-
2 tablespoons of flour (rice flour, oat flour)
-
optional: a pinch of catnip or nutritional yeast
-
Blend the sardines and egg together until smooth.
-
Add the flour gradually until the mixture becomes thick and doughy (like a soft paste).
-
Spoon tiny portions onto a baking sheet lined with parchment paper (you can use a piping bag or just your fingers).
-
Bake at 180°C (350°F) for 10–12 minutes, or until golden.
-
Let them cool completely before giving them to your cat.
-
Fridge: Store in an airtight container for 4–5 days.
Freezer: Freeze for up to 1 month. Just thaw before serving.
Enjoy
We did the recipe x3 so we had enough biscuits for all our cats and dogs ⬛
Here's How to Make It:
Amish Fire cider
-
INGREDIENTS: • 1/2 cup grated horseradish root • 1/2 cup chopped onion • 1/4 cup chopped garlic • 1/4 cup grated ginger • 1 jalapeño or cayenne pepper, sliced • Zest + juice of 1 lemon • 1 tbsp turmeric powder • 1 tsp black pepper • Raw apple cider vinegar (enough to cover) • Optional: 1/4 cup raw honey (after straining)
-
Add all ingredients (except honey) to a clean glass jar.
-
Cover completely with raw apple cider vinegar.
-
Seal tightly. Shake daily.
-
Let steep in a cool, dark place for 2–4 weeks.
-
Strain, then stir in honey (optional). Store in the fridge.
DOSAGE: Take 1–2 tbsp daily for maintenance. During sickness: 1 tbsp up to 3x/day. (You can also add to dressings or dilute in warm water.)
-
This is not medical advice. Always check with a trusted healthcare provider — especially if you’re pregnant, nursing, or on medications.
Chicken Biryani
-
1 pound chicken drumsticks (4) skin removed
-
1 pound boneless skinless chicken thighs cut in half
-
2 teaspoon biryani masala
-
1 tablespoon ginger paste
-
1 tablespoon garlic paste
-
2 teaspoons kosher salt
-
1 tablespoon kashmiri red chili powder
-
½ teaspoon ground turmeric
-
¼ cup fresh mint leaves chopped
-
2 tablespoon lemon juice
-
¾ cup plain yogurt
-
4 tablespoons ghee
-
1 large yellow onion thinly sliced
-
2½ cups Extra long grain Basmati rice
-
1 teaspoon black cumin seeds - shah jeera
-
2 bay leaves - tamal patra
-
1 star anise
-
4 green cardamom pods
-
8 cloves
-
1½ tablespoons kosher salt
-
¼ cup chopped cilantro
-
½ teaspoon saffron
-
2 tablespoons milk warm
-
2 tablespoons ghee optional
-
Marinate Chicken
-
Make the marinade by mixing yogurt, ginger, garlic, turmeric, red chili powder, garam masala, salt, mint leaves, and lemon juice.
-
Add chicken and coat evenly with the marinade. Keep in the refrigerator for at least 30 minutes. Note: You can also marinate the chicken overnight in teh refrigerator.
-
Soak saffron in warm milk, reserve.
-
Rinse & Soak Rice
-
Rinse and drain the basmati rice 2 to 3 times. Add 4 cups of water and let it soak for 20 minutes.
-
Fry Onions
-
While the rice is soaking, add ghee to a heavy-bottomed pan and add onions. On medium heat, fry the onions stirring frequently until they become light golden brown and start to crisp up - about 15 to 20 minutes.
-
Remove the fried onions from the pan, leaving the excess ghee behind as we will use this pan to cook the chicken. Add one fourth of the fried onions to the marinated chicken and give a quick mix.
-
Parboil Rice
-
In a medium pot add 8 cups of water. Add cumin seeds, bay leaves, star anise, cardamom, cloves, and salt to the rice and bring it to boil on high heat.
-
Drain the soaked rice and add it to the boiling water. Bring the rice to a full boil on high heat. Lower the heat to medium and cook uncovered for 5 to 6 minutes or until the rice is about 90% cooked. Drain the rice promptly and reserve.
-
Cook chicken
-
To the pan with the remaining ghee, add the marinated chicken. Cook on medium heat for 8 to 10 minutes, turning halfway through.
-
Layer and cook Biryani on Dum
-
Carefully layer the partially cooked rice over the chicken. Top with caramelized onions, saffron-infused milk and optional ghee.
-
Cover the pot and seal it with aluminum foil, then place some weight over the lid. Cook on low heat for 20 minutes, this is the steam or "Dum" cooking step. Turn the heat off and wait another 10 minutes before opening the pot.
-
Garnish with cilantro. Before serving allow the biryani to sit uncovered for 5 minutes. Gently fluff the rice using a fork or a silicone spatula. This will help the delicate rice grains to firm up a bit preventing them from breaking. Serve with Raita and lemon wedges.
-
Chicken can be marinated for up to 24 hours in the fridge. The longer you marinate the better the flavors will be.
-
Dave time by frying the onions a day ahead! For a healthier option with less ghee, try my Airfryer crispy onions recipe.
-
Use aged extra long-grain basmati rice for the most authentic flavor and texture.
-
Before serving allow the biryani to sit uncovered for 5 minutes. Gently fluff the rice using a fork or a silicone spatula. This will help the delicate rice grains to firm up a bit preventing them from breaking.
Chicken Biryani
-
300g basmati rice
-
25g butter
-
1 large onion
-
finely sliced
-
1 bay leaf
-
3 cardamom pods
-
small cinnamon stick
-
1 tsp turmeric
-
4 skinless chicken breasts
-
cut into large chunks
-
4 tbsp balti curry paste
-
85g raisins
-
850ml chicken stock
-
30g coriander
-
½ chopped, ½ leaves picked and 2 tbsp toasted flaked almonds, to serve
-
Soak 300g basmati rice in warm water, then wash in cold until the water runs clear.
-
Heat 25g butter in a saucepan and cook 1 finely sliced large onion with 1 bay leaf, 3 cardamom pods and 1 small cinnamon stick for 10 mins.
-
Sprinkle in 1 tsp turmeric, then add 4 chicken breasts, cut into large chunks, and 4 tbsp curry paste. Cook until aromatic.
-
Stir the rice into the pan with 85g raisins, then pour over 850ml chicken stock.
-
Place a tight-fitting lid on the pan and bring to a hard boil, then lower the heat to a minimum and cook the rice for another 5 mins.
-
Turn off the heat and leave for 10 mins. Stir well, mixing through 15g chopped coriander. To serve, scatter over the leaves of the remaining 15g coriander and 2 tbsp toasted almonds.
-
LEFT OVER RICE
-
The next day, enjoy a Coronation chicken rice salad for lunch. Mix the cold rice with mayonnaise and a squeeze of lemon juice and serve with Baby Gem leaves and sliced cucumber.
Best Chicken Biryani
-
1 tablespoon vegetable oil
-
10 grams garlic (grated)
-
10 grams ginger (grated)
-
1 serrano chili peppers (to taste, minced)
-
5 grams mint (finely chopped)
-
10 grams cilantro (finely chopped
-
1 tablespoon garam masala
-
½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
900 grams bone-in skin-on chicken thighs (or drumsticks)
-
6 cups water
-
2 ½ teaspoons salt
-
5 pods green cardamom (smashed)
-
1 teaspoon cumin seeds
-
1 bay leaf
-
360 grams basmati rice (~2 cups)
-
2 tablespoon ghee
-
2 medium onions (sliced thin)
-
1 cup reserved boiling liquid (from rice)
-
½ teaspoon saffron threads
-
cilantro (for garnish)
-
To marinate the chicken for the biryani, combine the vegetable oil, garlic, ginger, chili peppers, mint, cilantro, garam masala, cinnamon and salt in a large bowl and stir together. Add the chicken pieces and toss together making sure the chicken is thoroughly coated in the marinade. Allow the chicken to marinate for at least 1 hour or up to overnight.
-
In a pot wide enough to hold the chicken in a single layer, add the ghee and onions and saute the onions until they are well caramelized (15-20 minutes). Transfer the caramelized onions to a bowl and set aside.
-
While the onions caramelize, prepare the rice by washing in a strainer under cold running water until the water runs clear.
-
To par-boil the rice, add the water, salt, cardamom, cumin and bay leaf to a pot and bring to a boil. Add the rice and boil for 7 minutes. Drain the rice, reserving 1 cup of the liquid.
-
In the pot you caramelized the onions in, add the chicken in a single layer, skin-side down. Fry until golden brown on one side (about 5 minutes). Flip the chicken over and fry the other side until golden brown. Transfer the chicken back to the bowl you marinated it in.
-
To assemble the biryani, add the saffron to the rice and toss to distribute evenly. Add half the rice mixture to the bottom of the pot you browned the chicken in.
-
Top the rice with the chicken in a single layer.
-
Top the chicken with an even layer of caramelized onions.
-
Finish putting together the Biryani by adding the rest of the rice in an even layer. Add 1 cup of reserved liquid from boiling the rice. Cover the pot with a lid and put the pot on the stove over medium heat and set the timer for 20 minutes. When you can see steam escaping from under the lid, turn down the heat to low and continue cooking until the timer goes off and then turn off the heat.
-
Without opening the lid, set the timer for another 10 minutes to steam the biryani.
-
Mix the Chicken Biryani together and then transfer to a serving platter. Garnish with fresh cilantro and serve.
Weeknight Chicken Biryani
-
1 1/2 cups (150g) long-grain white rice, like basmati
-
4 bone-in, skin-on chicken thighs (about 1 1/2 pounds)
-
1 teaspoon salt, or more to taste
-
1/2 teaspoon black pepper, or more to taste
-
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
-
1 large yellow onion, coarsely chopped
-
1 (2-inch) piece fresh ginger, peeled and finely chopped
-
1 teaspoon ground turmeric
-
1/2 teaspoon ground cardamom, plus more to taste
-
1 stick cinnamon
-
1 bay leaf
-
1/2 cup golden raisins
-
2 1/2 cups chicken stock or water
-
1/4 cup skinned or unskinned whole almonds, or sliced almonds
-
2 tablespoons chopped fresh cilantro
-
In a bowl of water, swirl the rice with your hands several times. Tip the rice into a fine-mesh strainer. Refill the bowl with water, then add the rice back in and swirl again—the water should be clear now. If so, tip the rice back into the strainer and leave to drain until needed. If the water was not clear, repeat rinsing with fresh water until the water is clear.
-
Cut each thigh in half along the bone; the pieces will be uneven in size with the bone in one half. Sprinkle the chicken all over with salt and pepper.
-
In a large Dutch oven or heavy pot over medium heat, heat the oil. When it is hot, add the chicken, skin side down. Cook for 5 minutes without disturbing. Turn the chicken and cook the other side for 4 minutes. Transfer to a bowl. Discard all but 2 tablespoons fat from the pan.
-
Add the onion and ginger to the pot and turn the heat to medium-low. Cook, stirring often, for 8 minutes, or until they soften. Add the turmeric and cardamom. Cook, stirring, for 1 minute more.
-
Add the rice to the pan and stir it into the onion and spices.
Return the seared chicken to the pan, along with any juices that have accumulated in the bowl. Turn the chicken in the spices so the pieces are coated all over.
Add the cinnamon, bay leaf, raisins, and water.
-
Bring the water to a boil, then lower the heat and cover the pan. Simmer for 18 minutes, or until the rice is tender and the chicken is cooked through. Remove the pan from the heat; set aside for 5 minutes.
-
In a dry skillet over medium heat, toast the almonds, shaking the pan often, for 5 minutes or until they are aromatic. Chop coarsely.
-
Remove the bay leaf and cinnamon stick from the rice. Taste and add additional salt, pepper, or cardamom to suit your taste. Sprinkle the dish with almonds and cilantro.
One Pot Indian Chicken and Rice
-
4 chicken thigh fillets around 600gm
-
2 tablespoon lemon juice
-
1 teaspoon minced garlic garlic paste
-
1 teaspoon minced ginger ginger paste
-
½ teaspoon ground turmeric turmeric powder
-
½ teaspoon red chili powder
-
2 teaspoon garam masala
-
1 teaspoon soy sauce
-
Salt and pepper to season
-
2 tablespoon ghee or oil I used 1 tablespoon ghee and 1 tablespoon oil
-
2 cups rice I used basmati rice, rinsed
-
4 cups chicken stock or chicken broth
-
Juice from 1 large lemon
-
¼ cup coriander cilantro leaves
-
¼ cup mint leaves
-
Salt to taste
-
Coriander cilantro leaves or mint leaves, to garnish
-
Lemon wedges to garnish
-
Pomegranate arils to garnish (optional)
-
Marinate chicken with lemon juice, garlic, ginger, turmeric, red chili powder, garam masala and soy sauce. Season with salt and pepper. Cover, and refrigerate for 30 minutes.
-
Heat ghee in a heavy bottomed pan over medium- high heat. Add chicken, and turn occasionally to brown all the sides of the chicken. At this stage, chicken only needs to be 75 percent cooked. Transfer to a plate.
-
To the same pan, add rice, chicken stock, lemon juice, coriander (cilantro) leaves and mint leaves. Stir. Place chicken on top in one layer. Increase the heat to high, and bring it to a boil. Reduce heat to low, cover with lid, and simmer for 10-15 minutes or until rice is cooked and liquid absorbed.
-
Garnish with more coriander (cilantro) leaves and lemon wedges.
Livholistic
-
2 C Epsom Salt
-
1/2 C Washing Soda
-
30 Drops Liv Holistic Essential Oil
-
Shake it up! & Use 1-2 Tbsp per load.
-
Follow for more simple, nontoxic DIYs
-
See less
-
livholistic · Original audio
-
livholistic · Original audio
Fermented Ketchup (Easy, Homemade, Probiotic & Kids Love It)
-
1 1/2 cups tomato paste homemade or canned
-
1/3 cup maple syrup or sugar, monk fruit, honey
-
1 Tablespoon Worcestershire Sauce
-
1/8 teaspoon ground cloves
-
1/8 teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
1 teaspoon fine salt
-
2 tablespoons raw apple cider vinegar
-
2 Tablespoons whey or sauerkraut juice, kombucha or other starter culture
-
Use a large bowl and have a spatula or large spoon ready to mix the ingredients. You can also use a mixer if you prefer.
-
Add all the ingredients into your bowl, one by one, then mix with the spatula until well incorporated.
-
Add water a little bit at a time, if needed, to reach the correct consistency. Just aim for what you know ketchup consistency to be. It should be slightly liquid and look less like a paste.
-
Taste and adjust seasonings to your preference.
-
Add ketchup to a clean Mason jar and fill to the top of the jar.
-
Use a clean cloth to wipe the rim of the jar.
-
Place a canning lid and band on top and screw it on, but not completely tight. You want some of the air to escape in the fermenting process.
-
Let it sit on the counter for 6 to 10 hours, then put it in the refrigerator.
-
Let it chill; then, it will be perfectly suitable to use as regular ketchup.
-
You can add spices such as ground or raw ginger, powdered or fresh garlic, and pepper.
-
This recipe can be doubled or cut in half.
not bleach for white laundry
-
4 cups hot water, plus additional room temperature water
-
1 cup washing soda
-
1-2 cups 3% hydrogen peroxide, or 1 cup Pure Sodium Percarbonate
-
10 drops lemon essential oil
-
3-5 gallon bucket or washing machine
-
❌Why you should break up with bleach ❌
-
Studies have shown that regular exposure to bleach can irritate your skin, eyes, and respiratory system. Prolonged use has also been linked to a higher risk of developing asthma and other respiratory issues, especially in kids. Plus, when bleach mixes with other common cleaners (like ammonia), it releases toxic fumes that can be harmful to breathe in.
-
The kicker? Bleach doesn’t actually clean—it disinfects but doesn’t remove dirt or grime. And it can leave behind harmful residues that linger in your home.
-
The healthier swap? Non-toxic cleaners that get the job done without compromising your air quality or health. Your lungs (and your loved ones) will thank you!See less
All-Natural Red “Gatorade” Recipe
-
1 cup cold coconut water (natural electrolytes)
-
1/2 cup filtered water
-
1/4 cup fresh or cold-pressed tart cherry juice (for that deep red color + anti-inflammatory benefits)
-
Juice of 1 lemon (vitamin C + tang)
-
1–2 tsp raw honey or maple syrup (for natural sweetness)
-
A pinch of Celtic sea salt or Redmond Real Salt (electrolytes and trace minerals)
-
A splash of beet juice (natural nitric oxide + deeper red hue)
-
1/4 tsp magnesium powder (for extra muscle recovery support)
-
Mix everything together in a mason jar or water bottle.
-
Shake well and chill before drinking.
-
Sip post-workout, during illness, or anytime you need a hydration boost.See less
And It's the Easiest Recipe to Whip Up!
-
2 1/4 cup of tart cherry juice (not from concentrate!) WE love @edenorganicsofficial and @lakewoodorganic
-
3/4 cup of raw milk or any milk or milk substitute (full fat coconut milk is yummy too!)
-
1/3 cup gelatin (my favorite clean and gut nourishing gelatin is by @perfectsupplements) USE CODE MSHF10 for a discount)
-
1/8 to 1/4 cup of raw honey.
-
Coconut oil for greasing the pan
-
Pour the tart cherry juice into a pan.
Sprinkle the gelatin on the top and let it bloom (absorb) for 4-5 minutes. (You don’t heat the pan yet.)
Next grease a pan, any size will do but a 9x11 takes the shortest time to solidify.
After the gelatin has absorbed, put the pan on a light heat and mix slowly until it turns completely to a liquid.
Remove from heat and add your honey. Stir until it dissolves.
Add the mixture to a pan. Then add the milk.
Put it in the fridge for a few hours until it is solid.
Cover and enjoy for the next 4-5 days.
Casinoo Crisis
-
Follow
-
This “Soursop Tea Arnold Palmer” is one of the best tasting and beneficial herbal tea juices that I’ve ever created! It helps reduce inflammation, fights free radicals, helps you relax and sleep, & helps control blood sugar levels Ingredients 1 hand full Soursop leaf (from @perfectblendnc) 2 lemons 8/10 tbsp date syrup This is a great summer time drink that even the kids can enjoy Juicer Kuvings USA Auto 10 Plus (Link in bio) Discount code : CasinoCrisis ✅ See less
-
Dr. Chantel · Squabble Up
-
Dr. Chantel · Squabble Up
-
Dr. Chantel · Squabble Up
It's Nicole Jaques
-
1 cup washing soda (deep cleans + deodorizes)
-
½ cup citric acid (natural descaler + fizz!)
-
½ cup baking soda (odor neutralizer + gentle scrub)
-
2 tbsp hydrogen peroxide (for disinfecting)
-
10–15 drops essential oil (like tea tree, lemon, or eucalyptus)
-
In a large bowl, mix washing soda, citric acid, and baking soda.
-
Slowly drizzle in the hydrogen peroxide while stirring—this will fizz slightly.
-
Add your essential oil drops and mix well.
-
Press mixture firmly into silicone molds or an ice cube tray.
-
Let them dry 24 hours until completely hardened, then pop them out and store in an airtight jar.
Detergent & Rinse Aid Recipes
-
4 cups washing soda
-
15-30 drops grapefruit essential oil - optional
-
5-10 drops lemon essential oil - optional
-
To Make: Add the 4 cups of washing soda to a jar with a tight lid. Add essential oils if you want and then stir completely. Close the lid tightly and store, use 2 tbsp per load of dishes.
Need a boost? Add 1/2 cup of oxygen whitening to the mix and stir. I like Whole Foods brand or @branchbasics
Clumping? Add two tablespoons of bentonite clay in a pouch or small sock to absorb moisture but not mix with your formula.
Have really hard water? Add 1/4 cup citric acid through a wash cycle (while the dishwasher is empty) once per month. Or a tbsp of salt.
Dishwasher is not for real silver those should be hand washed.
Diy Non-Toxic Dishwasher Rinse Aid for Sparkling Dishes
-
3 cups regular white vinegar 5% acetic acid
-
4 tablespoons citric acid slightly increased for extra boost
-
30 to 40 drops lemon essential oil optional but adds degreasing power and scent
-
Add vinegar and citric acid to the 32 oz bottle or bowl.
-
Add essential oil.
-
Shake or stir until the citric acid dissolves. (If using a bowl, pour now with a funnel int your 32 oz bottle)
-
Store in a cool, dark place.
-
Refill the rinse aid compartment as needed — usually every 1–2 weeks.– If your dishes still spot, increase the citric acid slightly or run a hot water cycle before the main wash.– Don’t worry — the vinegar smell will not linger on dishes.
-
This is septic tank safe!
Homemade Glass Cleaner
-
Spray bottle (16 oz is perfect)
-
Funnel (optional, but helpful)
-
1 cup distilled white vinegar
-
1 cup distilled water or boiled and cooled tap water
-
Optional: 1 tablespoon rubbing alcohol helps it dry faster and streak less
-
Optional: 5–10 drops essential oil lemon, peppermint, or lavender work great to cut the vinegar smell
How to Make Washing Soda from Baking Soda
-
A baking sheet or oven-safe dish
-
Preheat your oven to 400°F (200°C).
-
Spread baking soda in an even layer on a baking sheet. You can use as much as you like, but 1–2 cups is a good start.
-
Bake it for 1 hour, stirring once or twice during the process to break up any clumps and ensure even heating.
-
Let it cool completely before storing. You can put it in an airtight jar or container and label it clearly.
-
How Do You Know It Worked?
-
Baking soda is powdery, fluffy, and clumps easily.
-
Washing soda is grainier, duller, and feels a bit more like sand.
-
Label it clearly so you don’t confuse it with baking soda—don’t use washing soda in recipes!
-
Don’t inhale the dust—it’s more alkaline than baking soda and can irritate eyes and lungs.
-
Store in a dry container to prevent it from absorbing moisture.
-
Washing soda is a powerhouse for:
-
Homemade laundry detergent
-
Degreasing pots and pans
-
Boosting dishwasher performance
-
General-purpose cleaning sprays
This Casserole Reigns Supreme for a Reason. Click the Link in the @Allrecipes Bio or Continue Reading for the Recipe!
-
1 lb lean ground beef
-
1 c chopped onion
-
1 package Taco seasoning
-
1/3 c water
-
3 Tbsp butter, melted, divided
-
6 (10-in.) flour tortillas
-
2 c shredded Cheddar cheese
-
1/2 c chopped cilantro (optional)
-
3 medium ripe tomatoes, diced + drained on paper towels
-
8 oz sour cream, plus more for serving
-
8 tostada shells
-
1 (15 oz.) can nacho cheese
-
1/2 c shredded lettuce
-
2 Tbsp guacamole, or to taste
-
1 tsp hot sauce (Optional)
-
Gather ingredients and preheat oven to 375°F.
In a large skillet over medium-high heat, cook ground beef for 2 minutes, crumbling it. Add onion and cook for 5 minutes until browned. Stir in taco seasoning and water; cook for 2 minutes, then set aside.
Brush melted butter in a 9x13 baking dish. Lay 5 tortillas in the dish, overlapping them. Spread shredded cheese, cilantro, and tomatoes on top. Squeeze sour cream over the tomatoes.
Place tostada shells over the sour cream, then spread nacho cheese sauce on them. Pour the beef mixture over the cheese sauce and spread evenly.
Place the remaining tortilla in the center and wrap the overhanging tortillas around it. Brush with remaining butter and press down any loose ends.
Bake for about 30 minutes until golden brown. Let stand for 5 minutes, then invert onto a cutting board. Cut into servings and top with lettuce, sour cream or guacamole, and hot sauce if desired.
Ditch the Toxins & Make the Switch!
-
▫️ 1/4 cup fine sea salt (Baleine)
-
▫️ 1/4 cup Epsom salt (PURE)
-
▫️ 1 cup washing soda (Earthborn Elements)
-
▫️ 1 cup baking soda (Earthborn Elements)
-
▫️ 1/4 cup OnGuard liquid detergent, Castile soap, or Sal Suds
-
25-30 drops doTERRA essential oil
-
(Lemon & Endless Summer – the Sunshine duo!)
-
Mix all dry ingredients in a large bowl.
-
Add about 6 cups hot water and stir well.
-
Add essential oils & mix (immersion blender works great!).
-
Remove any bits if needed.
-
Stir in OnGuard, Castile soap, or Sal Suds.
-
Store in glass, stainless steel, or HDPE.
Shake or stir before each use!
-
Use 1/4 - 3/4 cup per load, depending on size.
-
✨ Epsom Salt → Softens fabric, brightens whites, removes stains, reduces odors.
✨ Fine Sea Salt → Prevents color bleeding, keeps clothes vibrant, removes yellowing.
✨ Washing Soda → Fights tough stains, softens water & lifts grime.
✨ Baking Soda → Deodorizes, softens, brightens & removes stains.
Drew Canole
-
One glass of Kefir a day can do more than you think.
-
This ancient fermented drink, easily made at home, contains over 30 strains of beneficial bacteria and yeast—more than most yogurts—and supports digestion, immunity, and even mental clarity by feeding your gut.
-
When you drink Kefir….
-
– Blood sugar drops (studies show up to 15% reduction in fasting glucose)
-
– Heavy metals like lead + mercury get swept out by bioactive peptides
-
– Your pancreas chills while kefir steps in for metabolic backup
-
– Gut bacteria flourish, with stronger defense against pathogens and inflammation
-
– Cravings and energy dips after meals
-
– Slow digestion or irregular bowels
-
– Brain fog, especially in the mornings
-
– Skin acting out for “no reason”
-
✅ Add kefir grains to whole milk
-
✅ Let sit at room temp for 24 hours
-
✅ Strain and sip daily
-
✅ Use extra grains to keep the cycle going (or gift a friend!)
-
Try it for 7 days and drop a if you’re in.
-
Already drinking kefir? What’s changed most for you
-
↗️ Share this with someone who would drink Kefir with you
The.Homemade.Fam
-
Here's the recipe Be sure to save so you can make this all summer long.
-
Their ingredients aren't that bad at all but that cost my word
-
Magic Shell is shockingly easy to make and you likely have the ingredients at home and can make it yourself for a fraction of the cost. Oh and it's still shelf stable
-
It's as simple as chocolate and coconut oil
-
Mix 1 cup chocolate chips with 2-4 tbsp coconut oil.
-
If you're ready to stop buying and start making comment "MAGIC" to get the link to my recipe book Super Simple Staples volume 2
-
It's packed with over 90+ recipes to show you how you can EASILY replace your families overpriced prepackaged staples with LOW COST homemade swaps.
-
Staples like breads, crackers, sauces, holistic self care, Lara bars, z bars, seasoning blends and more!
-
Who's ready to start cooking?
-
See less
Kolbiroper
-
Detoxing from the inside out with this anti-parasitic herbal tea. A powerful blend of wormwood, clove, and black walnut hull—nature’s own cleansing team. These herbs work together to support gut health, eliminate unwanted invaders, and bring the body back into balance. No fillers, no fads—just real plants with real purpose. Healing starts within & nature really does provide the best medicine.
-
1 tsp wormwood (potent anti-parasitic)
-
1 tsp clove (kills parasite eggs)
-
1 tsp black walnut hull (destroys adult parasites)
-
1 tsp ginger root (soothes digestion, anti-inflammatory)
-
3-4 slices of lemon (boosts liver detox)
-
Diatomaceous Earth (Food Grade)
-
How it works: Sharp microscopic edges damage parasites’ outer membranes.
-
Use: 1 tsp–1 tbsp in water daily, start slow.
-
Caution: Drink plenty of water to avoid constipation.
-
Bentonite Clay
-
How it works: Binds to toxins, heavy metals, and microbes.
-
Use: Mix with water or juice; start with 1/2 tsp daily.
-
Caution: Ensure hydration; avoid with certain medications.
-
Chlorella
-
How it works: A green algae that binds to heavy metals and may help clear parasite waste.
-
Use: Tablets or powder, often paired with cilantro.
-
Bonus: Nutrient-rich and supports detox pathways.
-
Psyllium Husk
-
How it works: Adds bulk to stool, helping sweep parasites and binders out.
-
Use: Mix with water and consume quickly; follow with more water.
-
Pectin (from citrus or apples)
-
How it works: Binds toxins in the intestines and soothes the gut lining.
-
Use: Found in supplements or naturally in fruits.
Homemade Sourdough Sandwich Bread -
-
500g (4 cups) all-purpose flour – provides a soft crumb; you can substitute part with bread flour for more chew
-
60g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened and cubed – adds richness and helps create a tender texture
-
12g (1 tablespoon) granulated sugar – enhances the flavor and supports fermentation
-
9g (1½ teaspoons) fine sea salt – balances the flavors
-
50g (¼ cup) active sourdough starter (100% hydration) – must be bubbly and active
-
270g (1 cup + 2 tablespoons) warm water – around 80°F helps activate the starter without killing it
-
Stand mixer (helpful but not necessary)
-
Dough scraper
-
Kitchen scale (for accuracy)
-
Loaf pan (8.5×4-inch preferred)
-
Start this process in the evening, giving your dough time to ferment overnight.
-
Mix Dry Ingredients: In a stand mixer bowl, combine flour, butter, sugar, and salt. Using the paddle attachment, mix on low until the butter is distributed in small pea-sized crumbs. This step helps create an evenly tender dough.
-
Add Wet Ingredients: Add the active sourdough starter and warm water. Mix just until the flour is moistened and a shaggy dough forms. No need to overmix yet.
-
Autolyse Rest: Let the dough rest for 30 minutes. This helps the flour absorb water and allows gluten to begin developing naturally.
-
Knead the Dough: Switch to the dough hook and knead for 6–8 minutes. The dough should become smoother and slightly stretchy. If kneading by hand, work the dough for 8–10 minutes on a clean surface without adding much flour—oil your hands if needed.
-
Bulk Fermentation: Place the dough in a clean, lightly greased bowl. Cover with plastic wrap or a damp cloth and leave it to ferment overnight at room temperature (about 68°F or 20°C). This usually takes 10–12 hours. By morning, the dough should be puffy, domed, and doubled in volume.
-
Prepare the Loaf Pan: Lightly grease a standard 8.5×4-inch loaf pan. This smaller pan gives the bread height and a lovely bakery-style shape.
-
Shape the Dough: Carefully turn out the dough onto a lightly floured surface. Press out any large air pockets gently, then roll the dough into a tight log. Pinch the seam and place it seam-side down in the pan.
-
Final Rise: Cover the loaf loosely and let it rise for 1½ to 2 hours, or until the dough has risen about 1 inch above the rim of the pan. This second rise is crucial for a light, airy interior.
-
Bake: Preheat your oven to 375°F (190°C). Bake the loaf for 40–45 minutes. It should be golden brown on top and sound hollow when tapped.
-
Cool the Bread: Let the loaf rest in the pan for 10 minutes, then transfer to a wire rack to cool completely. Slicing while warm can squash the structure, so try to wait at least 1 hour.
-
This sourdough sandwich bread is soft, flavorful, and perfect for everyday use. It requires minimal active work and utilizes an overnight fermentation, making it ideal for busy schedules.
Homemade Sourdough Sandwich Bread -
-
500g (4 cups) all-purpose flour – provides a soft crumb; you can substitute part with bread flour for more chew
-
60g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened and cubed – adds richness and helps create a tender texture
-
12g (1 tablespoon) granulated sugar – enhances the flavor and supports fermentation
-
9g (1½ teaspoons) fine sea salt – balances the flavors
-
50g (¼ cup) active sourdough starter (100% hydration) – must be bubbly and active
-
270g (1 cup + 2 tablespoons) warm water – around 80°F helps activate the starter without killing it
-
Stand mixer (helpful but not necessary)
-
Dough scraper
-
Kitchen scale (for accuracy)
-
Loaf pan (8.5×4-inch preferred)
Roasted Sungold Tomato Pasta
Khin's Kitchen
-
Follow
-
Easy homemade spicy sweet chilli sauce anyone can make at home.
-
2-3 tbsp dried red chilli flakes (adjust to taste)
-
½ cup/100g white sugar
-
½ cup/120ml water
-
½ cup/120ml white vinegar
-
2 tbsp minced garlic
-
1 tsp salt ( or to taste )
-
1 tbsp cornstarch or potato starch or tapioca starch (mixed with 2 tbsp water)See less
-
Ella Joy Meir · Piano Dreams
-
Ella Joy Meir · Piano Dreams
-
Ella Joy Meir · Piano Dreams
The Ratios Are Forgiving, Use What You Have
-
Equal parts
-
Borax
-
Washing Soda
-
Baking Soda
-
Epsom salt (I use a little less than equal to the rest)
-
1 cup liquid or grated Castile soap
-
Essential oil of your choice! It’s the start of fall frenzy here, so clove oil is my pick
-
Yes, it WORKS!!! I’ve been cloth diapering for over a year now, and this is all we use! That’s proof enough, righttttt?
-
The ratios I used is approximately 550 TBS. I use 2 TBS per load, even with all of my diapers this lasts us a year.
-
See less
Tomato Soup
-
Follow
-
Since we are drowning in tomatoes it is the perfect time to try new recipes! We love tomato soup in the winter so I wanted to get some canned and in the cellar. It was so simple to make and sooo delicious. To make it… 1. Wash tomatoes and cut in half. 2. Add 1 onion and 1 bulb of garlic. Drizzle about 1/4 cup of olive oil. 3. Roast at 400 for 1 hour. 4. Remove roasted tomatoes, onion, and garlic and put into a new pot. (Do not add the liquid that is left in the bottom of the pot unless you want a thinner soup.) 5. Using an immersion blender, blend until smooth. Salt and pepper to taste. 6. Put in jars and add 1/4 tsp citric acid in each pint jar. 7. Water bath for 35 minutes. See less
-
Peaceful Reveries · Carefree Days
-
Peaceful Reveries · Carefree Days
-
use large blender to pulverize tomato mixture for smooth texture
-
add heavy cream and basil
Beef & Parmesan Tortellini in Creamy Sauce
-
1 lb ground beef
-
1 package (9 oz) refrigerated cheese tortellini
-
1 cup heavy cream
-
1⁄2 cup grated Parmesan cheese (plus more for serving)
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 tsp Italian seasoning
-
Salt and pepper to taste
-
2 tbsp olive oil
-
Fresh parsley, chopped (for garnish)
-
In a large pot of salted boiling water, cook the tortellini according to package instructions. Drain and set aside.
-
In a large skillet, heat olive oil over medium heat. Add the ground beef and cook until browned, breaking it apart with a spatula. Drain excess fat if necessary.
-
Add the minced garlic to the skillet and cook for an additional minute until fragrant. Stir in the Italian seasoning, salt, and pepper.
-
Pour in the heavy cream and bring to a gentle simmer. Stir in the grated Parmesan cheese until melted and smooth. Add the cooked tortellini to the skillet and gently toss to coat everything in the creamy sauce.
-
Remove from heat and garnish with additional Parmesan cheese and chopped parsley. Serve warm and enjoy your Beef & Parmesan Tortellini in Creamy Sauce!
No-Oven Stovetop Bread
-
1 packet (2 1/4 teaspoons) active dry yeast
-
3 cups all-purpose flour
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 cup warm water (about 110°F or 43°C)
-
1 tablespoon sugar
-
2 tablespoons olive oil
-
In a bowl, combine warm water, sugar, and yeast. Let sit for 5-10 minutes until frothy.
In a large bowl, mix flour and salt.
Pour yeast mixture into flour mixture. Add olive oil and mix until dough forms.
Knead dough on a floured surface for 5-7 minutes until smooth and elastic.
Shape dough into a ball, place in greased bowl, cover with damp cloth, and let rise in a warm place for about 1 hour until doubled in size.
Punch down dough and divide into 6-8 smaller balls.
Flatten each ball into round discs.
Heat a skillet over medium heat. Cook each disc for 4-5 minutes per side until golden and cooked through.
Repeat with remaining dough, adding oil to skillet if needed.
Serve warm with your favorite dips or spreads.
Creamy Mushroom Soup
-
1 lb mushrooms, sliced (cremini, white, shiitake mix recommended)
-
2 tablespoons butter
-
1 onion, finely chopped
-
1 tablespoon olive oil
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1/4 cup all-purpose flour
-
4 cups vegetable or chicken broth
-
1 cup heavy cream
-
Salt and pepper to taste
-
Fresh parsley for garnish (optional)
-
Melt butter and olive oil in a large pot over medium heat.
Add chopped onion and sauté until translucent, about 5 minutes.
Stir in minced garlic and cook for 1 minute until fragrant.
Add sliced mushrooms and cook 8-10 minutes until browned and tender.
Sprinkle flour and stir to coat mushrooms evenly.
Gradually pour in broth while stirring to avoid lumps. Bring to a gentle simmer.
Cook about 10 minutes until soup thickens slightly.
Stir in heavy cream and season with salt and pepper. Simmer 5 more minutes.
For a smooth texture, puree with an immersion blender or in batches in a countertop blender.
Serve hot, garnished with parsley if desired.
Apple Pie Biscuits
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
2 tablespoons granulated sugar
-
1 tablespoon baking powder
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/2 cup unsalted butter, cold and cubed
-
3/4 cup buttermilk
-
1 1/2 cups apple pie filling, diced
-
1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
1/2 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
1 cup powdered sugar
-
1/2 teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
2–3 tablespoons milk
-
Preheat the oven to 425°F (220°C) and line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, sugar, baking powder, and salt.
Cut in the cold butter using a pastry cutter or your fingers until the mixture resembles coarse crumbs.
Add the buttermilk and mix gently until just combined.
Fold in the diced apple pie filling, cinnamon, and vanilla extract until evenly mixed.
Turn the dough out onto a floured surface and pat it into a 1-inch thick rectangle. Cut out biscuits using a round cutter and place them on the prepared baking sheet.
Bake for 12–15 minutes, or until golden brown.
While the biscuits are baking, prepare the glaze by whisking together the powdered sugar, cinnamon, and milk until smooth.
Drizzle the glaze over the warm biscuits before serving.
Old-Fashioned Caramel Icing
-
1 cup granulated sugar
-
¼ cup unsalted butter
-
½ cup heavy cream
-
¼ teaspoon salt
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
Heat granulated sugar in a medium saucepan over medium heat, stirring constantly until melted and deep amber in color. Be careful not to burn.
Quickly add butter and stir until melted and combined with sugar.
Slowly pour in heavy cream while stirring. The mixture will bubble up. Continue stirring until smooth.
Remove from heat and stir in salt and vanilla extract.
Let cool slightly before using to frost cakes, cupcakes, or cookies. The icing will thicken as it cools, so use while warm for easy spreading.
Pumpkin Muffins
-
1 ½ cups all-purpose flour
-
1 teaspoon baking powder
-
½ teaspoon baking soda
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
½ teaspoon ground nutmeg
-
¼ teaspoon ground cloves
-
½ cup granulated sugar
-
½ cup packed brown sugar
-
½ cup vegetable oil
-
2 large eggs
-
1 cup canned pumpkin puree
-
¼ cup milk
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
½ cup chopped pecans or walnuts (optional)
-
Preheat oven to 350°F (175°C). Line a muffin tin with paper liners.
In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, baking powder, baking soda, salt, cinnamon, nutmeg, and cloves.
In a large bowl, beat granulated sugar, brown sugar, and oil until well combined. Add eggs one at a time, beating after each.
Stir in pumpkin puree, milk, and vanilla until smooth.
Gradually add dry ingredients to wet ingredients, mixing until just combined. Fold in nuts if using.
Divide batter evenly into muffin cups, filling about 2/3 full.
Bake 20-25 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean.
Cool in the pan for 5 minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely.
Crockpot Beef Tips & Noodles
-
2 lbs beef stew meat, cubed
-
1 large onion, diced
-
3 cloves garlic, minced
-
2 cups beef broth
-
1/4 cup Worcestershire sauce
-
1 tablespoon soy sauce
-
1 teaspoon dried thyme
-
1 teaspoon black pepper
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 cup all-purpose flour
-
12 oz egg noodles
-
Fresh parsley, chopped for garnish
-
Heat oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Sear beef cubes until browned on all sides.
Transfer beef to crockpot. Add onion, garlic, beef broth, Worcestershire sauce, soy sauce, thyme, pepper, and salt.
Cover and cook on low for 7-8 hours or high for 4-5 hours until beef is tender.
About 30 minutes before serving, mix flour with cold water to form a slurry. Stir into crockpot to thicken sauce.
Cook egg noodles according to package instructions. Drain and set aside.
Serve beef tips over noodles, garnished with parsley.
Fluffy Buttermilk Pancakes
-
1 ½ cups all-purpose flour
-
3 ½ teaspoons baking powder
-
1 tablespoon sugar
-
¼ teaspoon salt
-
1 ¼ cups buttermilk (or regular milk with 1 tablespoon vinegar)
-
1 large egg
-
3 tablespoons unsalted butter, melted
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
Butter or oil for cooking
-
In a large bowl, whisk together flour, baking powder, sugar, and salt.
-
In another bowl, beat the egg and whisk in the buttermilk, melted butter, and vanilla extract until smooth.
-
Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients. Stir gently until just combined – small lumps are okay. Let the batter rest for 5 minutes.
-
Heat a non-stick skillet or griddle over medium heat. Grease with butter or oil. Pour ¼ cup of batter per pancake. Cook until bubbles form on the surface and edges look set, about 2-3 minutes. Flip and cook for 1-2 minutes until golden brown.
-
Stack the pancakes and top with butter, syrup, or favorite toppings. Serve warm.
Homemade Reuben Bake Recipe
-
1 pound deli corned beef, thinly sliced
-
1 cup sauerkraut, drained
-
1 cup shredded Swiss cheese
-
1 cup shredded mozzarella cheese
-
1/2 cup Thousand Island dressing or Russian dressing
-
1 can (14.1 ounces) refrigerated crescent roll dough
-
1 tablespoon caraway seeds (optional, for extra flavor)
-
1 tablespoon melted butter (for brushing)
-
Fresh parsley, chopped (for garnish)
-
Preheat Oven: Preheat the oven to 375 degrees Fahrenheit (190 degrees Celsius).
Prepare Crescent Roll Base: Unroll the crescent roll dough and press it into the bottom of a 9 by 13 inch baking dish, covering the bottom and slightly up the sides. Pinch the seams together to form a solid crust.
Assemble Layers: Spread half of the dressing evenly over the dough. Layer the corned beef slices on top, followed by the sauerkraut. Sprinkle Swiss and mozzarella cheeses over the sauerkraut.
Add Topping: Drizzle the remaining dressing over the cheese. Sprinkle caraway seeds on top if desired.
Bake: Fold the edges of the dough slightly inward and press to seal. Brush the top with melted butter. Bake for 25 to 30 minutes, or until the crust is golden brown and the cheese is melted and bubbly.
Garnish and Serve: Let the bake cool slightly. Garnish with chopped parsley. Slice into squares and serve warm.
Pizza Hut Dough Recipe
-
2 ¼ teaspoons (1 packet) active dry yeast
-
1 ½ cups warm water (110°F / 45°C)
-
3 ½ cups all-purpose flour
-
¼ cup olive oil
-
1 teaspoon sugar
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder (optional)
-
In a small bowl, dissolve sugar in warm water. Sprinkle yeast on top and let sit for 5–10 minutes until frothy.
-
In a large bowl, combine flour, salt, and garlic powder (if using). Make a well in the center and pour in yeast mixture and olive oil. Mix until dough forms.
-
Turn dough onto a floured surface and knead for 5–7 minutes until smooth and elastic. Add flour as needed if sticky.
-
Place dough in a lightly oiled bowl, cover with damp cloth or plastic wrap, and let rise in a warm place for 1–2 hours until doubled.
-
Punch down dough and turn out onto floured surface. Divide into 2 for large pizzas or 4 for smaller pizzas. Roll or press to desired shape and thickness.
-
For a crispier crust, pre-bake at 450°F (230°C) for 5–7 minutes before adding toppings.
-
Add toppings and bake at 450°F (230°C) for 12–15 minutes until crust is golden and cheese bubbly.See less
Long John Silver's Batter
-
1 cup all-purpose flour
-
¼ cup cornstarch
-
1 teaspoon baking powder
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 teaspoon sugar
-
¼ teaspoon onion powder
-
¼ teaspoon garlic powder
-
¼ teaspoon paprika
-
1 cup cold water (or club soda for extra crispiness)
-
Oil for frying (vegetable or canola oil)
-
In a large bowl, whisk together flour, cornstarch, baking powder, salt, sugar, onion powder, garlic powder, and paprika.
Gradually add cold water or club soda while whisking until batter is smooth and slightly thick, like pancake batter.
Heat about 2 inches of oil in a deep pan or Dutch oven to 350°F (175°C).
Pat fish fillets or chicken pieces dry. Dip each piece into the batter, coating fully.
Fry in batches without overcrowding for 3-5 minutes per side, until golden brown and crispy.
Remove with slotted spoon and drain on paper towels.
Serve hot with tartar sauce, lemon wedges, or preferred dipping sauce.See less
Old-Fashioned Goulash
-
1 lb ground beef
-
1 large onion, chopped
-
1 bell pepper, chopped (optional)
-
3 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 (15 oz) can diced tomatoes
-
1 (6 oz) can tomato paste
-
2 cups beef broth
-
2 tsp paprika
-
½ tsp dried oregano
-
½ tsp dried basil
-
¼ tsp cayenne pepper (optional)
-
Salt and black pepper to taste
-
2 cups elbow macaroni or small pasta
-
1 cup shredded cheddar cheese (optional)
-
Fresh parsley or basil, chopped (for garnish)
-
Cook ground beef in a large pot over medium heat until browned. Drain fat.
Add onion, bell pepper (if using), and garlic. Cook until softened, about 5 minutes.
Stir in diced tomatoes, tomato paste, and beef broth. Mix well.
Add paprika, oregano, basil, cayenne pepper (if using), salt, and pepper. Stir to combine.
Bring to a boil, reduce heat to simmer. Add pasta, cover, and cook 15-20 minutes until pasta is tender and sauce thickens, stirring occasionally.
Optional: Sprinkle cheddar cheese on top and allow to melt.
Garnish with fresh parsley or basil before serving.See less
Mexican Birria
-
3 lbs beef chuck roast or short ribs (goat optional)
-
1 large white onion, quartered
-
4 garlic cloves
-
2 bay leaves
-
6 cups water
-
5 dried guajillo chiles, stemmed and seeded
-
2 dried ancho chiles, stemmed and seeded
-
1 dried pasilla chile, stemmed and seeded
-
3 tomatoes, quartered
-
1 medium white onion, halved
-
4 garlic cloves
-
1 tsp ground cumin
-
1 tsp ground black pepper
-
½ tsp ground cinnamon
-
½ tsp ground oregano (preferably Mexican oregano)
-
¼ tsp ground cloves
-
Salt to taste
-
2 tbsp apple cider vinegar
-
1 tbsp vegetable oil
-
Corn tortillas
-
Fresh cilantro, chopped
-
Lime wedges
-
Chopped onions
-
Salsa (optional)
-
Cook Meat: Place meat, quartered onion, garlic, bay leaves, and water in a large pot. Bring to boil, reduce to simmer, cook 2-3 hours until tender. Skim impurities. Remove meat and shred; reserve broth.
Prepare Sauce: Toast chiles in a dry skillet 1-2 minutes. Soak chiles in hot water 15-20 minutes. Roast tomatoes, onion, and garlic until charred.
Blend Sauce: Drain chiles, blend with roasted veggies, spices, vinegar, salt, and 1-2 cups reserved broth until smooth.
Simmer Sauce: Heat oil in pot, cook sauce 5-7 minutes. Add shredded meat, stir. Add about 3 cups broth and simmer 30-45 minutes. Adjust salt.
Serve: Serve hot with corn tortillas, cilantro, lime, onions, and salsa. For birria tacos, dip tortillas in broth and fry before filling.See less
Slow Cooker Salisbury Steak Meatballs
-
1 lb ground beef
-
1/4 cup breadcrumbs
-
1 egg
-
1 small onion, finely diced
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1/2 teaspoon black pepper
-
1 teaspoon dried parsley
-
2 cups beef broth
-
1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
-
1 tablespoon ketchup
-
1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
-
1 small onion, thinly sliced
-
1 cup mushrooms, sliced (optional)
-
2 tablespoons cornstarch mixed with 2 tablespoons cold water (for thickening)
-
In a large bowl, mix together the ground beef, breadcrumbs, egg, diced onion, garlic, Worcestershire sauce, salt, pepper, and parsley. Form the mixture into meatballs about 1 to 1 1/2 inches in size.
-
Heat a little oil in a skillet over medium heat and brown the meatballs on all sides, about 5 minutes. This step adds flavor but can be skipped if short on time.
-
In the slow cooker, combine the beef broth, Worcestershire sauce, ketchup, Dijon mustard, sliced onion, and mushrooms if using.
-
Place the meatballs in the slow cooker, making sure they are covered with the gravy. Cover and cook on low for 5 to 6 hours or on high for 3 to 4 hours.
-
About 30 minutes before serving, stir in the cornstarch slurry to thicken the gravy.
-
Serve the Salisbury steak meatballs over mashed potatoes, rice, or egg noodles. Garnish with parsley if desired.
Pumpkin Whoopie Pies Recipe
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
1 teaspoon baking powder
-
1 teaspoon baking soda
-
1 tablespoon pumpkin pie spice
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1 cup canned pumpkin puree
-
1/2 cup unsalted butter, softened
-
1/2 cup granulated sugar
-
1/2 cup brown sugar, packed
-
1 large egg
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
4 oz cream cheese, softened
-
1/4 cup unsalted butter, softened
-
1 1/2 cups powdered sugar
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
A pinch of cinnamon (optional)
-
Preheat oven to 350°F (175°C). Line two baking sheets with parchment paper.
Whisk flour, baking powder, baking soda, pumpkin pie spice, and salt in a medium bowl.
Beat butter, granulated sugar, and brown sugar in a large bowl until light and fluffy. Add egg, vanilla extract, and pumpkin puree; beat until combined.
Gradually add dry ingredients to wet mixture, mixing until just combined.
Drop rounded spoonfuls of dough onto baking sheets about 2 inches apart.
Bake 10-12 minutes until set and lightly golden. Cool on sheets 5 minutes, then transfer to wire rack to cool completely.
Beat cream cheese and butter until smooth. Add powdered sugar and vanilla extract; beat until fluffy. Add cinnamon if desired.
Spread or pipe 1-2 tablespoons of filling onto flat side of half the cookies. Top with remaining cookies to form sandwiches.
Serve immediately or store in an airtight container in the refrigerator up to 3 days.See less
The Ultimate Guide to Making Light & Fluffy Buttermilk Beignets
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
½ cup granulated sugar
-
1 tablespoon baking powder
-
½ teaspoon baking soda
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
½ teaspoon ground nutmeg
-
½ cup buttermilk
-
2 large eggs
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
¼ cup unsalted butter, melted
-
Vegetable oil, for frying
-
Powdered sugar, for dusting
-
In a large bowl, whisk together flour, sugar, baking powder, baking soda, salt, and nutmeg.
-
In a medium bowl, whisk together buttermilk, eggs, vanilla, and melted butter.
-
Pour wet ingredients into dry ingredients and gently fold to combine. Do not overmix.
-
Let the batter rest for 10–15 minutes at room temperature.
-
Heat vegetable oil in a deep pot to 350°F (175°C).
-
Drop spoonfuls of batter into the hot oil.
-
Fry 2–3 minutes per side, until golden brown.
-
Remove with a slotted spoon and drain on paper towels.
-
Repeat with remaining batter, maintaining oil temperature.
-
Dust warm beignets with powdered sugar.
-
Serve immediately.
-
Store leftovers in an airtight container for up to 2 days and reheat in a toaster oven.
Homemade Velveeta Melting Cheese
-
2 Gal Plus 3/4c Milk
-
6tsp citric acid …
-
...more
Creamy Herb Pasta
-
Seasonings
-
½ teaspoon dried basil
-
½ teaspoon dried oregano
-
½ teaspoon mustard powder
-
1 teaspoon parsley
-
Pasta
-
½ lb. linguine
-
½ cup dry white wine, or chicken broth. See notes.
-
3 tablespoons butter
-
3 cloves garlic, minced
-
lemon pepper seasoning, optional. See notes
-
2 tablespoons flour
-
1 ¼ cups half and half, (half cream half milk)
-
¾ cup chicken broth
-
1 cup Parmesan cheese, finely grated from a block
-
2 teaspoons lemon juice
-
Fresh Parsley
-
Fresh Lemon
-
Prep Work: Combine the half and half, chicken broth, and seasonings in a large measuring cup with a spout and set aside. Measure out additional ingredients and begin boiling a pot of water for the pasta.
-
Add the white wine, butter, and garlic to a large skillet and bring it to a gentle bubble. Let it reduce by half, about 4 minutes. (Pro Tip: Add a pinch of high-quality lemon pepper seasoning to the skillet for even more flavor. See notes.)
-
Stir in the flour and cook for 1-2 minutes, stirring continuously.
-
Add half and half mixture in small splashes, stirring continuously. Bring to a gentle boil, reduce heat to low, and cover it partially.
-
Boil the pasta to al dente according to package instructions. Salt the pasta water well to ensure that the pasta itself has plenty of flavor. I use 2 tbsp. kosher salt. Drain once cooked.
-
Slowly stir the grated cheese into the sauce over low heat.
-
Remove from heat and stir in the lemon juice. Add the pasta and toss to combine. Taste and season with salt/freshly cracked pepper if desired. Serve with lemon wedges.
-
Pro Tips:
-
Wine: Sauvignon Blanc or Pinot Grigio are my favorite wines for this recipe. It adds next-level flavor to this sauce but chicken broth can be used if you don't cook with wine.
-
Pasta: I use linguine for this recipe but penne and fettuccine make great options as well.
-
Grate the cheese from a wedge, it will melt and taste much better than packaged grated cheese.
-
Use freshly squeezed lemon juice if possible, as the flavor is better than bottled lemon juice.
-
Make sure the heat is off when you add the lemon juice at the end. Add it slowly and stir in continuously to ensure it doesn't cause the cream to curdle.
-
I like to crack a little of this lemon pepper seasoning into the butter/garlic/wine while it reduces for a little extra flavor!
Cola Syrup Recipe
-
1 cup coconut sugar
-
1/2 cup water
-
1 cinnamon stick
-
1/2 inch piece of lemon, lime, and orange peel
-
1/2 tsp each coriander and nutmeg
-
1/2 tsp bitters
-
1 tsp vanilla
-
In a saucepan, caremelize the coconut sugar over low-medium heat until it starts to get sticky. Then, pour in the water, stir, and bring to a simmer.
-
Add in the zest, cinnamon stick, and spices. Continue to let simmer for about 5-10 minutes, or until it starts to thicken.
-
Strain and stir in the vanilla + bitters.
-
Store in the fridge for up to 2 weeks.
Then, to make a cup of cola, use 1 part syrup to 3 parts seltzer. Stir and enjoy!!See less
Tart Cherry Juice – a Natural Source of Melatonin to Support Your Sleep-Wake Cycle
-
2 cups of water
-
Chamomile tea
-
1 tsp raw honey
-
1/2 cup tart cherry juice
-
1 tbsp grass-fed beef gelatin (check your product packaging for more accurate measurements)
-
Boil water with chamomile tea
-
Let the mixture cool slightly
-
While still warm, sprinkle in the gelatin and stir until fully dissolved.
-
Once the mixture cools further, stir in the honey.
-
Add the tart cherry juice
-
Pour into a small glass jar and refrigerate until it sets.
-
Sleep well!
no bake brownie
-
NO-BAKE BROWNIES
-
️ 9.5 oz pitted dates
-
️ 5.6 oz walnuts
-
️ 2 tbsp unsweetened cocoa powder (about 1 oz)
-
️ 3.5 oz dark chocolate (70% or higher)
-
️ Crushed pistachios or walnuts for topping (optional)
-
️ Pinch of flaky sea salt for topping
-
⏳ Time: Freeze for 1 hour
-
Blend the dates, walnuts, and cocoa powder in a food processor until you get a sticky dough.
-
Shape the mixture into small squares or bars using your hands.
-
Melt the dark chocolate and fully coat each piece.
-
Place them on a parchment-lined tray, add chopped nuts and a pinch of salt if desired.
-
Freeze for 1 hour until firm.
I Drink Rosemary, Thyme & Garlic Tea Then Boost It with Hblp Powder
-
✔️Cinnamon
-
✔️Oregano
-
✔️Ginger
-
✔️Moringa
-
✔️Dandelion & more
-
Great for pressure, inflammation & circulation.
-
See less
-
Dr OFURE herbal cure · Original audio
-
Dr OFURE herbal cure · Original audio
-
Dr OFURE herbal cure · Original audio
You Can Also Do This with Black Beans But Pinto Beans Have a More Neutral Taste, Are Easier to Digest (Imo), and Contain More Fiber
-
3 cups freshly cooked (previously soaked) pinto beans + 1 cup filtered water you cooked them in
-
1/2 cup hot chocolate mix (@artisanamarket has a great one)
-
Puree above ingredients until smooth then transfer into a glass dish. Refrigerate overnight or until firm (at least 2 hours). Done!
Homemade Chamoy Sauce
-
4 cups water
-
1 cup dried apricot
-
½ cup pitted prunes
-
½ cup dried mango
-
½ cup dried hibiscus flowers (can be easily found in most Hispanic grocery stores, sometimes labeled as “flor de jamaica”)
-
½ cup white granulated sugar
-
4 tablespoons chili lime seasoning (like Tajín)
-
2 tablespoons lime juice (about 1 lime)
-
In a medium saucepan or pot, add water, dried apricots, prunes, dried mango, dried hibiscus flowers, granulated sugar, and chili lime seasoning. Bring to a boil.
-
Once boiling, cover and reduce heat to low and simmer for 30 minutes.
-
Turn off the heat and uncover. Allow the mixture to cool for about 10-15 minutes.
-
Add mixture into a food processor or blender along with lime juice and blend until smooth. Taste for seasoning and add more lime juice or chili lime seasoning if desired. For a more runny consistency, add more water 1 tablespoon at a time.
-
Transfer chamoy into glass containers for storage. Serve with fresh fruit or rim glasses for drinks and cocktails.
-
Cook Mode Prevent your screen from going dark
-
Adjust consistency: Chamoy has the consistency of thick barbeque sauce, so adjust accordingly for your desired consistency. For a thinner consistency, add water 1 tablespoon at a time while blending. For a thicker consistency, use 3 cups instead of 4 cups of water when cooking.
-
Dried fruits: Get creative with using different dried fruits. I recommend keeping the base recipe of hibiscus flowers, dried apricots, and prunes, but feel free to use dried pineapples, papaya, or even blueberries.
-
Spice level: You can adjust the spice level to your liking by adding or reducing the amount of chili lime seasoning, just taste as you go. You can also add 2-3 dried chile de arbol into the dried fruit mixture for an extra spicy kick.
Tart Cherry Sleep Gummies
-
2 cups tart cherry juice
-
½ cup gelatin powder
-
⅓ cup honey
-
salt to sprinkle on top optional
-
1 tsp vitamin C powder optional
-
Pour juice into a small saucepan.
-
Slowly mix the gelatin powder into the juice.
-
Add the honey.
-
Turn on low heat and stir as it begins to warm.
-
Stir for 2-3 minutes or until mixture is smooth and gelatin has dissolved.
-
Remove from heat and add vitamin C if using.
-
Pour into silicon molds or a glass baking dish that has been lightly greased with coconut oil.
-
Place in the refrigerator for 2 hours to harden.
-
Remove from molds.
-
Store in an air tight container in the fridge for up to 2 weeks (they never last that long at our house).
Lauren Gallegos
-
Drew Canole talks about the power of onions for skin and hair.
-
Onions, particularly when used as onion juice, offer several potential benefits for hair growth, scalp health, and even skin...
-
They are rich in sulfur, which is a key component of hair, and also contain antioxidants and other nutrients that can promote hair growth, reduce hair loss, and can improve scalp health.
-
For skin, onions can contribute to collagen production and potentially improve skin cell health due to their vitamin C and the sulfur content.
-
I also love using onion as a natural medicine for coughs and colds.
-
FOLLOW for more natural solutions and anti-aging tips.
-
See less
-
Lauren Gallegos · Original audio
-
Lauren Gallegos · Original audio
-
Lauren Gallegos · Original audio
Snickers Ice Cream Bars
-
✨16 dates, pitted
-
✨2 tbsp plain Greek yogurt
-
✨2 tbsp peanut butter
-
✨1/2 cup dark chocolate + 1 tsp coconut oil
-
✨Crushed peanuts
-
✨Sea salt for topping
-
Line an 8x8 pan with parchment paper. Open the dates and place along the bottom of the pan and flatten with a bowl or cup.
Combine nut butter and yogurt to create a creamy filling. Spread this across the dates.
Melt the dark chocolate with coconut oil and pour over the top. Sprinkle with crushed peanuts and flakey sea salt.
Freeze for 2 hours until firm, slice into squares. Store in the fridge for a creamy textured or freezer to be firm.
Caramelized Onion Pasta Sauce
-
1 lg onion sliced
-
2-3 tbsp butter
-
1-2 cups water
-
1-1 ½ cup pasta water
-
1 cup parmesan cheese
-
Salt
-
Pepper
-
Pasta of choice
-
Thinly slice onions and place in a skillet with butter on medium low heat. Once the onions start to sizzle add in enough water to just barely cover onions. Allow to simmer and cook off water. This will help cook the onions without burning them. Once onions are fully soft, allow the water to fully cook off. Continue stirring around the onions and let them get a nice golden color all over. Using a hand emulsion blender puree the onions with roughly a half a cup of pasta water. (This can be done in a stand blender if you want, but I do it all in the same pan instead.) Add in grated parmesan cheese and begin mixing adding a little pasta water at a time until you get a creamy sauce. Season with salt and pepper, then add in your pasta. Thin with more pasta water if needed. Serve with a little grated parmesan on top and Enjoy!
Chocolate Chips
-
1/2 cup of cacao butter (or coconut oil if you’re making bars)
-
2/3 cup of pure cocoa powder
-
1/3 cup of maple syrup & a tablespoon of honey
-
Melt the coconut oil or cacao butter in a double boiler on the stove until liquid
Off the heat, add the syrup & honey and cocoa powder, whisking quickly to prevent lumps
Once fully combined, pour chocolate into your mold of choice and spread evenly with a flat spatula
Refrigerate for 4 hours or freeze for 1 hour until fully set and hardened, then remove from the mold
Store in an airtight container in your fridge!
Using cacao butter VS coconut oil will allow your chocolate to stay solid at room temp, as it has a higher melting point, and will hold up when baked into cookies or baked goods!
If you use coconut oil, it will be a bit softer at room temp and not hold up as well in baked goods, however will still be delicious! Coconut oil is fine for bars or chocolate to be consumed as snacks
Jade Roberts O’Neal
-
Chicken Breast
-
Can of cream of chicken
-
Egg noodles (make sure they’re submerged in the liquid - around 3 cups)
-
1 carton chicken broth
-
3-4 large carrots peeled and chopped
-
3-4 large celery sticks chopped
-
1 small yellow onion chopped
-
1 spoonful minced garlic
-
Seasonings: 1tsp Cajun seasoning, 1 tsp Italian seasoning, dash of cayenne, salt and pepper to taste
-
Add everything except your noodles, heavy cream to the crockpot cook on high for 4 hours. The last 20 minutes add in noodles and heavy cream. Serve with bread. Perfect comfort meal for fall!
-
dump and go crockpot meal, family friendly dinner idea, toddler friendly dinner, fall recipes, fall soupsSee less
Homemade Lemon Curd
-
6oz (¾ Cup) Fresh Lemon Juice (approx. 3 large lemons)
-
2 Tablespoons Lemon Zest
-
4 Large Eggs + 2 Large Egg Yolks
-
200 grams (1 Cup) Granulated Sugar
-
2oz (4 Tablespoons) Unsalted Butter (cut into small cubes)
-
1.5oz Heavy Cream
-
½ Teaspoon Vanilla Extract
-
½ Teaspoon Salt
-
In a nonreactive pan over medium heat place the lemon juice and zest, just to warm not boil.
-
In a nonreactive bowl mix together the eggs, egg yolks, and sugar. Whisking until fully combined.
-
Slowly pour a small amount of the warmed lemon mixture into the egg mixture whisking until combined and add remained of the warm lemon mixture (this ensures the eggs are tempered, not scrambled!
-
Once all of the lemon and egg mixture are fully combined add it all back to the pan and place over medium heat, stir continuously with a wooden spoon. Cook for 2-3 minutes the temperature should be around 170F and when you draw a line with a spoon a line that quickly covers itself up should form. You will notice the mixture has thickened up but still smooth.
-
Take off heat and immediately stir in butter cubes to bring the temperature down. Once butter is fully combined add heavy cream, vanilla extract, and salt.
-
Pour into a container and cover with plastic wrap that is directly on to of the lemon curd. You want it fully covered so a skin does not form on top. Chill for at least 2 hours. Use within 3 days.
High Protein Cheesecake Fluff
-
1 cup plain Greek yogurt
-
2 oz cream cheese softened
-
1-2 tsp lemon juice
-
1 tsp vanilla extract
-
1-2 tbsp honey
-
Mix all ingredients in a medium sized bowl with a whisk or hand mixer (hand mixer will be a little fluffier!).
-
Serve immediately or chill for 10-15 minutes for a bit of a firmer texture. Serve with fresh fruit, whipped cream and crushed graham crackers for an easy cheesecake fluff bowl.
-
Try these variations, too!
-
Turn it into a chocolate cheesecake fluff by adding 1-2 tbsp of cocoa powder.
-
Add a spoonful of peanut butter or your favorite nut butter for a twist on classic cheesecake fluff.
-
Add mini chocolate chips for a chocolate chip cheesecake fluff!
-
Make cherry cheesecake fluff by topping with fresh or frozen cherries.
-
Fill mini graham cracker crusts and use it as a no bake cheesecake filling! Chill for 10 minutes and you have a delicious high protein no bake dessert.
-
Make mini dessert cups by layering cheesecake fluff with fresh fruit and graham cracker crumbs!
Carnivore Lava Cake
-
4 oz (about 1/2 cup) of unsweetened baking chocolate
-
1/2 cup of butter
-
2 large eggs
-
2 egg yolks
-
1/4 cup of powdered erythritol (or preferred sweetener)
-
1/4 tsp vanilla extract (optional)
-
A pinch of salt
-
1 tbsp heavy cream (optional for extra richness)
-
Preheat your oven to 425°F (220°C). Grease two ramekins (or muffin tins) generously with butter to ensure easy removal after baking.
-
In a small saucepan, melt the unsweetened chocolate and butter over low heat, stirring frequently. Once completely melted and smooth, remove from the heat and allow to cool slightly.
-
In a separate bowl, whisk together the eggs, egg yolks, erythritol, and a pinch of salt until well combined and slightly frothy. You can use an electric mixer for quicker results. Then, slowly pour in the melted chocolate and butter mixture, mixing until fully incorporated. If you want a richer consistency, add in the heavy cream at this stage.
-
Pour the chocolate batter evenly into the prepared ramekins, filling them about 3/4 full. Make sure the batter is smooth and even.
-
Bake the lava cakes in the preheated oven for about 12-15 minutes. The edges should be set, but the center will still look slightly wobbly. The key is to avoid over-baking so that the center stays molten when you cut into it.
-
Once baked, remove the cakes from the oven and let them cool for about 1-2 minutes. This step is important for ensuring that the center stays molten while still allowing the cake to hold its shape.
-
Carefully run a knife around the edge of each ramekin to loosen the cake, and then invert the ramekin onto a plate. The cake should release easily and, when you cut into it, the molten center should flow out beautifully.
-
Top with whipped heavy cream or a sprinkle of sea salt for a contrast in flavor, though the cake is rich enough on its own.
-
This carnivore lava cake is the ultimate indulgence without any carbs, using only wholesome, animal-based ingredients. Perfect for satisfying your sweet tooth on a carnivore diet! Enjoy!
Cacao: Magical Morning
-
1 cup milk of choice
-
1/2 cup water
-
1 1/2 tbsp raw cacao (approx 20g)
-
1-2 tsp maple syrup
-
1 pinch himalayan rock salt
-
optional spices to taste (cinnamon, cardamom, nutmeg, cayenne pepper etc)
-
Add milk, water and chopped raw cacao to a pot and simmer gently until cacao is melted (don't boil and make sure to whisk regularly)
-
Add maple syrup, pinch of salt and any spices you want to include
-
Use a hand blender to froth before pouring into your favourite mug
-
A hand blender is optional, but really gives it a nice froth! You can also use a milk frother or just whisk vigorously for 30 seconds before serving
-
My favourite method is making it on the stove, but you can also do it in a blender if you prefer (my blender doesn’t tolerate hot liquids well so make sure yours does before trying)
-
Please note that cacao nibs are not appropriate for this recipe – this recipe is based on using a cacao block but you can also substitute for grated or powdered cacao
Healthy Hot Chocolate
-
2 cups milk (preferably 2% or whole milk)
-
2 tablespoons raw cacao powder
-
1 tablespoon honey, maple syrup or coconut sugar
-
½ teaspoon vanilla
-
Pinch sea salt
-
In a small saucepan, combine the milk, cacao powder, honey, vanilla and a pinch of salt (sometimes I also add a pinch of cinnamon or even cayenne, if I’m feeling racy). Whisk until smooth.
-
Place the saucepan over medium heat, and bring the milk to a simmer, whisking often. Give the hot chocolate a taste—if you prefer it sweeter whisk in a bit more honey. Serve warm.
-
Do Ahead: The hot chocolate can be transferred to a jar and refrigerated for up to 5 days. Shake or stir it before serving (you can drink it cold or reheat it!).
3-Ingredient Raw Cacao Bites
-
1 cup walnuts
-
1 cup Medjool dates
-
2 tablespoon raw cacao
-
Place the walnuts in a food processor or a powerful blender (food processors work better) and blend until they have a crumbly texture.
-
Add the dates and the cacao and blend again.
-
Make balls with your hands and they're ready to serve.
-
You can store the bites in a sealed container at room temperature, although I prefer to keep them in the fridge, especially in summer.
Homemade Melt-In-Your-Mouth Dark Chocolate
-
Original recipe (1X) yields 8 servings
-
½ cup coconut oil
-
½ cup cocoa powder
-
3 tablespoons honey
-
½ teaspoon vanilla extract
-
Gather all ingredients.
-
Gently melt coconut oil in a saucepan over medium-low heat. Stir cocoa powder, honey, and vanilla extract into melted oil until well blended.
-
Pour the mixture into a candy mold or pliable tray.
-
Refrigerate until chilled, about 1 hour.
-
Flavor by adding orange zest, peanut butter, dried coconut, chopped nuts, cinnamon, cayenne pepper, etc., to taste and consistency desired. Stir in after melting coconut oil, cocoa powder, honey, and vanilla together.
-
You can use maple syrup instead of honey.
-
The number of servings and the time it will take for the chocolate to set depends on the thickness of the mold(s) used.
-
This chocolate is not recommended for baking and must be kept refrigerated.
Homemade Raw Cacao Bar
-
cacao bar
-
1/4 cup coconut oil
-
1/2 cup organic cacao powder [sub unsweetened cocoa powder]
-
1-2 tsp vanilla extract
-
1-2 tsp raw local honey or pure maple syrup [to taste]
-
1 pinch chia, ground flax + hemp seeds
-
spices [optional, to taste]
-
cinnamon ground
-
cardamom ground
-
turmeric ground
-
1 pinch black pepper [to activate turmeric]
-
toppings + add-ins [optional, to taste]
-
1 tbsp unsweetened cacao nibs
-
1 tbsp maca powder
-
1 tbsp chia seeds
-
1 tbsp nut or seed butter of choice [I love sunflower butter or tahini]
-
1 tbsp nuts or seeds of choice
-
1 tbsp dates or dried fruit of choice
-
1 tbsp unsweetened shredded coconut
-
1-2 drops peppermint oil [food grade]
-
Melt coconut oil on very low heat or in a double boiler and stir in all remaining ingredients until smooth [I use a spatula to smash any lingering balls of powder].
-
Pour liquid into chocolate mold or parchment-lined baking dish/paper cupcake liners.
-
Freeze the mixture until solid, approximately 1 hour, and store in airtight container in the fridge [if it lasts that long...].
-
Will melt at room temperature - keep it cool [if traveling with it, wrap in parchment paper or foil/keep in tupperware in a cool dark place].
5 Easy No Bake Cacao Recipes for Quick, Healthy Desserts
-
1 cup of cacao powder
-
1 cup of nut butter (like almond or peanut butter)
-
1/4 cup of maple syrup or honey
-
1/4 cup of coconut oil, melted
-
Chopped nuts or sea salt for garnishing
-
Cacao powder, nut butter, maple syrup, and melted coconut oil take in a bowl.
-
Mix all ingredients and make a smooth mixture.
-
Put mixture in a dish and spread it out.
-
Add chopped nuts or sea salt on top if you want.
-
Refrigerate for at least 30 minutes until set then cut into squares and enjoy.
5 Easy No Bake Cacao Recipes for Quick, Healthy Desserts
-
1 cup of raw walnuts
-
1 cup of dates, pitted
-
1/2 cup of cacao powder
-
1/4 teaspoon of sea salt
-
chocolate chips or nuts for added texture optional
-
In a food processor blend walnuts and dates to create a sticky mixture.
-
Add raw dark cacao powder and sea salt, and blend again to mix perfectly.
-
Spread the mixture evenly in a lined baking dish. Press it down.
-
Now, garnish with chocolate chips or nuts.
-
Refrigerate for about an hour, cut into squares, and serve.
-
For extra fudginess, add coconut milk to the mixture. Topping raw cacao brownies with nut butter can also increase the flavor.
5 Easy No Bake Cacao Recipes for Quick, Healthy Desserts
-
1 cup of cacao powder
-
1 cup of nut butter (like almond or peanut butter)
-
1/4 cup of maple syrup or honey
-
1/4 cup of coconut oil, melted
-
Chopped nuts or sea salt for garnishing
-
Cacao powder, nut butter, maple syrup, and melted coconut oil take in a bowl.
-
Mix all ingredients and make a smooth mixture.
-
Put mixture in a dish and spread it out.
-
Add chopped nuts or sea salt on top if you want.
-
Refrigerate for at least 30 minutes until set then cut into squares and enjoy.
5 Easy No Bake Cacao Recipes for Quick, Healthy Desserts
-
2 cups of unsweetened shredded coconut
-
1/2 cup of cacao powder
-
1/2 cup of almond flour
-
1/4 cup of maple syrup
-
1 teaspoon - vanilla extract
-
Add shredded coconut, cacao powder, almond flour, maple syrup, and vanilla extract.
-
Mix until well combined forming a sticky mixture.
-
Take tablespoon-sized amounts of the mixture and roll them into balls.
-
Set the macaroons on a lined tray with parchment paper.
-
Refrigerator for at least 30 minutes to firm up.
-
Variations:
-
Add some almond or vanilla extract drops for more flavor. Moreover, dip macaroons in melted dark chocolate for an extra tasty treat.
5 Easy No Bake Cacao Recipes for Quick, Healthy Desserts
-
1 cup of cacao powder
-
1/2 cup of coconut oil
-
1/4 cup of maple syrup
-
1/2 cup of peanut butter
-
sea salt for sprinkling optional
-
Mix cacao powder, coconut oil, and maple syrup in a bowl.
-
Pour mixture in a small amount into muffin liners to cover bottom.
-
Add peanut butter on top of the cacao layer then cover with more cacao mixture.
-
Sprinkle with sea salt if desired.
-
Freeze for at least 30 minutes until set, then enjoy.
-
Variations:
-
For variation in the recipe replace almond butter with peanut butter or add crushed nuts for added texture.
Pumpkin Chocolate Muffins (Moist and Fluffy)
-
1⅓ cups+1tbsp ( 320 g) pumpkin puree *see Notes
-
½ cup ( 120 ml) buttermilk at room temperature
-
¼ cup ( 60 ml) milk at room temperature
-
2 large eggs at room temperature
-
⅔ cup+1tbsp ( 150 g) packed light brown sugar
-
⅓ cup+2tsp ( 90 ml) oil any
-
1½ teaspoons vanilla extract
-
1 cup ( 125 g) all-purpose/plain flour
-
⅔ cup ( 80 g) whole wheat/wholemeal flour
-
1½ teaspoons baking powder
-
⅔ teaspoon bicarbonate of soda
-
4½ tablespoons ( 33 g) cocoa powder
-
1¼ teaspoons cinnamon and ground ginger each
-
⅔ cup ( 120 g) dark chocolate chips
-
Preheat the oven to 450 F/230 C/210 fan/gas mark 8. Lightly grease a 12-hole muffin pan or line with paper cases. Set aside.
-
Prepare dry mixture: Combine the flours, baking powder, soda, cocoa and spices and whisk together until there are no lumps in the mixture.
-
Prepare wet mixture: Whisk together the eggs, sugar, pumpkin puree, buttermilk, milk, oil and vanilla until smooth.
-
Assemble: Combine both mixtures and stir until the dry ingredients are no longer visible adding the chocolate chips half way through. Do not overstir the batter.
TIP: You can use either a whisk or large spoon.
-
Bake: Divide the batter between 12 muffin cases and bake in the centre of the oven for 8 minutes. Lower the oven temperature to 350F/180C/160 fan/gas mark 4 (do not open the oven door) and continue baking for 18-19 minutes until a skewer inserted into the centre of a muffin comes out clean.
-
Cool: Remove from the oven and set aside to cool completely.
TIP: If you cool your muffins completely before serving the paper cases tend to come off easier.
-
You can use homemade pumpkin puree, but only if you are certain it has the same consistency as pumpkin puree from a can.
-
Ensure the wet ingredients are thoroughly combined and the mixture is silky smooth before stirring in the dry ingredients.
-
Do not overstir the batter. Stir just to combine.
-
Buttermilk: Both kefir as well as pouring yogurt are good substitutes
-
You can use readymade pumpkin spice (1.5 tsp) instead of individual spices if you prefer.
-
Once cooled completely store in an airtight container for up to 3 days. I also refrigerate these muffins the next day.
-
Freeze for up to 3 months.
Black Forest Cheesecake Tart
-
2 cups ( 240 g) graham cracker crumbs or digestive biscuits
-
⅘ stick ( 90 g) butter melted
-
1½ tablespoons cocoa powder
-
2 cups ( 450 g) cream cheese
-
½ cup ( 120 ml) heavy whipping cream chilled
-
4 tablespoons ( 30 g) cocoa powder
-
¾ cup ( 90 g) confectioners' sugar/icing sugar
-
¾ cup ( 130 g) frozen cherries pitted
-
2 teaspoons honey
-
Prepare crust mixture: To make the crust process the graham crackers until they form a crumb then add the cocoa powder and melted butter and stir until thoroughly mixed.
-
Make crust: Pour the mixture into a 9.5'' (23 cm) loose bottom non-stick tart pan and press firmly into the base and sides. Freeze for 30 minutes.
-
Prepare cherry topping: After placing the crust in the freezer make the cherry puree. Cook the cherries with the honey in a small shallow pan (squashing with a fork) for 7-8 minutes until the juice is reduced by about half and becomes syrupy. Puree the entire mixture and set aside to cool completely.
-
Make cheesecake filling: About 5 minutes before removing the crust from the freezer prepare the cheesecake filling. Beat together the cream cheese, cocoa powder and confectioners' sugar until thoroughly incorporated and creamy. Beat in the whipping cream.
-
Assemble: Remove the cheesecake crust from the freezer and fill with the cheesecake mixture.
-
Add topping: Drop spoonfuls of the cherry puree over the top and make swirls using a knife or spoon. Decorate your black forest cheesecake tart with chocolate shavings (I used a vegetable peeler to make the shavings) and refrigerate for at least 30 minutes before serving.
-
Nutritional information is automatically generated and should be considered as an estimate.
-
*A note about baking: If using a fan-assisted oven refer to your appliance's instructions and adjust the temperature accordingly.
Sweet Potato Chocolate Pudding (Low Sugar)
-
7.05 ounces ( 200 g) sweet potato raw, unpeeled
-
3 tablespoons cacao/cocoa powder
-
½ cup+1tbsp ( 120 g) cream cheese I used Philadelphia, 4.23oz
-
2 tablespoons Greek yogurt
-
¼ cup ( 80 g) maple syrup
-
Preheat the oven to 400 F/ 200 C/ gas mark 6. Place the sweet potatoon a baking tray and pop in the oven for 30-40 minutes or until the potato is tender (insert a fork to check). Remove from the oven and allow to cool completely. Peel.
-
Place all the ingredients (including the sweet potato) in a blender and puree until velvety smooth.
-
Spoon the mixture into 4 dishes and refrigerate for at least 30 minutes before serving (alternatively place in the freezer for 15 minutes then serve). See Serving suggestions in *Notes below.
-
You can bake the sweet potato either whole or halved (if it's quite large).
-
To save time you can bake the sweet potato ahead and once cooled refrigerate it (unpeeled), covered, until you are ready to make the recipe.
-
Cocoa or cacao: You can use either though I tend to use cacao in raw desserts as it's a little more nutritious than cocoa (you might also like this collection of 27 cacao recipes).
-
Cream cheese: Use either full fat or light cream cheese.
-
Greek yogurt: Substitute natural plain yogurt if preferred.
-
Serving suggestions: Serve on its own, with fresh fruit, spoonful of yogurt, muesli, roasted nuts, fruit compote, chocolate flakes or a dollop of whipped cream. Chill for at least 30 minutes before serving (or place in the freezer for 15 minutes then serve).
-
Storing: You can make this sweet potato chocolate pudding several hours in advance and refrigerate until you are ready to serve it. It's best to cover it to prevent drying on top. You can also keep the mixture in a large bowl, covered, and spoon into your dishes just before serving. Refrigerate for up to 2 days.
-
Freeze for up to 3 months.
Sweet Potato Chocolate Pudding (Low Sugar)
-
7.05 ounces ( 200 g) sweet potato raw, unpeeled
-
3 tablespoons cacao/cocoa powder
-
½ cup+1tbsp ( 120 g) cream cheese I used Philadelphia, 4.23oz
-
2 tablespoons Greek yogurt
-
¼ cup ( 80 g) maple syrup
Chocolate Ricotta Cheesecake (Baked)
-
1½ cups ( 170 g) graham cracker crumbs or digestive biscuits
-
4⅓ tablespoons ( 60 g) butter melted, plus a little for greasing the pan
-
1 tablespoon cocoa powder
-
2 cups ( 450 g) ricotta cheese strained, room temperature, see *Notes
-
¾ cup ( 170 g) full fat cream cheese room temperature
-
½ cup+1tbsp ( 120 g) superfine/caster sugar
-
6.35 ounces ( 180 g) dark chocolate broken into similar sized pieces, or use 1 cup chocolate chips
-
2¼ tablespoons cocoa powder
-
2 tablespoons cornstarch/cornflour
-
1½ teaspoons vanilla extract
-
3 large eggs room temperature
-
6 tablespoons sour cream
-
Preheat the oven to 375 F/190 C/gas mark 5. Line the bottom of your pan with parchment and lock the sides. Set aside.
-
Prepare crust ingredients: Place the biscuits in a food processor and pulse until they have the texture of fine crumbs (or use ready-made graham crumbs). Alternatively, place the biscuits in a plastic bag and crush with a rolling pin.
-
Combine crust ingredients: To a bowl add the crumb mixture, melted butter and 1 tablespoon of cocoa. Stir until thoroughly combined.
-
Make cheesecake base: Cover the bottom of your pan with the crumb mixture pressing down a little (you can smooth out the top using the bottom of a glass).
-
Bake base: Bake in the centre of the oven for 15 minutes. Remove from the oven and set aside to cool. Increase the heat to 400 F/ 200 C/190 C fan/ gas mark 6. In the meantime prepare the chocolate cheesecake filling.
-
Melt chocolate: add pieces of chocolate to a glass bowl and place over a pot of gently simmering water, stirring occasionally. Remove the bowl from the pot when almost all the chocolate has melted (it will finish melting as you stir). Alternatively melt the chocolate in the microwave. Set aside while you prepare the rest of the ingredients.
-
Beat cheese: Combine the ricotta with the cream cheese and beat (using the paddle attachment) on med-low speed gradually adding in the sugar until the mixture is smooth and creamy (1-2 minutes). Scrape the sides and bottom of the bowl often.
-
Add cocoa: Add the cornflour, cocoa and vanilla extract and beat only until just combined.
-
Add chocolate: Pour in the melted chocolate (make sure it’s cooled) and continue beating just to combine.
-
Add eggs: Add the eggs one by one beating on low speed just until combined (do NOT overbeat the mixture at this point).
-
Add sour cream: Add the sour cream just until combined (as above).
-
Bake cheesecake: Brush the inside of the pan ring (ensure it's cooled completely) with a little melted butter and pour in the cheesecake filling. Tap gently against the counter to remove any air bubbles, smooth out the top and place in the centre of the preheated oven. Bake for 10 minutes then lower the temperature to 245-250 F/120 C/110 C fan. (If, like me, you are using a gas oven set the temperature to halfway between 'S' and 0 ensuring your oven doesn't switch off completely) Continue baking for 45 minutes then switch the oven off and leave the cheesecake inside for an hour (but do NOT open the oven door).
-
Cool cheesecake: Open the oven door a little, wait for about 15 minutes then remove the cheesecake and leave to cool completely. It will still be a little wobbly but that's ok. Once cooled cover and refrigerate it (without removing the pan ring) for at least 6 hours before serving.
-
Serve: Run a thin spatula around the cheesecake before carefully removing the pan ring. Decorate with chocolate shavings, fresh berries, whipped cream or fruit compote and enjoy!
-
Remove excess moisture from the ricotta before using. If it's very watery place it in a strainer for a few hours (you may need to do this if using ricotta in the US).
-
Ensure your ingredients are at room temperature.
-
Scrape the sides and bottom of the bowl often as you combine the ingredients to ensure they are evenly distributed throughout the filling mixture.
-
Bake the cheesecake in a preheated oven and do NOT open the oven door while it's baking and for an hour afterwards.
-
When melting the chocolate remove it from the saucepan when it's almost melted. It will melt completely as you stir it.
-
Wait for the melted chocolate to cool before adding into the cheesecake batter.
-
Keep refrigerated, covered, for up to 3 days. This ricotta cheesecake will set as it cools and after about 2 days will become slightly denser, though it'll still be creamy and delicious.
-
Best served at room temperature.
-
Freeze for up to 3 months. Remove any toppings, if present, and place the cheesecake in the freezer (without the pan ring) for 3 hours. Remove the bottom of the pan, if present, and place the cheesecake in a large container, or double-wrap in plastic or foil before returning to the freezer.
Sweet Potato Brownies (Dairy Free)
-
1 cup+1tbsp ( 230 g) sweet potato puree 8.11oz
-
⅔ cup ( 160 ml) maple syrup
-
1 cup ( 120 g) all-purpose/plain flour 4.23oz
-
½ teaspoon baking powder
-
4 tablespoons ( 30 g) cocoa/cacao powder
-
4.59 ounces ( 130 g) dark chocolate, dairy free broken into small, similar size pieces
-
⅓ cup ( 70 g) sugar
-
2 large eggs
-
½ cup less 1tbsp ( 100 ml) vegetable oil
-
⅔ cup ( 80 g) pecans 2.82oz, roughly chopped
-
Bake the sweet potato (unpeeled) in the centre of the oven at 400 F/ 200 C/ gas mark 6 for 30-40 minutes, until fork tender. Remove from the oven, peel and scoop out the pulp. Puree with the maple syrup and set aside.
-
Preheat the oven to 350 F/ 180 C/ gas mark 4. Lightly grease a 23 cm square baking pan and line with parchment paper. Set aside.
-
In a large bowl combine the flour, baking powder and cocoa powder. Stir using a whisk removing any lumps and set aside.
-
Beat together the eggs, sugar and oil for 2 minutes until fluffy and pale. Whisk in the sweet potato/maple syrup puree.
-
Place the chocolate in a small bowl and microwave until 80% melted. Remove from the microwave and stir to melt completely. Gradually add into the batter folding in until well combined. Stir in the pecans.
-
Add the flour mixture into the batter and stir just to combine. Pour the mixture into your baking pan and smooth out the top with a spatula. Bake in the centre of the oven for 28 minutes.
-
Remove from the oven and set aside for 15 minutes. Lift out of the pan with the paper and place on a rack to cool completely. Enjoy!
-
Sweet potato: Use 2 small sweet potatoes (rather than 1 larger potato) to minimise cooking time.
-
Make ahead: To save time you can roast the sweet potato ahead. Once it’s cooled you can either refrigerate it for up to 2 days (unpeeled, covered) or puree with the maple syrup before refrigerating.
-
Chocolate: Use good quality dark chocolate (65 - 70% cocoa solids).
-
Cocoa: Either cocoa or cacao powders are fine to use (you might also like this collection of 27 everyday healthy cacao recipes).
-
Pecans: You could use another soft nut variety, such as cashews, walnuts or even macadamia. Almonds, hazelnuts or brasil nuts are ok to use too but as they are quite tough you might have to chop them a little more finely.
-
Batter: Do not overmix the batter. Once you've added the dry ingredients stir just to combine.
-
Storing: Cut into squares and store in an air tight plastic container in the fridge for up to 3 days.
-
Total Time includes the time needed to bake the sweet potato.
Vegan Pumpkin Brownies
-
1¼ cups ( 285 g) pumpkin puree canned
-
1 cup ( 125 g) all-purpose/plain flour
-
1 teaspoon baking powder
-
5½ tablespoons ( 40 g) unsweetened cocoa
-
1 teaspoon pumpkin spice mixed spice
-
¾ cup ( 140 g) chocolate chips
-
½ cup ( 70 g) pecans roughly chopped
-
⅓ cup ( 100 g) maple syrup
-
½ cup ( 100 g) light brown sugar
-
½ cup ( 120 ml) vegetable oil
-
4 tablespoons coconut milk cold
-
Preheat the oven to 350 F/180 C/160 fan/gas mark 4. Lightly grease a 23 cm (9 inch) square pan and line with baking paper. Set aside.
-
Combine dry ingredients: Whisk togetherthe flour, baking powder, cocoa and pumpkin spice until thoroughly combined.
-
Add chocolate chips: Add the chocolate chips and pecans and stir until thoroughly incorporated. Set aside.
-
Beat wet ingredients: Beat together the coconut milk, sugar and a small amount of oil (approx. 3 tablespoons) for 2 minutes until fluffy. Slowly pour in the rest of the oil beating all the time.
-
Add pumpkin: Add the pumpkin puree and maple syrup and whisk until smooth.
-
Add dry mixture: Fold in the dry ingredients until just combined. Do not overstir the batter.
-
Bake: Scrape the batter into your baking pan and smooth out the top. Bake in the centre of the oven for 40-45 minutes (the toothpick inserted into the middle should come out still a little moist).
-
Cool: Remove from the oven and set aside for 15 minutes then lift out of the pan (with the paper) and place on a rack.
-
Pumpkin: Use (canned) pumpkin puree, not pumpkin pie filling.
-
Batter: Once you've added the dry mixture into the batter stir just to combine. Do not overstir.
-
Optional: You can quickly dry toast the pecans in a pan before adding into the batter for more flavour.
-
Baking: These vegan pumpkin brownies take a little longer to bake than classic brownies (because of the amount of moisture they contain).
-
Storing: Cover loosely for the first 2 days then place in a plastic or glass container and refrigerate for up to 3 days.
-
Freezing: Cut the pumpkin brownie cake into squares and place in an airtight container separating the layers with a piece of parchment. Freeze for up to 3 months.
Peace
-
The BEST sub rolls! Soft, fresh, and better than anything you can buy ✨Once you try these, you will never want store-bought again!
-
3-31/2 cups bread flour, 1 cup warm water, 1/2 cup warm whole milk, 2 tablespoons honey, 3 tablespoons butter, 1 tablespoon yeast, 1 tablespoon nonfat dry milk powder (optional), 1 1/2 tsp salt, egg wash bake 350 degrees for around 15-20 min depending on the size you make them!
-
peace.love.dough · Original audio
Sourdough Sandwich Bread
-
1 cup active sourdough starter (fed and bubbly)
-
1 1/4 cups warm water
-
3 1/2 cups all-purpose or bread flour
-
1 1/2 tsp salt
-
1 tbsp olive oil (optional, for softer crust)
-
In a bowl, mix sourdough starter and water. Add flour and salt. Mix into a sticky dough.
-
Cover and let rest for 30 minutes. Stretch and fold the dough 3–4 times over the next 2 hours.
-
Cover again and let rise at room temperature for 8–10 hours (overnight works great).
-
In the morning, shape the dough and place it in a greased loaf pan. Let it rise again for 1–2 hours.
-
Preheat oven to 220°C (425°F).
-
Bake for 35–40 minutes or until the top is golden and sounds hollow when tapped.
-
Cool completely before slicing.
Sourdough Discard Donuts
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
1/2 cup granulated sugar
-
2 tsp baking powder
-
1/2 tsp baking soda
-
1/2 tsp salt
-
1/2 tsp ground cinnamon (optional)
-
1/4 tsp nutmeg (optional)
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed, room temp)
-
1/2 cup milk (or plant-based alternative)
-
2 large eggs
-
1/4 cup melted butter (or neutral oil)
-
1 tsp vanilla extract
-
Neutral oil (vegetable or canola) for frying
-
Powdered sugar
-
Cinnamon sugar
-
Chocolate glaze
-
Vanilla glaze
-
In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, sugar, baking powder, baking soda, salt, and optional spices.
In another bowl, combine sourdough discard, milk, eggs, melted butter, and vanilla extract. Mix until well combined.
Pour the wet ingredients into the dry and stir gently until no dry streaks remain. Do not overmix.
Cover the bowl and let the batter rest for 30 minutes. This helps hydrate the flour and improves texture.
-
On a floured surface, roll the dough out to about 1/2-inch thickness.
Use a donut cutter or two round cutters (one large and one small) to cut out the donut shapes.
Re-roll scraps as needed to cut more donuts.
-
Heat about 2 inches of oil in a heavy pot to 350°F (175°C).
Carefully place a few donuts at a time into the oil. Do not overcrowd.
Fry each side for about 1–2 minutes, or until golden brown.
Remove with a slotted spoon and drain on a wire rack or paper towels.
-
While still warm, toss the donuts in cinnamon sugar or dip them in glaze.
Let set for a few minutes before serving.
-
Don’t skip the rest time: It helps with flavor and texture development.
-
If your discard is extra sour, you can reduce the tang by adding a bit more sugar.
-
You can also bake these donuts at 375°F (190°C) for 10–12 minutes in a donut pan, but they will have a more cake-like texture.
-
For a dairy-free version, use almond or oat milk and coconut oil instead of butter.
Banana Nut Bread Cookies
-
1 ⅔ cups ( 217 g) all-purpose flour
-
1 teaspoon cornstarch
-
1 ½ teaspoons baking powder
-
½ teaspoon baking soda
-
½ teaspoon salt
-
1 cup ( 210 g) light brown sugar, packed
-
5 tablespoons unsalted butter, softened
-
¼ cup ( 56 g) mashed ripe banana
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
1 large egg, room temperature
-
1 cup ( 80 g) banana chips, crushed
-
½ cup ( 56 g) chopped walnuts
-
Preheat oven to 375ºF. Line two baking sheets with parchment paper.
-
Combine the flour, cornstarch, baking powder, baking soda, and salt in a small bowl.
-
In a large bowl beat butter and brown sugar until light and fluffy. Beat in the mashed banana, vanilla extract, and egg until well blended.
-
Using a silicone spatula, stir the flour mixture into the banana mixture until well combined.
-
Gently fold in the crushed banana chips and walnuts.
-
Using a 1.5-tablespoon cookie scoop, drop cookies onto the prepared baking sheet about 2 inches apart.
-
Bake for 10 minutes or until cookies are lightly browned. Cool the cookies on the pan for 5 minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely.
-
Flour: It’s important to measure the flour correctly. Using too much flour can result in thick, dense cookies. Use weight measurements for accuracy.
-
Cornstarch: You can omit this if you don’t have it. I like to add it to cookies because it breaks down gluten development resulting in soft cookies with crisp edges.
-
Banana: Make sure the banana is extra ripe. Spotty peels contain bananas that are perfect for baking!
-
Banana chips & walnut: I highly recommend these two ingredients but you can omit them. They add texture to the cookie and the banana chips add extra flavor. Pecans make a great substitute for walnuts if you wish to try that.
-
Crushing banana chips: Place the banana chips in a small zip-top bag. Lightly crush the chips using a rolling pin or meat mallet.
-
Make ahead tips
-
Cookie dough can be kept covered in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Bring to room temperature and continue bake per recipe instructions.
Easy Sourdough Sandwich Bread
-
500 g (4 cups) all purpose flour
-
60 g (4 tbsp.) unsalted butter, softened, cut into cubes
-
12 g (1 tbsp.) sugar
-
9 g fine sea salt
-
50 g (1/4 cup) bubbly, active sourdough starter (100% hydration)**
-
270 g (1 cup + 2 tbsp) warm water
* If the weather is not warm enough, sometimes the second risecan take longer than expected. To speed up the rise, use an 8.5×4 inch loaf pan (instead of a 9×5 inch pan), increase the amount of starter and decrease the amount of water for best results. Please choose one of the following adjustments below, keeping the rest of the ingredient quantities the same
-
100 g starter + 255 g water
-
150 g starter + 250 g water
-
Additionally, because temperature controls time you can also increase your surrounding temperature for the bulk or second rise, as needed. Place the dough in a proofing box set to 75-80 F. Or, preheat your home oven to 75-80 F and then shut it off immediately (use an oven thermometer to make sure it’s set to exactly 80 F and not higher!). Place the covered dough inside until it bulks up. Do no use this option overnight- it will be too warm.
-
Baking Schedule: this is an overnight dough which takes approximately 10-12 hrs to rise @ 68 F. Start the night before, in the evening, and plan to bake the following day. If it’s warmer than 68 F the dough will take less time to rise. Alternatively, start in the morning and bake in the afternoon or evening.
-
Mix the Dough
-
In a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, add the flour, butter, sugar and salt. Mix on low speed until combined; the butter should look like crumbs.
-
Add the starter and warm water. Mix until the flour is fully absorbed (get in there with your hands to finish mixing). The dough will feel slightly sticky and elastic at this stage. Cover with plastic wrap or a damp towel and let rest for 30 minutes. Meanwhile, replenish you starter with fresh flour and water.
-
After the dough has rested, switch to the dough hook and run the machine on medium-low (#3 on a KitchenAid) for 6-8 minutes. The dough will feel soft and supple and not stick to your hands. If it does, add a dusting of flour.
-
Note: If you do not have a stand mixer, the dough can be made by hand. After mixing and resting for 30 minutes, knead the dough on a lightly floured surface for 8-10 minutes, or until smooth, soft and elastic. Do not worry about under/over kneading. Relax into the process and focus on the texture, not the time.
-
Bulk Rise
-
Cover the bowl with plastic wrap and let rise overnight at room temperature (68 F) until double in size, about 10-12 hrs. Please refer to the Baking Schedule above for additional rise time options.
-
Shape the Dough
-
In the morning, coat an 8.5×4 inch loaf pan with butter.
-
Remove the dough onto a lightly floured work surface. Gently flatten the surface to release any large air bubbles.
-
Roll the dough into a log tucking the ends underneath. Rest for 5-10 minutes. With floured hands, gently cup the dough and pull it toward you to tighten its shape. Using a bench knife, place the dough into the loaf pan seam side down.
-
Second Rise
-
Cover the dough with lightly oiled or buttered plastic wrap. Let rest at room temperature until it has risen to about 1-inch above the rim of the pan (check the height by looking at the domed center portion of the dough). You are not looking for it to double in size. For timing, this can take anywhere from 1 1/2-2 hours (or more!) depending on temperature and the amount of sourdough starter used. Remember, the warmer it is, the faster the dough will rise. Refer to the “helpful tips” at the top of this post.
-
Preheat your oven to 375 F. Note: For higher oven spring, preheat to 500 F instead. Reduce to 375 F once the dough goes into the oven and bake as directed.
-
Bake the Dough
-
Bake the dough on the center rack for about 45-50 minutes, or until golden brown.
-
Cool in the pan for at least 10 minutes, and then transfer to a rack to cool completely.
-
This sandwich loaf will stay fresh for up to 3 days, stored in a plastic bag at room temperature.
-
For best results, please weigh your ingredients with a scale instead of using measuring cups.
-
Here’s why: weight and volume measurements are not equal, only approximate! This is especially important regarding the sourdough starter. If your starter is very bubbly, 1/4 cup might only weigh 30 g which is too little for this recipe (you need 50 g). The dough will take forever to rise! Same goes for the flour… 4 cups might end up weighing way over 500 g depending on how tight the flour was packed into the cup. You’ll end up with dry dough.
-
I used Whole Foods 365 Everyday all purpose flour for this recipe. King Arthur and Trader Joe’s ap flour will work as well. If using another brand with a lower protein content (i.e. Gold Medal, Pillsbury, Heckers) consider reducing the total water amount by 15 g.
Homemade Worcestershire Sauce
-
1 cup apple cider vinegar
-
1/2 cup soy sauce
-
1/4 cup brown sugar
-
2 tablespoons water
-
1 tablespoon lemon juice
-
1 teaspoon ground ginger
-
1 teaspoon ground mustard
-
1/2 teaspoon onion powder
-
1/2 teaspoon garlic powder
-
1/4 teaspoon ground cloves
-
1/4 teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
1/4 teaspoon black pepper
-
1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper (optional)
-
In a medium saucepan, combine the apple cider vinegar, soy sauce, brown sugar, water, lemon juice, ground ginger, ground mustard, onion powder, garlic powder, ground cloves, ground cinnamon, black pepper, and cayenne pepper if using.
Bring the mixture to a simmer over medium heat, stirring occasionally.
Reduce the heat to low and let the sauce simmer gently for about 10-15 minutes, or until it has thickened slightly.
Remove the saucepan from the heat and let the Worcestershire sauce cool completely.
Once cooled, transfer the sauce to a clean glass bottle or jar with a tight-fitting lid.
Store the homemade Worcestershire sauce in the refrigerator for up to 2 months.
Maple Butter Pecan Fudge
-
½ cup butter
-
½ cup heavy whipping cream
-
½ cup brown sugar
-
½ cup granulated sugar
-
¼ tsp salt
-
½ tsp cinnamon
-
1 tsp maple extract
-
2 ¼ cups powdered sugar
-
1 ⅓ cups toasted pecans, chopped
-
Melt the butter in a medium saucepan . Add the cream, brown sugar, granulated sugar, salt, and cinnamon. Stir and bring the mixture to a boil until it reaches 235°F .
-
Remove the saucepan from heat and add the maple extract, but do not stir . Let the mixture cool to 105°F, which takes about 30 minutes .
-
Stir the cooled mixture vigorously until it thickens . Mix in the powdered sugar and toasted pecans until everything is well combined .
-
Spoon the fudge mixture onto parchment paper, shape it into a log, and refrigerate for 1–2 hours .
-
Slice and enjoy your delightful Maple Butter Pecan Fudge!See less
Russian Buttercream
-
2 sticks unsalted butter (227g)
-
1 can sweetened condensed milk (395g)
-
1 tsp vanilla
-
1/2 tsp salt
-
Ensure the butter is completely at room temperature before starting .
-
Place the butter in a stand mixer with the whisk attachment. Whip on high speed for 5 minutes, occasionally scraping down the sides of the bowl .
-
Reduce the mixer speed to medium. Add 1/3 of the condensed milk, whipping until fully blended. Repeat this step until all the condensed milk is incorporated .
-
Add vanilla and salt, then whip on high speed for 1 minute to finish .See less
J. Kenji López-Alt's 10-Minute Lime Cracker Pie
-
2 (14-ounce/396ml) cans sweetened condensed milk
-
2 cup (470g) heavy cream
-
1 tablespoon finely grated lime zest, plus more for serving
-
1/2 cup (120g) freshly squeezed lime juice (from about 8 limes)
-
10 ounce (285g) Ritz crackers (85 crackers, from about 3 sleeves)
-
Whisk together the condensed milk and heavy cream in a large bowl until combined. Add the lime zest and juice and whisk until thickened, about 1 minute.
-
Spread 1 cup (240ml) of the condensed milk mixture on the bottom of a deep-dish pie plate, an 11-inch (28cm) oval casserole, or a similar large shallow dish. Top with a single layer of Ritz crackers. Repeat, alternating layers of filling and crackers, until the dish is full, finishing with a layer of filling. Cover and refrigerate for at least 2 hours or overnight—the longer you wait, the more the crackers will soften and meld with the filling. Serve cold, zesting more fresh lime over the top, if you like.
Melt in Your Mouth Garlic Parmesan Chicken Meatloaf Favorite
-
2 lbs ground chicken
-
1 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
1/2 cup panko breadcrumbs
-
2 large eggs
-
4 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 tsp garlic powder
-
1 tsp onion powder
-
1/2 tsp dried basil
-
1/2 tsp dried parsley
-
1/2 tsp salt
-
1/2 tsp black pepper
-
1/4 cup whole milk
-
3 tbsp unsalted butter
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1/4 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
1 tbsp chopped parsley
-
Pinch of salt
-
Preheat and prep your pan
Set your oven to 375°F (190°C). Line a baking sheet with parchment or grease your loaf pan for easy cleanup.
-
Mix the meatloaf
In a large bowl, gently combine all the meatloaf ingredients. Don’t overmix—just fold until it holds.
-
Shape and bake
Shape the mixture into a loaf by hand or press into your loaf pan. Bake 40–45 minutes until the center reaches 165°F.
-
Make the glaze
Melt the butter, sauté the garlic, stir in Parmesan and parsley. Let it thicken slightly and breathe in the smell of something wonderful happening.
-
Glaze and finish
Brush the glaze over the loaf and pop it back in the oven for 5–7 minutes until golden and bubbling.
-
Let it rest
Pull it out, let it sit 5–10 minutes before slicing. Don’t touch it. Just breathe.
-
Don’t overmix your meatloaf mixture it keeps it tender.
-
Leftovers reheat beautifully and work great for sandwiches.
-
Use foil to wrap slices for freezing.
Cornbread Recipe for One or Two
-
2 ½ Tablespoons butter melted
-
¼ cup 1% milk
-
1 large egg
-
¼ cup plus 1 Tablespoon yellow cornmeal
-
¼ cup all-purpose flour
-
2 Tablespoons granulated sugar
-
¼ teaspoon baking powder
-
¼ teaspoon kosher salt
-
Preheat oven to 400°F.
-
In a medium bowl, whisk together melted butter, milk, and egg.
-
In a separate medium bowl, mix together cornmeal, flour, sugar, baking powder, and salt.
-
Add cornmeal mixture to milk mixture and stir just until flour is moistened.
-
Pour batter into a 6.5” cast-iron skillet greased with oil or butter and spread evenly.
-
Bake 22 minutes until top is golden brown and a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean. Enjoy warm.
-
Excerpted from The Ultimate Cooking For One Cookbook Cookbook by Joanie Zisk. Copyright © 2019 by Simon & Schuster, Inc. Used by permission of the publisher. All rights reserved.
(1) All Toxins and Parasites Will Come Out of Your Body!! My Grandmother's Old
Easy Cottage Cheese Chocolate Mousse
-
1 cup cottage cheese, I used 2%
-
2 Tbsp cocoa powder
-
2 Tbsp maple syrup
-
1/4 tsp vanilla extract
-
2 tsp chia seeds
-
▢ crushed cookies, nuts, berries, banana, vanilla yogurt, or whipped cream
-
Add cottage cheese, cocoa powder, maple syrup, chia seeds, and vanilla extract to a blender.
-
Blend until smooth, scraping down the sides as needed. This will take 30-45 seconds.
-
Transfer to a jar or cup, cover, and refrigerate for a minimum of 30-minutes or until mousse has thickened. Add toppings right before eating and enjoy!
Easy Sourdough Tortilla
-
1 cup sourdough starter 210 g
-
3/4 cup water 160 g
-
1/4 cup olive oil extra virgin (60 g)
-
1.5 tsp salt 11 g
-
3 cups unbleached all-purpose or whole wheat 420 g
-
Add the sourdough starter, water, oil, salt, and flour to a mixer with a dough hook.
-
Knead for 2-3 minutes in a mixer, or 5 minutes by hand. The ingredients should be fully incorporated, and the dough slightly elastic.
-
Place the dough in a greased bowl, cover with a tea towel or plastic wrap, and allow to sit at room temperature for 12-24 hours. (If you are gluten intolerant, 24 hours is better.)
-
The next day, divide the dough into 12 equal parts.
-
On a lightly floured work surface, roll each ball of dough out to about a 1/4 inch thickness. Get them as thin as you can, without them falling apart.
-
Cook them in a preheated cast iron skillet in a little coconut oil. One minute on each side is sufficient.
-
To make cooking super fast and easy, I love getting four cast iron skillets going at one time. This makes this process so much easier.
-
All-purpose and whole wheat flour will work well for this recipe. For lighter and fluffier tortillas, use unbleached all-purpose.
-
You can use active sourdough starter or discard.
-
No need for a tortilla press, you can easily just roll these out with a rolling pin.
Hutton Girls Homestead
-
8oz. cheese
-
1 cup four
-
1/4 cup butter
-
2 tbs milk
-
1 tsp salt
* lend everything in a food processor, roll onto parchment paper, add seasonings, and bake on 325° for 17 minutes.
-
See less
The Ancient Mucus-Busting Syrup
-
Grate 1 onion + 1 piece ginger
-
Add 3 tbsp honey
-
1 lemon freshly squeezed
-
Stir- All in glass jar, add lid and save.
-
Take 1 spoon in am + 1 in pm daily until symptoms subside
-
✨ Grated onion breaks down thick mucus + acts as a natural antibiotic.
-
✨ Ginger fires up circulation, warming the lungs + clearing congestion.
-
✨ Raw honey coats the throat, soothes cough, and delivers powerful enzymes.
-
✨ Fresh lemon cuts through phlegm, boosts vitamin C, and alkalizes the body.
-
Onion + ginger = dissolve and expel mucus
-
Honey + lemon = soothe, heal, and repair tissue
-
The combo = clears airways, strengthens immunity, and restores respiratory flow ️
-
Take 1 spoonful AM + PM to breathe easier, recover faster, and detox your system naturally.
-
⚡️Your body is designed to heal when you give it the right tools.
-
Ready to clear deeper layers of toxins and mucus? Detox with me!
Easy Peanut Butter Fudge (2 Ingredients!)
-
18 Small Pieces
-
171 kcal
-
Ingredients 1x 2x 3x
-
2 cups Peanut Butter
-
1 14 oz. can Sweetened Condensed Milk*
-
In a saucepan, combine the peanut butter and sweetened condensed milk over low heat.
-
Stir continuously until the peanut butter is fully melted and the mixture is smooth and well combined.
-
Remove it from the heat.
-
Line an 8 or 9-inch square pan with parchment paper with some hanging off the edges. Transfer the mixture into the pan.
-
Use the back of a spoon or rubber spatula to spread it evenly.
-
Allow the fudge to cool and set in the refrigerator for at least 2 hours. Then lift it out of the pan using the parchment paper. Cut it into your desired size squares and enjoy!
Easy Peanut Butter Fudge
-
8 ounces unsalted butter, plus more for greasing pan
-
1 cup smooth peanut butter
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
1 pound powdered sugar
-
Watch how to make this recipe.
-
Combine the butter and peanut butter in a 4-quart microwave-safe bowl and cover with plastic wrap. Microwave for 2 minutes on high. Stir and microwave on high for 2 more minutes. (Use caution when removing this mixture from the microwave, it will be very hot.) Add the vanilla and powdered sugar to the peanut butter mixture and stir to combine with a wooden spoon. The mixture will become hard to stir and lose its sheen. Spread into a buttered 8 by 8-inch pan lined with parchment paper. Fold the excess parchment paper so it covers the surface of the fudge and refrigerate until cool, about 2 hours. Cut into 1-inch pieces and store in an airtight container at room temperature for up to a week.
-
My Private Notes
-
Add a Note
-
WATCH
Avocado Rice with Lime
-
4 cups hot cooked brown rice (20 oz. of heated frozen brown rice)
-
1 ripe avocado
-
2 tablespoons fresh lime juice
-
1/2 teaspoon kosher salt or more to taste
-
1/4 teaspoon ground cumin
-
1/4 cup chopped cilantro leaves
-
In a medium bowl, scoop out flesh of avocado and mash with lime juice, salt, and cumin.
-
Stir in rice and cilantro until well mixed. Adjust salt and lime to taste. Done!
-
Be conservative with the lime and salt, and add more to taste. It’s easy to add more, but you can’t take it out if you add too much! (Ask me how I know…)
Avocado Rice, Avocado Lime Rice
-
1 Tbsp. olive oil
-
1 tsp. garlic, minced and divided
-
8 oz. chicken breast, raw, boneless, skinless
-
1 cups chicken stock, low sodium
-
1/2 cup long-grain rice, rinsed and drained
-
1/2 ripe, fresh avocado, halved, pitted, peeled and diced
-
1/2 cup lime juice
-
1/2 tsp. chili powder
-
1/2 tsp. salt
-
1/2 tsp. pepper
-
Set a 6 qt. Instant Pot® to sauté on high heat.
-
Add oil, 1 tsp. garlic, salt and pepper, and then add chicken. Sauté, stirring occasionally for 5 minutes.
-
With the chicken remaining in the pressure cooker, add chicken broth and rice and stir to combine, ensuring the rice is fully submerged in the liquid. Cover and cook on manual high pressure for 10 minutes then quick release remaining pressure.
-
While Instant Pot is cooking, prepare the avocado sauce in a high-speed blender or food processor. Add diced avocado, remaining garlic, lime juice, chili powder, pepper and salt and blend until smooth.
-
When the Instant Pot has finished releasing the pressure, open the lid and stir in the avocado lime sauce.
-
Instant Pot is a registered trademark of IB Holdings.
How to Make All Natural Shampoo
-
2 oz water, (¼ cup)
-
2 oz castile soap, (¼ cup)
-
0.17 oz jojoba oil, (½ tsp) for dry hair
-
10-15 drops essential oils, optional
-
Add the water, castile soap and jojoba oil to a glass container. (Use an old shampoo bottle, foaming soap dispenser, or a mason jar)
-
Stir well.
-
Add in essential oils. (I used 6 drops of orange, 5 drops lime, 4 drops of bergamot and 2 drops of peppermint)
-
Secure the lid and shake well.
-
This shampoo is thinner than the typical shampoo, but it does lather up a ton.
-
To thicken the shampoo, add 1/2 tsp of arrowroot powder.
-
To extend the shelf life, add a natural broad-spectrum preservative or Geogard 221 preservative at the correct dilution rate.
-
I’ve included step-by-step images in the post above for visual guidance. If you would rather watch, you can find the complete video tutorial above!
The Best Steak Bite Tortellini with Fontina & Roasted Mushroom Blend Casserole
-
h or refrigerated)
-
3 cups mixed mushrooms (cremini, shiitake, portobello), sliced
-
3 tbsp butter
-
3 tbsp all-purpose flour
-
3 cups whole milk (or half-and-half for richer sauce)
-
2 cups shredded Fontina cheese
-
1 cup shredded mozzarella (optional, for topping)
-
1 tsp garlic powder
-
½ tsp thyme
-
½ tsp black pepper
-
Salt, to taste
-
Fresh parsley, for garnish
-
Preheat oven to 400°F (200°C). Toss the mushrooms with 1 tbsp olive oil, salt, pepper, and thyme. Spread on a baking sheet and roast for 15–20 minutes until golden.
-
Heat the remaining olive oil in a skillet over medium-high heat. Add steak cubes and sear quickly until browned on all sides. Remove and set aside.
-
Cook the tortellini in salted boiling water until just al dente, about 1 minute less than package directions. Drain and set aside.
-
In a saucepan, melt the butter over medium heat. Whisk in flour to form a roux and cook for 1–2 minutes. Slowly add the milk, whisking until smooth and thickened. Stir in Fontina cheese, garlic powder, and black pepper.
-
In a greased 9×13-inch baking dish, combine tortellini, roasted mushrooms, and steak. Pour the Fontina sauce over and toss gently to coat. Top with mozzarella if desired.
-
Bake uncovered at 375°F (190°C) for 20–25 minutes, until golden and bubbly.
-
Garnish with fresh parsley and serve warm.
-
To add extra flavor, mix in caramelized onions or sun-dried tomatoes.
-
For a crunchy topping, sprinkle buttered breadcrumbs before baking.
-
This dish can be assembled a day ahead and baked before serving.
-
Substitute chicken, sausage, or more mushrooms for variations on the protein.
Sourdough Discard Garlic Cheese Bread
-
1 cup sourdough discard
-
½ cup all-purpose flour
-
½ tsp baking powder
-
¼ tsp salt
-
1 egg
-
1 tbsp olive oil (for pan)
-
2 tbsp melted butter
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 cup shredded mozzarella
-
¼ cup grated Parmesan
-
Chopped parsley (for garnish)
-
Preheat oven to 400°F (200°C).
-
In a bowl, whisk together sourdough discard, flour, baking powder, salt, and egg until smooth.
-
Heat olive oil in oven-safe skillet over medium heat.
-
Pour batter into skillet; cook 2–3 minutes until bottom begins to set.
-
Drizzle garlic butter over batter.
-
Top with mozzarella and Parmesan.
-
Transfer skillet to oven and bake for 10–12 minutes.
-
(Optional) Broil 1–2 minutes for golden, crispy top.
-
Remove from oven; sprinkle with parsley, slice, and serve hot.
-
Use red pepper flakes for heat or swap in cheddar for a twist.
-
Refrigerate leftovers wrapped in foil. Reheat in skillet or toaster oven.
Homemade Chocolate Pudding Is One of My Favourite Snacks
-
2 cups milk
-
Pinch of salt
-
1/4 cup cocoa powder
-
1/3 cup maple syrup or honey
-
1/2 cup milk (additional)
-
1/4 cup cornstarch or arrow root starch
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract (optional but recommended)
-
In a medium saucepan, whisk together the cocoa, salt, and 2 cups of milk. Add the maple syrup or honey and whisk until well combined.
Heat the saucepan over medium heat. Stir frequently as it warms up, don’t let it boil yet.
In a small bowl or cup, mix the 1/4 cup of cornstarch with the 1/2 cup of cold milk until smooth. This is your thickening slurry.
Slowly pour the cornstarch slurry into the warm chocolate mixture while whisking constantly. Keep whisking until the mixture starts to thicken, this will take about 5–8 minutes. Once it reaches a pudding consistency, remove from heat.
Stir in the vanilla extract for extra flavor.
Pour into serving dishes. For warm pudding, serve right away. For chilled pudding, place plastic wrap directly on the surface (to prevent a skin from forming) and refrigerate for at least 1–2 hours.
Store covered in the fridge for up to 3–4 days. It thickens more as it chills. After 3-4 days it will start to become a bit thinner.
Chicken Caesar Wrap
-
3/4 cup reduced-fat creamy Caesar salad dressing
-
1/4 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
1/2 teaspoon garlic powder
-
1/4 teaspoon pepper
-
3 cups cubed cooked chicken breast
-
2 cups torn romaine
-
3/4 cup Caesar salad croutons, coarsely chopped
-
6 whole wheat tortillas (8 inches), room temperature
-
In a large bowl, combine the dressing, cheese, garlic powder and pepper. Add the chicken, romaine and croutons. Spoon 2/3 cup chicken mixture down the center of each tortilla; roll up.
How to Make Subway Bread at Home
-
1 and ½ cup milk (375ml)
-
2 tsp instant yeast (6g)
-
1/3 cup melted butter (75ml) (unsalted)
-
2 tbsp honey (25g)
-
4 and ½ cup flour (560g) bread or all purpose flour will do
-
1 and ½ tsp salt (8g)
-
1/2 cup parmesan cheese
-
and a bit of dried herbsSee less
The Original Marry Me Chicken
-
3 Tbsp. extra-virgin olive oil, divided
-
4 (8-oz.) boneless, skinless chicken breasts
-
Kosher salt
-
Freshly ground black pepper
-
2 cloves garlic, finely chopped
-
1 Tbsp. fresh thyme leaves
-
1 tsp. crushed red pepper flakes
-
3/4 cup low-sodium chicken broth
-
1/2 cup chopped sun-dried tomatoes
-
1/2 cup heavy cream
-
1/4 cup finely grated Parmesan
-
Torn fresh basil, for serving
-
Preheat oven to 375°. In a large ovenproof skillet over medium-high heat, heat 1 tablespoon oil. Generously season chicken with salt and black pepper and cook, turning halfway through, until golden brown, about 5 minutes per side. Transfer chicken to a plate.
-
In same skillet over medium heat, heat remaining 2 tablespoons oil. Stir in garlic, thyme, and red pepper flakes. Cook, stirring, until fragrant, about 1 minute. Stir in broth, tomatoes, cream, and Parmesan; season with salt. Bring to a simmer, then return chicken and any accumulated juices to skillet.
-
Transfer skillet to oven. Bake chicken until cooked through and juices run clear when chicken is pierced with a knife, 10 to 12 minutes.
-
Arrange chicken on a platter. Spoon sauce over. Top with basil.
Garlic and Herb Sourdough Bread
-
500g bread flour
-
1 tsp garlic powder
-
1 tsp dried thyme or rosemary
-
Pinch of black pepper
-
100g active sourdough starter
-
350– 375g water
-
10g salt
-
Optional: Olive oil and flaky salt for crust
-
Mix flour, garlic powder, herbs, and pepper.
-
Add water and mix until shaggy. Let rest 30 minutes.
-
Add sourdough starter and salt. Mix well.
-
Let rise for 4–5 hours with 3-4 stretch and folds.
-
Shape, place in proofing basket, and refrigerate overnight.
-
Preheat Dutch oven to 475°F. Invert dough into hot pot.
-
Score, brush with olive oil, sprinkle salt/herbs.
-
Bake 20 min covered, then 20–25 min uncovered.
-
Cool on wire rack before slicing.
-
Use garlic powder for even flavor and no bitterness.
-
Thyme or rosemary both work well—use what you have.
-
Brush with olive oil before baking for golden crust.
Hot Cocoa Mix {Big Batch}
-
2 cups (250 g) confectioners' sugar*
-
1 cup (118 g) Dutch-processed cocoa powder
-
2 ½ cups (250 g) powdered milk
-
2 teaspoons cornstarch
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
mini marshmallows, optional
-
hot water (or milk)
-
In a large mixing bowl, add the confectioners' sugar, cocoa powder, powdered milk, cornstarch, and salt. Whisk together to combine.
-
Store the mixture in an airtight container for up to a year. This will make 4½ cups of hot cocoa mix, or enough for about 18 cups of hot cocoa.
-
When making a cup of hot cocoa, use about ¼ of a cup of powder per cup of hot water or milk, or adjust to taste preference.
-
Top the powder with ¼ cup of mini marshmallows if adding.
-
Pour hot liquid over the cocoa powder, stirring until the powder has dissolved. Enjoy!
-
Please feel free to taste test!
-
Some folks prefer pure dark cocoa flavor of the original recipe and then adding in marshmallows, sweeteners, or flavored liquors. Other folks would prefer a sweeter flavor profile. You can safely add up to 2 more cups of confectioners’ sugar to this recipe. You will need a larger storage container.
Creamy Cauliflower, Leek, and Cheddar Soup
-
1 medium head cauliflower, broken into florets
-
1 medium carrot, shredded
-
1/4 cup chopped celery
-
1 medium leek, cleaned and chopped
-
2-1/2 cups water
-
2 teaspoons chicken bouillon or 1 vegetable bouillon cube
-
3 tablespoons butter
-
3 tablespoons all-purpose flour
-
3/4 teaspoon salt
-
1/8 teaspoon pepper
-
2 cups 2% milk
-
1 cup shredded cheddar cheese
-
1/2 to 1 teaspoon hot pepper sauce (optional)
Omg, This Is So Good! I Could Hardly Believe It's Made with Just 1 Ingredient!
-
Remove the label from the can of sweetened condensed milk, leaving the can unopened. Make sure there are no paper remnants clinging to the can; you don’t want anything floating around in your slow cooker.
-
Place the can on its side in the bottom of the slow cooker. You can fit a few cans in most slow cookers if you plan on making a larger batch.
-
Fill the slow cooker with water, ensuring that the cans are fully submerged by at least 2 inches of water to prevent the risk of can explosion due to pressure build-up.
-
Set your slow cooker to ‘Low’ and let it simmer gently for 8 hours. Pull out the can with tongs carefully – it will be incredibly hot.
-
Allow the can to cool completely at room temperature before opening it. This is when the magic happens: as it cools, the caramel will thicken to that perfect, spoonable consistency.
-
Once cooled, open the can to unveil a golden treasure: your homemade caramel, ready to luxuriate any dessert (or spoon) it encounters.
-
Variations & Tips:
-
read more on next page
Homemade Jello Cups:
-
4 cups fruit juice (apple, grape, cherry, cranberry, etc.)
-
2 tablespoons beef gelatin
-
Sweetener to taste (optional depends on your juice)
-
Pour 1 cup of the juice into a medium bowl. Sprinkle the gelatin over the top and let it sit 5 minutes to “bloom.”
Meanwhile heat the remaining 3 cups of juice in a saucepan until hot (not boiling).
Pour the gelatin mixture into the hot juice and stir until completely dissolved.
Taste, if your juice isn’t very sweet, stir in a little honey, maple syrup, or sugar.
Pour into a glass dish, molds, or jars. Refrigerate at least 4 hours, or until set.
Slice, scoop, or unmold and enjoy!
How to Make Hot Honey
-
Honey : 1 cup (240 mL)
-
Crushed red pepper flakes : 2 to 3 teaspoons (10 to 15 mL) or 1 fresh jalapeño pepper, sliced
-
Apple cider vinegar : 1 to 2 teaspoons (5 to 10 mL)
-
Medium saucepan or sauté pan
-
Fine mesh strainer
-
Clean storage jar or container
-
Wooden spoon or spatula
-
Add the honey and crushed red pepper flakes (or jalapeño slices) to a medium saucepan. Heat over medium heat until the honey very lightly begins to simmer. Give the mixture a quick stir to combine, then remove the pan from the heat. 2
-
Let the mixture rest for 10 to 15 minutes so that the flavors can infuse. 2
-
Give the honey a quick taste to test the heat level. If you would like a spicier honey, you can add more red pepper flakes (or jalapeño slices) and/or let the mixture continue to infuse for longer. 2
-
Once the honey has reached your desired heat level, strain the honey through a fine mesh strainer into a clean storage jar. Stir in the apple cider vinegar until evenly combined. 2
-
Serve the hot honey immediately or store it for later use. 2
-
Safety Notes: Use caution when handling hot honey and spicy peppers. Wear gloves when slicing jalapeños to avoid skin irritation. Do not let the honey boil, as this can alter its flavor and potentially reduce its beneficial properties. 9 Substitutions: You can use any type of honey (raw, unfiltered, or regular). Fresh chiles like jalapeño, Fresno, or Thai chiles can replace red pepper flakes. Apple cider vinegar can be substituted with white vinegar, rice vinegar, or white wine vinegar. 910 Storage: Store the hot honey in a clean, airtight jar at room temperature. It can last for up to 4 months. 36 Do not store it in the refrigerator, as it may crystallize faster. 6 Pro Tips: For a milder heat, remove the seeds and white membranes from fresh chiles before adding them. The heat level will increase slightly over time as the spices continue to infuse. 9 If the honey becomes too thick, let it come to room temperature or warm the jar under hot water for 30 seconds before using. 7
You Don’T Need Bright-Colored Bottles Full of Fake Flavors to Stay Hydrated
-
3 cups of 100% coconut water
-
1 cup of real fruit juice (I love tart cherry or orange)
-
2 tablespoons of honey
-
¼ teaspoon sea salt
-
4 cups of filtered water
-
Optional: 2-3 teaspoons of fresh lemon or lime juice for an extra kick
-
Stir everything together in a big pitcher or jar until the salt and honey dissolve.
Pop it in the fridge and sip throughout the day.
Want it sweeter? Add a little more juice or honey till you like the taste.
Too much for one person? Mix a half-batch or store as a concentrate and dilute with water when ready!
Cream of Chicken Soup Mix
-
1 cup flour
-
1 cup dried milk powder
-
2 tablespoons chicken bouillon
-
1 tablespoon dried onion
-
1 tablespoon dried parsley
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder
-
To make it gluten free, substitute flour with cornstarch.
-
Add 1/2 cup of dry mixture to 11/2 cups of water. Then, add your favorite slices
veggies.See less
Sourdough Pancakes
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
2 teaspoons baking powder
-
1 teaspoon baking soda
-
2 tablespoons granulated sugar
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 cup sourdough discard at room temperature
-
1 1/2 cups 2% milk at room temperature
-
1 large egg, beaten at room temperature
-
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
-
In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, baking powder and soda, sugar and salt.
-
Add the sourdough starter, milk, egg and oil to the top of the dry ingredients. Mix well just until combined. It’s ok if there are a couple of lumps in the batter. It’s important not to overmix.
-
Grease a pancake griddle or cast iron skillet with melted butter or oil. Heat the skillet over medium-low heat.
-
Ladle ⅓ cup of batter on the hot griddle. Cook until the batter starts bubbling on top*, then gently flip the pancake.
-
Cook for an additional 1-2 minutes on the second side or until the pancake is cooked through and golden brown.
-
Serve warm with butter and maple syrup.
-
I highly recommend sourdough discard for this recipe. It shouldn’t be bubbly and stretchy like active starter, but rather dense and thick, but “runny” in texture.
These Extras Can Add Unnecessary Sugar and Chemicals to Their Diet
-
1 cup water
-
1/2 cup cocoa powder
-
1/4-1/3 cup pure maple syrup (depending on your sweetness level, I do 1/4 cup)
-
1 tablespoon vanilla extract
-
Pinch of salt (optional)
-
In a medium saucepan, whisk together all ingredients.
-
Set the saucepan over low heat, stirring occasionally until the mixture is well combined.
-
Increase the heat slightly to bring the mixture to a gentle simmer. Continue simmering for 5-10 minutes, stirring frequently, until the syrup thickens to your desired consistency.
-
Allow the syrup to cool completely. Transter it to a jar syrup wit tricken stigat ats it in the refrigerator. The
-
Use 1-2 tablespoons of syrup in a glass of milk or drizzle over your favorite desserts!
Best Grilled Chicken Breast
-
3 cloves garlic, finely chopped
-
1/4 cup balsamic vinegar
-
3 Tbsp. extra-virgin olive oil
-
2 Tbsp. brown sugar
-
1 tsp. dried rosemary
-
1 tsp. dried thyme
-
4 (6- to 8-oz.) boneless, skinless chicken breasts
-
Kosher salt
-
Freshly ground black pepper
-
Chopped fresh parsley, for serving
-
In a medium bowl, whisk garlic, vinegar, oil, brown sugar, rosemary, and thyme; generously season with salt and pepper. Reserve ¼ cup marinade for grilling.
-
Add chicken to bowl and toss to combine. Cover bowl and refrigerate at least 20 minutes and up to overnight.
-
Prepare a grill for medium-high heat; preheat 5 minutes. Grill chicken, basting with reserved marinade and turning halfway through, until an instant-read thermometer inserted into thickest part registers 165°, about 6 minutes per side.
-
Transfer chicken to a platter. Top with parsley.
Creamy Chili Crisp Pasta Recipe (4 Ingredients, 15 Minutes)
-
12 ounces bowtie or mezzi rigatoni pasta
-
1 (8-ounce) container cream cheese
-
2 tablespoons chili crisp
-
2 packed cups baby spinach
-
Salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste
-
Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Cook the pasta according to the al dente directions. Drain and reserve about 1/2 cup pasta water.
-
While to pasta cooks, make the sauce. In a large skillet over medium-low heat, add the cream cheese and chili crisp. Stir gently until the cream cheese softens and starts to melt.
-
Add the cooked pasta and spinach to the cream cheese mixture with 2 tablespoons of pasta water. Stir until the spinach wilts and the sauce clings to the pasta. Add more pasta water as needed to reach the desired consistency.
-
Taste and season with salt and pepper, if needed. Serve with extra chili crisp on top, if desired.
-
Store any leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for 3 to 4 days. Reheat with a splash of water or milk to loosen the sauce.
-
Burst cherry tomatoes: Cook a handful in a little chili oil until jammy before adding the cream cheese. They add sweetness and acidity.
-
Tomato paste: Similar to the tomatoes, caramelize a spoonful for a minute before adding the cream cheese to deepen the flavor.
-
Frozen peas: For a boost of protein and pop of texture, stir in a handful of peas with (or instead of) the spinach.
Easiest Sourdough Bread
-
1 cup (240g) active sourdough starter (fed and bubbly)
-
1 1/2 cups (360ml) warm water
-
4 cups (480g) all-purpose flour (or bread flour)
-
2 tsp salt
-
Mix the dough
In a large bowl, combine starter, water, and flour.
Stir until a shaggy dough forms.
Add salt and mix well (use your hands or a spoon).
-
Bulk ferment
Cover loosely with plastic wrap or a damp towel.
Let rest at room temp for 6–8 hours until it’s bubbly and risen.
-
Shape & proof
Lightly flour your surface.
Turn dough out gently; shape into a rough ball (no kneading!).
Place on parchment paper, cover with a towel, and proof for 1–2 hours until puffy.
-
Preheat oven & bake
Place a Dutch oven with the lid inside your oven.
Preheat oven to 450°F (230°C) for 30 minutes.
Carefully remove Dutch oven, transfer dough on parchment inside.
Cover and bake for 30 minutes.
Remove lid and bake another 10–15 minutes for a golden crust.
-
Cool
Let bread cool on a rack before slicing.
-
✅ Tips:
-
Use a ripe starter that’s bubbly and active.
-
You can do a cold ferment in the fridge overnight (8–12 hours) for better flavor.
-
No Dutch oven? Bake on a baking sheet and add a pan of hot water to the oven for steam.
·
-
Cottage Cheese Bagel Bites – High-Protein, 5-Ingredient Snack (Air Fryer or Oven!)
-
1 cup cottage cheese
-
1 egg
-
¾ cup almond flour (or oat flour)
-
1 tsp baking powder
-
Pinch of salt
-
Optional toppings: Everything Bagel seasoning, sesame seeds, or shredded cheese
-
Nutrition info (per 2 bites, makes about 10–12): Approx. 90 kcal | 6g protein | 6g fat | 2g net carbs | Gluten-free | Low-carb option
-
Prep Your Cooking Method
-
These freeze well—just reheat in the air fryer or toaster oven.
Juicy Chicken Breasts Smothered in Sautéed Mushrooms and Onions Topped with Melted Cheese the Perfect Steakhouse Style Dinner Experience
-
4 boneless skinless chicken breasts
-
2 tbsp olive oil
-
Full Recipe in Coʍmеոτ See less
Melt in Your Mouth Chicken Breast
-
4 boneless, skinless chicken breasts
-
1 cup mayonnaise (or plain Greek yogurt for a lighter option)
-
1/2 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
1 tsp garlic powder
-
1 tsp onion powder
-
1 tsp dried Italian seasoning
-
1/2 tsp paprika
-
Salt and black pepper, to taste
-
Fresh chopped parsley (optional, for garnish)
-
Preheat your oven to 375°F (190°C). Lightly grease a baking dish.
-
In a bowl, mix mayonnaise, Parmesan cheese, garlic powder, onion powder, Italian seasoning, paprika, salt, and pepper.
-
Spread the mixture evenly over the chicken breasts, making sure each one is fully coated.
-
Bake for 30–35 minutes, or until the chicken is cooked through and the topping is golden.
-
Garnish with parsley before serving.
Diy- Cream of Chicken Soup Mix
-
1 cup flour
-
1 cup dried milk powder
-
2 tablespoons chicken bouillon
-
1 tablespoon dried onion
-
1 tablespoon dried parsley…See more
Famous Turkish Bread That Is Driving the World Crazy! No Yeast, No Oven! Anyone Can Do It
-
SUBSCRIBE: / @fasteasyrecipes
-
All purpose flour 20 ounces (570 grams)
-
1 3/5 cups warm water (400 milliliters)
-
1/2 teaspoon sugar (3 grams)
-
1 teaspoon salt (5 grams)
-
3.5 ounces butter (100 grams)
-
1/5 cup vegetable oil (50 milliliters)
-
The cup I used is 250 milliliters.
-
Bon Appetit!
-
➡️ • Delicious Bread For Breakfast, I've been d...
-
➡️ • Why didn't I know this dinner recipe befor...
Spicy Lentil Soup
-
Measuring spoons
-
Measuring Cups
-
Knife set
-
Ingredients 1X 2X 3X
-
2 tablespoons of olive oil
-
1 yellow onion, chopped
-
3 carrots, diced
-
3 celery ribs, diced
-
6 garlic cloves, minced
-
2 teaspoons of red chili flakes, plus more as needed
-
2 teaspoons ground cumin
-
3 teaspoons of Italian seasoning
-
2 (14.5-ounce) cans of diced fire roasted tomatoes, in their juices
-
1 cup of uncooked brown lentils
-
6 cups of water
-
2 vegetable bouillon cubes
-
Salt and pepper to taste
-
3 cups of spinach (optional)
-
⅓ cup of parsley, chopped (optional)
-
1 lemon
-
In a large pot with a lid, heat the oil over medium-high heat.
-
Add the onions, carrots, celery, garlic, and red chili flakes. Mix well, reduce the fire to medium low, cover with a lid and cook for 5 minutes – regularly mixing to prevent burning.
-
Add the cumin and Italian seasoning. Mix well and cook for 20 seconds while mixing.
-
Add the fire roasted tomatoes in their juices, lentils, water, bouillon cubes, salt, and pepper. Mix well and turn the heat to medium high. Cover with the lid, bring to a boil, mix one more time to ensure the bouillon cubes are fully melted and incorporated in the water. Then turn the heat to a simmer and cook for 40 minutes with the lid on.
-
When the 40 minutes have passed, taste to check if the lentils are cooked and to taste seasoning levels. Adjust time and seasoning if needed.
-
When the lentils are fully cooked, add the spinach (if using), parsley (if using), and lemon juice. Gently push the raw spinach down into the broth. Cover with the lid and allow the soup to sit undisturbed for 5 minutes.
-
Serve hot.
-
To adjust the consistency: If you’d prefer a brothier soup, add more vegetable broth. For a smoother consistency, blend some or all of it.
-
If blending: Make sure to hold down the lid while it blends, then open it occasionally – while not blending – to release steam.
-
Bloom the spices: Don’t skip these steps as it really helps to bring out their flavor and add depth to the soup flavor.
Cream Cheese Pound Cake {Video}
-
1 package (8-ounce) cream cheese, room temperature
-
1¼ cups (2½ sticks or 284g) salted butter, room temperature
-
3 cups (600g) granulated sugar
-
6 large eggs, room temperature
-
2 teaspoons vanilla extract
-
3 cups (375g) cake flour
-
¼ cup (60g) buttermilk, room temperature
-
confectioners' sugar, for dusting
-
Preheat oven to 325°F. Prepare a large bundt pan with butter and flour or by spraying with non-stick spray. (My 10-inch bundt pan is 3 inches deep. There should be at least 1½ inches between the height of the batter and the top edge of the pan.)
-
In the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, combine cream cheese and butter until smooth (about 3 minutes).
-
Gradually add the sugar and mix until light and fluffy.
-
Add the eggs, one at a time, mixing well after each addition, followed by the vanilla.
-
Slowly add the cake flour and mix until combined.
-
Remove bowl from stand mixer and pour in the buttermilk. Mix by hand until just incorporated. Use a rubber spatula to scrape the sides of the bowl to get every last bit of ingredient incorporated.
-
Pour batter into prepared bundt pan. Bake for 1 hour to 1 hour and 20 minutes. Check for doneness at 1 hour. (The cake is done when a toothpick inserted into the center of the cake comes out with a few crumbs, but no wet batter.) The crust will be a dark golden brown around the edges and lighter in the center.
-
Allow cake to cool to room temperature. Dust with confectioners' sugar before serving.
Here's Everything You Need for These 5 Ingredient Dinner Rolls
-
3 1/2 cups all purpose flour
-
1 1/2 tsp instant yeast
-
2 tbsp sugar
-
1 tsp salt
-
1 1/2 cups milk
-
3 tbsp melted butter
-
1 egg
-
Follow @minoomakesstuff if you’re tired of preservative + additive filled breads
-
See less
What Is the Viral Fire Honey Trend? Heres Why It Is Helpful in Changing Weather
-
150 ml honey
-
1 tsp cayenne pepper
-
1 tsp ground ginger
-
1 tsp turmeric
-
1 tsp cinnamon
-
1 tsp black pepper
-
Take a clean glass bowl or container, and add honey to it.
-
Now add cayenne pepper, ground ginger, turmeric, cinnamon, and black pepper. Mix well so that all the spices are blended into the honey.
-
Store it in an airtight container or jar in the refrigerator.
-
This fire honey concoction is ready to use to use immediately. You can have a teaspoon on its own, mix it into warm tea, or even add it to a glass of warm water with lemon for extra benefits. Plus, adding lemon will also balance out its stark taste. Store it in an airtight container in a refrigerator. If stored properly, this concoction can last for two months.
Tastyiri · Original Audio
-
️ 1 large chicken breast (9–10.5 oz)
-
️ 1 tbsp dried thyme (0.1 oz / 3g)
-
️ 1 tbsp dried oregano (0.1 oz / 3g)
-
️ 2 tbsp sweet paprika (0.3 oz / 8g)
-
️ Salt and black pepper to taste
-
️ Parchment paper (for wrapping)
-
⏳ Time: 38 min oven | 30 min air fryer
-
Temp: 350°F
-
Mix thyme, oregano, paprika, salt, and pepper.
-
Coat the chicken breast evenly with the spice mix.
-
Wrap it tightly in parchment paper, twisting the ends like a candy.
-
Bake at 350°F for 38 minutes or air fry at 350°F for 30 minutes.
-
Let it cool completely before slicing thinly.
2 H ·
-
Ingredients (Overnight Batter)
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed)
-
1 cup all-purpose flour
-
1 tbsp sugar
-
1 cup milk
-
1/4 cup melted butter or oil
-
1 large egg
-
1/2 tsp salt
-
1/2 tsp baking soda
-
1 tsp vanilla extract (optional)
-
Night before: In a large bowl, stir together sourdough discard, flour, sugar, milk, and melted butter. Cover and let sit at room temp overnight.
Next morning: Preheat your waffle iron.
To the batter, add egg, salt, baking soda, and vanilla. Stir until smooth.
Lightly grease your waffle iron and pour in batter. Cook according to your iron’s instructions until golden and crisp.
Serve hot with maple syrup, berries, whipped cream — or go savory with fried eggs and bacon!
-
Tip: For extra crisp edges, let waffles cool slightly on a rack instead of stacking them right away!
H 6 ·
-
Ingredients (Skillet Crust Base)
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed)
-
2 tbsp olive oil
-
1/4 tsp salt
-
1/4 tsp baking powder (optional, for extra lift)
-
Herbs or garlic powder (optional, for flavor)
-
Pizza sauce or pesto
-
Shredded mozzarella
-
Veggies, meats, olives, or anything you love
-
Heat an oven-safe skillet (cast iron works best) over medium heat and add 1 tbsp olive oil.
In a bowl, mix sourdough discard, remaining olive oil, salt, and baking powder (if using).
Pour batter into the hot skillet and spread evenly. Cook for 3–4 minutes until the bottom is set and lightly browned.
Add sauce, cheese, and toppings of choice right on top of the crust.
Transfer skillet to a preheated oven at 450°F (230°C) and bake for 10–12 minutes until bubbly and golden.
Carefully remove, slice, and devour while hot!
-
Tip: No oven-safe skillet? You can make mini flatbreads on a stovetop griddle using the same batter — just flip once before topping!
Don’T Toss That Discard Turn It Into the Fluffiest Sourdough Discard Pancakes Ever! Light, Tangy, and Perfect for Lazy Weekend Mornings
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed, room temp)
-
1 cup all-purpose flour
-
2 tbsp sugar
-
1 tsp baking powder
-
1/2 tsp baking soda
-
1/4 tsp salt
-
1 cup milk (dairy or non-dairy)
-
1 large egg
-
2 tbsp melted butter or oil
-
1 tsp vanilla extract
-
In a large bowl, mix flour, sugar, baking powder, baking soda, and salt.
In another bowl, whisk together sourdough discard, milk, egg, melted butter, and vanilla.
Combine wet and dry ingredients until just mixed — a few lumps are okay!
Let the batter rest for 5–10 minutes for extra fluff.
Heat a nonstick skillet over medium heat and lightly grease.
Pour 1/4 cup of batter per pancake onto the skillet.
Cook until bubbles form on top and edges look set, then flip and cook the other side until golden.
Serve warm with butter, syrup, fruit, or your favorite toppings!
-
Tip: Add a handful of blueberries, chocolate chips, or chopped nuts to the batter for a tasty twist!
Tasty Trails
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed)
-
1 cup all-purpose flour
-
1/2 cup sugar (or coconut sugar)
-
1/2 tsp baking soda
-
1 tsp baking powder
-
1/4 tsp salt
-
2 large eggs
-
1/3 cup melted butter or oil
-
1/4 cup milk or yogurt
-
Zest of 1 lemon
-
2 tbsp lemon juice
-
1 tsp vanilla extract
-
1 cup fresh or frozen blueberries (tossed in 1 tsp flour)
-
1/2 cup powdered sugar
-
1–2 tbsp lemon juice
-
Preheat oven to 350°F (175°C). Grease or line a loaf pan with parchment paper.
In a large bowl, whisk eggs, melted butter, milk, sourdough discard, lemon juice, zest, and vanilla until smooth.
In another bowl, mix flour, sugar, baking powder, baking soda, and salt.
Stir dry into wet ingredients until just combined — don’t overmix.
Gently fold in floured blueberries.
Pour batter into loaf pan and smooth the top.
Bake for 45–55 minutes or until golden and a toothpick comes out clean.
Cool in pan 10 mins, then transfer to a rack.
(Optional) Drizzle with lemon glaze once cooled for that bakery-style finish!
-
Tip: Want muffin versions? This batter works great in a muffin tin — bake for 18–22 minutes!
Sweet Pumpkin Sourdough Is Your New Fall Dessert Obsession!
-
450g bread flour
-
100g pumpkin puree (not pie filling!)
-
100g active sourdough starter
-
250g water
-
8g salt
-
2 tbsp brown sugar (for the dough)
-
2 tbsp melted butter (for brushing)
-
3 tbsp cinnamon sugar (for filling)
-
1/2 cup chopped pecans
-
Get the + here
Fluffy, Golden, and with That Subtle Sourdough Flavor These Homemade Buns Are the Upgrade Your Burgers (And Sandwiches!) Deserve
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed)
-
3/4 cup warm milk (or plant-based)
-
2 tbsp olive oil or melted butter
-
1 egg
-
2 tbsp sugar or honey
-
1 1/2 tsp salt
-
2 1/2 to 3 cups all-purpose flour (or mix in some whole wheat)
-
1 1/2 tsp instant yeast (optional but speeds things up)
-
1 egg yolk + 1 tbsp water (for egg wash)
-
Optional: sesame or poppy seeds for topping
-
In a bowl, mix sourdough discard, warm milk, egg, oil, and sugar until smooth.
Add salt and flour gradually until a soft dough forms. Knead until smooth (about 8 minutes).
Cover and let rise until doubled—about 1–2 hours (longer without yeast).
Divide dough into 8–10 balls, shape into buns, and place on a lined tray.
Let them rise again for 30–45 minutes while you preheat oven to 375°F (190°C).
Brush with egg wash, sprinkle seeds if using.
Bake 15–18 minutes until golden and puffed.
Cool before slicing… if you can wait!
-
Tip: Use half whole wheat flour for a heartier bun, or add herbs/garlic butter on top for a gourmet twist!
Soft, Chewy, and So Easy You’Ll Never Go Back to Store-Bought!
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed)
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
1/3 cup olive oil or any neutral oil
-
1/2 tsp salt
-
Optional: splash of warm water if dough feels dry
-
In a large bowl, mix together sourdough discard, flour, oil, and salt.
Knead until a soft, smooth dough forms. If it's too dry, add a bit of warm water.
Cover the dough and let it rest for 20–30 minutes.
Divide into 8–10 balls. Roll each one out thinly on a floured surface.
Heat a nonstick skillet over medium-high heat (no oil needed).
Cook each tortilla for about 30–45 seconds per side, until golden spots appear.
Stack in a towel to keep warm and soft!
-
Pro Tip: Add herbs, garlic powder, or cheese into the dough for a fun twist!
Ina Garten Meatloaf
-
3 cups chopped yellow onions (3 onions)
-
1 teaspoon chopped fresh thyme leaves
-
2 teaspoons kosher salt
-
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
-
3 tablespoons Worcestershire sauce
-
⅓ cup canned chicken stock or broth
-
1 tablespoon tomato paste
-
2 ½ pounds ground chuck (81 percent lean)
-
½ cup plain dry bread crumbs (recommended: Progresso)
-
2 extra-large eggs, beaten
-
½ cup ketchup (recommended: Heinz)
-
Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F.
Heat the olive oil in a medium saute pan. Add the onions, thyme, salt, and pepper and cook over medium-low heat, stirring occasionally, for 8 to 10 minutes, until the onions are translucent but not brown.
Off the heat, add the Worcestershire sauce, chicken stock, and tomato paste. Allow to cool slightly.
In a large bowl, combine the ground chuck, onion mixture, bread crumbs, and eggs, and mix lightly with a fork. Don't mash or the meat loaf will be dense.
S hape the mixture into a rectangular loaf on a sheet pan covered with parchment paper. Spread the ketchup evenly on top. Bake for 1 to 1 ¼ hours, until the internal temperature is 160 degrees F and the meat loaf is cooked through. (A pan of hot water in the oven, under the meat loaf, will keep the top from cracking.) Serve hot.
-
Choose the Right Meat : A mix of ground beef and ground pork or veal can add extra flavor and tenderness. Aim for a meat mixture with some fat content (around 80/20 ratio) to keep the meatloaf moist.
Tastyiri · Original Audio
-
HEALTHY BRIOCHE BUNS
-
️3 eggs
-
️1 cup + 1 tbsp powdered milk (150 g)
-
️1 tsp baking powder
-
13 minutes at 355°F (180°C)
-
Mix the eggs, powdered milk, and baking powder.
-
Knead with your hands until dough forms.
-
Shape into round buns (burger-style).
-
Bake and enjoy these fluffy, protein-packed buns with no flour!
Iingredients
-
64 ounces (8 cups) chicken stock or broth
-
1 small bunch fresh sage leaves
-
1 large head of garlic, cloves peeled and halved
-
2/3 cup olive oil (or another neutral oil of your choice, such as grapeseed or sunflower)
-
1 large egg, yolk and white separated
-
1 teaspoon Dijon mustard
-
Pinch of salt
-
In a large Dutch oven or stockpot, add the chicken stock and fresh sage. Bring to a gentle simmer over medium heat. While it simmers, prepare the garlic.
Peel all the garlic cloves and slice them in half lengthwise. Carefully remove the small inner sprout from each clove using a sharp knife or toothpick—these shoots can be bitter, especially in garlic-heavy dishes.
Bring a small saucepan of water to a boil. Add the peeled garlic cloves and boil for 3–4 minutes. Drain the garlic and set aside.
Using the back of a fork, mash the softened garlic until smooth and paste-like. Take your time to achieve a fine texture. Add the mashed garlic to the simmering stock and let it cook gently for 10 more minutes.
While the soup simmers, make the mayonnaise. In a narrow jar (just wide enough for an immersion blender), combine the egg yolk, Dijon mustard, pinch of salt, and oil. Save the egg white in case you need it later.
Place the immersion blender at the bottom of the jar and blend without moving for a few seconds. Slowly raise the blender as the mixture emulsifies. If it doesn’t thicken right away, add the egg white and blend again until the mayonnaise becomes smooth and creamy.
(Optional) If you prefer a silky-smooth soup, strain the broth through a fine mesh sieve and return it to the pot.
To temper the mayonnaise, ladle a small amount of the hot soup into it and stir well. Then slowly whisk the tempered mayo into the soup pot, stirring constantly to combine.
Warm the soup gently over low heat, just until heated through. Do not boil, as this may cause the mayonnaise to curdle.
Serve hot, topped with crusty croutons, a drizzle of olive oil, a pinch of smoked paprika, and fresh parsley if desired.
Honey-Ginger-Turmeric Cough Drops
-
1 cup honey (raw if possible)
-
2 tablespoons freshly squeezed lemon juice
-
1 tablespoon freshly grated ginger (or 1 teaspoon ground ginger)
-
½ teaspoon ground turmeric
-
Pinch of black pepper
-
2 tablespoons powdered sugar or cornstarch
-
Place a silicone candy mold (any shape) on a large baking sheet. Alternatively, if you don’t have molds, fill a shallow baking sheet with cornstarch. Set aside.
-
Stir together the honey, lemon juice, ginger, turmeric, and black pepper in a small, heavy-bottomed saucepan. Place a candy thermometer in the saucepan. Cook the mixture over medium-low heat, stirring occasionally, until the mixture reaches 300°F (hard-crack stage), about 15 minutes. Watch closely to avoid scorching.
-
Immediately remove the pan from heat. Working quickly, spoon the hot mixture into the candy molds. Alternatively, if you’re not using molds, press the back of a tablespoon into the cornstarch in the baking sheet to create small wells. Spoon the hot mixture into each indentation to form drops. Let them set completely before dusting off any excess cornstarch.
-
Let the cough drops cool at room temperature until hardened, about 30 minutes.
-
Dust the hardened drops with the powdered sugar or cornstarch to prevent sticking. Store individually wrapped in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 months.
-
Enjoy!
·
-
This is my favorite all natural homemade toothpaste: all you need is 1/2 tablespoon of Manuka honey— (make sure you’re using a higher grade manuka honey such as the 550+ or 850+ for the best results I use the 550+ by samumanuka ) 1/2 tablespoon of food grade bentonite clay, 1/2 tablespoon of coconut oil (I use gurunanda.official pulling oil because it already has seven essential oils in it, which are ideal for oral health) you could also use olive oil, sesame oil, Blackseed oil, etc. if you can’t use coconut oil. 1 tablespoon of distilled water. Mix well until it forms a paste and then put a small amount on your toothbrush and brush. Just remember not to use metal with the bentonite clay because it can affect the ions-so stir it with a wooden spoon or glass or plastic. I just put a lid on it and store it right on my sink countertop. Make sure you’re using food grade bentonite clay. It’s best not to spit this down the drain if you can help it because it can potentially clog your pipes because of the hardening of the clay. The stuff is brilliant and truly is one of my favorite mixes for natural toothpaste, especially since it’s more gentle on the enamel than baking soda and salt and charcoal. There is a code for 15% off (melly15) of the Manuka honey underneath my username third link down if anyone is interested ❤️this is not medical advice and I’m not a medical professional.
-
See less
·
-
Y’all have to listen to this testimonial about fire honey. Thanks to Coach E for sharing this video with me ❤️ this mixture of honey has helped so many people and it makes me so happy here is the recipe: 1/2 cup to one cup of honey, depending on how spicy you want it. Personally, I feel like the spicier the better to help things get moving, but it’s up to you individually what you want to do. 1 teaspoon of each of the following ingredients.: turmeric, cinnamon, ginger, black pepper, cayenne pepper mix them all together until well blended, and then take one to 2 teaspoons per day or depending on the severity of your symptoms. You can take small amounts of it throughout the day. This is not medical advice, and I am not a medical professional. Please do not use this if you are allergic to honey or any of the ingredients and if you are on blood thinners or have low blood pressure, please be careful and ask your doctor since this can thin the blood.#naturalremediesc#coldandfluseasonf#firehoneySee less
1. Garlic Butter Rice
-
2 cups jasmine or long-grain white rice
-
3 ½ cups chicken broth (or water + bouillon)
-
4 tbsp unsalted butter (divided)
-
6 cloves garlic, finely minced
-
½ tsp salt (adjust to taste, depending on broth)
-
¼ tsp black pepper
-
Green onion for garnish
-
Toasted garlic for garnish
-
Rinse the rice – Wash the rice under cold water until water runs clear, then drain well.
Sauté garlic – In a large saucepan, melt 2 tbsp butter over medium heat. Add minced garlic and sauté until fragrant and lightly golden (about 1–2 minutes).
Toast the rice – Add the rice and stir to coat with garlic butter for 1–2 minutes.
Cook the rice – Pour in chicken broth, add salt and pepper, then bring to a boil. Lower the heat, cover, and simmer for 15 minutes (or until rice is tender and liquid absorbed).
Fluff & finish – Turn off heat. Stir in the remaining 2 tbsp butter. Cover again and let rest for 5 minutes.
Garnish & serve – Fluff with a fork, sprinkle with fresh parsley, and serve warm.
Sourdough Pancakes
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
2 teaspoons baking powder
-
1 teaspoon baking soda
-
2 tablespoons granulated sugar
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 cup sourdough discard at room temperature
-
1 1/2 cups 2% milk at room temperature
-
1 large egg, beaten at room temperature
-
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
-
In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, baking powder and soda, sugar and salt.
-
Add the sourdough starter, milk, egg and oil to the top of the dry ingredients. Mix well just until combined. It’s ok if there are a couple of lumps in the batter. It’s important not to overmix.
-
Grease a pancake griddle or cast iron skillet with melted butter or oil. Heat the skillet over medium-low heat.
-
Ladle ⅓ cup of batter on the hot griddle. Cook until the batter starts bubbling on top*, then gently flip the pancake.
-
Cook for an additional 1-2 minutes on the second side or until the pancake is cooked through and golden brown.
-
Serve warm with butter and maple syrup.
-
I highly recommend sourdough discard for this recipe. It shouldn’t be bubbly and stretchy like active starter, but rather dense and thick, but “runny” in texture.
(5) the Best Beef Enchiladas Recipe!!! Step by Step!! Restaurant Quality.. So Delicious
-
Hello Everyone!!! Thank you so much for stopping by my kitchen… Today we are making Beef Enchiladas!! Tex Mex Style… Let me show you how!!
-
This is a lenghty video but I’m showing you step by step so you dont miss a thing!!
-
Beef Enchiladas Tex Mex Style
-
1 lb of ground beef
-
1/4 cup minced onion and more for topping
-
2 minced garlic cloves
-
1/2 tsp season salt
-
1/4 tsp pepper
-
1/4 tsp salt
-
1/4 tsp cumin
-
8-10 corn tortillas
-
3 cups enchilada sauce
-
8 oz shredded cheddar cheese
-
vegetable oil for frying
-
Enchilada Sauce
-
4 tbsp cooking oil 
-
4 tbsp all-purpose flour
-
2 1/2 tbsp chili powder (Gebhardts preferred but use what you have)
-
1 tsp onion powder
-
1 tsp garlic powder
-
1/2 tsp cumin
-
1/4 tsp oregano
-
3 cups chicken broth
-
1/2 tsp salt
-
1/4 tsp pepper
-
How I make Mexican rice! Don’t forget to check the description box for the ingredients.
-
Simple Mexican Rice with a burst of flavor...
Amish Hamburger Steak Bake Recipe
-
2 pounds lean ground beef
-
1/2 cup plain breadcrumbs
-
1/4 cup milk
-
1 large egg
-
1 small onion, finely chopped
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1/2 teaspoon black pepper
-
1/2 teaspoon onion powder
-
1/2 teaspoon dried parsley
-
3 tablespoons butter
-
3 tablespoons all-purpose flour
-
2 cups beef broth
-
1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
-
1 teaspoon Dijon mustard (optional, for added flavor)
-
Salt and pepper, to taste
-
Preheat Oven
Set oven temperature to 350°F (175°C).
Mix Hamburger Steak Ingredients
In a large mixing bowl, combine ground beef, breadcrumbs, milk, egg, onion, garlic, salt, pepper, onion powder, and parsley. Stir gently until just combined—avoid overworking the mixture.
Shape Patties
Divide mixture into 6–8 equal portions. Form oval-shaped patties about 3/4-inch thick.
Sear the Patties
Heat a large skillet over medium-high and coat lightly with oil or cooking spray. Brown each patty for 2–3 minutes on both sides (they don’t need to be fully cooked). Transfer to a greased 9×13-inch baking dish.
-
In the same skillet, melt butter over medium heat. Whisk in flour and cook 1–2 minutes, stirring constantly, to form a roux. Gradually whisk in beef broth, then add Worcestershire sauce and mustard. Simmer 3–5 minutes until thickened. Season with salt and pepper.
Bake
Pour hot gravy evenly over the patties in the baking dish. Cover with foil and bake 30–35 minutes, until patties are fully cooked and tender.
Serve
Texas Roadhouse Smothered Chicken
-
1 ½- 2 lb. boneless skinless chicken breasts 2 medium-large chicken breasts
-
½ cup italian dressing
-
1 tbsp. avocado oil or other neutral, high heat oil
-
1 tbsp. butter
-
10 oz. cremini mushrooms sliced
-
½ cup yellow onion sliced
-
2 tbsp. water approximately
-
¼ tsp. white pepper
-
¼ tsp. black pepper
-
¼ tsp. onion powder
-
¼ tsp. garlic powder
-
½ tsp. salt
-
2 oz. Monterey Jack cheese sliced
-
Place chicken breasts on a plate or cutting board. Using a jacquard tool or fork, poke several holes in the meat. If using a fork, I like to stab it 10 to 15 times on each side of the chicken breast. Place chicken in a dish or a gallon sized ziploc bag.
-
Wash hands thoroughly. Pour italian dressing over top, coating chicken. Place in the fridge.
-
Let chicken sit in the marinade for 2 to 24 hours, depending on your schedule. The longer it sits, the more flavorful your dish will be.
-
Once chicken is done marinating, it's time to cook!
-
Preheat oven to 400 degrees F.
-
Heat cast iron skillet over medium high heat. Add oil to pan and then place chicken breasts carefully in. Cook for approximately 5 minutes to thoroughly brown, not moving so that a deep brown color forms. Flip and repeat on the over side. Remove to a clean plate to the side.
-
Reduce heat to medium and add butter. Add sliced mushrooms and onions, sauteeing until both are softened and fragrant, around 5-7 minutes. Add water and scrap up all of the extras bits on the bottom of the pan, as there is a lot of flavor there.
-
Add spices and stir. Move mushrooms and onions to the side of the skillet and place chicken breasts back into the skillet. Carefully scoop mushroom-onion mixture over top, splitting between the two pieces of chicken.
-
Top with cheese slices and place in preheated oven.
-
Cook for 10 minutes, until chicken is cooked through and cheese is melted and starting to brown.
Italian Dressing Recipe (Ready in 2 Minutes!)
-
1/2 cup extra virgin olive oil
-
1/4 cup red wine vinegar
-
1 tablespoon water
-
1 teaspoon dried basil
-
1 teaspoon garlic powder
-
2 teaspoons dried oregano
-
1/2 teaspoon onion powder
-
1/2 teaspoon kosher salt
-
3/4 teaspoon sugar
-
P inch crushed red pepper flakes
-
In a large jar with a lid that holds at least 8 ounces, add the olive oil, red wine vinegar, water, dried basil, garlic powder, oregano, onion powder, salt, sugar, and red pepper flakes. Tightly cover with the lid and shake vigorously until the ingredients are well blended.
This dressing is an excellent make-ahead option that can easily be doubled. If you plan to use it within 1 or 2 days, it can be kept on the counter. Any longer than that and you should store it in the fridge, where it will be good for several weeks. Just give it a vigorous shake before using.
Longhorn-Style Parmesan Crusted Chicken with Garlic Cream Sauce
-
4 boneless skinless chicken breasts
-
1 cup buttermilk (or milk with 1 tsp lemon juice)
-
1 1/2 cups breadcrumbs (panko preferred for crunch)
-
1/2 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
1 tsp garlic powder
-
1 tsp onion powder
-
1 tsp Italian seasoning
-
1/2 tsp smoked paprika
-
Salt & pepper to taste
-
2 tbsp olive oil + 2 tbsp butter (for pan frying)
-
3 tbsp butter (for garlic cream sauce)
-
3 garlic cloves, minced
-
2 tbsp flour
-
2 cups heavy cream (or half-and-half)
-
1/2 cup chicken broth
-
1/2 cup Parmesan cheese, grated (for sauce)
-
1 tsp Italian herbs
-
1/2 cup shredded mozzarella (for topping)
-
1/4 cup grated Parmesan (for topping)
-
2 tbsp fresh parsley, chopped (for garnish)
-
Prep the chicken: Gently pound the chicken breasts to an even thickness. Soak them in buttermilk for at least 30 minutes, or overnight for extra tenderness. In a bowl, combine breadcrumbs, Parmesan, garlic powder, onion powder, paprika, Italian seasoning, salt, and pepper. Coat each marinated chicken breast in the breadcrumb mixture until fully covered.
Cook the chicken: Warm olive oil and butter in a skillet over medium-high heat. Pan fry the coated chicken for 4–5 minutes per side until golden brown and crisp. Transfer to a baking sheet and top each piece with mozzarella and Parmesan. Broil for 2–3 minutes, just until the cheese melts and the crust turns golden.
Make the garlic cream sauce: In a saucepan, melt butter and sauté the minced garlic until aromatic. Whisk in the flour to form a roux and cook for about a minute. Slowly pour in the cream and chicken broth, whisking constantly. Stir in Parmesan and Italian herbs, then simmer until the sauce thickens. Add salt and pepper to taste.
Serve: Plate the chicken and generously spoon the creamy garlic sauce over the top. Finish with a sprinkle of fresh parsley for a touch of color and freshness.See less
Juicy Steak with Creamy Garlic Sauce
-
2 ribeye or sirloin steaks (about 1-inch thick)
-
Salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste
-
1 tablespoon olive oil
-
1 tablespoon unsalted butter
-
2 cloves garlic, smashed
-
2 sprigs fresh thyme or rosemary (optional)
-
1 tablespoon unsalted butter
-
4 cloves garlic, finely minced
-
1/2 cup heavy cream
-
1/4 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
1/2 teaspoon Dijon mustard (optional)
-
Salt and black pepper, to taste
-
Fresh chopped parsley, for garnish
-
Pat the steaks dry with paper towels. Season both sides generously with salt and black pepper. Let them rest at room temperature for 20–30 minutes before cooking.
-
Heat olive oil in a heavy skillet (cast iron is best) over high heat until very hot. Add the steaks and sear for 2–3 minutes per side for medium-rare, depending on thickness.
-
In the last minute of cooking, reduce heat to medium-low. Add butter, smashed garlic cloves, and herbs. Tilt the pan slightly and spoon the melted butter over the steaks repeatedly (basting) for extra flavor.
-
Transfer the steaks to a plate and let them rest for 5–10 minutes, loosely tented with foil.
-
In the same skillet (wipe out any burnt bits if needed), melt 1 tablespoon butter over medium heat. Add minced garlic and sauté for 1–2 minutes until fragrant but not browned.
-
Pour in the heavy cream, stirring constantly. Add Parmesan cheese and Dijon mustard (if using). Let the sauce simmer gently for 3–5 minutes until thickened. Season with salt and pepper to taste.
-
Slice the rested steaks and plate them. Spoon the warm creamy garlic sauce generously over the top. Garnish with fresh parsley and serve immediately.See less
Juicy Steak with Creamy Garlic Sauce
-
2 ribeye or sirloin steaks (about 1-inch thick)
-
Salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste
-
1 tablespoon olive oil
-
1 tablespoon unsalted butter
-
2 cloves garlic, smashed
-
2 sprigs fresh thyme or rosemary (optional)
-
1 tablespoon unsalted butter
-
4 cloves garlic, finely minced
-
1/2 cup heavy cream
-
1/4 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
1/2 teaspoon Dijon mustard (optional)
-
Salt and black pepper, to taste
-
Fresh chopped parsley, for garnish
Flakey Pie Crust
-
1 1/4 cup (170 g) all-purpose flour (plus extra for rolling out the dough)
-
1 Tablespoon (15 g) sugar
-
1/4 teaspoon (2 g) Kosher salt
-
1/2 teaspoon (2 g) baking powder
-
1/2 cup (113 g) unsalted butter (cold), cut into cubes
-
2 Tablespoons (30 mL) Vodka
-
3 Tablespoons (45 mL) cold water
-
Place flour, sugar, salt and baking powder in the bowl of a food processor. Pulse a few times to combine.
-
Add butter. Pulse about 10 times, until the butter and flour start to combine. The butter will be in some smaller pieces (like peas) and some larger pieces (like walnuts).
-
Add 2 tablespoons Vodka and 3 Tablespoons very cold water. Pulse about 6-8 times. The dough should feel crumbly when you run your fingers through it, but should hold together when you squeeze it in your hand.
-
Spread a large piece of plastic wrap on the counter (approximately 1 1/2 feet long). Gently dump the dough (it will be crumbly) onto plastic wrap. Pull plastic wrap together around the dough and mold it with your hands so the dough forms a disc inside the wrap. Refrigerate dough for at least 1 hour, and up to 48 hours.
-
When you are ready to roll out the crust, remove dough from refrigerator, unwrap and let sit at room temperature for about 5 or 10 minutes.
-
Use your hands to flatten the dough slightly so it will be easier to roll out. Toss some flour on your countertop. Place dough in the center. Using a rolling pin, roll out the dough into a circular shape that has about the same thickness all the way around. To keep the dough from sticking and to help keep the dough in a round circle, turn the dough ¼ turn clockwise after each roll. Continue rolling and turning until the circle is evenly rolled out.
-
Once the dough is large enough to fit your pie plate, gently place in the pie plate with edges hanging over. Gently press the dough into the bottom of the plate. Using your hands, tuck any dough that overhangs the plate into an even edge that rests on the lip of the plate.
-
Use your hands to even the edge if needed. Finally, crimp the edges with your fingers for a decorative scalloped shape. Wrap in saran wrap and store crust in freezer for at least 20 minutes or up to 1 month.
-
When you are ready to bake a pie, simply remove the pie crust and pie plate from the freezer, let sit at room temperature for 5 minutes, add the filling and bake. Baking the crust from frozen will help the pie crust keep its shape as it bakes. If you are making a pie that requires blind baking (baking the crust without a filling), follow the instructions here.
Ina Garten's Cranberry Fruit Conserve
-
1 bag (12 oz./375 g) fresh cranberries, cleaned
-
1 3/4 cups (14 oz./440 g) sugar
-
1 Granny Smith apple, peeled, cored, and chopped
-
1 orange, zest grated and juiced
-
1 lemon, zest grated and juiced
-
3/4 cup (4 1/2 oz./140 g) raisins
-
3/4 cup (3 oz./90 g) chopped walnuts or pecans
-
Cook the cranberries, sugar and 1 cup (8 fl. oz./250 ml) of water in a saucepan over low heat for about 5 minutes, or until the skins pop open. Add the apple, zests and juices and cook for 15 minutes more. Remove from the heat and stir in the raisins and nuts. Let cool, then refrigerate until ready to serve. Serve chilled. Serves 6 to 8.
Cranberry Conserve Savory
-
Fresh or frozen cranberries : 1 pound (454 g)
-
Sugar : 1–3 cups (200–375 g), depending on recipe
-
Orange zest : 1–2 tablespoons (15–30 g)
-
Orange juice or water : 1/4–1 cup (60–240 ml)
-
Nuts (e.g., pecans, walnuts, or almonds) : 1/2–2 cups (60–225 g), toasted and chopped
-
Spices and aromatics : 1–2 teaspoons ground fennel, 1 garlic clove, 1 shallot, 1–2-inch ginger cube, 1 cinnamon stick, or 1/4 teaspoon allspice
-
Acid : 1/4 cup unseasoned rice vinegar, 1 lemon (juice and zest), or 2 tablespoons Calvados/brandy
-
Optional additions : Raisins, pears, apples, raspberries, or mustard
-
Large heavy pot or Dutch oven
-
Medium saucepan
-
Measuring cups and spoons
-
Wooden spoon or silicone spatula
-
Fine-mesh sieve (for straining, if desired)
-
Canning jars with lids and rings (for shelf-stable storage)
-
Boiling water canner or large stockpot with rack
-
Jar lifter
-
Clean kitchen towel
-
Prepare all ingredients: wash and halve cranberries if needed, chop fruits and aromatics, toast and chop nuts.
-
In a large pot, combine cranberries, sugar, citrus zest and juice (or water), and spices. Bring to a boil over medium-high heat, then reduce to a simmer.
-
Cook, stirring occasionally, until cranberries burst and mixture thickens to a jam-like consistency (about 7–40 minutes, depending on recipe). 234 +2
-
For recipes with nuts or additional fruits, add them during the last 5–10 minutes of cooking to prevent overcooking. 234 +1
-
If canning, sterilize jars and lids by boiling for 10 minutes. Fill hot jars with hot conserve, leaving 1/4–1/2 inch headspace. 235 +1
-
Wipe jar rims with a damp towel, apply lids and rings, and process in a boiling water canner for 10–20 minutes depending on jar size. 235 +1
-
Remove jars and let cool undisturbed for 12–24 hours. Check seals by pressing the center of the lid; if it doesn’t flex, it’s sealed. 235
-
Safety Notes:
-
Always use a boiling water canner for shelf-stable preserves to prevent botulism. 235 +1
-
Ensure jars are sterilized and lids are new for each canning session.
-
Use a thermometer to confirm the jellying point (220°F/104°C) for proper setting. 2
-
Do not skip headspace or rim wiping, as this can cause seal failure.
-
Substitutions:
-
Use frozen cranberries instead of fresh (no need to thaw). 5
-
Replace sugar with honey, maple syrup, or a sugar substitute (adjust for sweetness and consistency).
-
Swap orange for lemon or grapefruit zest and juice.
-
Substitute pecans with walnuts, almonds, or pistachios.
-
Use apple or pear for a fruitier base. 47
-
Storage:
-
Refrigerated: Store in airtight containers for up to 6 months. 6
-
Canned: Shelf-stable for up to 1 year if properly sealed and stored in a cool, dark place. 235 +1
-
Frozen: Portion and freeze for up to 1 year. 5
-
Pro Tips:
-
For a smoother conserve, strain the mixture through a sieve to remove seeds and skins. 3
-
Add a splash of Calvados or brandy for a complex, savory depth. 4
-
Use as a glaze by brushing over roasted meats during the last 5–10 minutes of cooking. 6
-
Pair with sharp cheeses, roasted vegetables, or grilled poultry for a sweet-savory balance. 6
-
For a marinade, mix 1/4 cup conserve with olive oil, soy sauce, and herbs like thyme or rosemary. 6
Making a Tea/Coffee Substitute from Yaupon Leaves
-
Drink hot or pour over ice.
-
Yaupon Holly, Ilex vomitoria, is the only Native American plant that contains caffeine, and drinking the tea is a lost art that is recently making a comeback. Yaupon tea is a tisane, or herbal infusion. It is not a true tea like that of the Chinese black tea, Camelia sinensis. Yaupon grows throughout East Texas like an undesirable weed. The shrub-size to tree-size plant can be found in pine, hardwood, and mixed forests. It is a menace for pine plantation owners. After thinning a stand of timber, yaupon often takes advantage of the light that reaches the forest floor. The berries are a favorite food of birds, who spread the seeds in their bird droppings. It doesn’t take long for these seeds to find their way onto open ground. In 2-3 years the mature plants can take over the understory and grow to be between 12-45 feet tall, with 25 feet being most common height. In the event of a wildfire, it is a ladder fuel that can allow the fire to move into the canopy of the forest and spread from one tree crown to another. Though a native to the southern states of North America, it is considered a noxious or invasive plant.
-
As a drink, yaupon tea is becoming popular in cities like Austin, TX because of its potential to provide a more environmentally-friendly replacement for coffee. It even reduces the need for importing Chinese tea. Some enterprising individuals have created companies that will remove the pesky yaupon from your property and at the same time harvest leaves to be sold commercially. But the Austin-ites aren’t the first to discover yaupon’s usefulness. Native Americans called yaupon tea, “Black Drink,” and early tribes drank it gluttonously during a ceremonial purging or “cleansing ritual,” which caused them to vomit. This scene, as described by European observers, lead to the species name for the plant, vomitoria. However, in moderate amounts, the drink is safe to consume. In later reports, the tribes used the drink as part of social and communal gatherings. It gave energy and alertness before important decisions were made. The scientific name has made it somewhat difficult to commercially market the tea, but scientists say that it does not have emetic properties. Actually, according to an article from NPR, Steve Talcott, a professor of food chemistry at Texas A&M University, says it is rich in polyphenols, which are antioxidants. While it is the only North American plant that contains caffeine, the caffeine content is comparable to green and black tea. The caffeine is still quite addictive. As noted in the book, Black Drink: A Native American Tea, it was often drank by early Spanish settlers in America. “In 1615 Father Francísco Ximénez…reported that it was drunk first thing in the morning and that ‘there is no Spaniard or Indian who does not drink it every day in the morning and evening . . . it is more of a vice than [hot] chocolate in New Spain.'”
-
Foraging for wild edible plants is a practice that was largely forgotten, but has risen again in popularity, especially with help from local experts who often teach classes in plant identification, medicinals or herbalism, and foraging. Many books and blogs have been written by homesteading and gardening enthusiasts, who recognize the importance of living off the land. It has become a movement for environmentalists, preppers, dieters, organic growers, chefs, and those who simply wish to get back to nature. Foraging for yaupon is especially easy because it is so readily available and no one minds if you harvest it! Examples of experts on the subject include 1) Mark “Merriwether” Vorderbruggen, who teaches foraging classes throughout the state is the author of the informative website “Foraging Texas” and the book Idiot’s Guide: Foraging 2) Charles Allen, of Allen Acres Bed & Breakfast in Pitkin, Louisiana, teaches classes on plant identification and foraging in East Texas/Western Louisiana and co-authored the book Edible Plants of the Gulf South, and 3) and the two person team consisting of Eric M. Knight and Stacy M. Coplin, who teach foraging classes at the Ladybird Johnson Wildflower Center in Austin, TX and authored the book Falcon Guides: Foraging Texas.
-
Before you make your own Yaupon Tea, be sure you have the correct plant! Chinese Privet (Ligustrum sinense), an invasive, exotic, ornamental bush with fragrant flowers, looks similar to Yaupon. Chinese Privet has opposite leaves and smooth “leaf margins” – botanical term for leaf edges. Yaupon’s leaves alternate on the stem and have “small, round-toothed leaf margins” (technically referred to in botany as “crenulate”). Therefore, you want to look for round, bumpy edges when you are foraging. Chinese Privet is known for its fragrant flowers in spring that attract honeybees. In contrast, Yaupon is not known for its flowers, but for its bright red berries in the fall/winter, which make a beautiful addition to Christmas wreaths. Do not eat the berries! Both are wonderful for birds, but toxic to humans.
-
So, how is the tea made? Yaupons leaves are plucked off the stem and can be used fresh, dried, or roasted before brewing. Tea made from fresh or dried leaves tastes more like green tea. Roasting the leaves gives the drink a smoky flavor is said to be very similar to yerba maté (the South American equivalent, made from Ilex paraguariensis). Native American tribes roasted the leaves (also referred to as parching or blanching) in a pan over the fire. Today, most people prefer to roast leaves in the oven at 350°F for 10-15 minutes. Once roasted, the leaves will turn from green to brown. A few blackened leaves will not affect the flavor. Grind the crispy leaves using any method you prefer: mortar and pestle, coffee grinder, or herb grinder. Backpackers and bushcrafters use the old Indian method by grinding with a rock. At this point, your tea leaves can be stored in an airtight jar for later use. If you’re ready to taste it now, add 1 tsp per cup of hot water and let steep for 5 minutes. Longer steeping will result in a stronger tea. Lost Pine Yaupon Tea company claims that boiling or simmering the decoction for a little while will enhance the flavor and bring out the stimulating effects of the caffeine and theobromine (the feel good relative of caffeine found in cacao). The original Black Drink was thought to have other herbs added to it (for flavor or medicinal purposes) and the recipe varied by tribe. When you are finished simmering leaves and herbs, allow the leaves to fall to the bottom and decant the top liquid into a mug. Enjoy hot or iced. Feel free to add milk or your favorite sweetener. This drink provides energy that is jitter free, long lasting and without the coffee crash.
-
Remove leaves from stem.
-
Roast in oven at 350°F for 10-15 minutes until brown to almost black.
-
Add 1 tsp dried or roasted leaves to hot water and simmer for 5 minutes.
-
Add other herbs as desired.
-
Allow tea leaves to settle and decant top liquid.
-
Add milk or sweetener as desired.
Sourdough Brioche = the Buttery Bread of Your Brunch Dreams
-
3 ½ cups all-purpose flour
-
½ cup active sourdough starter
-
4 large eggs
-
¼ cup milk
-
¼ cup sugar
-
1 tsp salt
-
¾ cup unsalted butter, softened (but not melted!)
-
Get the + here
Perfect Rice
-
Original recipe (1X) yields 4 servings
-
2 tablespoons butter
-
1 1/2 cups long grain white rice
-
1 teaspoon kosher salt
-
3 cups unsalted chicken stock or water
-
Melt butter in a medium saucepan over medium high heat. Add rice and salt, and cook, stirring constantly, 1 minute or until each grain is coated in butter and turning translucent. Add stock, stir once and bring to a boil.
-
Stir once more to make sure no rice is sticking to the bottom and reduce the heat to a simmer on medium-low heat. Cover and cook 17 minutes, undisturbed, until the liquid has been absorbed. Fluff rice with a fork and serve.
Savory Beef and Garlic Butter Linguine in Parmesan Cream
-
1 lb linguine pasta
-
1 lb ground beef
-
3 tbsp butter
-
4 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 tbsp olive oil
-
½ cup chicken broth
-
1 cup heavy cream
-
½ cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
½ cup shredded mozzarella cheese
-
1 tsp Italian seasoning
-
½ tsp garlic powder
-
Salt and pepper, to taste
-
Fresh parsley, chopped (for garnish)
-
Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Cook the linguine according to the package instructions until al dente. Before draining, reserve about ½ cup of the pasta cooking water and set it aside. Drain the pasta and set it aside as well.
-
While the pasta cooks, heat the olive oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add the ground beef and cook, breaking it apart with a spoon, until it’s browned and fully cooked. Season with salt, pepper, and Italian seasoning. Once done, transfer the beef to a plate and set aside.
-
In the same skillet, melt the butter over medium-low heat. Add the minced garlic and sauté for about 30 seconds, until fragrant. Be careful not to burn the garlic, as it can become bitter.
-
Pour in the heavy cream and chicken broth, stirring to combine. Let the mixture simmer gently for a few minutes to allow it to thicken slightly. Then, stir in the grated Parmesan and shredded mozzarella cheese until the sauce becomes smooth and creamy.
-
Add the cooked linguine and ground beef back into the skillet. Toss everything together so the pasta and beef are evenly coated in the creamy sauce. If the sauce seems too thick, gradually add some of the reserved pasta water until you reach your desired consistency.
-
Taste the dish and adjust the seasoning with extra salt or pepper, if needed. Garnish with fresh parsley and serve warm.
Baking Soda Galaxy Ornaments
-
Clear plastic or glass ornaments (that open or have removable tops)
-
Baking soda
-
Acrylic paint (black, blue, purple, pink, and gold work beautifully)
-
Fine glitter (silver, holographic, or iridescent)
-
Small funnel or spoon
-
Optional: a few drops of clear glue or Mod Podge
-
Cotton swabs or small paintbrushes
-
Remove the tops of your clear ornaments and make sure they’re clean and dry inside.
-
Add 1–2 teaspoons of baking soda inside each ornament. This gives your paint a soft, cloudy texture when it mixes.
-
Squeeze a few drops of each paint color into the ornament — black for depth, blue and purple for spacey tones, and a touch of pink or gold for highlights.
-
Seal the top with your thumb and shake gently (or slowly swirl) to mix the colors. Watch as the paint and baking soda form beautiful marbled galaxy patterns.
-
Sprinkle in a pinch of fine glitter and swirl again to let it catch the light like tiny stars.
-
Leave the ornament open for a few hours to dry completely before putting the top back on.
-
Add a string or ribbon and hang your galaxy ornament in a bright spot or on your tree.
-
Craft Tip:
-
No two galaxy ornaments will ever look the same. Try adding a drop of white paint for nebula-like highlights or a little glow-in-the-dark paint for a night-sky effect.See less
Creamy Chicken Stuffing Bake
-
4 boneless chicken breasts
-
1 can (10.5 oz / 296 g) cream of chicken soup
-
1 packet onion soup mix (about 1 oz / 28 g)
-
1 box Stove Top stuffing mix — prepared according to package directions (use the whole box)
-
2–3 tbsp melted butter (mix into prepared stuffing)
-
2–4 tbsp milk (to loosen cream of chicken if desired)
-
Preheat oven to 375°F (190°C). Lightly grease a 9×13 baking dish.
Arrange the 4 chicken breasts in a single layer in the dish.
Spread the cream of chicken soup evenly over the top of each chicken breast. (If you prefer a looser sauce, whisk 2–4 tbsp milk into the soup before spreading.)
Sprinkle the onion soup mix evenly over the soup layer.
Prepare the Stove Top stuffing according to the box instructions. Stir 2–3 tbsp melted butter into the finished stuffing (this helps it brown/crisp). Spoon the prepared stuffing evenly over the chicken and soup, pressing gently to cover.
-
Thick breasts (normal sized): 50–60 minutes covered, or until internal temp reaches 165°F (74°C).
Thin breasts / cutlets: 30–40 minutes covered — check doneness early.
Remove foil and bake an additional 10–15 minutes uncovered, or broil 2–3 minutes at the end to brown and crisp the stuffing top (watch closely so it doesn’t burn).
Let rest 5 minutes before serving so juices settle.
Tips & troubleshooting
If the stuffing looks soggy after baking: remove foil earlier next time, or stir a couple tablespoons melted butter into the prepared stuffing before topping (as above). Broiling for 2–3 minutes crisps it quickly.
Use an instant-read thermometer (165°F / 74°C) for perfectly cooked chicken.
Leftovers: cover and refrigerate up to 3–4 days. Reheat gently in oven (covered, 325°F) or microwave; you can refresh the top under the broiler for crispness.See less
Copycat Chick-Fil-A Nuggets
-
4 boneless skinless chicken breast about 2 pounds
-
2 cups milk or buttermilk
-
2 teaspoons salt
-
1 teaspoon M.S.G. optional
-
1 large egg lightly beaten
-
1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour
-
2 tablespoons powdered sugar
-
2 teaspoons paprika
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 teaspoon black pepper
-
1 teaspoon M.S.G optional
-
1/2 teaspoon baking soda
-
2 to 4 cups peanut oil
-
Cut chicken breasts into 1-inch cubes (nugget-sized pieces). In a large mixing bowl, whisk together milk, egg, salt, and M.S.G. (if using). Add in nugget pieces and toss to combine. Cover and refrigerate 30 minutes or up to 2 hours.
-
When ready to cook, pour enough peanut oil into a large skillet to cover the bottom with 2 inches of oil. Heat peanut oil to 350 degrees Fahrenheit and monitor temperature.
-
Make the dredging mixture by combining flour, powdered sugar, paprika, salt, black pepper, M.S.G. (if using), and baking soda in a shallow bowl or gallon-sized resealable plastic bag.
-
Remove the chicken breast pieces from the fridge. Remove chicken pieces from milk mixture and tap off excess liquids.
-
Working in small batches, toss the chicken breast pieces in the dredging mixture to coat. Place on a wire rack until ready to fry.
-
Fry chicken in peanut oil in small batches for 4 to 5 minutes, until chicken reaches an internal temperature of 165 degrees Fahrenheit. Use a slotted spoon or tongs to remove nuggets from oil and transfer to a paper towel lined plate to drain. Serve hot.
Brush with Butter Optional
-
Beer cheese sauce
-
In a pan add
-
3 tablespoons butter
-
Once melted add
-
3 tablespoons flour
-
Whisk together
Orange Chicken
-
Original recipe (1X) yields 4 servings
-
1 ½ cups water
-
⅓ cup rice vinegar
-
¼ cup lemon juice
-
2 ½ tablespoons soy sauce
-
2 tablespoons orange juice
-
1 cup packed brown sugar
-
2 tablespoons chopped green onion
-
1 tablespoon grated orange zest
-
½ teaspoon minced fresh ginger root
-
½ teaspoon minced garlic
-
¼ teaspoon red pepper flakes
-
3 tablespoons cornstarch
-
2 tablespoons water
-
2 large skinless, boneless chicken breasts, cut into ½-inch cubes
-
1 cup all-purpose flour
-
¼ teaspoon salt
-
¼ teaspoon pepper
-
3 tablespoons olive oil
-
Gather all ingredients.
-
Combine water, rice vinegar, lemon juice, soy sauce, and orange juice for sauce into a saucepan over medium-high heat. Stir in brown sugar, green onion, orange zest, ginger, garlic, and pepper flakes; bring to a boil. Remove from heat, and cool for 10 to 15 minutes.
-
Place chicken in a resealable plastic bag. Pour in 1 cup cooled sauce. Seal the bag, and refrigerate for at least 2 hours. Reserve the remaining sauce.
-
Mix flour, salt, and pepper in another resealable plastic bag.
-
Remove chicken from the marinade and place into the bag of seasoned flour. Seal the bag and shake to coat.
-
Heat the olive oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Cook chicken in the hot skillet until browned on both sides.
-
Remove to a paper towel-lined plate and cover with aluminum foil. Wipe out the skillet.
-
Pour reserved sauce into the skillet and bring to a boil over medium-high heat. Mix together cornstarch and water until completely smooth. Stir into the boiling sauce.
-
Reduce heat to medium-low, add the chicken, and simmer, stirring occasionally, until cooked through, about 5 minutes.
-
Serve over rice and enjoy!
Sugar Free Condensed Milk {3 Ingredients}
-
2 1/2 cups heavy cream
-
1/4 cup butter
-
3/4 cup granulated sweetener of choice * See notes
-
1/2 teaspoon vanilla extract optional
-
Add the heavy cream, butter, allulose, and vanilla into a small saucepan.
-
Over medium heat, bring the mixture to a boil. Stir regularly, until it begins to simmer. Once it begins to simmer, reduce the heat to very low. Let the condensed milk simmer for around 45 minutes.
-
Remove from the heat and allow it to cool down completely. Once cool, transfer to a glass jar or container and refrigerate.
-
I like using powdered allulose or standard allulose, but most sweeteners should work.
-
One serving is a heaping 1/4 cup.
-
TO STORE: Leftover condensed milk should always be stored in the refrigerator, to avoid any spoilage. It will keep well, covered, for up to 4 weeks. Before using it, let it sit at room temperature for 30 minutes, for it to loosen up.
-
TO FREEZE: Place the condensed milk in a sealable container, and store in the freezer for up to 6 months.
(1) How to Make Homemade Heavy Cream at Home ! Things We Don’T Buy Any Longer- Save Money
-
Make your own homemade heavy cream
-
Heavy Cream is so Expensive! Make it at home and save money!
-
How To Make Heavy Cream At Home | Heavy Cream Recipe | Homemade Heavy Cream From Milk | Fresh Cream Recipe At Home | Double Cream Recipe | How To Make
-
Heavy Cream
-
2/3c. milk
-
5T. butter
-
You can use this in place of store bought heavy cream!
-
Thanks for watching
-
Easy baking Essential -Homemade staples to...
-
Homemade pantry staple to save money Hom...
Gluten Free Pumpkin Pie Cookies
-
120 g (½ cup) canned pumpkin puree
-
50 g (¼ cup) light brown soft sugar
-
1 US large/UK medium egg, room temperature
-
15 g (1 tbsp) heavy/double cream, room temperature
-
½ tsp ground cinnamon
-
½ tsp ground ginger
-
¼ tsp ground nutmeg
-
⅛ tsp ground cloves
-
⅛ tsp ground allspice
-
115 g (1 stick) unsalted butter, softened
-
100 g (½ cup) light brown soft sugar
-
2 US large/UK medium egg yolks, room temperature
-
½ tsp vanilla bean paste (or 1 tsp vanilla extract)
-
240 g (2 cups) plain gluten free flour blend (I used Doves Farm Freee gluten free plain white flour that doesn't have any xanthan gum added. You can also mix your own gluten free flour blend using this recipe. Note that for this homemade blend, 1 cup = 150g, so ideally use a digital food scale and the weight measurements for best results.)
-
½ tsp baking powder
-
½ tsp xanthan gum (Omit if your gluten free flour blend already contains xanthan gum.)
-
¼ tsp salt
-
2 tsp ground cinnamon
-
½ tsp ground ginger
-
⅛ tsp ground nutmeg
-
100 g (½ cup) granulated sugar
-
2 tsp ground cinnamon
-
whipped cream, for decorating and serving (optional but recommended)
-
Adjust the oven rack to the middle position, pre-heat the oven to 350ºF (180ºC) and line a large baking sheet with parchment/baking paper.
-
In a bowl, whisk together all the pumpkin pie filling ingredients until smooth.
Tip: Instead of all the individual spices, you can use 1 teaspoon of pumpkin pie spice, if you wish.
-
Set aside until needed.
-
Note: For best results, weigh your ingredients – especially the gluten free flour blend! If you use cups/volume measurements, it’s very easy to accidentally overmeasure your flour, which can result in a dry, crumbly cookie dough that’s very difficult to shape. So, if you want to get the perfect cookies every single time, weigh your ingredients with a digital food scale.
-
In a large bowl, cream together the softened butter and light brown sugar until pale and fluffy. You can do this by hand using a large balloon whisk, with a hand mixer fitted with the double beaters, or with a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment.
-
Add the egg yolks and vanilla, and mix well to combine.
-
In a separate bowl, whisk together the gluten free flour blend, xanthan gum, baking powder, salt, cinnamon, ginger and nutmeg, and add them to the wet ingredients.
-
Mix well until you get a smooth cookie dough with no flour clumps. It should have a scoopable consistency and shouldn't be sticky to the touch. It'll be firm enough so you can scoop it and shape it into balls with your hands, but it shouldn't be dry or crumbly.
-
In a small bowl, mix together the granulated sugar and cinnamon to make the cinnamon sugar.
-
Use a 2-tablespoon cookie or ice cream scoop to scoop out a portion of the cookie dough. Roll it between your palms to shape it into a ball, then roll it in the cinnamon sugar so it's evenly coated.
-
Repeat with the rest of the cookie dough, you should get 12-14 cookies in total (depending on the exact size of your cookie dough balls).
-
Place the sugar-coated cookie dough balls onto the lined baking sheet, spacing them at least 2 inches (5cm) apart.
-
Use a 1-tablespoon measuring spoon to make an indent in the centre of each cookie dough ball.
-
Fill the cookies with about 1 tablespoon of the pumpkin pie filling. It’ll be full to the brim but don’t worry, it won’t overflow.
-
Bake the cookies at 350ºF (180ºC) for 10-12 minutes or until they've spread and puffed up slightly, they're evenly golden brown around the edges, and the pumpkin pie filling has set.
If you're baking the cookies in two batches, keep the other baking sheet at room temperature on your counter – no need to keep it in the fridge.
-
The cookies will be very soft and fragile immediately out of the oven. Allow them to cool completely to room temperature on the baking sheet – trying to move them around (for example, to a wire cooling rack) could make them crumble or break.
-
Once cooled, you can decorate them with dollops of lightly sweetened vanilla whipped cream. I like to pipe the whipped cream on the cookies just before serving, either with a large open star piping tip (to create small dollops) or with a petal piping tip (to create a wavy zig-zag pattern); see blog post for photos. You can also add a small sprinkling of cinnamon, if you wish.
-
Serve and enjoy!
How to Make Healthy Homemade Jello (Only 2 Ingredients)
-
2 Tbsp Grass-fed Gelatin Powder
-
4 C. Fruit or Vegetable Juice
-
2-3 Tbsp Raw Honey optional
-
In a small bowl, add the gelatin powder and 3/4 C. juice. Mix with a fork until there are no lumps. Let sit for 5 minutes to allow the gelatin to “bloom.”
-
In a saucepan over medium-high heat, add the remaining juice. Right before it breaks into a boil, turn off the heat. Add in the optional honey and lightly stir with a whisk to combine. Then, add in the bloomed gelatin mixture. Continue to stir with a whisk until it has fully dissolved.
-
Pour the mixture into a non-stick 8×8 pan. Refrigerate for 12-24 hours or until firm. Cut into small bite-size squares and keep stored in the fridge until ready to consume. ENJOY!
(1) Easy, Homemade Hamburger Buns Ready in 1 Hour!
-
0:00 Intro
-
0:35 Activating the yeast
-
1:30 Mixing the dough
-
2:30 First Rise
-
3:30 Shaping the hamburger buns
-
4:30 Second Rise
-
5:30 Baking the buns
-
10:20 Final results and taste test
-
1 cup warm milk
-
½ cup warm water
-
2 tbsp butter, melted
-
2 tbsp maple syrup
-
2 ¼ tsp active dry yeast
-
3 ½- 4 cups flour
-
2 tbsp salt
-
1 egg (egg wash)
-
Sesame seeds (optional)
-
Combine milk, water, butter and yeast. Stir and let sit for 10 minutes
-
Add flour and salt, mix well. Knead for 2 minutes until smooth
-
Shape into a dough ball, lightly oil and place in a bowl. Cover with a lid or plastic wrap. Let rise for 15 minutes
-
Cut dough into 8-10 pieces. Shape each one into a ball and make circles using the palm of your hand to strengthen the ball. Press each dough ball down to flatten
-
Place dough balls evenly apart on parchment paper and cover with a dish towel. Let rise for 15-20 minutes
-
Brush the tops with an egg wash. Add sesame seeds. Bake at 415 for 15-18 minutes, until golden
(1) the Easiest Homemade Sandwich Bread Recipe!
-
0:00 Introduction
-
1:20 Activating the Yeast
-
3:50 Mixing the Dough
-
4:20 Kneading by Hand
-
5:58 First Rise
-
6:14 Shaping the Loaf
-
6:35 Second Rise in the Pan
-
7:02 Buttering the top
-
8:00 The Grand Finale & Taste Test!
-
2 1/4 tsp (1 packet) Active Dry Yeast
-
1 cup warm milk
-
½ cup warm water
-
2 Tbsp honey
-
4 Tbsp Butter, melted, 2 for the dough and 2 for the top
-
3 ½ - 4 cups All-Purpose Flour (plus more for dusting)
-
Enjoy!
-
#breadrecipe#breadmaking#whitebread#dough#sandwichbread#homemadebread#easyrecipe#breadtoast#easybaking#easybreadrecipe#bakingbread
(1) Easy Overnight Bread Loaf
-
Let the ingredients sit overnight and bake in the morning! Bread making does not have to be difficult, anyone can do it! This bread recipe is simple and very low effort with only 4 ingredients. Follow my steps and you will bake the softest, most delicious bread!
-
4 heaping cups of all purpose flour
-
1 tsp active dry yeast
-
2 tsps coarse salt
-
2 cups water
-
Combine all dry ingredients and mix
Add water slowly and mix
Cover and let sit overnight
-
Set oven to 425 degrees and put a Dutch oven inside
Shape the dough and place on parchment paper
Cover with a dish towel and let rise while the oven preheats 10-15 minutes
Place in dutch over and score the dough
Bake for 30 minutes
Increase temperature to 435 degrees. Remove the lid. Bake for 20 minutes
Let cool completely before cutting
How to Make Fluffy English Muffins in 1 Hour!
-
0:00 Intro
-
0:20 Activating the Yeast
-
2:05 Making the dough
-
3:40 Mixing the Dough
-
5:32 Shaping the dough
-
7:00 Cooking the muffins
-
13:40 The Grand Finale & Taste Test!
-
¾ cup of warm milk
-
½ cup of warm water
-
2 tbsps maple syrup or honey
-
2 ¼ tsps active dry yeast
-
3 cups flour
-
1 tsp salt
-
3 tbsps butter
-
1 large egg
-
Cornmeal for dusting
-
Love easy homemade bread? Subscribe for more quick recipes!
-
#EnglishMuffins#homemadebread#BreakfastRecipe#QuickBread#breadbaking#FromScratch#CookingTutorial
Banana Cobbler
-
Banana Cobbler is totally new to me, but the cobbler base is at least a hundred-year-old recipe, probably more. It is my Granny's recipe and works with just about any fruit.
-
Banana Cobbler is a delicious NEW way to enjoy a classic cobbler. Add a scoop of vanilla ice cream or some fresh whipped cream and this might become your favorite go to dessert. Thanks for watching!
-
1 1/2 sticks real butter (3/4 cup)
-
1 cup self-rising flour
-
3/4 to 1 cup sugar
-
1/2 cup brown sugar
-
1 cup of milk
-
6 to 8 Bananas
-
1 teaspoon cinnamon
-
1 to 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
-
Remember to Put God First!!!
-
The Hillbilly Kitchen Teespring Store – Tees, Hoodies, Mugs, Bags and more - teespring.com/stores/the-hill...
Sourdough Blueberry and Cream Cheese Loaf
-
100 g (1/2 cup) active sourdough starter
-
440 g (2 3/4 cups) all-purpose flour
-
260 g (1 cup 1 tbsp) water
-
6 g (1 tsp) salt
-
1+ cup blueberries
-
8oz+ cream cheese
-
Feed sourdough starter 4-12 hours before making dough.
-
Mix the Ingredients
-
Mix starter (active and bubbly), water, flour, and salt with a dough hook or your hands.
Cover the bowl with a damp towel and let sit for 30 minutes.
-
Stretch and Fold
-
Stretch and fold the dough.
Take the edge of the dough and stretch it up and in.
Continue doing this until all of the dough has been stretched inward to make the dough look more ball-like.
Cover the bowl with a damp towel and let sit for 30 minutes.
Repeat stretch and fold.
Cover the bowl with a damp towel and let rest on the counter for about 12 hours or until the dough has almost doubled in size.
-
Shape
-
Place the dough on a floured cutting board.
Spread the dough out into a square-like shape.
-
Cut the cream cheese into small cubes.
Place cream cheese and blueberries on top of the dough.
Fold each side of the dough up and in, covering the cream cheese and blueberries.
Flip the dough over.
Shape the dough into a round loaf. You can do this with your hands or by using a dough scraper.
Place the dough in a banneton basket or cheesecloth-lined bowl. Cover the bowl in saran wrap and place the bowl in the refrigerator for about 12 hours.
-
Score and Bake
-
Preheat the oven to 450 degrees Fahrenheit.
Place the Dutch oven, lid on, in the oven to heat up.
Place the bowl of dough in the freezer for 10 minutes. This will harden the dough to make it easier to score.
Flip the dough over onto parchment paper.
Flour the top of the dough and score in any design you would like.
Take the Dutch oven out of the oven.
Place the dough and parchment paper into the Dutch oven carefully.
Bake for 30 minutes with the lid on.
Remove the lid and bake for 20 minutes.
-
Cool
-
Remove the Dutch oven and place the sourdough bread on a cooling rack.
Let cool for at least 1 hour or until the bread is completely cooled off.
-
Be sure to use very active sourdough starter.
When I Whip Up This Soup, the Whole Place Smells Incredible. This Soup Is Just Awesome
-
1 tablespoon olive oil
-
1 pound boneless, skinless chicken breasts, diced
-
Salt and pepper, to taste
-
4 cloves garlic, minced
-
1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
-
5 cups chicken broth
-
8 lasagna noodles, broken into pieces
-
1 cup heavy cream
-
2 cups fresh spinach, chopped
-
1 cup grated Parmesan cheese
-
1 cup shredded mozzarella cheese
-
Fresh parsley, chopped (for garnish)
-
For Complete Cooking STEPS Please Head On Over To Next Page Or Open button (>) and don’t forget to SHARE with your Facebook friends ADVERTISEMENT
Crockpot French Onion Beefloaf
-
900 grams ground beef
-
120 grams breadcrumbs
-
50 grams grated Parmesan cheese
-
60 milliliters whole milk
-
2 large eggs
-
15 milliliters Worcestershire sauce
-
5 grams fine sea salt
-
2 grams freshly ground black pepper
-
2 large yellow onions
-
28 grams unsalted butter
-
240 milliliters beef broth
-
8 slices Swiss cheese
Mix the Beefloaf Base
In a large bowl, combine the ground beef, breadcrumbs, Parmesan cheese, milk, eggs, Worcestershire sauce, salt, and pepper. Blend until the mixture is smooth and evenly combined.
Shape the Loaf
Mold the beef mixture into a firm loaf shape and carefully place it at the bottom of your crockpot.
Caramelize the Onions
In a skillet set over medium heat, melt the butter. Add the sliced onions and cook slowly, stirring now and then, for about 20 minutes until they turn golden brown and soft.
Deglaze and Enrich
Pour the beef broth into the onions, stirring to loosen any browned bits from the pan. Let the mixture simmer for 2 minutes to deepen the flavor.
Add the Topping
Spoon the onion and broth mixture evenly over the beefloaf inside the crockpot, covering it fully.
Slow Cook
Cover and cook on low for 6 to 8 hours, until the meatloaf is thoroughly cooked and the juices run clear.
Finish with Swiss Cheese
About 10 minutes before serving, layer the Swiss cheese slices over the hot beefloaf. Cover again to let the cheese melt into a delicious, gooey topping.
Serve and Enjoy
Cucumber Crab Salad in a Jar
-
Large English cucumber : 1 (approximately 285 g / 10 oz) 6
-
Imitation crab sticks : 4 (diced, approximately 100 g / 3.5 oz) 1
-
Avocado : 1/2 (diced, approximately 100 g / 3.5 oz) 1
-
Kewpie mayonnaise : 2 tablespoons (30 ml) 1
-
Whipped cream cheese : 2 tablespoons (30 g) 1
-
Soy sauce : 1 1/2 tablespoons (22.5 ml) 1
-
Toasted sesame seeds : 2 teaspoons (10 g) 1
-
Mandolin or sharp knife for slicing cucumbers
-
Large deli container or glass jar with a tight-fitting lid
-
Spoon or spatula for mixing
-
Using a mandolin or sharp knife, slice the cucumber into 1/8-inch thick slices. 1
-
Add the sliced cucumber, diced imitation crab, diced avocado, Kewpie mayonnaise, whipped cream cheese, soy sauce, and sesame seeds to a large deli container or glass jar. 1
-
Cover the container or jar and shake vigorously until all the ingredients are well combined. 1
-
Serve immediately, either directly from the jar or poured into a bowl, and garnish with additional sesame seeds if desired. 1
-
Safety Notes: Ensure all ingredients, especially the crab meat and avocado, are fresh and stored properly. Wash cucumbers thoroughly before slicing. 6 If using canned or frozen crab, ensure it is fully drained and picked over. 5 Substitutions: Use real crab meat instead of imitation crab if preferred. Replace Kewpie mayonnaise with regular mayonnaise, and use white or black sesame seeds as desired. 1 For a lower-fat option, substitute part of the cream cheese with Greek yogurt. Storage: The salad can be stored in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. For best texture, keep the cucumber and salad components separate if storing for longer than a few hours to prevent sogginess. 4 Pro Tips: For a more intense flavor, add a pinch of MSG or a dash of Worcestershire sauce. 1 If you don't have a mandolin, slice the cucumber by hand as thinly as possible for a similar texture. This recipe is best enjoyed fresh but can be made ahead of time and chilled for a refreshing cold dish. 1
Best Fluffy Pancakes
-
1 ½ cups all-purpose flour (provides structure while staying tender)
-
2 ½ teaspoons baking powder (the secret to serious fluffiness—don’t reduce this amount)
-
½ teaspoon salt (enhances flavor and balances sweetness)
-
1 tablespoon granulated sugar (adds subtle sweetness and helps with browning)
-
1 ¼ cups milk (any type works—whole milk gives richest results)
-
1 large egg (adds richness and helps bind ingredients)
-
3 tablespoons melted butter (plus extra for cooking)
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract (optional but recommended for depth)
-
Butter for the griddle
-
Maple syrup, fresh berries, or your favorite toppings
-
Heat your griddle or large skillet over medium heat while you prepare the batter. A properly heated surface is crucial for even cooking—you’ll know it’s ready when a drop of water sizzles and evaporates quickly.
-
Lightly butter the surface just before cooking your first batch. Too much butter can cause uneven browning, so use just enough to prevent sticking.
-
In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, baking powder, salt, and sugar until evenly combined. Make sure there are no lumps in the baking powder—this ensures even rising throughout your pancakes.
-
Create a well in the center of the dry ingredients. This classic technique helps prevent overmixing when you add the wet ingredients.
-
In a separate bowl or large measuring cup, whisk together the milk, egg, melted butter, and vanilla extract until smooth. The melted butter should be cooled slightly so it doesn’t cook the egg when mixed.
-
Make sure your milk is at room temperature if possible—cold milk can cause the melted butter to solidify into small pieces.
-
Pour the wet ingredients into the well you created in the dry ingredients. Using a whisk or large spoon, gently fold the mixture together until just combined. The batter should still be slightly lumpy—this is exactly what you want.
-
Stop mixing as soon as you no longer see dry flour. Overmixing develops the gluten in the flour, which leads to tough, dense pancakes instead of fluffy ones.
-
Pour ¼ cup of batter for each pancake onto your heated, buttered griddle. Space them apart so they have room to spread slightly. The batter should sizzle gently when it hits the surface.
-
Cook for 2-3 minutes until bubbles form on the surface and the edges look set. The bubbles are your signal—when they pop and don’t immediately fill back in, it’s time to flip.
-
Using a wide spatula, flip each pancake in one confident motion. Cook for another 1-2 minutes until the bottom is golden brown. The second side always cooks faster than the first.
-
Transfer finished pancakes to a warm plate and cover loosely with a clean kitchen towel to keep them warm while you cook the remaining batches.
-
Tips for Success
-
Don’t overmix: Lumpy batter makes fluffy pancakes. Mix just until the flour disappears—no more.
-
Check your baking powder: Fresh baking powder is essential. If yours is older than 6 months, do the fizz test (add a teaspoon to hot water—it should bubble vigorously).
-
Consistent heat: Medium heat works best. Too hot and the outsides burn before the insides cook through.
-
Fresh is best: These pancakes are at their fluffiest when served immediately, though they reheat well.
-
Measure accurately: Too much flour makes dense pancakes, while too little makes them fall apart.
-
Common Troubleshooting
-
Pancakes not fluffy? Check that your baking powder is fresh and that you didn’t overmix the batter. Also ensure your griddle isn’t too hot, which can cause them to cook too quickly and not rise properly.
-
Burning on the outside, raw inside? Lower your heat and cook more slowly. The bubbles should have time to form and pop before you flip.
-
Sticking to the pan? Make sure your griddle is properly heated and lightly greased. Non-stick surfaces work well, but cast iron gives the best browning.
-
Batter too thick? Add milk one tablespoon at a time until you reach the right consistency—it should pour easily but not be watery.
Ina Garten's Perfect Roast Chicken
-
1 whole (5- to 6-pound) roasting chicken
-
Kosher salt
-
Freshly ground black pepper
-
1 large bunch fresh thyme
-
1 lemon, halved
-
1 head garlic, cut in half crosswise
-
2 tablespoons butter, melted
-
1 Spanish onion, thickly sliced
-
1 cup chicken stock
-
2 tablespoons all-purpose flour
-
Heat the oven to 425 degrees. Remove the chicken giblets. Rinse the chicken inside and out. Remove any excess fat and leftover pinfeathers and pat the outside dry. Place the chicken in a roasting pan just large enough to hold it.
-
Liberally salt and pepper the inside of the chicken. Stuff the cavity with the bunch of thyme, both lemon halves and all the garlic. Brush the outside of the chicken with the butter and sprinkle again with salt and pepper.
-
Tie the legs together with kitchen string and tuck the wing tips under the body of the chicken. Scatter the onion slices around the chicken. (See Tip for cooking instructions if you'd like to also roast potatoes and carrots with the chicken.)
-
Roast the chicken for 1½ hours, or until the juices run clear when you cut between a leg and thigh. Remove to a platter and cover with aluminum foil while you prepare the gravy.
-
Remove all the fat from the bottom of the roasting pan, reserving 2 tablespoons in a small cup. Add the chicken stock to the pan and cook on high heat for about 5 minutes, until reduced, scraping the bottom of the pan.
-
Combine the 2 tablespoons of chicken fat with the flour and add to the pan. Boil for a few minutes to cook the flour. Strain the gravy into a small saucepan and season it to taste. Keep it warm over a very low flame while you carve the chicken.
-
Slice the chicken onto a platter and serve immediately with the warm gravy.
-
If you want to roast vegetables with the chicken, add 8 whole new red potatoes and 4 carrots, cut diagonally into quarters, to the onions. Place the chicken on top of the vegetables for roasting.
(1) Peanut Butter Krispies Cookies from 1972 Still the World's Best Peanut Butter Cookie
Instructions
Preheat oven to 350. Line cookie sheets with parchment or foil.
-
Peanut Butter Krispies Cookies. These are the lightest and tastiest peanut butter cookie that you ever tasted. I first made these in 1972 and they are still the world's lightest peanut butter cookie.
-
1/2 cup unsalted butter, soft
-
1/2 cup sugar
-
1/2 cup brown sugar
-
1/2 cup creamy peanut butter
-
1 egg room temperature
-
1 1/4 tsp vanilla
-
1/4 tsp salt
-
1/2 tsp baking soda
-
1 cup flour
-
1 1/4 cup Rice Krispie cereal
-
Preheat oven to 350. Line cookie sheets with parchment or foil.
-
Cream butter and sugar together until fluffy. Beat in peanut butter, egg, and vanilla until very creamy.
-
In a separate bowl combine four, salt, and soda. Then slowly beat in to the wet ingredients. Gently stir in rice krispies. Let dough chill for 1 hr. DO NOT SKIP THIS STEP
Save This
-
Big Batch Taco Seasoning (makes a full 1L jar)
-
(preservative free, gluten free. 2 tbsp/lb of meat.)
-
2 cups chili powder
-
3/4 cup cumin
-
1/2 cup onion powder
-
1/2 cup garlic powder
-
1/4 cup paprika
-
4 tbsp salt
-
4 tbsp black pepper
-
4 tbsp red pepper flakes
-
2 tbsp oregano
-
Combine, pour into a jar, keep dry and it'll last forever (well, it won't, cause you'll use it before then!)
-
Find this rave-worthy, shelf stable mixes alongside 90 others inside my book,
-
90+ pre-made, from-scratch, shelf stable mixes for breakfast, lunch, dinner, snacks, sides, desserts, and more! Homemade just got waaayyy easier!
-
Seasoned Salt + all-purpose seasoning
-
Montreal Steak Spice + Meatloaf Seasoning
-
Ramen Seasoning + Best Homemade Ramen
-
Cheese Sauce + Mac & Cheese Jars
-
Chicken & Beef Gravy + Bouillon Powder
-
French fry + Hashbrown Seasoning
-
Spaghetti + Alfredo Sauce Mix
-
Taco, Fajita, Burrito Seasoning
-
Butter Chicken Sauce Mix
-
Soup Dump Jars
-
Salad Dressing Pantry Kit
-
Pancake & Waffle Mix
-
Cookie Mixes
-
Muffin, cakes, and biscuit mixes
-
Ingredient Substitutions
-
Batch Restocking Lists
-
Gift Basket Kits
-
Ingredients Sourcing
-
Stock once, cook easier ALL month (or longer!) Grab your copy of today ⤵️
-
See less
A Cranberry Sauce Alternative
-
1 cup water
-
1/2-3/4 cup sweetener (sugar, honey, etc.)
-
1 cup fresh hibiscus (seed pods removed)
-
1 cup chopped fruit (pear, apple, mango, or pineapple)
-
2 tablespoons grated ginger
-
Juice and zest from 1 orange
-
Optional: cinnamon, allspice, or jalepeño to taste
-
Combine 1 cup of water and ½ – ¾ cup of sweetener in a medium saucepan. Bring to a simmer over medium-high heat, stirring until sugar dissolves.
-
Add 1 cup of fresh hibiscus (remove the seed pod), and let it simmer until slightly thickened, stirring constantly.
-
Next, add 1 cup of chopped fruit—pear, apple, mango, or pineapple.
-
Use an immersion blender (if desired) and blend sauce lightly for a smoother consistency.
-
Add two tablespoons of freshly grated ginger and the zest and juice of 1 orange.
-
Optional: add cinnamon, allspice, or jalepeño to taste.
-
Simmer over medium heat, stirring constantly until the sauce thickens.
-
Remove from heat.
-
Serve warm or chilled.
-
Pour extra sauce into a glass jar—store sauce in the refrigerator for up to one month.
-
Tips For Success
-
Choose the right roselle. Use freshly harvested calyces with the seed pods removed for the best flavor and color.
-
Adjust sweetness to taste. Start with less sweetener and add more as the sauce cooks if needed. Honey, sugar, or agave all work well.
-
Try different fruits. Pear, apple, mango, or pineapple each give the sauce a slightly different flavor.
-
Add a little spice. A pinch of cinnamon, allspice, or a finely chopped jalapeño adds warmth and depth.
-
Store for later. Keep extra sauce in a glass jar in the refrigerator for up to one month. It tastes even better the next day.
(2) Three Calendula Skincare Recipes Using Homemade Calendula Oil (Salve, Lip Balm, and Bath Bombs)
Sourdough Pancakes
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
2 teaspoons baking powder
-
1 teaspoon baking soda
-
2 tablespoons granulated sugar
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 cup sourdough discard at room temperature
-
1 1/2 cups 2% milk at room temperature
-
1 large egg, beaten at room temperature
-
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
-
In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, baking powder and soda, sugar and salt.
-
Add the sourdough starter, milk, egg and oil to the top of the dry ingredients. Mix well just until combined. It’s ok if there are a couple of lumps in the batter. It’s important not to overmix.
-
Grease a pancake griddle or cast iron skillet with melted butter or oil. Heat the skillet over medium-low heat.
-
Ladle ⅓ cup of batter on the hot griddle. Cook until the batter starts bubbling on top*, then gently flip the pancake.
-
Cook for an additional 1-2 minutes on the second side or until the pancake is cooked through and golden brown.
-
Serve warm with butter and maple syrup.
-
I highly recommend sourdough discard for this recipe. It shouldn’t be bubbly and stretchy like active starter, but rather dense and thick, but “runny” in texture.
Sourdough No Knead Garlic Bread
-
Here are all the ingredients you will need for this easy no knead garlic bread recipe. Each ingredient plays a special role in building flavor, texture, and that perfect golden crust.
-
Sourdough starter (active and bubbly) – 100 grams
-
All purpose flour – 400 grams
-
Warm water – 280 milliliters
-
Salt – 8 grams (about 1 and a half teaspoons)
-
Olive oil – 2 tablespoons
-
Garlic cloves – 6 large cloves
-
Butter – 2 tablespoons (for brushing the top)
-
Fresh parsley – 1 tablespoon, finely chopped (optional for garnish)
-
Parmesan cheese – 2 tablespoons (optional for extra flavor)
-
Start by peeling your garlic cloves. You can either mince them finely or roast them for a milder flavor. To roast, wrap the cloves in foil with a drizzle of olive oil and bake at 180 degrees Celsius for about 20 minutes. When the garlic is soft and golden, mash it into a paste. This step makes your bread rich with flavor but not too strong.
-
In a large mixing bowl, add your flour and salt. Mix them gently to combine. Add your active sourdough starter and warm water. Stir everything with a spoon or your hand until all the flour is absorbed. The dough will look sticky and shaggy, and that is exactly how it should be. Add the mashed garlic and olive oil. Mix again until everything looks evenly combined. You do not need to knead it. Just make sure there are no dry patches of flour left.
-
Cover the bowl with a clean towel or plastic wrap and let the dough rest at room temperature for about 8 to 10 hours. If your kitchen is warm, it may take less time. If it is cool, you can leave it overnight. During this time, the sourdough starter will work like magic, creating air bubbles and helping the dough rise naturally. When it is ready, the dough will look soft, airy, and slightly puffy.
-
After the first rise, sprinkle a little flour on your work surface and gently turn the dough out of the bowl. Handle it carefully to keep the air inside. Fold the dough edges toward the center to form a round or oval shape. This helps build structure. If you want to add extra garlic flavor, you can spread a little roasted garlic or melted butter in between folds. Once shaped, place the dough seam side down on parchment paper or in a floured proofing basket.
-
Cover the dough again and let it rest for about 1 to 2 hours, depending on the temperature. It should puff up slightly but not double in size. During this time, preheat your oven to 230 degrees Celsius and place a Dutch oven or heavy baking pot inside to heat up. This step ensures your bread gets a beautiful crust when baked.
-
When the oven is hot, carefully take the Dutch oven out. Use the parchment paper to lift the dough and place it inside the pot. You can score the top lightly with a sharp knife to help it expand nicely. Cover with the lid and bake for 30 minutes. Then remove the lid and bake for another 10 to 15 minutes until the crust turns deep golden brown.
-
While the bread is baking, melt butter in a small pan. Add a clove of minced garlic and cook gently for one minute. When the bread comes out of the oven, brush it immediately with this garlic butter. It will soak into the crust and add a delicious aroma. Sprinkle fresh parsley or Parmesan cheese on top if you like.
-
Let the bread cool for at least 30 minutes before slicing. This helps it finish cooking inside and keeps the texture perfect. Once cooled, slice and enjoy. It tastes amazing on its own, with soup, or dipped in olive oil. The flavor of garlic and sourdough together is unforgettable.
-
This sourdough no knead garlic bread is special for many reasons. First, it combines two wonderful flavors: the tangy taste of sourdough and the rich, comforting taste of garlic. They come together perfectly in one soft yet crunchy loaf. The no knead method makes it simple enough for anyone to try, even if you have never baked bread before.
It is also healthier than regular white bread. Sourdough is made through natural fermentation, which breaks down gluten and makes it easier for your body to digest. It also helps your body absorb more nutrients from the flour. The garlic adds not only flavor but also health benefits, since garlic is known to support the immune system and heart health.
Another reason it is special is that it brings a feeling of warmth and satisfaction. Baking bread at home is one of those experiences that feels peaceful and rewarding. Watching the dough rise and smelling the bread as it bakes can lift your mood instantly. It connects you to a slower, more mindful way of cooking, something many people find comforting in a busy world.
-
Use a strong sourdough starter. The more active and bubbly it is, the better your bread will rise.
Add roasted garlic for a gentle flavor. Raw garlic is stronger, while roasted garlic gives a sweet, deep aroma.
Do not skip the rest time. The long fermentation gives the bread its wonderful texture and taste.
Control your oven heat. If your bread browns too quickly, lower the temperature slightly.
Try adding herbs. Rosemary, thyme, or oregano go beautifully with garlic and sourdough.
Add cheese for a twist. A sprinkle of Parmesan or mozzarella before baking can create a cheesy garlic crust.
Use good olive oil. A high quality oil enhances both flavor and texture.
Do not cut too soon. Letting the bread cool helps the inside set properly.
Freeze leftovers. Slice and freeze for easy toasting later. It tastes fresh when reheated.
Experiment. Try adding black pepper, chili flakes, or roasted onions for new variations.
Sourdough Butter Cookies
-
All-purpose flour — 2 cups (250 grams)
-
Unsalted butter (softened) — 1 cup (225 grams)
-
Sourdough starter (discard or active) — ½ cup (120 grams)
-
Granulated sugar — ¾ cup (150 grams)
-
Brown sugar — ¼ cup (50 grams)
-
Vanilla extract — 1 teaspoon
-
Baking powder — ½ teaspoon
-
Salt — ¼ teaspoon
-
Optional: A pinch of cinnamon or nutmeg for warm flavor
-
Optional: Sugar for coating the cookies before baking
-
These simple ingredients combine to make soft, buttery cookies with a gentle sourdough touch that you will not forget.
-
Start by placing the softened butter in a large mixing bowl. Add the granulated sugar and brown sugar. Use a hand mixer or a whisk to beat them together until the mixture becomes smooth, light, and creamy. This step is very important because it adds air into the butter, which helps your cookies stay soft and fluffy.
-
Once your butter and sugar are well mixed, add the sourdough starter to the bowl. Mix again until the starter blends smoothly with the butter mixture. The starter gives the cookies a mild tang and helps create a wonderful chewy texture.
-
Next, add the vanilla extract for a sweet aroma. In another small bowl, whisk together the all-purpose flour, baking powder, and salt. Slowly add this dry mixture into your wet ingredients. Mix gently with a spatula until everything is combined. Do not overmix, or your cookies may become too dense.
-
After mixing, the dough may feel soft. Cover the bowl and place it in the refrigerator for about 30 to 45 minutes. This step helps the butter firm up, making the dough easier to handle and shape. It also improves the texture of the cookies during baking.
-
Preheat your oven to 350°F (175°C) and line a baking sheet with parchment paper. Take small portions of dough, roll them into small balls about the size of a walnut, and place them on the baking sheet. If you want a prettier look, you can lightly press each ball with a fork or your thumb. You can also sprinkle a little sugar on top for extra shine and crunch.
-
Bake the cookies for about 10 to 12 minutes, or until the edges turn light golden. The center should still look a little soft. They will continue to cook slightly after you remove them from the oven. Let them rest on the tray for 5 minutes, then move them to a wire rack to cool completely.
-
Once the cookies cool, they are ready to eat. Each bite will have the rich taste of butter with a hint of sourdough tang. Store them in an airtight container at room temperature, and they will stay fresh for up to one week.
Easy Chocolate Ice Cream (No Eggs)
-
¾ cup cocoa powder, good quality, unsweetened
-
⅓ cup brown sugar, firmly packed
-
½ cup granulated sugar
-
1 ½ cups whole milk, very cold
-
2 cups heavy cream, very cold
-
2 teaspoons vanilla extract, pure
-
In a chilled bowl, combine cocoa and both sugars, whisking to combine well. Add cold milk and whisk until sugars are dissolved. Stir in cold heavy cream and vanilla. The colder everything is, the better.
-
Pour mixture into the freezer bowl of ice cream maker. Let run for 20-30 minutes, or until mixture is thick, soft, and creamy. Churned ice cream should increase in volume, reaching the top of the machine's freezer bowl – if it starts to overflow, turn machine off.
-
Transfer to airtight container and freeze at least 2 hours or until ice cream is desired consistency.
-
Prior to serving, let ice cream sit at room temp for a few minutes just to soften enough for easy scooping.
-
To chill your mixing bowl, place in freezer for a few minutes. You’ll want everything super cold so it churns successfully.
-
Keep ice cream maker’s freezer bowl in the freezer until ready to pour ingredients in. Follow your machine’s manufacturer instructions. We use this simple Cuisinart machine from which this recipe was adapted.
-
Have a container and rubber spatulas ready to transfer churned ice cream as soon as it’s done. You should have about 1.5 quarts, roughly the same amount as store-bought tubs. (Some machines make up to 2 quarts at a time.)
-
Each serving is approximately 3/4 cups.
-
Each ice cream maker is a bit different; around the 15-20 minute mark, start watching your ice cream so that it does not overflow. If ice cream has reached the top, turn machine off.
-
This recipe is part of our delicious ice cream collection.
-
If you enjoyed this recipe, please come back and give it a rating❤️
Sourdough Pancakes
-
2 cups all-purpose flour
-
2 teaspoons baking powder
-
1 teaspoon baking soda
-
2 tablespoons granulated sugar
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 cup sourdough discard at room temperature
-
1 1/2 cups 2% milk at room temperature
-
1 large egg, beaten at room temperature
-
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
-
In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, baking powder and soda, sugar and salt.
-
Add the sourdough starter, milk, egg and oil to the top of the dry ingredients. Mix well just until combined. It’s ok if there are a couple of lumps in the batter. It’s important not to overmix.
-
Grease a pancake griddle or cast iron skillet with melted butter or oil. Heat the skillet over medium-low heat.
-
Ladle ⅓ cup of batter on the hot griddle. Cook until the batter starts bubbling on top*, then gently flip the pancake.
-
Cook for an additional 1-2 minutes on the second side or until the pancake is cooked through and golden brown.
-
Serve warm with butter and maple syrup.
-
I highly recommend sourdough discard for this recipe. It shouldn’t be bubbly and stretchy like active starter, but rather dense and thick, but “runny” in texture.
(3) the Best Enchiladas Ever!
-
Use code SMOKINANDGRILLINWITHAB50 to get 50% off your first Factor box at bit.ly/3tirVlY
-
The Best Enchiladas Ever! - Indulge in the ultimate comfort food with our recipe for "The Best Enchiladas Ever!" Watch as we assemble layers of succulent seasoned meat, smothered in a flavorful sauce, and topped with a generous amount of gooey cheese, all wrapped up in soft, corn tortillas. If you're craving authentic and irresistible enchiladas, this is the recipe you've been waiting for – hit that play button and let's get cooking!
-
1 lb. 80/20 Ground Beef
-
Salt and Pepper to taste
-
1 White Onion, chopped
-
2 tbsp. Chili Powder
-
1 tsp. powdered garlic, and onion powder
-
½ tsp. Mexican oregano
-
2 tsp. Cumin
-
¼ cup Flour
-
2 ½ cup Beef Stock
-
12 oz. medium Cheddar from the block, freshly grated
-
12-16 fresh Yellow or White Corn tortillas
-
All Purpose Seasoning: www.smokinandgrillinwitab.com...
-
The Level Up Series A Rub: www.smokinandgrillinwitab.com...
-
The Level Up Series B Rub: www.smokinandgrillinwitab.com...
-
The Level Up Series Bundle: www.smokinandgrillinwitab.com...
-
smokin-and-grillin-wit-ab.mys...
-
bestofbothworldscookbook.com/
Pogo Games
(3) Beef Enchilada Casserole How to Make / with Homemade Enchilada Sauce ❤
-
This is a modern version of enchiladas, BEEF ENCHILADA CASSEROLE is a meal in itself, I serve it with the traditional refried beans and mexican rice or with a simple salad and avocado, and you can't forget the sour cream...the key ingredient for enchiladas is the rich flavor of the chili powder, paprika, and corn tortillas, and it's so much quicker in a no roll casserole. BEEF ENCHILADA CASSEROLE can be made the day before then refrigerated until ready to use and it will definitely be a hit in your home.
-
● CHECK CASSEROLE IN THE OVEN AFTER 25 MINUTES , IF BUBBLY, ITS READY OR LEAVE IT A LITTLE LONGER. (REMOVE FROM OVEN WHEN BUBBLY)
-
1 LB. 80/20 ground beef (drained)
-
1/2 tsp garlic powder
-
1/2 tsp onion powder
-
1 tsp pepper
-
1 tsp salt
-
2 TBSP canned green chilies
-
ENCHILADA SAUCE
-
3 Tbsp melted butter (unsalted butter) (you can add little bit more if needed)
-
3 Tbsp All purpose flour
-
2 1/2 Tbsp chili powder (I used Gebhardts)
-
1 Tbsp paprika
-
3 C. Chicken Broth (low sodium)
-
2 tsp garlic powder 1 tsp onion powder
-
1 tsp ground cumin
-
2 tsp tomato paste
-
1 tsp chicken bouillon (you can add more if you like)
-
1 tsp oregano
-
1/2 tsp sugar
-
1/2 tsp pepper (you decide)
-
TASTE AND ADJUST
-
TORTILLAS
-
3/4 C. vegetable oil
-
12 corn tortillas (depending on your casserole size)
-
3 C. Colby Jack Cheese (freshly grated)
-
Finely chopped onions (to your liking)
-
Sour Cream (to your liking)
-
DISCLAIMER
-
DO NOT EAT OR SERVE THIS DISH TO ANYONE WHO IS OR MIGHT BE ALLERGIC TO ANY INGREDIENT IN THIS DISH.
Butternut Squash Soup
-
1 stick butter
-
3 tablespoons olive oil
-
2 cups chopped yellow onion
-
2 medium sweet potatoes, peeled and chopped
-
1 cup chopped carrots
-
1 red bell pepper, chopped
-
6 cups peeled and chopped butternut squash (about 4 pounds)
-
4 cups chicken broth
-
1 cup heavy cream
-
1 to 2 tablespoons light brown sugar
-
1 teaspoon curry powder
-
½ teaspoon ground nutmeg
-
½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
-
Salt and black pepper
-
Seasoned croutons, for serving (optional)
-
Add All To Cart
-
In a large Dutch oven or pot over medium heat, melt the butter. Stir in the olive oil.
-
Add the onion, sweet potatoes, carrots, bell pepper, and squash.
-
Cover and reduce the heat to medium-low. Cook for about 30 minutes, stirring occasionally, until the vegetables are soft. Allowing the vegetables to cook down for a longer period of time, at a low heat, helps release their natural sweetness.
-
Stir in the broth, cover, and cook for an additional 15 minutes.
-
Pour the contents of the skillet into a blender. Add the cream, brown sugar, curry powder, nutmeg, and cinnamon. Blend until smooth.
-
Pour the contents of the blender back into the Dutch oven and simmer over medium heat for about 15 minutes, letting the flavors incorporate and the soup to warm through. Season with salt and pepper to taste. Serve warm, topped with croutons, if desired.
Tender Chicken Delight
-
4 boneless chicken breasts approximately 1 lb. or 450g
-
1 cup mayonnaise or Greek yogurt
-
1 tsp garlic powder
-
1 cup Parmesan cheese divided
-
1 tsp seasoning salt
-
½ tsp black pepper
100 Times More Effective Than Natural Antibiotics!
-
50 peeled garlic cloves
-
2 large diced onions
-
2 tbsp olive oil
-
3 cups diced stale bread
-
6 cups chicken broth
-
(Optional) A few sprigs of fresh thyme or parsley for aromatics
-
Salt and pepper to taste
-
Peel all the garlic cloves. For a milder flavor, you can lightly roast them in the oven (10-15 minutes at 350°F/180°C) to mellow their taste before using.
-
In a large pot, heat the olive oil over medium heat. Add the onions and cook until softened and translucent.
Glowing Skin by @Nevell_Skin Coffee Oil. the Only Moisturizer I Use! Link in Bio or At
-
1 organic lemon
-
3 cups filtered/spring water (good water)
-
2 tbsp each evoo and raw unfiltered honey
-
Large hunk Ginger and sprinkle with organic Ceylon cinnamon
-
Blend for 1 minute, strain (optional) keep the pulp and add to coconut yogurt with fruit and honey! Omg! It tastes like a lemon cream pie!
Have you tried the lemon olive oil elixir?
Honey W Spices for Inflammation, Digestion & Immunity
-
Raw honey
-
Ground turmeric
-
Ground ginger
-
Black pepper
-
Ground cinnamon (optional but so good!)
-
½ cup raw honey
-
1 tsp ground turmeric
-
1 tsp ground ginger
-
1/2 tsp black pepper
-
1 tsp ground cinnamon (optional)
-
Gently warm honey to loosen if needed (don’t overheat!)
-
Stir in all spices until combined
-
Store in glass jar at room temp
-
Let sit 1-2 days to infuse, stirring occasionally
Take 2-3 teaspoons 1-3 times a day straight OR stir into warm water/tea (NOT boiling) like I did here!
Honey W Spices for Inflammation, Digestion & Immunity
-
Raw honey
-
Ground turmeric
-
Ground ginger
-
Black pepper
-
Ground cinnamon (optional but so good!)
-
½ cup raw honey
-
1 tsp ground turmeric
-
1 tsp ground ginger
-
1/2 tsp black pepper
-
1 tsp ground cinnamon (optional)
This Recipe Has Been Saving People from Getting Sick for 3 Years!!! Boost Your Immune System and Protect Yourself from Viruses ! It Works!
-
Recipe: organic when you can
-
2 tbsp of ginger (sub organic dried )
-
1 tbsp grated turmeric (sub organic dried turmeric)
-
1 tsp grated garlic
-
3 cracks (pinches) of black pepper
-
Cayenne pepper
-
1 tsp Ceylon cinnamon
-
Cover with raw unfiltered honey
Leave on the counter or in refrigerator. The longer it sits, the more potent it is. Take 1 tbsp in warm water or take 1 tbsp directly 3x a week to prevent colds and boost immunity
Fudgy, Rich, and Zero-Waste
-
Here is a complete list of ingredients to make the best sourdough discard brownies. Each item plays an important role in making your brownies rich, soft, and full of flavor.
-
120 grams of unsalted butter (about half a cup)
-
180 grams of granulated sugar (about one cup)
-
100 grams of brown sugar (about half a cup, packed)
-
100 grams of dark chocolate (chopped or chips)
-
2 large eggs
-
1 teaspoon of vanilla extract
-
120 grams of sourdough discard (about half a cup)
-
60 grams of all-purpose flour (about half a cup)
-
30 grams of cocoa powder (about one third cup)
-
1 teaspoon of instant coffee (optional, but enhances chocolate flavor)
-
1 teaspoon of salt
-
100 grams of chocolate chunks or chips for topping (optional)
-
You can also add some extra ingredients if you like different flavors. For example, chopped walnuts, almonds, or hazelnuts add crunch. A few pieces of white chocolate or caramel chunks give sweetness. You can even sprinkle sea salt on top before baking for a fancy touch.
-
Follow these easy steps carefully. Each step is written in simple English so that even if you are new to baking, you can make these brownies with confidence.
-
Take a square baking pan about eight inches wide. Grease it with a little butter or line it with parchment paper so that the brownies do not stick. Preheat your oven to 175 degrees Celsius which is around 350 degrees Fahrenheit. This makes sure your oven is hot and ready when you are done mixing.
-
In a medium heatproof bowl, add the butter and chopped dark chocolate. Place the bowl over a pot of hot water or microwave it in short intervals of 20 seconds. Stir after each interval until everything melts smoothly. The mixture should look glossy and thick. Set it aside for a few minutes to cool slightly.
-
Add the granulated sugar and brown sugar to the melted butter and chocolate mixture. Stir well with a whisk or spoon until combined. The mixture will look a bit grainy at this stage, but that is normal. Mixing both sugars helps your brownies stay moist and gives them a rich caramel-like taste.
-
Now add two eggs one at a time. Mix well after each egg until the batter becomes smooth and shiny. Add the vanilla extract and mix again. You will notice the texture turning thick and glossy. This is a sign that the sugars are dissolving properly into the mixture.
-
Next, add the sourdough discard to the bowl. Stir it gently into the batter until it blends completely. The discard adds a slight tangy flavor and helps create a soft chewy texture. It also gives the brownies a beautiful deep taste that makes them stand out.
-
In another bowl, sift together the flour, cocoa powder, instant coffee, and salt. Sifting removes any lumps and makes the mixture lighter. Then, gently fold these dry ingredients into the wet mixture using a spatula. Be careful not to overmix. Stir just until you no longer see dry flour. Overmixing can make your brownies tough instead of soft.
-
If you want extra chocolatey brownies, now is the time to fold in some chocolate chunks or chips. You can also add nuts for crunch. Mix them gently so that they spread evenly through the batter.
-
Pour the batter into your prepared baking dish. Spread it evenly with a spatula so it bakes uniformly. Place it in the preheated oven and bake for about 25 to 30 minutes. Check after 25 minutes by inserting a toothpick in the center. If it comes out with a few moist crumbs, your brownies are ready. If it comes out wet with batter, bake for a few more minutes.
-
Take the pan out of the oven and let the brownies cool completely in the pan. This step is very important because the brownies continue to cook as they cool. Cutting them too soon can make them fall apart. Once cooled, lift them out of the pan and cut them into neat squares.
-
Your sourdough discard brownies are now ready to eat. They taste amazing on their own, but you can also serve them with ice cream, whipped cream, or a drizzle of chocolate syrup. Store leftovers in an airtight container for up to four days. You can even freeze them for longer storage.
-
This recipe is special because it combines two beautiful worlds — the art of sourdough baking and the comfort of chocolate brownies. It is a creative way to use your sourdough discard that would otherwise go to waste. Instead of throwing it away, you turn it into a delicious dessert that everyone loves.
The sourdough discard adds a unique flavor that regular brownies do not have. It gives a slight tang that enhances the chocolate flavor and makes it more intense. The texture becomes rich, fudgy, and perfectly moist. You do not taste strong sourness, but you can feel the depth it brings to the sweetness.
There are also some health benefits. Sourdough discard contains natural yeast and beneficial bacteria that may help with digestion. Using sourdough discard in baking can make the recipe easier on your stomach compared to using plain flour alone. While these brownies are still a dessert, they are a more wholesome version of the classic treat.
Another reason why this recipe is special is that it makes baking more sustainable. Instead of wasting the leftover starter from your sourdough, you give it a new life. It is a small step that helps reduce kitchen waste while giving you something tasty in return.
-
Here are some helpful tips to make your sourdough discard brownies taste even better.
Use good quality chocolate. The better the chocolate, the richer your brownies will taste. Choose dark chocolate with around seventy percent cocoa for a deep flavor.
Do not overmix. Once you add the flour, mix gently. Overmixing creates air pockets and makes brownies more cake-like instead of fudgy.
Chill before cutting. If you want clean slices, put the baked brownies in the refrigerator for thirty minutes before cutting. This makes them firm and easy to slice.
Add a pinch of sea salt on top. Just before baking, sprinkle a few grains of sea salt. It makes the chocolate flavor stand out beautifully.
Experiment with toppings. You can add peanut butter swirls, caramel drizzle, or even cream cheese for a creative twist.
Try whole wheat flour. If you want a slightly healthier version, replace half of the all-purpose flour with whole wheat flour. It gives a nutty flavor and adds fiber.
Use the right pan. If your pan is larger, the brownies will be thinner and may bake faster. Watch your baking time carefully.
Warm them before serving. Reheat brownies for ten seconds in the microwave to bring back that fresh-out-of-the-oven softness.
A Crowd-Pleasing Birthday Treat
-
2 ½ cups all-purpose flour
-
1 ½ cups granulated sugar
-
1 teaspoon baking powder
-
¼ teaspoon salt
-
1 cup (2 sticks) unsalted butter, softened
-
1 large egg
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
1 can (21 oz) cherry pie filling
-
1 tablespoon lemon juice (optional, for brightness)
-
Powdered sugar, for dusting (optional)
-
For Complete Cooking STEPS Please Head On Over To Next Page Or Open button (>) and don’t forget to SHARE with your Facebook friends
Black Sesame Ice Cream (No-Churn)
-
6 tablespoons black sesame seeds , roasted
-
1 can (14-oz.) condensed milk , sweetened
-
2 teaspoons vanilla extract
-
2 cups heavy cream , cold
-
Pinch of salt
-
Chill a 6-cup loaf pan or baking pan in the freezer.
-
Add the black sesame seeds into a medium-sized skillet and toast them over medium heat. Stir occasionally until you can hear a gentle sizzle as you lean towards the pan, about 5 minutes. Turn to low heat and toast for another minute, or until you smell a strong nutty aroma. Transfer to a big plate to cool for 5 minutes.
-
Transfer the sesame seeds to a food processor. Mix until it just starts to form a paste. Add condensed milk, vanilla and salt. Mix until everything is combined. Transfer to a big bowl.
-
Pour the heavy cream into a large, deep bowl. Whip with a mixer on medium-high speed, until it forms firm peaks, about 2 minutes. Transfer about 1 cup of the whipped cream into the condensed milk mixture. Fold with a rubber spatula until just combined. Then transfer the condensed milk mixture into the whipped cream. Fold until just blended. Pour it into the loaf pan. Cover and transfer into the freezer.
-
Freeze until the ice cream turns solid, about 5 hours or so. Enjoy!
Terry's Russian Tea Balls
-
2 cups butter, softened
-
4 cups all-purpose flour
-
4 cups walnuts, chopped
-
1 cup granulated sugar
-
4 teaspoons vanilla extract
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
powdered sugar for rolling
-
Cream the butter, sugar, and vanilla until fluffy and light.
-
Mix together flour and salt.
-
Add flour mixture to the creamed mixture a little at a time.
-
Stir in the nuts.
-
Shape into 1" balls and place 1 1/2" apart on a cookie sheet.
-
Bake for 20 min at 325 degrees.
-
Cool on a cooling rack. Then roll in powdered sugar.
Elderberry Syrup Aka Our “Magic Potion” ✨
-
✨4 cups water
-
✨1 cup dried elderberries (2 cups fresh)
-
✨1 lemon, sliced
-
✨1 inch ginger
-
✨1 tsp turmeric
-
✨3 cinnamon sticks
-
✨1/2 cup honey
-
Combine water, elderberries, lemon, ginger, turmeric and cinnamon sticks and bring to a boil. Reduce to a simmer for about 45 minutes, or until the fluid is reduced by about half.
Remove from the heat and cool. Strain and stir in the honey
Wildflower Wish · Original Audio
1972 Peanut Butter Cookies
-
Temperature: 350°F (175°C)
-
Butter: ½ cup (113 g), softened
-
Peanut Butter: ½ cup (126 g), creamy
-
Granulated Sugar: ½ cup (100 g)
-
Brown Sugar: ½ cup (100 g), packed
-
Egg: 1 large, room temperature
-
Vanilla Extract: 1¼ teaspoons (6.25 ml)
-
All-Purpose Flour: 1 cup (120 g)
-
Baking Soda: ½ teaspoon (2.5 g)
-
Salt: ¼ teaspoon (1.5 g)
-
Rice Krispies: 1¼ cups (150 g)
-
Electric mixer or hand mixer
-
Large mixing bowl
-
Measuring cups and spoons
-
Rubber spatula
-
Baking sheets
-
Parchment paper or silicone liners
-
Fork
-
Cookie scoop or tablespoon
-
Cooling rack
-
Preheat the oven to 350°F (175°C). Line baking sheets with parchment paper or silicone liners.
-
In a large bowl, beat the softened butter and sugars together until light and fluffy, about 2-3 minutes.
-
Add the peanut butter and beat until fully incorporated.
-
Beat in the egg and vanilla extract until well combined.
-
In a separate bowl, whisk together the flour, baking soda, and salt.
-
Gradually add the dry ingredients to the wet mixture, mixing on low speed until just combined. Do not overmix.
-
Gently fold in the Rice Krispies using a rubber spatula until evenly distributed.
-
Cover the bowl and refrigerate the dough for at least 1 hour to firm up.
-
Scoop the chilled dough into 2-tablespoon-sized balls and place them on the prepared baking sheets, leaving about 3 inches of space between each.
-
Use a fork to press down on each dough ball, creating a crisscross pattern. Press firmly to flatten the cookies slightly.
-
Bake for 9 to 11 minutes, or until the edges are lightly golden brown and the tops look dry. The cookies will continue to set as they cool.
-
Allow the cookies to cool on the baking sheet for 5 minutes before transferring them to a wire rack to cool completely.
-
Safety Notes: Ensure the oven is preheated to the correct temperature. Use oven mitts when handling hot baking sheets. The dough should be chilled before baking to prevent excessive spreading.
-
Substitutions: Use crunchy peanut butter for added texture, though creamy is traditional. For a gluten-free version, substitute the all-purpose flour with a gluten-free flour blend. Use a different brand of Rice Krispies if preferred, though the texture is key.
-
Storage: Store cooled cookies in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 5 days. They can also be frozen for up to 2 months.
-
Pro Tips: Chilling the dough is crucial for maintaining the fork marks and preventing the cookies from spreading too much. The cookies are done when the bottoms are light golden brown and the tops look dry. The Rice Krispies add a unique lightness and crunch, so fold them in gently to preserve their texture.
·
-
Best deodorant, ever hands-down. I’m never turning back. Magnesium spray is so easy to make all you need is a 2 ounce glass bottle 1/2 cup of magnesium flakes to 1/2 cup of distilled water put it in a mason jar shake it up. Add a carrier oil. I’m using castor oil and also also adding in essential oil lavender @GuruNanda LLC funnel it into the glass bottle put your cap on. That’s it. Spray it on your armpits and sometimes it can last even a few days if you miss a few days, no big deal. Also, you can spray it on the bottom of your feet or on your legs if you have cramps or aches, and it can help with anxiety, stress and sleep. @Puneet Nanda bridge the gap @Elizabeth See less
Rice Krispies.Pdf
-
Page 1 of 2 Ingredients: Parboiled Rice Canola oil (or any neutral oil) Seasoning (optional) Instructions: In a pot on the stove, heat oil to 375F-400F. Place no more than 2 Tbsp parboiled rice into a fine mesh strainer and place it carefully into the hot oil. The rice will puff up quickly, within a few seconds, so don’t walk away. Once all the rice has puffed, lift the strainer and let the oil drain off. Dump puffed rice onto a paper towel lined baking sheet to cool. Repeat this process until you’ve made as much as you want. Let it cool completely and store it into an air tight container. These will be good for a couple of weeks. After that time, they may lose some of the crunchiness. You can use any neutral oil. If you want to add some flavor like cinnamon and sugar, add that right after you dump them onto the paper towels while they are still warm and toss to coat. You can make as much or as little as you want. When you put the rice into the grease, watch the middle and you will see when the rice stops puffing. It will stop bubbling. I always shake it around a little to make sure all the pieces puff up. Homemade CrispyRice Tales From An Empty Nest
Honey Smacks.Pdf
-
Page 1 of 2 Ingredients: Makes about 3 cups 5 cups puffed wheat 2 Tbsp canola oil (or other neutral oil) 3 Tbsp maple syrup (I used sugar free) 1 Tbsp honey 1 tsp vanilla 1⁄2 tsp salt Instructions: Preheat oven to 300F. In a small bowl, whisk together the oil, syrup, honey, vanilla and salt. In a larger bowl, add your puffed wheat. Pour the mixture over the puffed wheat and mix to coat. Once completely coated, add the cereal mixture to a parchment lined baking sheet. Bake for 15- 20 minutes, stirring every 5 minutes. Let them cool completely and then store in an air tight container. These will be good for a couple of months You can use any neutral oil. You can use any maple syrup you like. You can use whatever puffed wheat you like. I got mine from Amazon. Homemade HoneySmacks Tales From An Empty Nest
Apple Pie Filling.Pdf
-
Page 1 of 3 Apple Pie Filling Tales From an Empty Nest Ingredients: 8 cups apples, peeled, cored, diced 1 1⁄2 cups sugar 1⁄2 cup brown sugar 1⁄2 cup cornstarch 2 tsp cinnamon 1⁄4 tsp ground nutmeg 1⁄4 tsp allspice 1⁄4 tsp salt 4 cups water 2 Tbsp lemon juice Instructions: Place your apples into a large pot. Add in the sugars, cornstarch, spices and water. Bring to a boil and cook until it thickens. This will only take a few minutes. Stir in lemon juice and apples and cook another 5 minutes or so until the apples are slightly tender. Let it cool completely, then store in the refrigerator to use now or in the freezer for later. This will be good for up to 1 year in the freezer. Feel free to adjust the spices to your preference. For less sauce, add a bit less water.
Bread in a Jar.Pdf
-
Page 1 of 4 BreadinaJar (JustAdd Water) Tales From An Empty Nest Ingredients: 4 cups bread or all purpose flour 1 pkg yeast (2 1⁄4 tsp) 1 1⁄2 Tbsp sugar 1 1⁄2 Tbsp powdered butter 1 1⁄2 tsp salt If you don’t want to use sugar and butter powder: 4 cups bread or all purpose flour 1 pkg yeast (2 1⁄4 tsp) 1 1⁄2 tsp salt Instructions: Add the salt, sugar and butter powder to the bottom of the jar. Next add in your flour. Last add in your yeast. Store in an airtight container for as long as your ingredients are good. (Check the dates on your yeast and butter powder) If not using sugar and butter powder: Add in your salt, then flour, then yeast. Store in an airtight container. This will last indefinitely. To Make: Dump the contents of your jar into your stand mixer bowl. Add 1 1⁄2 cups of warm water (about 110F). Mix until the dough pulls away from the sides and is tacky, but no longer sticking to your hand. You can continue to let the mixer knead the dough for 5-8 minutes or you can remove it to your surface and knead by hand for the same amount of time. I like to knead it by hand, but it’s personal preference. Place your kneaded dough ball into a
-
Page 2 of 4 greased bowl. Add some oil/cooking spray to the top of the dough, cover and let it sit in a warm place for about 45 minutes or until it doubles in size. Turn dough onto your surface, flatten it out to pop any air bubbles and shape it into a loaf by rolling tightly from one end to the other. Be sure to seal all of your seams across the bread and on both ends. Place the loaf into a greased 9x5 bread pan, brush melted butter on top, cover and let it sit in a warm place for about 45 minutes or until it doubles in size. While it’s rising, preheat your oven to 350F. Once the dough has doubled, remove the cover and bake for about 30 minutes. I like to turn my pan around for the last 10 minutes to make sure it browns evenly. Once it’s done, immediately remove from pan and put it onto a cooling rack. This will keep it from getting soggy on the bottom. The tops will be hard. Rub the tops with butter (I like to use salted butter for extra flavor, but you can use whatever you prefer). Let it cool and then slice. The bread will last about 5 days on your counter in a sealed bag. If you didn’t use the sugar and powdered butter: Dump the contents of your jar into your stand mixer bowl. Add 1 1⁄3 cups warm water (about 110F), 1 1⁄2 Tbsp honey and 1 1⁄2 Tbsp oil, then continue with the instructions above. Be sure to separate your yeast from the salt, sugar and butter powder in the jar. You can do this by hand if you want. You will need to mix until no longer sticky and then knead by hand for 5-8 minutes. This bread freezes very well. Let it cool completely, then wrap tightly in foil and plastic wrap. When you take it out of the freezer, let it thaw on the counter overnight and then eat as usual. I have tested both of the above recipes and the final product is exactly the same. The way I make my flour keep longer--once you get it home from the store, place it into your freezer for a few days. This will kill any bugs and/or eggs that may be in your flour. Once bring it out of the freezer, let it sit on the counter for a day to let it come back to room temperature (if you try to seal it up cold, it may create moisture) and then you can store it in an airtight container for a very long time.
How to Make Butter Powder
-
Unsalted butter : 1 cup (227 g)
-
Nonfat dry milk powder : 1 cup (100 g)
-
Saucepan
-
Blender or food processor
-
Baking sheet
-
Spatula
-
Airtight container for storage
-
Melt the unsalted butter in a saucepan over low heat until completely liquid. 2
-
Pour the melted butter into a blender or food processor.
-
Add the nonfat dry milk powder to the blender and blend until the mixture is smooth and creamy. 2
-
Spread the mixture evenly onto a baking sheet, ensuring it is no more than 1/4 inch (0.6 cm) thick.
-
Place the baking sheet in a low-temperature oven (170°F or 77°C) or leave it at room temperature for 4–6 hours, stirring occasionally to break up any clumps that form. 2
-
Once the mixture is completely dry and crumbly, transfer it to a food processor or blender.
-
Blend until it forms a fine, uniform powder. 2
-
Transfer the butter powder to an airtight container and store in a cool, dry place. 2
-
Safety Notes: Ensure all equipment is clean and dry to prevent moisture contamination, which can cause clumping or spoilage. 2 Do not refrigerate or freeze the powder, as this can introduce moisture. 3
-
Substitutions: Nonfat dry milk powder can be substituted with full-fat milk powder, though this may alter the fat content and texture slightly. 9 Avoid using non-fat milk powder alone to make butter, as it lacks sufficient fat. 9
-
Storage: Store the butter powder in an airtight container in a cool, dry place. When stored properly, it can last up to a year. 2 Do not refrigerate or freeze, as moisture can compromise its quality. 3
-
Pro Tips:
-
Stir the mixture frequently during drying to prevent clumping and ensure even dehydration. 2
-
For a richer flavor, use sweet cream butter instead of unsalted. 3
-
The powder can be used directly in dry recipes like baked goods, sauces, or as a seasoning for popcorn and vegetables. 5
How to Make Buttermilk Powder
-
Buttermilk : 1–2 cups (240–480 mL) 2
-
Powdered milk : 1 cup (240 mL) (optional, for reconstituted milk method) 4
-
Parchment paper
-
Baking sheet (for oven method)
-
Food dehydrator (alternative to oven)
-
Spatula
-
High-powered blender, bullet blender, or food processor
-
Airtight container for storage
-
Line a baking sheet with parchment paper or prepare dehydrator trays with parchment paper. 2
-
Pour 1–2 cups of buttermilk evenly onto the prepared surface, spreading it to a thickness of about 2 millimeters (0.08 inches) to ensure even drying. 2
-
Place the tray in a preheated oven at 170°F (77°C) or use a food dehydrator set to 135–145°F (57–63°C). 2 Dry for 4–6 hours, checking periodically. The buttermilk is done when it is brittle and breaks easily, not just flexible or foldable. 2
-
If edges begin to brown, loosely cover them with foil to prevent over-drying. 2
-
Allow the dried buttermilk to cool completely before breaking it into 2–3 inch pieces. 2
-
Transfer the pieces to a high-powered blender, bullet blender, or food processor and blend until a fine powder forms. 2
-
Transfer the powder to an airtight container for storage. 2
-
Safety Notes: Ensure the buttermilk is completely dry before blending; any residual moisture can lead to spoilage. 2 Use a food dehydrator or oven at a temperature below 110°F (43°C) if preserving live cultures, though most commercial buttermilk powder does not contain active cultures. 24 Substitutions: If using powdered milk, reconstitute it with water before adding buttermilk culture for fermentation. 4 For a quick substitute, use powdered milk and vinegar, but this does not produce true buttermilk powder. 7 Storage: Store in a cool, dry, airtight container in the pantry for up to 6 months. Check periodically for moisture; if droplets appear, re-dry the powder. 2 Pro Tips: For best results, use fresh buttermilk with active cultures. The powder can be reconstituted by mixing 1 part powder with 4 parts water to make liquid buttermilk. 2 It’s ideal for ranch dressing mixes, fried chicken dredges, and baked goods. 2
Cream of Anything Soup Mix.Pdf
-
Page 1 of 2 Ingredients: 4 cups powdered milk 1 1⁄2 cups cornstarch 1⁄2 cup chicken bouillon powder 1 Tbsp parsley 1 Tbsp minced onion 1 tsp garlic powder 1 tsp oregano 1⁄2 tsp thyme 1 tsp pepper Instructions: Mix everything in a large bowl and store in an airtight container. To Make: In a pot on the stove, whisk together 1 cup of broth or water and 1⁄3 cup of soup mix. You can also add 1⁄4-1⁄2 cup of add ins. Heat over medium heat until it thickens. It only takes a minute or two. You can use this in place of any “cream of” soup. Store in an airtight container for up 1 year. I used a half gallon jar for this. Add ins can be mushrooms, celery, chicken, etc to get whatever substitute you’re looking for, and make sure they are diced small. Be sure the chicken is cooked and the vegetables are sauteed before adding since this is a very short cook time. Homemade Cream ofAnythingSoup Mix Tales From An Empty Nest
-
Page 2 of 2 Each 1⁄3 cup of cooked mix is equivalent to 1 can of “cream of” soup.
Homemade Sugar-Free Condensed Milk with 3 Ingredients
Instructions:
Combine Ingredients:
In a blender, add the powdered milk, sweetener, hot water, and unsalted butter.
Blend Thoroughly:
Blend the mixture on medium-high speed for about 2-3 minutes until smooth and well combined.
Achieve Uniform Texture:
Continue blending for an additional 5 minutes to ensure a uniform consistency. Note that the mixture may appear slightly liquid at this stage; this is normal.
Chill to Set:
Transfer the mixture to a clean container or jar.
Refrigerate for 2-3 hours, allowing the condensed milk to thicken to the desired consistency.
This homemade sugar-free condensed milk can be used in various desserts and beverages, offering a versatile and healthier substitute for traditional sweetened condensed milk.
-
1 cup nonfat powdered milk
-
2 tablespoons sweetener (such as stevia, erythritol, or monk fruit)
-
1/2 cup hot water
-
1 tablespoon unsalted butter
·Lip gloss
-
This was so ridiculously simple. It makes approximately two 5ml tubes of lip gloss. You only need two ingredients (3 if you want to add peppermint oil) : castor oil, and beetroot powder. Peppermint oil is optional. Get a small glass bowl and put the 2 tablespoons of castor oil in the bowl. Add a half a teaspoon of beetroot powder. If you want it to be darker, you can always add more beetroot powder. Try and get it where it almost all dissolves but keep in mind. It’s not going to completely dissolve so don’t spend too much time with it on the heat maybe four minutes tops. Once it’s done, you’re going to strain it out in a mess strainer once things have cooled down. Then you’re going to take that and funnel it into the lip gloss tube. If you want to add peppermint, essential oil only use one or two drops at most shake it up really well and apply. The castor oil and essential oil are from @GuruNanda LLC I got the lipgloss tubes off Amazon, so you can find those in my storefront. I got them in a pack of five and they are 5 mL and it is a glass tube. These make great gifts. I just can’t believe how easy it is and how smooth and pretty it looks and how good it smells and everything. Y’all need to try this out. See less
Soft Dinner Rolls
-
1 cup (240ml) whole milk, warmed to about 110°F (43°C)
-
2 and 1/4 teaspoons Platinum Yeast from Red Star instant yeast ( 1 standard packet)
-
2 Tablespoons granulated sugar, divided
-
1 large egg
-
1/4 cup ( 4 Tbsp; 56g) unsalted butter, softened to room temperature and cut into 4 pieces
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
3 cups ( 390g) all-purpose flour or bread flour* ( spooned & leveled)
-
optional topping: 2 Tablespoons (28g) melted unsalted butter mixed with 1 Tablespoon honey
-
Prepare the dough: Whisk the warm milk, yeast, and 1 Tablespoon of sugar together in the bowl of your stand mixer. Cover and allow to sit for 5 minutes. *If you do not own a stand mixer, you can do this in a large mixing bowl and in the next step, mix the dough together with a large wooden spoon/silicone spatula. It will take a bit of arm muscle. A hand mixer works, but the sticky dough repeatedly gets stuck in the beaters. Mixing by hand with a wooden spoon or silicone spatula is a better choice.*
-
Add the remaining sugar, egg, butter, salt, and 1 cup flour. With a dough hook or paddle attachment, mix/beat on low speed for 30 seconds, scrape down the sides of the bowl with a silicone spatula, then add the remaining flour. Beat on medium speed until the dough comes together and pulls away from the sides of the bowl, about 2 minutes. If the dough seems too wet to a point where kneading (next step) would be impossible, beat in more flour 1 Tablespoon at a time until you have a workable dough, similar to the photos above. Dough should be soft and a little sticky, but still manageable to knead with lightly floured hands.
-
Knead the dough: Keep the dough in the mixer and beat for an additional 5 full minutes, or knead by hand on a lightly floured surface for 5 full minutes. (If you’re new to bread-baking, my How to Knead Dough video tutorial can help here.) If the dough becomes too sticky during the kneading process, sprinkle 1 teaspoon of flour at a time on the dough or on the work surface/in the bowl to make a soft, slightly tacky dough. Do not add more flour than you need because you do not want a dry dough. After kneading, the dough should still feel a little soft. Poke it with your finger—if it slowly bounces back, your dough is ready to rise. You can also do a “windowpane test” to see if your dough has been kneaded long enough: tear off a small (roughly golfball-size) piece of dough and gently stretch it out until it’s thin enough for light to pass through it. Hold it up to a window or light. Does light pass through the stretched dough without the dough tearing first? If so, your dough has been kneaded long enough and is ready to rise. If not, keep kneading until it passes the windowpane test.
-
st Rise: Lightly grease a large bowl with oil or nonstick spray. Place the dough in the bowl, turning it to coat all sides in the oil. Cover the bowl with aluminum foil, plastic wrap, or a clean kitchen towel. Allow the dough to rise in a relatively warm environment for 1-2 hours or until double in size. (I always let it rise on the counter. Takes about 2 hours. For a tiny reduction in rise time, see my answer to Where Should Dough Rise? in my Baking with Yeast Guide.)
Grease a 9×13 inch baking pan or two 9-inch square or round baking pans. You can also bake the rolls in a cast iron skillet or on a lined baking sheet.*
Shape the rolls: When the dough is ready, punch it down to release the air. Divide the dough into 14-16 equal pieces. (Just eyeball it– doesn’t need to be perfect!) A bench scraper is always helpful for cutting dough. Shape each piece into a smooth ball. Arrange in prepared baking pan.
-
nd Rise: Cover shaped rolls with aluminum foil, plastic wrap, or a clean kitchen towel. Allow to rise until puffy, about 1 hour.
Adjust oven rack to a lower position and preheat oven to 350°F (177°C). (It’s best to bake the rolls towards the bottom of the oven so the tops don’t burn.)
Bake the rolls: Bake for 20-25 minutes or until golden brown on top, rotating the pan halfway through. If you notice the tops browning too quickly, loosely tent the pan with aluminum foil. Remove from the oven, brush with optional honey butter topping, and allow rolls to cool for a few minutes before serving.
Cover leftover rolls tightly and store at room temperature for 2-3 days or in the refrigerator for up to 1 week.
-
Freezing Instructions: Prepare recipe through step 6. Place shaped rolls in a greased baking pan, cover tightly, and freeze for up to 3 months. Once frozen, the dough balls won’t stick together anymore and you can place them in a freezer bag if needed. On the day you serve them, arrange the dough balls in a greased baking pan, cover tightly, then let them thaw and rise for about 4-5 hours. Bake as directed. You can also freeze the baked dinner rolls. Allow them to cool completely, then freeze for up to 3 months. Thaw in the refrigerator or at room temperature, then reheat as desired. If reheating the whole pan, lightly cover and reheat in a 300°F (149°C) oven for about 10 minutes or until warm.
-
Overnight Instructions: Prepare the recipe through step 6. Cover the shaped rolls tightly and refrigerate for up to about 15 hours. At least 3 hours before you need them the next day, remove the rolls from the refrigerator, keep covered, and allow to rise on the counter for about 1-2 hours before baking. Alternatively, you can let the dough have its 1st rise in the refrigerator overnight. Cover the dough tightly and place in the refrigerator for up to about 15 hours. Remove from the refrigerator and allow the dough to fully rise for 2 more hours. Continue with step 5.
Glowing Skin by @Nevell_Skin Coffee Oil. Ummm the Skin Is Skinning with This Coffee Oil! Grab Your Bottle at Link in Bio!
-
1 cup soaked pitted medjool dates
-
1/2 cup full fat coconut milk (add more for a thinner consistency)
-
1 tbsp Ceylon cinnamon
-
1 tsp vanilla powder or vanilla extract
-
3 pinches of salt (more or less for taste)
-
Blend until creamy
-
Refrigerate for up to two weeks…but it won’t last that long
Thebkydpalate · Original Audio
-
2 tbsp active dry yeast
-
2 cups warm water
-
2 eggs
-
2 tsp salt
-
1/2 cup granulated sugar or honey
-
1/2 cup melted butter
-
6 1/2 cups flour
-
Mix the wet ingredients together and then slowly incorporate the flour until a dough ball forms and is no longer sticky. Knead for 2-3 mins until smooth. Cover and let rise for 1-2 hrs, until double. Punch down and shape into 32 rolls. Place on a sheet pan and cover, let rise for another 30 mins or so until puffy. Bake at 350 for 15-18 mins, until golden brown!See less
Birria Tacos Recipe by Tasty
-
¼ cup kosher salt, plus 1 tablespoon
-
2 lb beef chuck roast, cut into 1 in (2.54 cm) pieces
-
1 lb bone in beef short ribs
-
5 dried ancho chiles
-
5 dried guajillo chiles
-
2 dried morita chiles
-
warm water, for soaking
-
1 whole cinnamon stick
-
1 tablespoon whole coriander seeds
-
1 tablespoon whole black peppercorn
-
4 whole allspice berries
-
2 whole cloves
-
6 dried bay leaves
-
1 teaspoon mexican oregano
-
¼ cup canola oil, plus 1 tablespoon, plus more as needed
-
1 large yellow onion, chopped
-
4 roma tomatoes, quartered
-
8 cloves garlic, roughly chopped
-
¼ cup apple cider vinegar
-
8 cups water
-
1 package frozen banana leaves, thawed
-
12 corn tortillas
-
1 lb shredded queso oaxaca
-
red onion, pickled
-
Radish, sliced
-
fresh cilantro, chopped
-
Lime wedge
-
Shop Ingredients?
-
Build your cart with Tasty, then choose how you want to get your order from Walmart.
-
Add items to My Cart
-
Make the birria: Line a baking sheet with parchment paper
-
Arrange the chuck roast and short ribs on the prepared baking sheet. Sprinkle ¼ cup salt all over the beef, making sure to coat each piece completely. Refrigerate for at least 4 hours and up to overnight.
-
Add the ancho, guajillo and morita chiles to a medium heatproof bowl. Cover with warm water and soak until starting to soften, about 5 minutes. Remove the seeds and stems and set chiles aside.
-
In a medium skillet over medium heat, toast the cinnamon stick, coriander, black pepper, allspice, and cloves until fragrant, about 2 minutes. Transfer the toasted spices, bay leaves, and oregano to a spice grinder or high-powered blender and grind into a fine powder.
-
Preheat the oven to 300°F (150°C).
-
Remove the seasoned meat from the refrigerator and use paper towels to pat dry.
-
In a large Dutch oven or heavy-bottomed pot with a tight fitting lid, heat ¼ cup canola oil over medium-high heat. When the oil is shimmering, sear the seasoned meat on all sides until golden brown, working in batches if needed to avoid overcrowding the pot, about 20 minutes. Remove the meat from the pot and set aside. If the oil looks dark and burnt, discard and add ¼ cup fresh canola oil to the pot and return to medium-high heat.
-
Add the yellow onion, tomatoes, and remaining tablespoon of salt to the hot oil and cook until the onion begins to sweat, 5–7 minutes. Add the garlic and cook until fragrant, about 3 minutes.
-
Add the ground spices and continue cooking until aromatic, about 2 minutes.
-
Add the apple cider vinegar, water, seared meat, and chiles. Bring to a boil, then reduce the heat to medium-low and cover. Simmer until the stew begins to thicken and the chiles are completely softened, about 30 minutes.
-
Remove the chiles from the stew and transfer to a high-powered blender with about 2 cups of the broth. Blend until smooth, then pour back into the pot and stir to combine. Cover the stew with the banana leaves, then place the lid on top. Transfer the stew to the oven and continue cooking until the meat easily pulls away from the short ribs bones, about 90 minutes. If the meat has some resistance, cover and cook longer, until very tender.
-
Remove the stew from the oven and discard the banana leaves, then remove the meat from the pot and transfer to a large bowl. Use a pair of tongs and a fork to shred the meat to your desired texture. Reserve the broth (consomé).
-
Make the tacos: Heat the remaining tablespoon of canola oil in a large cast iron skillet over medium heat until shimmering. Dip a tortilla in the warm consomé, then lay flat in the hot oil. Add 2 tablespoons of queso Oaxaca to one half of the tortilla and about ¼ cup of the shredded beef to the other half. Fold the quesadilla shut and cook until the cheese begins to melt, about 1 minute. Flip the quesadilla and continue cooking until the tortilla is golden brown and crispy and the cheese is oozing from the edges, about 1 minute. Repeat with the remaining tortillas, cheese and birria.
-
Serve the tacos with the consomé alongside for dipping as well as pickled onions, sliced radishes, chopped fresh cilantro, and lime wedges.
-
Enjoy!
-
Don't just wing it -- plan it! Use our meal planner tool in the Tasty app. Download here.
(7) 3 Ingredient Granny Green Beans Can Change Your Life!
-
3 Ingredient Granny Green Beans: Incredible Slow Cooked Flavor
-
Join Tammy as she makes her famous Granny Green Beans recipe. It is a Southern-style green Bean Recipe that makes canned green beans taste like they are from the garden. You will be amazed at the flavor profile of these green beans. Today, she is also giving new tips and comparing bacon grease and olive oil in this recipe.
-
Tammy’s Granny Green Beans
-
3-14.5 oz. cans of green beans, do not drain
-
1/8 cup cooking oil
-
1 Tbsp granulated sugar
-
This will make the best green beans you have ever tasted, but ONLY if you follow the directions carefully. Many people do not cook them down to the caramelization stage and complain that they are sweet. This is because the directions are not followed.
-
Add three ingredients to a nonstick saucepan. Bring to a boil and continue cooking on high. When water is almost gone, the beans will begin to sizzle. At this point you must stay in kitchen to watch them closely. The oil and sugar will then begin to caramelize in bottom of pot. You will notice the sides of pot becoming brown. Once this begins, take beans, and rub them on sides of pot that has glazing. The juice from the beans will deglaze the pot. Take them off the heat after they have formed a good glaze and you begin to smell it. Put about 1/2 cup water in pot and continue deglazing so caramelization is in beans and not on pot. Smash them a little breaking them apart if desired.
-
Use 1 Tbsp cooking oil and 1 tsp sugar for every can of green beans. Always use juice from can.
-
“Follow the directions and it is recommended to watch my video tutorial as well.”– Tammy
-
Check out our Rada Knives Store: radakitchenstore.com/?ref=535....
-
Get our New Master Cookbook on Shopify: collard-valley-cooks-store.my...
-
Shop our top-selling Amazon affiliate kitchen items like our famous food fork, our Jaccard pigtail food hook, and our large stainless steel measuring scoops here: www.collardvalleycooks.com/to...
-
Shop our Kitchen Items through Walmart: walmrt.us/4fWFAT8
-
Visit our website to print our recipes, watch tutorials, join our newsletter, enter our giveaways and more here: www.collardvalleycooks.com/
-
DO YOU REMEMBER that good old southern cooking? YouTube is the best source for learning how to cook like our mothers did! This is Collard Valley Cooks's YouTube channel, and we hope you subscribe today! When I was growing up, my granny was my favorite cook. My mama was also a fantastic cook, but there was just something about being in granny’s kitchen.
-
Swaggerty Sausage Sponsor: www.swaggertys.com/#collardvalleycooks, #collardvalleycooksrecipes, #southerncooking
-
Collard Valley Cooks is your go-to YouTube channel for delicious Southern cooking, hosted by the lovely Tammy Nichols! Join Tammy in her cozy kitchen as she shares her favorite recipes, from her famous granny green beans to mouthwatering cornbread. It feels like a warm visit with a friend, where you can relax, learn, and create wonderful memories through food.
Homemade Liquid Laundry Detergent -
-
large pot
-
Wooden spoon or spatula
-
Heat-resistant half-gallon glass jar
-
Funnel (optional)
-
Airtight lid
-
4 cups water boiling
-
1/2 cup liquid castile soap
-
1/2 cup washing soda sodium carbonate
-
1/4 cup baking soda sodium bicarbonate
-
1/4 cup Epsom salt
-
20-30 drops essential oil optional
-
Room-temperature water to fill jar
-
Bring 4 cups of water to a rolling boil in a large pot.
-
Add liquid castile soap, washing soda, baking soda, and Epsom salt to a heat-resistant half-gallon jar.
-
Carefully pour the boiling water over the ingredients in the jar. Stir until fully dissolved.
-
Fill the remaining space in the jar with room-temperature water, stirring gently.
-
Add 20–30 drops of essential oil for scent, if desired, and stir again.
-
Let the mixture cool completely, then seal the jar with an airtight lid. Shake well before each use.
-
Use 1/4 to 1/2 cup of detergent per load of laundry. Shake well before use if ingredients separate.
Best One-Pot Lazy Lasagna
-
1/4 cup extra-virgin olive oil
-
1 lb. ground beef
-
1 tsp. kosher salt
-
6 garlic cloves, finely chopped
-
1/2 cup coarsely chopped fresh basil
-
5 cups store-bought marinara sauce
-
2 Tbsp. unsalted butter
-
12 oz. no-boil lasagna noodles, broken into 2" to 3" pieces
-
3 cups pre-shredded mozzarella, divided
-
3/4 cup finely grated Parmesan, divided
-
15 oz. whole-milk ricotta
-
Keep screen awake
-
Arrange a rack in center of oven; preheat to 375°. In a large, high-sided skillet over medium-high heat, heat oil. Cook beef, breaking apart with a wooden spoon, until browned, 7 to 9 minutes; season with 1 tsp. salt. Add garlic and cook, stirring, until fragrant, about 1 minute more. Add basil and stir until combined. Pour in sauce; be careful of splatter. Stir in butter until melted; season with salt, if needed.
-
Bring sauce to a simmer. Add pasta, 1 cup mozzarella, and 1/4 cup Parmesan and cook, stirring, until sauce is smooth, about 2 minutes. Remove from heat.
-
In a small bowl, combine ricotta and remaining 1/2 cup Parmesan. Dollop half of ricotta mixture over pasta and gently stir; you don’t want to mix in too much, just gently fold pasta and sauce over the dollops. Dollop remaining ricotta over. Sprinkle with remaining 2 cups mozzarella.
-
Bake lasagna until edges are bubbly on top and golden brown spots appear on top, 30 to 35 minutes.
Best Slow-Cooker Chicken Alfredo
-
1 lb. boneless, skinless chicken breasts
-
3 1/2 cups low-sodium chicken broth
-
2 cups heavy cream
-
3 tsp. kosher salt, plus more
-
1 tsp. garlic powder
-
1 tsp. Italian seasoning
-
1/2 tsp. crushed red pepper flakes
-
1/2 tsp. freshly ground black pepper, plus more
-
1/2 tsp. onion powder
-
1 lb. fettuccine
-
4 Tbsp. unsalted butter
-
2 oz. Parmesan, finely grated (about 1 cup), plus more for serving
-
Keep screen awake
-
In a large (6- to 9-qt.) slow cooker, cover chicken with cream and broth. Add salt, garlic powder, Italian seasoning, red pepper flakes, black pepper, and onion powder and stir to combine.
-
Cover and cook on High until chicken is cooked through and an instant-read thermometer inserted into the center registers 165°, about 2 hours. Transfer chicken to a plate and shred with 2 forks. Set aside.
-
Add fettuccine (if it doesn’t fit, break in half) and butter to slow cooker and continue to cook on high until fettuccine is al dente, 20 to 40 minutes, depending on your slow cooker’s heat level.
-
Return chicken to slow cooker along with Parmesan and toss to combine. Cook, uncovered, until sauce clings to pasta, 5 to 8 minutes more. If sauce is too thick, add more broth; season with salt and pepper, if needed.
-
Top with parsley and more Parmesan before serving.
Best Slow-Cooker Korean Beef
-
1 (2”) piece ginger, peeled, finely chopped
-
4 cloves garlic, finely chopped
-
3/4 cup low-sodium beef broth
-
1/2 cup packed light brown sugar
-
1/3 cup reduced-sodium soy sauce
-
1/4 cup gochujang
-
2 Tbsp. toasted sesame oil
-
2 Tbsp. unseasoned rice vinegar
-
1 Tbsp. cornstarch
-
4 lb. beef shoulder, excess fat trimmed, cut into about 1 ½” pieces
-
Cooked white rice, chopped scallions, chopped fresh cilantro, and toasted sesame seeds, for serving
-
Keep screen awake
-
In a 6-quart slow-cooker, whisk ginger, garlic, broth, brown sugar, soy sauce, gochujang, oil, vinegar, and cornstarch. Add beef and mix to combine. Cover and cook on high until beef is super-tender, 5 to 6 hours. Turn off slow cooker, uncover, and let cool about 15 minutes.
-
Using a spoon, skim excess fat from surface of sauce, leaving only a thin layer of fat on top. Stir to combine sauce. Shred beef with 2 forks into bite-sized pieces and toss again to combine.
-
Spoon beef and sauce over rice. Top with scallions, cilantro, and sesame seeds.
Best Slow Cooker Creamy Chicken
-
1 1/2 lb. skinless, boneless chicken breasts (about 4)
-
Kosher salt
-
Freshly ground black pepper
-
4 Tbsp. (1/2 stick) unsalted butter
-
1 1/2 cups low-sodium chicken stock
-
1 shallot, finely chopped
-
4 cloves garlic, finely chopped
-
3 thyme sprigs
-
1 rosemary sprig
-
2 Tbsp. water
-
2 tsp. cornstarch
-
1/2 cup heavy cream
-
2 tsp. finely grated lemon zest
-
2 Tbsp. fresh lemon juice
-
Keep screen awake
-
Season chicken with 2 teaspoons salt and 1/2 teaspoon pepper. In a large skillet over medium-high heat, melt butter. Arrange chicken in pan in an even layer and cook, turning once, until golden brown, 2 to 3 minutes per side. Transfer chicken to 5-quart slow cooker. Pour stock into pan and scrape up any stuck-on bits, then pour over chicken.
-
Add shallot, garlic, thyme, and rosemary to slow cooker. Cover and cook on high for 4 hours or low for 6 hours, until chicken is very tender. Discard herb stems.
-
During the last 20 minutes of cooking, in a small bowl, whisk water and cornstarch and pour into slow cooker. Add cream, lemon zest, and lemon juice. Gently stir to combine and continue to cook on high or low about 20 minutes, until sauce is slightly thickened and warmed through.
-
Divide chicken and sauce among plates. Top with fresh thyme.
Best Sheet-Pan Black Bean Tacos
-
5 Tbsp. neutral oil, divided
-
1 small yellow onion, finely chopped
-
1 tsp. kosher salt, divided
-
1 Tbsp. taco seasoning
-
1 (15.5-oz.) can black beans, drained, rinsed
-
8 (6") yellow corn tortillas, warmed
-
1 cup shredded Mexican blend cheese
-
Sour cream, cilantro leaves, and lime wedges, for serving (optional)
-
Keep screen awake
-
Place a rack in center of oven; preheat to 425°. In a large skillet over medium heat, heat 2 tablespoons oil. Add onion, season with 1/2 teaspoon salt, and cook, stirring occasionally, until softened and sweet to the taste, about 7 minutes. Add taco seasoning and 1 tablespoon oil and cook, stirring, until fragrant, about 30 seconds.
-
Add beans, remaining 1/2 teaspoon salt, and 1/2 cup water. Bring to a simmer over high heat; reduce heat to medium-low and simmer, mashing down on some beans, until thickened and reduced, 2 to 3 minutes. Remove from heat.
-
Grease a large metal baking sheet with remaining 2 tablespoons oil. Arrange tortillas in a single layer, making sure that one side of tortilla is coated in oil. Spoon a scant 1/4 cup bean mixture onto one half of each tortilla. Top each with 2 tablespoons cheese. Fold tortillas over cheese to create a taco (it's okay if they crack a little). Flip tacos so side with cheese is closest to baking sheet.
-
Bake tacos until golden brown and crisp on the bottom, 8 to 10 minutes. Flip tacos and continue to bake until golden brown and crisp on the other side, 5 to 8 minutes longer.
-
Transfer tacos to a platter. Serve with sour cream, cilantro, and lime wedges alongside (if using).
Best Chicken Broccoli Casserole
-
4 Tbsp. unsalted butter, divided, plus more for greasing
-
4 (6-oz.) boneless, skinless chicken breasts
-
1 Tbsp. all-purpose seasoning salt (such as Lawry’s or Adobo)
-
2 Tbsp. neutral oil
-
1 large yellow onion, finely chopped
-
Kosher salt
-
4 garlic cloves, finely chopped
-
1 1/2 cups long-grain white rice, rinsed
-
3 1/2 cups low-sodium chicken broth
-
2 (10-oz.) cans cream of mushroom soup
-
2 heads of broccoli, cut into florets
-
1 1/2 cups crushed Ritz crackers
-
1/4 tsp. garlic powder
-
1/4 tsp. freshly ground black pepper
-
1 1/2 cups shredded cheddar, divided
-
Preheat the oven to 375° and grease a 13" x 9" pan with butter. Slice the chicken breast into cutlets: This is done the same way you would butterfly a chicken breast, but instead of leaving the two halves connected, finish cutting until the two halves are separated. Season all over with seasoning salt. Heat a large skillet over medium heat. Pour in some oil and swirl to coat the pan. Cook the chicken for about 7 minutes per side or until light golden brown and cooked through. Transfer to a plate.
-
Melt 2 Tbsp. butter in the same pan. Once the butter is melted, add the onion and 1/2 tsp. salt and cook, stirring occasionally, until the onion begins to soften, which should take about 5 minutes. Add the garlic and cook 1 minute more, or until garlic is fragrant. Add the rice and stir to evenly combine. Lightly toast the rice, 2 to 3 minutes. Add the broth and scrape any browned bits from the bottom of the skillet. Stir in the soup until smooth and combined.
-
Transfer everything to the prepared pan. Cover the pan with foil and bake, uncovering and stirring halfway through, until the rice is fully cooked through, 35 to 40 minutes.
-
Meanwhile, fill a small saucepan with water and bring to a boil over high heat. Place ice cubes in a medium bowl and fill with cold water. Add the broccoli to the boiling water and cook until bright green, 2 to 3 minutes.
-
Transfer the broccoli to the ice water to stop cooking. Remove the broccoli from the ice water and season with 1/2 tsp. salt.
-
Use two forks or your hands to shred chicken into bite-sized pieces.
-
In a medium bowl, melt the remaining 2 Tbsp. in the microwave. Add 1/2 cup cheese, crackers, garlic powder, and pepper. Toss with a fork to combine.
-
Uncover the pan and stir in the shredded chicken, broccoli, and remaining 1 cup cheese.
-
Top with the cracker topping and bake for another 15 minutes, or until broccoli is tender and topping is slightly browned. Let cool slightly to set before serving.
-
The full list of ingredients and instructions can be found in the recipe below.
-
What kind of seasoning salt should I use? Seasoning salt can vary greatly depending on the brand, so use one you’re already familiar with. I developed this recipe using Lawry’s seasoning salt (because I know it like the back of my hand), but if you use another brand, start with 2 tsp., then add more to the finished product if needed.
-
Can I use brown rice instead of white rice? Brown rice takes significantly longer to cook than white rice. We didn't test this with brown rice, but you are welcome to give it a go, keeping in mind that you will need to cook the rice longer in step 3, adding more liquid as you go.
Best Crock-Pot Chicken Marsala
-
1 Tbsp. extra-virgin olive oil
-
4 (6- to 8-oz.) boneless, skinless chicken breasts
-
Kosher salt
-
Freshly ground black pepper
-
8 oz. baby bella mushrooms, thinly sliced
-
3 garlic cloves, finely chopped
-
1 Tbsp. fresh thyme leaves
-
1 tsp. dried oregano
-
3/4 cup Marsala wine
-
1/2 cup low-sodium chicken stock or broth
-
1/4 cup cornstarch
-
1/4 cup heavy cream
-
Finely chopped fresh parsley and cooked pasta or rice (optional), for serving
-
Keep screen awake
-
In a large skillet over medium-high heat, heat oil. Season chicken all over with salt and pepper. Cook, turning halfway through, until just golden brown (it won’t be fully cooked through), about 3 minutes per side. Transfer to a large slow cooker.
-
Top with mushrooms, garlic, thyme, and oregano, then pour wine and broth over. Cover and cook on Low until chicken is cooked through and an instant-read thermometer inserted into thickest part registers 165°, about 3 hours.
-
Transfer chicken to a plate. Pour cornstarch into a medium heatproof bowl. Ladle out about 1/2 cup liquid from slow cooker and pour into bowl. Stir until cornstarch is dissolved. Pour mixture back into slow cooker and stir in cream.
-
Return chicken to slow cooker. Cook on High, uncovered, until sauce is slightly thickened, 20 to 30 minutes more. The sauce will continue to thicken once off heat; season with salt and pepper, if needed.
-
Top with parsley. Serve over pasta or rice (if using).
Laundry Detergent Was One of the First Things to Go
-
✨ My 3-Ingredient Non-Toxic Laundry Detergent
-
2 bars natural lavender soap (Dr. Bronner’s with essential oils works great) 2 lbs washing soda (sodium carbonate) 2 lbs borax
-
Mix together and store in a glass jar. Use 2 tablespoons per load. clothes come out clean, soft, and naturally fresh.
It costs about $30 and lasts our family of six over two months. It’s affordable, effective, and gives me peace of mind knowing exactly what’s in it.
-
My DIY — $0.20
-
Seventh Generation — $0.25
-
Mrs. Meyer’s — $0.30
-
Branch Basics / Truly Free — $0.40–$0.50
Rob Benson · Original Audio
-
4lbs Sodium Bicarbonate (Baking Soda)
-
4lb 1oz box Borax
-
3lb 7oz box Sodium Carbonate (Washing Soda)
-
3lb box OxyClean (optional)
-
2 bars Castile or Laundry Soap (like Fels Naptha, Zote, Dr. Bronner’s, Kirks, etc)See less
Lone Star Steakhouse & Saloon Black Bean Soup
-
2 (15 ounce) cans black beans
-
1/4 cup diced red onion
-
2 teaspoons chopped pickled jalapeño slices
-
1 teaspoon granulated sugar
-
1 teaspoon cider or wine vinegar
-
2 cloves garlic, minced
-
1/4 teaspoon salt
-
1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper
-
1/2 teaspoon chili powder
-
4 teaspoons chopped red onions
-
6 to 8 jalapeño slices
-
1 tablespoon sour cream
-
Pour the canned beans, along with the liquid, into a medium saucepan.
-
Add the remaining soup ingredients and mix.
-
Bring the soup to a boil, then reduce the heat to low and simmer, covered, for about 1 hour, adding water if necessary or until it's as thick as you like.
-
Serve each bowl of soup with a garnish of red onion, jalapeño slices and sour cream arranged carefully in the center of soup.
Flakey Pie Crust
-
1 1/4 cup (170 g) all-purpose flour (plus extra for rolling out the dough)
-
1 Tablespoon (15 g) sugar
-
1/4 teaspoon (2 g) Kosher salt
-
1/2 teaspoon (2 g) baking powder
-
1/2 cup (113 g) unsalted butter (cold), cut into cubes
-
2 Tablespoons (30 mL) Vodka
-
3 Tablespoons (45 mL) cold water
* NOTE: This recipe makes 1 pie crust. If making crust for a double crust pie, I prefer to make 1 pie crust at a time, one after another. I find it is easier to evenly mix in the butter and liquids when working with just one crust a time.
-
Place flour, sugar, salt and baking powder in the bowl of a food processor. Pulse a few times to combine.
-
Add butter. Pulse about 10 times, until the butter and flour start to combine. The butter will be in some smaller pieces (like peas) and some larger pieces (like walnuts).
-
Add 2 tablespoons Vodka and 3 Tablespoons very cold water. Pulse about 6-8 times. The dough should feel crumbly when you run your fingers through it, but should hold together when you squeeze it in your hand.
-
Spread a large piece of plastic wrap on the counter (approximately 1 1/2 feet long). Gently dump the dough (it will be crumbly) onto plastic wrap. Pull plastic wrap together around the dough and mold it with your hands so the dough forms a disc inside the wrap. Refrigerate dough for at least 1 hour, and up to 48 hours.
-
When you are ready to roll out the crust, remove dough from refrigerator, unwrap and let sit at room temperature for about 5 or 10 minutes.
-
Use your hands to flatten the dough slightly so it will be easier to roll out. Toss some flour on your countertop. Place dough in the center. Using a rolling pin, roll out the dough into a circular shape that has about the same thickness all the way around. To keep the dough from sticking and to help keep the dough in a round circle, turn the dough ¼ turn clockwise after each roll. Continue rolling and turning until the circle is evenly rolled out.
-
Once the dough is large enough to fit your pie plate, gently place in the pie plate with edges hanging over. Gently press the dough into the bottom of the plate. Using your hands, tuck any dough that overhangs the plate into an even edge that rests on the lip of the plate.
-
Use your hands to even the edge if needed. Finally, crimp the edges with your fingers for a decorative scalloped shape. Wrap in saran wrap and store crust in freezer for at least 20 minutes or up to 1 month.
-
When you are ready to bake a pie, simply remove the pie crust and pie plate from the freezer, let sit at room temperature for 5 minutes, add the filling and bake. Baking the crust from frozen will help the pie crust keep its shape as it bakes. If you are making a pie that requires blind baking (baking the crust without a filling), follow the instructions here.
-
NOTE: This recipe makes 1 pie crust. If making crust for a double crust pie, I prefer to make 1 pie crust at a time, one after another. I find it is easier to evenly mix in the butter and liquids when working with just one crust a time.
Best Pumpkin Pie
-
1 pie crust, store-bought or homemade
-
1 (15 oz. / 425 g) can pumpkin puree
-
3/4 cup (150g) brown sugar, packed
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
1 teaspoon cinnamon
-
1/2 teaspoon ginger
-
1/4 teaspoon cloves
-
1/4 teaspoon allspice
-
2 Tablespoons maple syrup
-
2 large eggs
-
1 cup (240 ml) half-and -half
-
2 teaspoons vanilla
-
For egg wash: 1 egg + 2 teaspoons water
-
For serving: sweetened whipped cream
-
Roll out pie crust and fit into 9-inch plate; then freeze for 30 minutes.
-
In a small pot, mix together pumpkin puree, brown sugar, salt, cinnamon, ginger, cloves, allspice and maple syrup. Cook over medium-low heat, stirring often, for 10-12 minutes. Transfer cooked pumpkin mixture to another container and refrigerate to cool completely.
-
While pumpkin mixture is cooling, blind bake the crust. Preheat oven to 415 F (212 C) and remove pie crust from freezer. Let crust sit on counter for 15 minutes while oven preheats. Line pie crust with parchment paper and fill with pie weights, or fit a disposable aluminum pie plate inside the parchment (pressing down so the plate fits tightly inside the pie crust) and then place an inverted oven-proof bowl in the center to weigh it down. Bake on parchment-lined baking sheet until edges are set, 15-20 minutes. Remove parchment and pie weights or disposable pie plate and bowl (be careful – the bowl will be very hot!) and set aside. Prick the bottom of the pie crust with a fork, reduce heat to 350 F (176 C) and bake crust for 15 minutes more. In a small bowl, whisk 1 egg and add 2 teaspoons water. Brush a thin layer of egg wash all over the warm crust. Bake the crust for 2 minutes more.
-
While pie crust is baking, make custard. In a large bowl, gently whisk 2 eggs until light yellow. Add half and half, vanilla and cooled cooked pumpkin mixture; whisk until just combined. Mixture should be smooth and all one color. Do not over-whisk.
-
When crust is done, pour filling into crust. Cover crust edges with pie shield or aluminum foil. Bake at 350 F (176 C) for 60 to 70 minutes, until custard is set and does not wobble.
-
Let pie cool completely, about 4 hours. Serve and enjoy!
-
Make-Ahead Tips:
-
Cooked pumpkin mixture can be made 3 days ahead. Store in refrigerator until ready to use.
-
Pie crust can be made and stored, wrapped in plastic, in refrigerator for up to 2 days.
-
Pie crust can be made and store, wrapped in plastic, in freezer for up to 2 months.
-
Pie crust in pie plate can be stored, double wrapped in plastic, in freezer for up to 2 months.
-
Blind baked pie crust can be fully cooled and then stored, double wrapped in plastic, in freezer for up to 2 months.
-
Pumpkin pie can be made up to 24 hours in advance. Cover with plastic and store in refrigerator.
Tender Chicken Delight Instructions
-
Prepare the Chicken
Cut each chicken breast into three equal pieces. Place them in a bowl, cover, and marinate in the refrigerator overnight.
-
Preheat the Oven
Set the oven to 375°F (190°C).
-
Make the Coating
In a small bowl, mix mayonnaise (or Greek yogurt), half of the Parmesan cheese, garlic powder, seasoning salt, and black pepper until well combined.
-
Assemble
Arrange the marinated chicken pieces in a baking dish. Spread the mayonnaise mixture evenly over each piece, then sprinkle with the remaining Parmesan cheese.
-
Bake
Bake for 40–45 minutes, or until the chicken is fully cooked.
-
Serve
Remove from the oven and serve hot.
Pumpkin Seeds Contain Cucurbitacin, a Compound Proven to Destroy Roundworms and Tapeworms
parasite killer
-
Pumpkin Seed Mylk Recipe
-
2 cups coconut water
-
1 cup raw soaked organic pumpkin seeds
-
Dash cinnamon and nutmeg
-
Dash vanilla
-
2 pitted dates
-
✅ Soak seeds overnight
-
✅ Blend with coconut water and dates
-
✅ Strain with a Sunfired milk bag
-
✅ Chill and enjoy for up to 5 days
-
Save this post and tag someone still wasting money on powders
-
If you want my full 30 recipe juice and nut mylk eBook comment 7 below and I’ll send you the link to join my 21 Day Detox Program See less
Unbelievable Butterscotch Pudding (Homemade)
-
1 and 1/2 cups (360ml) whole milk
-
1 cup (240ml) heavy cream or heavy whipping cream
-
3 large egg yolks
-
2 Tablespoons cornstarch
-
3/4 cup ( 150g) packed dark brown sugar
-
3 Tablespoons water
-
1/2 teaspoon salt
-
3 Tablespoons ( 43g) unsalted butter, softened to room temperature
-
1 teaspoon pure vanilla extract
-
optional but recommended: 1 Tablespoon scotch, rum, or bourbon
-
optional for topping: salted caramel, Heath Bar toffee bits, homemade whipped cream
-
Whisk the whole milk and heavy cream together. Set aside. Whisk the egg yolks and cornstarch together. Set that aside too. Have both ready to go in step 3.
-
Whisk the brown sugar, water, and salt together in a medium heavy duty saucepan over medium heat. Without stirring, allow to cook and bubble until darker brown, about 5-6 minutes. It should begin to smell caramelized at that point. If desired, you can take the temperature with a candy thermometer to be certain it is ready. Look for around 240°F (116°C).
-
Slowly and carefully whisk in the heavy cream/milk. It will sizzle and may splatter, so pour in slowly. Cook on medium heat until mixture begins to boil. Once boiling, remove about 1/2 cup of the mixture and, in a slow and steady stream, whisk into the egg yolks. Keep those egg yolks moving so they don’t scramble. In a slow and steady stream, pour and whisk the egg yolk mixture into the pot.
-
Turn the heat down to low. The pudding will immediately begin to bubble and thicken. Whisk and cook for 1 minute. Remove from heat and stir in the butter until completely smooth, then add the vanilla and bourbon.
-
Cool for 5 minutes, then pour into serving glasses or bowls. Cover tightly with plastic wrap directly on the surface of the pudding (to prevent a skin from forming) and refrigerate for 4-6 hours or overnight until chilled and thickened.
-
Serve with optional toppings. Cover and store leftovers in the refrigerator for up to 4 days.
A True Liquid Laundry Soap
-
Lye type: potassium hydroxide, 90% purity (make sure it’s not too old!)
-
Total soap oils: 600g (70% coconut oil and 30% rice bran oil)
-
1 water to lye ratio (for the soap paste lye solution)
-
0% superfat
* his recipe was calculated to have zero percent superfat, but as you will see in the video there was some unintended unsaponified fat left over in the soap after saponification was complete. This could be due to: my potassium hydroxide being too old; the fact that I did not use my gram scale (which I normally do, it’s more accurate) to weigh the potassium hydroxide and citric acid; and/or natural variations between the SAP values of my particular oils and the values given in the soap calculator I used (SoapCalc), which are average SAP values. There is less margin for error in liquid soap making. In bar soap recipes you would never know if you had an extra 1% superfat in your bars! Oh well, another learning exercise. Perhaps soon I’ll move onto the lye excess method for making my liquid soap… we’ll see!
-
Citric acid used at 2% of total soap oils
-
(lye is adjusted when citric acid is used - see this post for more information)
-
Essential oils added at approximately 1% of the finished soap weight
Heat and cook the liquid soap paste between 65 - 80°C (150 - 175°F)
Garlic Soup
-
2 heads of garlic (about 20–24 cloves), peeled
-
2 tbsp olive oil or butter
-
1 small onion, finely chopped (optional but traditional)
-
4 cups chicken or vegetable broth
-
1 bay leaf
-
Salt & black pepper, to taste
-
2 egg yolks (optional, for richness)
-
1 tsp lemon juice or white wine vinegar
-
Crusty bread, for serving
-
Gently cook the garlic
Heat olive oil/butter over low heat. Add garlic (and onion if using) and cook slowly until soft and fragrant, not browned (8–10 min).
-
Simmer
Add broth and bay leaf. Bring to a gentle simmer and cook 15–20 minutes.
-
Blend (optional)
For a smooth soup, remove bay leaf and blend until creamy. For rustic, leave it chunky.
-
Finish
Season with salt and pepper.
If using egg yolks: whisk yolks with lemon juice, then slowly temper with hot soup and stir back in (do not boil).
-
Serve
With toasted bread or croutons, and a drizzle of olive oil.
-
Variations
-
Spanish style: Add smoked paprika and top with a poached egg.
-
Creamy version: Add ¼ cup cream or milk at the end.
-
Vegan: Use vegetable broth and skip egg yolks; add blended potatoes for body.
-
Roasted garlic soup: Roast the garlic first for a sweeter, deeper flavor.
Marry Me Chicken Pasta
-
1 Tbsp. olive oil
-
1 1/2 lb. skinless boneless chicken thighs, cut in 1-inch pieces
-
1/2 tsp. salt
-
1/4 tsp. ground black pepper
-
2 Tbsp. butter
-
1 cup chopped onion
-
3 cloves garlic, minced
-
2 Tbsp all-purpose flour
-
2 cups reduced-sodium chicken broth
-
1 cup heavy cream
-
1/2 cup grated Parmesan cheese, plus more for garnish
-
1/3 cup oil-packed dried tomatoes, drained and chopped
-
1 tsp. I talian seasoning
-
1/2 tsp. smoked paprika
-
1/4 tsp. crushed red pepper
-
8 oz. penne or rigatoni pasta, cooked according to pkg. directions
-
2 cups fresh baby spinach
-
1/2 cup chopped fresh basil, plus more for garnish
-
In an extra-large skillet heat oil over medium heat. Add chicken, salt, and pepper. Cook 8 minutes until lightly browned and no longer pink in the center. Remove chicken from the skillet.
-
Add butter to the skillet. When melted, add onion. Cook 5 minutes until tender and starting to brown. Add garlic and cook 1 minute until fragrant. Stir in flour. Cook and stir 1 minute. Add broth and cream. Bring to a boil. Continue to cook 5 minutes, stirring occasionally, until slightly thickened. Stir in Parmesan, dried tomato, Italian seasoning, smoked paprika, and crushed red pepper.
-
Add chicken, pasta, spinach, and basil to the skillet. Cook and stir 2 minutes until heated through and spinach wilts. Garnish servings with additional Parmesan and basil.
Marry Me Chicken Soup
-
1/2 cup oil-packed sun dried tomato strips, plus 1 Tbsp. oil from the jar
-
1 cup chopped onion
-
1 Tbsp. minced garlic
-
1 ( 32- ounce) carton reduced sodium chicken broth
-
1 tsp. Italian seasoning
-
1/2 tsp. smoked paprika
-
1/4 tsp. salt
-
1/4 tsp. crushed red pepper, plus more for garnish
-
2 1/2 cups shredded chicken from a purchased roasted chicken
-
4 oz. cream cheese, cubed, softened
-
1/3 cup grated Parmesan cheese, plus more for garnish
-
3 cups chopped fresh spinach
-
1/2 cup chopped fresh basil, plus more for garnish
-
1 1/2 cups shell macaroni pasta, cooked according to package directions (about 4 ounces uncooked)
-
In a 4- to 6-quart Dutch oven heat oil from dried tomatoes over medium heat. Add onion and cook until tender and starting to brown, about 8 minutes. Add garlic and dried tomato strips. Cook 3 minutes more.
-
Add broth, Italian seasoning, smoked paprika, salt, and crushed red pepper. Bring to a boil over medium-high heat. Add chicken, cream cheese, Parmesan cheese, spinach, and basil.
-
Reduce to medium heat and simmer, uncovered, until heated through, and cheeses melt. Add macaroni to each serving. Garnish servings with additional basil, Parmesan cheese, and crushed red pepper.
-
You can make this recipe for marry me chicken soup ahead. Store pasta and soup in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Add cooked pasta to each bowl just before serving.
Skillet Taco Pie
-
1 lb. ground turkey breast or extra-lean ground beef
-
1 fresh poblano pepper, seeded and chopped*
-
1 15-oz. can no-salt-added black beans, rinsed and drained
-
1 (8-oz.) can tomato sauce
-
½ cup salsa
-
1 tsp. chili powder
-
½ tsp. ground cumin
-
4 taco shells, broken
-
¼ cup sliced green onions
-
1 cup shredded reduced-fat cheddar cheese or Mexican-style four cheese blend
-
Shredded lettuce
-
Chopped fresh tomatoes
-
In a large skillet cook turkey and poblano pepper over medium-high heat until meat is browned. Stir in beans, tomato sauce, salsa, chili powder, and cumin. Bring to boiling; reduce heat to medium. Simmer, covered, about 5 minutes or until slightly thickened. Stir in half of the broken taco shells and the green onions.
-
Top turkey mixture with remaining broken taco shells, the cheese, lettuce, and tomatoes. If desired, serve with additional salsa.
-
Chile peppers contain oils that can irritate your skin and eyes. Wear plastic or rubber gloves when working with them.
How To:
-
1/2 cup of flaxseeds and water is all you need! Sharing two methods to make below - using stove & without heat
-
JAR (no heat needed)
Add flaxseeds to jar, cover with hot water & leave in the fridge overnight
Stovetop
Add flaxseeds to pot, cover with water on medium heat & stir until you get a gel like consistency. This is my favorite way to make it because the texture is so much easier to use as a face mask✨
I keep it in the fridge for 2-3 days then re make. Would you make this?
How To:
-
1/2 cup of flaxseeds and water is all you need! Sharing two methods to make below - using stove & without heat
That Vodka Sauce Recipe That Has Been Floating Around Is No Joke! Delicious!
Rao's vodka arrabbiata sauce
-
The original recipe has been removed for some reason but was reposted on another recipe test by u/GaMMaLiKKer. I had to substitute dried basil for fresh ♀️ what can you do?
-
1/4 cup of olive oil
-
shallot
-
1 garlic clove
-
1/2 cup of tomato paste
-
2 tablespoons of vodka
-
1 cup of heavy cream
-
1 teaspoon red pepper flakes (Or more if you like it )
-
Pepper and Salt
-
1lb of Fusilli or Linguini
-
2 tablespoons of unsalted butter
-
Lots of parm
-
Freshest basil
-
Heat olive oil to dutch oven or cast iron pan. Add shallot and garlic and wait until softened, add tomato paste until it starts to caramelize. Add vodka and cook until all liquid has evaporated. Add in heavy cream and stir until a orange color and shut off. Cook pasta for 3 minutes less than cooking time and add to the sauce, stirring so all pastas are evenly coated. Add in butter and red pepper flakes and serve with lots of chopped basil.
-
Hint: Do all of the steps up to where you add the heavy cream and store in fridge or freeze. The next day or whenever you wanna cook it continue from that spot.
Wu-Tang Clan · Let's Do It Again
-
Save this recipe to your “Wellness” collection!
-
3/4 cup fresh turmeric
-
1 cup fresh ginger
-
2 granny smith apples
-
3 oranges
-
1 large carrots
-
2 lemons, juiced
-
1 tbs peppercorns
-
pinch of sea salt
-
2 1/2 cups water
-
Save this one folks!See less
My Healthy Dish · Original Audio
-
Recipe for Cucumber Kimchi. Ingredients are 8 Persian cucumbers, 1/2 tsp salt, 2 tbsp minced garlic, 4 green onion stalks, 1 small onion, 2 tbsp of gochugaru (red pepper powder) 2 tsp sugar, 1/4 cup rice vinegar, 1/4 sesame oil and a sprinkle of sesame seeds. Refrigerate for at least 30 minutes, but over night is best. I like to eat my cucumber kimchi with rice and grilled chicken or beef. See less
·he laundry
-
DIY Liquid Laundry Detergent (HE Safe) Makes: About 1 gallonUse: ¼ cup per load (safe for high-efficiency washers)⸻Ingredients: • 1 cup super washing soda (about $5 a box—you’ll have plenty left) • 1 cup baking soda (around $5 a box) • 1 cup borax (optional—great for boosting stain-fighting power, but leave it out if you want it more sensitive/non-toxic) • 1 cup liquid Castile soap (I used Dr. Bronner’s Almond. I bought 2 bottles, but you only need ½ bottle for this recipe. Each bottle makes about 2 gallons, so you’ve got plenty for next time.) • 13 cups hot water (not boiling, just hot enough to dissolve the powders)then 6-7 cups more water after dissolved Optional: a few drops of your favorite essential oil for extra scent⸻Instructions: 1. Heat 13 cups of water until hot (doesn’t need to boil). 2. In a large bowl or pot, mix in the washing soda, baking soda, and borax (if using). Stir until dissolved. 3. Add in the ½ bottle of Castile soap. Stir gently to combine. 4. Pour into a large jug or container (I used a pretty glass one from Amazon—linked in bio/comments). 5. Let cool, then use ¼ cup per load.⸻Notes: • The almond Castile soap smells freaking delicious—you don’t even need essential oils unless you want extra scent. • This makes a high-efficiency, budget-friendly detergent that’s easy on clothes. • If you’re sensitive, skip the borax.⸻✨ That’s it. Mix, pour, and wash. Cheaper than store-bought, smells amazing, and yes—it actually works.See less
Honey W Spices for Inflammation, Digestion & Immunity
-
Raw honey
-
Ground turmeric
-
Ground ginger
-
Black pepper
-
Cayenne pepper
-
Ground cinnamon (optional but so good!)
-
½ cup raw honey
-
1 tsp ground turmeric
-
1 tsp ground ginger
-
1/2 tsp black pepper
-
1 tsp ground cinnamon (optional)
-
Gently warm honey to loosen if needed (don’t overheat!)
-
Stir in all spices until combined
-
Store in glass jar at room temp
-
Let sit 1-2 days to infuse, stirring occasionally
Take 2-3 teaspoons 1-3 times a day straight OR stir into warm water/tea (NOT boiling) like I did here!
Homemade Blackberry Pie Filling Canning
-
2 pounds blackberries
-
2 cups water
-
1/2 cup + 2 Tbsp clear jel
-
1/4-1 cup sugar (adjusted to preference)
-
2 Tbs lemon juice
-
Wash and rinse blackberries. Drain.
-
In a pot, bring 2 cups of water to a boil.
-
Working in batches, blanch blackberries in boiling water for 1 minute, removing with a slotted spoon to a bowl, and covering to keep warm. Allow the water to return to a boil between batches. Once blanching is finished, remove pot from heat.
-
In a large bowl, measure out clear jel and sugar and whisk together. Add less or more sugar depending on sweetness of the blackberries and your taste preference. To a medium size pot, whisk together blanching liquid and clear jel/sugar mixture.
-
Return stock pot to medium-low heat, stirring constantly and cook until thick and bubbling.
-
Add in lemon juice and allow to cook for an additional 1 minute.
-
Remove stock pot from heat and gently fold in warm blackberries.
-
Ladle into prepared quart or pint jars, leaving a generous 1 1/4-1 1/2 inch headspace (fill to about the shoulder of the jar), de-bubbling as needed, and adding more to maintain headspace.
-
Process in a boiling water bath or steam canner for 30 minutes, adjusting time for elevation, for both quarts and pints.
-
Once time is up, turn off heat and allow jars to cool for 10 minutes, then remove lid and allow to cool another 10 minutes before removing from pot entirely. This helps prevent siphoning.
-
Remove jars from canner to a heat proof surface and allow to cool 18-24 hours before removing bands, testing seals, washing jars, labeling, and storing in a cool dark place away from direct sunlight.
-
You can use any canning approved sweetener (or unapproved if that’s your thing). If you use a liquid sweetener (honey, maple syrup, liquid stevia, etc), whisk into blanching liquid before adding clear jel.
Sourdough Chocolate Cake
-
Sourdough Starter: 1 cup (227g) ripe (fed) or discard starter 2
-
Milk: 1 cup (227g) milk or evaporated milk 2
-
All-Purpose Flour: 2 cups (240g) King Arthur Unbleached All-Purpose Flour 2
-
Granulated Sugar: 1 ½ cups (298g) 2
-
Vegetable Oil: 1 cup (198g) 2
-
Vanilla Extract: 2 teaspoons (10ml) King Arthur Pure Vanilla Extract 2
-
Salt: 1 teaspoon 2
-
Baking Soda: 1 ½ teaspoons 2
-
Cocoa Powder: ¾ cup (64g) natural cocoa powder 2
-
Espresso Powder: 1 teaspoon, optional 2
-
Large Eggs: 2 2
-
Confectioners' Sugar: 6 cups (680g) 2
-
Unsalted Butter: 12 tablespoons (170g), room temperature 2
-
Plain Yogurt or Buttermilk: ½ cup (113g) 2
-
Dark Chocolate Chips: 1/3 cup (57g) 2
-
Milk (for chocolate): 1 tablespoon (14g) 2
-
Corn Syrup: 1 tablespoon (21g) light or dark corn syrup 2
-
9" x 13" baking pan (or two 9-inch round cake pans)
-
Large mixing bowls
-
Whisk or electric mixer
-
Measuring cups and spoons
-
Spatula
-
Wire cooling rack
-
Small saucepan (for icing)
-
Microwave-safe cup (for chocolate drizzle)
-
Preheat the oven to 350°F (175°C). Lightly grease a 9" x 13" pan. 2
-
In a large mixing bowl, combine the sourdough starter, milk, and flour. Cover and let rest at room temperature for 2 to 3 hours. 2
-
In a separate bowl, beat together the sugar, oil, vanilla, salt, baking soda, cocoa powder, and espresso powder (if using) until the mixture is grainy. 2
-
Add the eggs one at a time to the chocolate mixture, beating well after each addition. 2
-
Gently combine the starter-flour-milk mixture into the chocolate mixture, stirring until smooth. The batter will be thick at first but will smooth out with continued beating. 2
-
Pour the batter into the prepared pan. 2
-
Bake for 30 to 40 minutes, until the cake springs back when lightly pressed in the center and a cake tester inserted into the center comes out clean. 2
-
Remove the cake from the oven and set it on a wire rack to cool while you make the icing. 2
-
Sift the confectioners' sugar into a large mixing bowl and set aside. 2
-
In a small saucepan over medium heat, melt the butter and add the yogurt or buttermilk. Dissolve the espresso powder in hot water and add it to the pan. Bring the mixture just to a boil. 2
-
Immediately pour the simmering liquid over the confectioners' sugar and beat until smooth. 2
-
Pour the warm frosting over the cake. It will be thin and pourable; it will set as it cools. 2
-
Combine the chocolate chips, milk, and corn syrup in a microwave-safe cup. Microwave until the chips soften, then stir until smooth. 2
-
Drizzle the chocolate mixture over the icing. You can do this while the icing is still warm or wait until it has cooled. 2
-
Safety Notes: Ensure the oven is preheated to the correct temperature before baking. Use oven mitts when handling the hot pan and saucepan. Allow the cake to cool completely before frosting to prevent the icing from melting.
Tennessee Onions
-
Cooking spray
-
2 1/2 lb. sweet onions (about 3 large onions), sliced crosswise into 1/4-in.-thick slices and separated into rings
-
1 tsp. dried thyme
-
1 tsp. dried parsley flakes
-
1 tsp. garlic salt
-
1/2 tsp. dried oregano
-
1/2 tsp. dry mustard
-
1/4 tsp. cayenne pepper
-
1/4 cup salted butter, cut into 1/4-in.-thick pieces
-
4 oz. mild Cheddar cheese, shredded (about 1 cup)
-
4 oz. smoked Gouda cheese, shredded (about 1 cup)
-
Preheat oven to 350°F. Coat a 13- x 9-inch baking dish with cooking spray.
-
Place onions in a large bowl. Sprinkle with thyme, parsley, garlic salt, oregano, mustard, and cayenne pepper; toss gently to coat.
-
Arrange evenly in prepared baking dish.
-
Arrange butter evenly over onions, and sprinkle with Cheddar and Gouda.
-
Cover with aluminum foil, and bake in preheated oven until onions are soft and sides are bubbly, about 40 minutes.
-
Remove foil. Bake at 350°F until top is golden, about 30 minutes.
Dark Chocolate Hot Cocoa
-
Original recipe (1X) yields 1 servings
-
1 cup whole milk
-
1 ½ teaspoons brown sugar, or to taste
-
2 ounces dark chocolate (70% or more cocoa butter), or to taste
-
1 tablespoon heavy whipping cream, or more to taste
-
1 pinch ground cinnamon, or more to taste
-
Heat milk in a saucepan over medium heat until just before boiling, 3 to 4 minutes. Add brown sugar and stir until dissolved, about 1 minute. Stir dark chocolate into milk until melted, 2 to 3 minutes.
-
Remove saucepan from heat and stir cream and cinnamon into milk mixture. Serve hot.
-
For creamier cocoa, use more heavy cream. I also like to put whipped cream at the bottom of the mug and pour the cocoa over it.
Wet Wet Sauce
-
Original recipe (1X) yields 24 servings
-
1/2 bunch green onions, white parts only, thinly sliced
-
2 tablespoons minced garlic
-
1 1/2 tablespoons minced fresh ginger
-
3 tablespoons Korean chili flakes or crushed red pepper
-
1 1/2 teaspoons sesame seeds
-
1 tablespoon sesame oil
-
2/3 cup neutral vegetable oil
-
1/4 cup soy sauce
-
1 1/2 tablespoons oyster sauce
-
3 tablespoons rice vinegar
-
Add scallions, garlic, ginger, chili flakes, sesame seeds, and sesame oil to a heat-safe bowl with plenty of room left to add more ingredients.
-
Heat neutral oil over medium-high heat in a small saucepan until hot, about 5 minutes. Pour hot oil carefully over green onion mixture. It will bubble up, so pour slowly. Once the bubbling stops, stir the mixture and allow to cool slightly.
-
Stir in soy sauce, oyster sauce and vinegar. Transfer mixture to a jar or container with a tight fitting lid and refrigerate until ready to use.
Cream Cheese Peanut Butter Fudge
-
8 oz (about 227g) cream cheese, softened
-
1/2 cup unsalted butter, softened
-
1/2 cup smooth peanut butter (sugar-free)
-
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
-
1/2 cup powdered erythritol or your preferred low-carb sweetener
-
Pinch of salt
-
Line a square baking pan (8×8 inches) with parchment paper, leaving an overhang on the sides for easy removal.
-
Allow the cream cheese and butter to soften at room temperature. This will make them easier to blend.
-
In a mixing bowl, combine the softened cream cheese, butter, and smooth peanut butter.
-
Add the vanilla extract and powdered erythritol to the mixture. Mix well until smooth and thoroughly combined.
-
Taste the mixture and adjust the sweetness to your liking by adding more sweetener if necessary.
-
Add a pinch of salt to enhance the flavors. Mix it into the fudge mixture.
-
Transfer the fudge mixture to the prepared baking pan. Use a spatula to spread it evenly.
-
Place the pan in the refrigerator and let the fudge set for at least 2-3 hours or until it becomes firm.
-
Once the fudge is set, use the parchment paper overhangs to lift it out of the pan. Place it on a cutting board and cut it into squares or desired shapes.
-
Serve the Low Carb Cream Cheese Peanut Butter Fudge and enjoy the rich and creamy flavors.
Sourdough Croissant Bread
-
85 grams sourdough starter (unfed/hungry OR active) 1/3 c
-
200 grams room temperature water ¾ c
-
325 grams all-purpose or bread flour 2 ½ c
-
8 grams salt 1 ½ tsp
-
1 stick butter 113g 1/2 c
-
Measure ingredients into a bowl using a kitchen scale measuring in grams,
zeroing out scale after each addition, or using cups and spoons. Add starter and
water, mix, then add flour and salt. Stir to mix until well combined, this usually
takes me about 3 minutes. It will seem too dry at first, but keep mixing! Cover
with wet tea towel and let bulk ferment for 3-12 hours. Grate one stick of butter
on top of dough. Shape in bowl by pulling the sides to the middle until you have a
nice round ball of dough. Typically, I transfer to a piece of parchment paper at
this point and put into a small bowl to help it keep its shape. Cover with tea
towel again and let rest for 1 hour or put into the refrigerator until ready to
bake (up to 3 days). Lightly flour and score. Place into a cold Dutch oven (I use a
5-quart size) and place into oven, then set to 450 degrees and let bake for 50
minutes. I like to place a cookie sheet on the rack under my Dutch oven to
prevent the bottom from becoming too brown as it bakes. After 50 minutes,
remove the lid from the Dutch oven, reduce oven temperature to 425 degrees
and continue baking for 8-10 minutes. Remove loaf from the Dutch oven to cool
so the bottom does not continue to bake and burn. I usually slice into mine to
enjoy hot with dinner, but let cool for best texture...if you have more self-control
than I do! Enjoy your delicious loaf of sourdough bread!
Buttery Sourdough Discard Biscuits
-
To make these delicious Buttery Sourdough Discard Biscuits, you will need simple ingredients that you might already have at home. Here is the full list with clear measurements.
-
2 cups all purpose flour
-
1 tablespoon baking powder
-
½ teaspoon baking soda
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 tablespoon sugar (optional for a slightly sweet touch)
-
½ cup cold unsalted butter (cut into small cubes)
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed starter)
-
½ cup cold buttermilk (or regular milk with a squeeze of lemon juice)
-
1 tablespoon melted butter (for brushing on top before baking)
-
Follow these easy and clear steps to make soft, buttery, and flavorful sourdough discard biscuits. Even if you are a beginner, this method will help you bake like a pro.
-
Before you start mixing, gather all your ingredients and preheat your oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper so the biscuits do not stick. Make sure your butter and buttermilk are cold because cold ingredients help the biscuits become flaky and tender.
-
In a large mixing bowl, add the flour, baking powder, baking soda, salt, and sugar. Use a whisk or spoon to combine them evenly. This step helps to distribute the baking agents properly so the biscuits rise evenly.
-
Now add the small cubes of cold butter into the bowl with the flour mixture. Use your fingertips or a pastry cutter to mix the butter into the flour until it looks like coarse crumbs. You can also use two forks for this step if you do not have a pastry cutter. The goal is to keep small pieces of butter in the dough, as they create flaky layers when baked.
-
Add the sourdough discard into the bowl and gently fold it in with a spoon or spatula. Do not mix too much; just combine it enough so it starts coming together. The sourdough discard adds a beautiful flavor and slight tang to the biscuits.
-
Pour in the cold buttermilk and stir gently until the dough just comes together. The dough should be slightly sticky but manageable. If it feels too dry, add a little more buttermilk, one tablespoon at a time. If it feels too wet, sprinkle a little extra flour.
-
Lightly flour your work surface and place the dough on it. Gently pat the dough into a rectangle that is about one inch thick. Fold the dough over itself three or four times to create layers. This folding process helps the biscuits become light and flaky. After folding, pat it down again to about one inch thick.
-
Use a biscuit cutter or a round glass to cut out the biscuits. Press straight down without twisting so they rise evenly. Place each biscuit on the prepared baking sheet, close together but not touching. Gather any remaining dough scraps, gently press them together, and cut more biscuits.
-
Brush the tops of the biscuits with melted butter before baking. This gives them a shiny golden color and extra buttery taste.
-
Place the baking sheet in the preheated oven and bake for 12 to 15 minutes, or until the biscuits are golden brown on top and puffed up. The smell that fills your kitchen will be irresistible.
-
Remove the biscuits from the oven and let them cool slightly before serving. Enjoy them warm with butter, honey, jam, or alongside your favorite meal. They taste best when eaten fresh, but you can store leftovers in an airtight container for up to two days.
See Every Step
-
5 Cups Whole Milk
-
3 Tbsp Vinegar (or fresh lemon juice)
-
Salt (to taste)
-
To a pot, add 5 cups whole milk and heat that up until it’s the temperature of a warm bath (a slight simmer, don’t let it boil!).
-
At this point, add in 3 tbsp of vinegar (you can also use lemon juice), and mix until you see the milk start to curdle.
-
Turn off the heat and let this sit for 5 minutes.
-
Add a cheese cloth over a mesh strainer and pour the curdled milk through it. Use the cheese cloth to strain almost all of the whey from the cheese.
-
Add the cheese from the cheesecloth into a blender or food processor, season with about a tsp of salt and blend until nice and creamy.
-
Add any desired flavourings then allow to cool in the fridge and enjoy!
Mexican Creama
-
Heavy cream: 1 cup (240 mL)
-
Buttermilk: 1 tablespoon (15 mL)
-
Lime juice: 1 tablespoon (15 mL), freshly squeezed
-
Fine salt: 1/8 teaspoon (0.6 g)
-
Medium bowl or glass jar
-
Whisk or spoon
-
Plastic wrap or clean kitchen towel
-
Airtight container for storage
-
Optional: Instant Pot (for controlled fermentation at yogurt setting)
-
In a medium bowl or glass jar, combine the heavy cream and buttermilk. Stir well to mix thoroughly. 6
-
Cover the bowl with plastic wrap or a clean kitchen towel and let it sit at room temperature for 12 to 24 hours until thickened. 6 The mixture should become spoonable and slightly thickened, not runny. 5
-
Once thickened, stir in the lime juice and salt until well combined. 6
-
Transfer the crema to an airtight container and refrigerate for at least 3 hours before using to fully cool and thicken. 6
-
Use immediately or store in the refrigerator for up to 2 weeks. 6
-
Safety Notes: Ensure all equipment is clean to prevent contamination. Do not let the mixture exceed 100°F (38°C) during fermentation. 2 The acid from the buttermilk prevents spoilage during the fermentation process. 9
-
Buttermilk can be replaced with sour cream (1 tablespoon) or plain yogurt (1 tablespoon). 910
-
Lime juice can be substituted with lemon juice in equal measure.
-
For a dairy-free version, use a plant-based cream and a cultured plant-based buttermilk alternative (though texture may vary).
-
Storage: Store in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 2 weeks. 6 Some recipes suggest up to a month if properly sealed. 5 Do not freeze.
-
Pro Tips:
-
For faster thickening, place the bowl in a warm spot such as on top of the refrigerator or near a warm oven. 6
-
If your kitchen is cool, extend the fermentation time to 24 hours or use an Instant Pot on the yogurt setting for consistent temperature. 6
-
The crema will continue to thicken in the refrigerator, so it may be thinner when first removed from the fridge. 9
-
For added flavor, blend in cumin, chipotle powder, cilantro, or zest after thickening. 2
100 Times More Effective Than Natural Antibiotics!
-
50 cloves garlic, peeled
-
2 large onions, diced
-
2 tablespoons olive oil (plus more for drizzling)
-
3 cups diced stale bread (a rustic loaf works best)
-
6 cups chicken or vegetable broth
-
A few sprigs of fresh thyme or parsley
-
Salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste
-
For serving (optional): Golden croutons, a sprinkle of grated Parmesan cheese
-
For Complete Cooking STEPS Please Head On Over To Next Page Or Open button (>) and don’t forget to SHARE with your Facebook friends
Here's How to Make It;
oil of oregano
-
1 part dried organic oregano
-
2 parts cold pressed oil (I like olive oil)
-
Combine in a jar and put a lid on it. Next put it in a saucepan with a few inches of water (enough to come to just under the lid!) and simmer lightly for 10-15 minutes.
Allow to cool then set in a windowsill for 4 weeks, shaking every few days.
After 4 weeks, strain and store in a cool dark place.
This is never a replacement for medical care, but it’s a nice complimentary folk medicine.
✨ If you want to get all the recipes I use to treat colds & flus, hit up my bio! My Cold & Flu Remedy Guide is my bestseller for a good reason ✨
Herbal Anti-Cavity Toothpaste
-
3 tbsp neem powder
-
1 tbsp cinnamon powder
-
1 tbsp clove powder
-
1 tbsp baking soda
-
½ tbsp Himalayan pink salt
-
5 tbsp virgin coconut oil
-
Use a small amount to brush once or twice daily.
Spit, don’t swallow.
Spit into a bin rather than the sink, as coconut oil can solidify and clog pipes.
Use alongside good oral hygiene, hydration, and a supportive diet.
Buttery Sourdough Discard Biscuits
-
To make these delicious Buttery Sourdough Discard Biscuits, you will need simple ingredients that you might already have at home. Here is the full list with clear measurements.
-
2 cups all purpose flour
-
1 tablespoon baking powder
-
½ teaspoon baking soda
-
1 teaspoon salt
-
1 tablespoon sugar (optional for a slightly sweet touch)
-
½ cup cold unsalted butter (cut into small cubes)
-
1 cup sourdough discard (unfed starter)
-
½ cup cold buttermilk (or regular milk with a squeeze of lemon juice)
-
1 tablespoon melted butter (for brushing on top before baking)
-
Follow these easy and clear steps to make soft, buttery, and flavorful sourdough discard biscuits. Even if you are a beginner, this method will help you bake like a pro.
-
Before you start mixing, gather all your ingredients and preheat your oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper so the biscuits do not stick. Make sure your butter and buttermilk are cold because cold ingredients help the biscuits become flaky and tender.
-
In a large mixing bowl, add the flour, baking powder, baking soda, salt, and sugar. Use a whisk or spoon to combine them evenly. This step helps to distribute the baking agents properly so the biscuits rise evenly.
-
Now add the small cubes of cold butter into the bowl with the flour mixture. Use your fingertips or a pastry cutter to mix the butter into the flour until it looks like coarse crumbs. You can also use two forks for this step if you do not have a pastry cutter. The goal is to keep small pieces of butter in the dough, as they create flaky layers when baked.
-
Add the sourdough discard into the bowl and gently fold it in with a spoon or spatula. Do not mix too much; just combine it enough so it starts coming together. The sourdough discard adds a beautiful flavor and slight tang to the biscuits.
-
Pour in the cold buttermilk and stir gently until the dough just comes together. The dough should be slightly sticky but manageable. If it feels too dry, add a little more buttermilk, one tablespoon at a time. If it feels too wet, sprinkle a little extra flour.
-
Lightly flour your work surface and place the dough on it. Gently pat the dough into a rectangle that is about one inch thick. Fold the dough over itself three or four times to create layers. This folding process helps the biscuits become light and flaky. After folding, pat it down again to about one inch thick.
-
Use a biscuit cutter or a round glass to cut out the biscuits. Press straight down without twisting so they rise evenly. Place each biscuit on the prepared baking sheet, close together but not touching. Gather any remaining dough scraps, gently press them together, and cut more biscuits.
-
Brush the tops of the biscuits with melted butter before baking. This gives them a shiny golden color and extra buttery taste.
-
Place the baking sheet in the preheated oven and bake for 12 to 15 minutes, or until the biscuits are golden brown on top and puffed up. The smell that fills your kitchen will be irresistible.
-
Remove the biscuits from the oven and let them cool slightly before serving. Enjoy them warm with butter, honey, jam, or alongside your favorite meal. They taste best when eaten fresh, but you can store leftovers in an airtight container for up to two days.